Business Studies (054) · Class XII · Chapter-wise Board Questions
CBSE Board papers 2022 to 2026, plus CBSE Sample Question Papers. Chapters as per CBSE Curriculum 2026-27. 1159 questions. Click Reveal answer under any question to see the official marking scheme.
Part A · Principles and Functions of Management
1. Nature and Significance of Management
Q1.2026 Main 66/1/1 · Q91 mark
‘CARO Tech Solutions’ aimed at development of a software system for the company’s growing operations. The project was to be completed within six months with a budget of ₹ 12,00,000.
The software development team successfully completed its project on time by outsourcing a part of the project, leading to an additional expense of ₹ 2,00,000.
From the following, identify whether the software development team is :
Efficient and Effective
Efficient but not effective
Effective but not efficient
Neither efficient nor effective
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(C) Effective but not efficient [1 mark]
Q2.2026 Main 66/1/1 · Q101 mark
Due to severe winter and rising pollution levels, ‘Green India Electronics’ planned to launch a new eco-friendly heater in the market. It conducted a survey and found that the demand of this product was very high. As the winter season lasts only for 2 to 3 months, the Chief Executive Officer wanted that there should be close coordination among all the managers to deliver orders on time. Top level managers were asked to work in coordination with their subordinates to ensure that company’s policies were properly followed. To ensure that the heaters would be ready on time, the production manager co-ordinated with the operational level managers. Operational level managers co-ordinated the activities of the workers to ensure that work proceeded according to plans. As a result ‘Green India Electronics’ was able to launch its heaters on time, in the market.
The feature of co-ordination discussed in the above case is :
Co-ordination is a deliberate function.
Co-ordination is the responsibility of all managers.
Co-ordination is a continuous process.
Co-ordination ensures unity of action.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(B) Co-ordination is the responsibility of all managers. [1 mark]
Q3.2026 Main 66/2/1 · Q11 mark
Identify which of the following functions is Not performed by ‘Top Level Management’ :
Cooperating with other departments for smooth functioning of the organisation.
Being responsible for the welfare and survival of the organization.
Analyzing the business environment and its implications for the survival of the firm.
Formulating overall organizational goals and strategies for their achievement.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(A) Cooperating with other departments for smooth functioning of the organisation. [1 mark]
Q4.2026 Main 66/2/1 · Q31 mark
The process by which a manager synchronizes the activities of different departments is known as :
Management
Planning
Organising
Co-ordination
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(D) Co-ordination [1 mark]
Q5.2026 Main 66/2/1 · Q181 mark
Neha is working as a Manager at ‘NutriBite’, a company that makes protein rich snacks which are high in demand. She is responsible for implementing organisation’s marketing plans, and ensuring that her department has necessary personnel to achieve goals as per company’s policy.
Identify the ‘level’ of management at which Neha is working :
Top level
Middle level
Operational level
Both Middle level and Operational level
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(B) Middle level [1 mark]
Q6.2026 Main 66/3/1 · Q121 mark
‘A manager motivates and leads his team in such a manager that individual members are able to achieve personal goals while contributing to the organisational objective.’
The point of importance of management highlighted above is :
Management helps in achieving group goals
Management helps in increasing efficiency
Management helps in achieving personal objectives
Management helps in the development of society
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(C) Management helps in achieving personal objectives [1 mark]
Q7.2026 Main 66/4/1 · Q121 mark
Rohit is a manager at a furniture manufacturing company. The company holds an annual sale in the month of December, which is very popular. Rohit prepares the production plans for the annual sale well in advance, in the month of June every year. After planning, he ensures that enough workers are available and continuously monitors whether the work is progressing as scheduled or not. He also informs the marketing team well in time so that they can plan their promotional campaigns accordingly.
The feature of coordination highlighted in the above case is :
Coordination is an all-pervasive function.
Coordination is a continuous process.
Coordination is a deliberate function.
Coordination is the responsibility of all managers.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(B) Coordination is a continuous process.
[1 mark]
Q8.2026 Main 66/4/1 · Q181 mark
Dinkar, the General Manager at ‘Tara Lamps’ noticed that rising costs were affecting the company’s profits. To increase the profits, he decided to reduce the costs and increase the productivity. He planned for rearrangement of work processes, assigned the tasks according to workers’ skills, gave clearer directions to employees than before and regularly controlled the activities of the organisation. This not only resulted in cost reduction but also in increased productivity and profits.
The point of importance of management highlighted in the above case is :
Management creates a dynamic organisation
Management helps in achieving personal objectives
Management helps in the development of a society
Management increases efficiency
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(D) Management increases efficiency
[1 mark]
Q9.2026 Main 66/5/1 · Q131 mark
Read the following statements carefully:
Statement I: The entry to a profession is not restricted either through an examination or through acquiring an educational degree.
Statement II: There is no restriction on anyone being designated or appointed as a manager in any business enterprise irrespective of the educational qualifications possessed.
In the light of the given statements, choose the correct alternative from the following:
Statement I is true and Statement II is false.
Statement I is false and Statement II is true.
Both Statement I and Statement II are true.
Both Statement I and Statement II are false.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(B) Statement I is false and Statement II is true.
[1 mark]
Q10.2026 Supp. 66/7/1 · Q11 mark
Sudha works in a departmental store. Her job is to ensure that her department is adequately staffed and that her team performs at an optimum level. She assigns them duties and responsibilities and motivates them to ensure that they achieve the desired objectives. The level of management at which Sudha is working is:
Top Level
Middle Level
Operational Level
Both Top and Middle Level
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/7/1
(B) Middle Level
[1 mark]
Q11.2025 Main 66/1/1 · Q21 mark
Bimal Rai is working in Funny Bunny Ltd. The company manufactures games and toys for children. The basic task of Bimal Rai is to integrate diverse elements and coordinate the activities of different departments. He also analyses the business environment and its implications for the survival of the firm. The level of management at which Bimal Rai is working is:
Top level
Middle level
Operational level
Both Middle and Operational level
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(A) Top level [1 mark]
Q12.2025 Main 66/1/1 · Q101 mark
There are two statements, Assertion (A) and Reason (R):
Assertion (A): Coordination ensures unity of action.
Reason (R): Coordination act as a binding force between departments and ensures that all action is aimed at achieving the goals of the organisation.
Choose the correct alternative from the alternatives given below:
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are correct and Reason (R) is the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are correct, but Reason (R) is not the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
Assertion (A) is correct, but Reason (R) is wrong.
Assertion (A) is wrong, but Reason (R) is correct.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(A) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are correct and Reason (R) is the correct explanation of Assertion (A). [1 mark]
Q13.2025 Main 66/1/1 · Q191 mark
Sadhna, a graduate of a reputed institute of management, is a successful manager. She applies her acquired knowledge in a personalised and skillful manner in difficult situations at work. She uses her imagination and creativity in handling these situations.
The aspect of the nature of management highlighted in the above case is:
Management as an Art
Management as a Science
Management as a Profession
Management both as a Science and as a Profession
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(A) Management as an Art [1 mark]
Q14.2025 Main 66/2/1 · Q11 mark
‘It is the process of designing and maintaining an environment in which individuals, working together in groups, efficiently accomplish selected aims.’ Identify the process.
Management
Organising
Staffing
Directing
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(A) Management [1 mark]
Q15.2025 Main 66/2/1 · Q171 mark
Akshara runs a business in the name of ‘AK Solutions’ in a well reputed area of her city where people provide spaces to students as library, as study centres and as training and event centres to businesses. Akshara provides only conference halls to big and small enterprises for their meetings and events.
Suddenly, in July 2024, floods affected some libraries and study centres in her neighbouring area. The exams were fast approaching and students were facing a lot of problems as these study centres and libraries had to be closed. Taking advantage of this opportunity and to help the students ‘AK Solutions’ adapted itself to the needs of the environment, they decided to convert some of their conference halls into libraries and study centres. They also decided to provide food and other facilities required by the students at subsidized rates. This initiative increased their business manifold and earned them significant goodwill.
The feature of management highlighted in the above case is:
Management is a continuous process.
Management is an intangible force.
Management is a dynamic function.
Management is a group activity.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(C) Management is a dynamic function. [1 mark]
Q16.2025 Main 66/5/1 · Q11 mark
‘The task of management is to make people work towards achieving the organisational goals, by making their strengths effective and their weaknesses irrelevant.'
The dimension of management discussed above is:
Management of work
Management of people
Management of operations
Both (A) and (C)
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(B) Management of people
Q17.2025 Main 66/5/1 · Q21 mark
'Management helps in providing good quality products and services, creates employment opportunities, adopts new technology for the greater good of the people and leads to the path towards growth and development.'
The point of importance of management highlighted above is:
Management helps in achieving group goals.
Management increases efficiency.
Management helps in achieving personal objectives.
Management helps in development of society.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(D) Management helps in development of society.
Q18.2025 Main 66/5/1 · Q81 mark
Ramesh and Harish are best friends, both working at 'Anuja Garments Ltd.', a company manufacturing designer clothing for women. Ramesh works in the marketing department and aims to increase the sales by 15% by offering discounts. However, Harish, the finance manager is not giving approval for this discount as it would mean loss of revenue for the company. This kind of conflict arises in organisations where each department performs activities in isolation from the other. To resolve such issues, there is a need for linking the activities of various departments. The concept of management which integrates the efforts of different departments, and at different levels, is:
Efficiency
Effectiveness
Controlling
Coordination
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(D) Coordination
Q19.2025 Main 66/6/1 · Q151 mark
‘Green Tech Solutions’, a manufacturer of eco-friendly products had an organisational structure with separate departments for production, marketing, sales, etc. Each department had its own objectives, policies and style of working. The company was facing challenges as the production department would focus on producing goods without consulting the sales department and the marketing department developed advertising campaigns without considering the production timelines, leading to confusion and conflicts. To resolve this, the Chief Executive Officer, Madhur arranged inter-departmental meetings explaining to the respective managers that they have to consult each other while performing their activities. All the departmental managers agreed to this.
By linking the activities of all the departments, the Chief Executive Officer was able to ensure that the right products are available when needed, marketing efforts match with the product availability and sales targets are achieved.
The concept of management followed by the Chief Executive Officer to resolve confusion and conflicts between departments was:
Organising
Coordination
Planning
Staffing
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/6/1
(B) Coordination
Q20.2025 Main 66/7/1 · Q21 mark
Shreyansh and Sudhir were close friends and were studying in a reputed engineering college. During campus recruitment in the final year of engineering, both of them got their dream jobs. Shreyansh's consultancy firm was in India and Sudhir's was a manufacturing firm situated out of India. Both looked forward to join their respective organisations after completing their engineering degree.
One month after joining the organisation, Sudhir came to India on an assignment and both friends decided to meet. Shreyansh looked happy and was all praise for the management of his company. He told Sudhir that there was complete orderliness in his organisation and that all employees were happy and satisfied with the work and the working environment. Targets of the organization too were met as per the plans. Sudhir, in contrast was unhappy with his job and was thus on the lookout for another job.
The characteristic of management being highlighted in the above case by Shreyansh is:
Management is a group activity.
Management is a dynamic function.
Management is an intangible force.
Management is all pervasive.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/7/1
(C) Management is an intangible force.
Q21.2025 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q11 mark
‘GEO Builders’ were to complete a housing project by December 2024 and hand over the flats to the buyers. Due to excessive heat in the month of May and June 2024, the work slowed down and the project was getting delayed. The firm, in order to complete the project on time, hired more workers through a contractor and asked all the workers to work overtime. Due to the above measures taken by the management, the project was completed on time but the cost of building the flats increased by 10%.
Identify the correct option.
‘GEO Builders’ were :
Efficient but not effective
Effective but not efficient
Neither effective nor efficient
Effective as well as efficient
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
(B) Effective but not efficient [1 mark]
Q22.2024 Main 66/1/1 · Q41 mark
____________ refers to doing the task correctly and with minimum cost.
Effectiveness
Coordination
Process
Efficiency
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(D) Efficiency
[1 mark]
Q23.2024 Main 66/3/1 · Q11 mark
‘Bonfast Cement Ltd.’ supports 7 villages with housing facilities, schools, safe drinking water, health and hygiene. The company sends its employees to visit a nearby village every 15 days to provide support and to see whether the facilities provided are being implemented on ground. The objective which ‘Bonfast Cement Ltd.’ is trying to achieve is :
Personal objective
Social objective
Organizational objective
Economic objective
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(B) Social objective
[1 mark]
Q24.2024 Main 66/3/1 · Q171 mark
Most of the organizations these days have adapted themselves to changing environment. To reach and engage with the target customers, they started to have a strong presence on social media like Facebook, Instagram, etc.
From the following, identify the feature of management being highlighted :
Management is a group activity.
Management is a continuous process.
Management is multidimensional.
Management is a dynamic function.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(D) Management is a dynamic function.
[1 mark]
Q25.2024 Main 66/3/1 · Q181 mark
Match the Levels of Management given in Column I with the functions performed at each level given in Column II :
Column I
Column II
1. Top Level Management
(i) They directly oversee the efforts of the workforce.
2. Middle Level Management
(ii) They ensure that their department has the necessary personnel.
3. Operational Management
(iii) They are responsible for the welfare and survival of the organisation.
Choose the correct option from the following :
1-(i), 2-(ii), 3-(iii)
1-(iii), 2-(ii), 3-(i)
1-(iii), 2-(i), 3-(ii)
1-(ii), 2-(iii), 3-(i)
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(B) 1-(iii), 2-(ii), 3-(i)
[1 mark]
Q26.2024 Main 66/3/1 · Q191 mark
‘Panmol Dairy’ started using environment-friendly ‘Bilona’ method of making ghee, unlike other dairies which were using modern methods involving machines and chemicals. By doing this, ‘Panmol Dairy’ is providing employment to hundreds of illiterate people in the rural areas.
Which objective of management is ‘Panmol Dairy’ trying to achieve :
National objective
Personal objective
Social objective
Economic objective
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(C) Social objective
[1 mark]
Q27.2024 Main 66/4/1 · Q11 mark
A multinational sweets and snacks company had been into catering business for the last many years. To add to its prospects and to grow in the long run, it wants to increase its sales volume, the number of products and capital investment.
The organisational objective of management it seeks to achieve is :
Survival
Profit
Growth
Corporate Social responsibility
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(C) Growth
[1 mark]
Q28.2024 Main 66/4/1 · Q21 mark
With respect to levels of management choose the incorrect statement from the following :
Operational level management is responsible for maintaining safety standards in the organisation.
At middle level management, managers ensure that their department has the necessary personnel.
Chief Executive officer at Top Level management is responsible for all activities of first line managers.
Top level management is responsible for all the activities of the business and for its impact on the society.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(C) Chief Executive officer at Top Level management is responsible for all activities of first line managers.
[1 mark]
Q29.2024 Main 66/4/1 · Q101 mark
______ is the process by which a manager synchronises the activities of different departments.
Management
Planning
Co-ordination
Directing
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(C) Co-ordination
[1 mark]
Q30.2024 Main 66/5/1 · Q171 mark
__________ means doing the task correctly and with minimum cost.
Efficiency
Effectiveness
Management
Coordination
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(A) Efficiency [1 mark]
Q31.2024 Main 66/5/1 · Q181 mark
Which of the following is the function of Top level management ?
They ensure that their department has the necessary personnel.
They interact with the actual work force and pass on instructions of the middle management to the workers.
They co-operate with other departments for smooth functioning of the organisation.
They analyse the business environment and its implications for the survival of the firm.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(D) They analyse the business environment and its implications for the survival of the firm [1 mark]
Q32.2024 Main 66/5/1 · Q191 mark
The activities involved in managing the enterprise are common to all organisations whether economic, political or social. Identify the feature of management :
Management is multidimensional.
Management is all pervasive.
Management is a continuous process.
Management is a dynamic function.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(B) Management is all pervasive [1 mark]
Q33.2024 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q21 mark
Aparna and Priyanka are working in ‘Shreya Industries’, a company dealing in readymade garments for women. Each of them was assigned the responsibility of producing 10 dresses each within 5 days at a cost of ₹ 1,000 per dress. Aparna was able to produce 10 dresses at a cost of ₹ 1,100 per dress within 5 days, whereas Priyanka was able to produce only 8 dresses at a cost of ₹ 900 per dress in 5 days. Which of the following statements is correct with respect to the above ?
Aparna is efficient but Priyanka is effective.
Aparna is effective but Priyanka is efficient.
Both Aparna and Priyanka are effective.
Both Aparna and Priyanka are efficient.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
(B) Aparna is effective but Priyanka is efficient. [1 mark]
Q34.2024 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q41 mark
Which of the following is not a function of middle level management ?
To interpret the policies framed by the top management
To ensure that their department has the necessary personnel
To coordinate the activities of different departments
To assign necessary duties and responsibilities to the personnel in their departments
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
(C) To coordinate the activities of different departments [1 mark]
Q35.2023 Main 66/1/1 · Q11 mark
‘Coordination integrates the efforts of different departments and at different levels.’ Identify the characteristic of coordination highlighted in the above statement.
Coordination ensures unity of action.
Coordination is an all pervasive function.
Coordination is a deliberate function.
Coordination is the responsibility of all managers.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(B) Coordination is an all pervasive function.
[1 mark]
Q36.2023 Main 66/1/1 · Q51 mark
Statement I: Management is multi-dimensional.
Statement II: The activities involved in managing an enterprise are common to all organisations whether economic, social or political.
Choose the correct option from the options given below:
Statement I is true and II is false.
Statement II is true and I is false.
Both the statements are false.
Both the statements are true.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(D) Both the statements are true.
[1 mark]
Q37.2023 Main 66/1/1 · Q111 mark
Management has its own vocabulary of terms and concepts. Managers need to communicate with one another with the help of a common vocabulary for the better understanding of their work situation.
Which characteristic of ‘Management as a Science’ is highlighted in the above statement?
Principles based on experimentation
Systematised body of knowledge
Universal validity
Personalised application
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(B) Systematised body of knowledge
[1 mark]
Q38.2023 Main 66/1/1 · Q121 mark
‘Alfanzo Ltd.’ is achieving all its objectives in an effective and efficient manner. It is earning enough revenue to cover costs and the risks of the business. Now the company wants to increase the sales volume, the capital investment, the number of employees and the number of products also.
By doing this, the management wants to achieve its following objective:
Survival
Profit
Personal
Growth
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(D) Growth
[1 mark]
Q39.2023 Main 66/2/1 · Q11 mark
Akash works as a production manager in ‘Elite Enterprises’ manufacturing LED lights. Due to festive season, there is lot of demand for their lights. Akash was given the task of producing 100 units of LED lights @ ₹ 200 per unit within 5 days for an urgent order. Akash was able to achieve the target of 100 units of LED lights within 5 days @ ₹ 220 per unit.
Identify from the following whether Akash is:
Efficient only
Effective only
Both efficient and effective
Neither efficient nor effective
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(B) Effective only
[1 mark]
Q40.2023 Main 66/2/1 · Q51 mark
Which of the following features of ‘Management as an Art’ highlights that every manager applies his knowledge of principles in his own way to deal with a given situation?
Ethical code of conduct
Existence of theoretical knowledge
Personalised application
Universal Validity
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(C) Personalised application
[1 mark]
Q41.2023 Main 66/2/1 · Q71 mark
The management of a bag manufacturing company has recently changed. Due to this, an improvement can be felt in the way company functions. Now, targets are met according to plans, whereas, earlier deadlines were never given importance. Now there is orderliness, instead of chaos in the organisation and the employees are happy and satisfied.
From the following identify the characteristic of management which is highlighted in the above case:
Management is dynamic.
Management is a continuous process.
Management is a group activity.
Management is an intangible force.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(D) Management is an intangible force.
[1 mark]
Q42.2023 Main 66/2/1 · Q81 mark
In an organisation, coordination is the function of every manager. Top level managers need to coordinate with their subordinates to ensure that the overall plans of the organisation are duly carried out. Middle level managers coordinate with both the top level and the supervisory level managers. Supervisory level managers coordinate the activities of workers to ensure that work proceeds according to plans.
The characteristic of coordination discussed in the above para is:
Coordination is a continuous process.
Coordination is a deliberate function.
Coordination is the responsibility of all Managers.
Coordination integrates group efforts.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(C) Coordination is the responsibility of all Managers.
[1 mark]
Q43.2023 Main 66/3/1 · Q51 mark
Which of the following is not a function of middle level management?
Analysing the business environment and its implications for survival of the firm
Interpreting the policies framed by top management
Ensuring that their department has necessary personnel
Motivating people in their department to achieve desired objectives
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(A) Analysing the business environment and its implications for survival of the firm.
Q44.2023 Main 66/4/1 · Q51 mark
Management helps in providing good quality products and services, creating employment opportunities, adopting new technology for the greater good of the people and leads the path towards growth and development.
This highlights the following point of importance of management:
Management helps in achieving group goals.
Management creates a dynamic organisation.
Management helps in the development of society.
Management helps in achieving personal objectives.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(C) Management helps in the development of society.
Q45.2023 Main 66/4/1 · Q71 mark
Neeraj is the Director of ‘Tulip Public School’ having 2000 students. There are two Headmasters – one for Senior classes and another for Junior classes. 50 teachers are under the supervision of the Senior Headmaster and 60 teachers under the supervision of the Junior Headmaster. No teacher working under the supervision of the Senior Headmaster is happy and satisfied, which is affecting the result of the Senior classes. On the other hand the teachers working under the supervision of the Junior Headmaster are performing their duties willingly and achieving their objectives. All the teachers are happy and satisfied. The Director, Neeraj can feel how nicely the Junior Headmaster was managing his classes.
The characteristic of management discussed above is:
Management is a goal-oriented process
Management is a dynamic function
Management is an intangible force
Management is a continuous process
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(C) Management is an intangible force.
Q46.2023 Main 66/5/1 · Q81 mark
Different organisations have different goals. ‘Zeepo’ is an upcoming retail chain for providing consumer goods door-to-door, the objective of this organisation is to increase sales. ‘Allie’ is an educational organisation working with an objective of providing education to under privileged children of the society. Management of each of these organisations unite the efforts of their employees towards achieving organisational goals.
The characteristic of management discussed above is:
Management is goal-oriented.
Management is a continuous process.
Management is a dynamic function
Management is an intangible force.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(A) Management is goal-oriented.
Q47.2023 Supp. 66/C/1 · Q11 mark
Project ‘Nanhi Kali’ run by Shivam and Sohan Ltd. was started in 1998 and is one of the largest programmes that enables underprivileged girls to complete 10 years of schooling. The project has impacted the lives of over 5 lakh girls from low income group families across the country.
The objective achieved by Shivam and Sohan Ltd. by doing so is:
Organizational objective
Social objective
Personal objective
Both (a) and (c)
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/C/1
(B) Social objective
Q48.2023 Supp. 66/C/1 · Q121 mark
Ashita works in a company where her basic task is to integrate diverse elements and co-ordinate the activities of different departments according to the overall objectives of the organisation. At which level of management is Ashita working?
Top level management
Middle level management
Supervisory level management
Both (b) and (c)
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/C/1
(A) Top level management
Q49.SQP 2025-26 · Q11 mark
The project managers in an organisation set targets for the upcoming months and outline strategies to achieve them. At the same time, they assign specific roles and responsibilities to their team members. They motivate them to meet the deadline, by celebrating their achievements and taking their feedback. Thus, various functions are simultaneously performed by all managers all the time. Name the characteristic of Management discussed above.
Management is a dynamic function
Management is a continuous process
Management is an intangible force
Management is goal oriented
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2025-26 · Marking Scheme
(B) Management is a continuous process
[1 mark]
Q50.SQP 2025-26 · Q131 mark
Match the concepts of management given in column I with their meaning given in column II
COLUMN I
COLUMN II
A
Management Hierarchy
i
Involves defining and grouping of activities, resource allocation and establishment of authority relationships.
B
Coordination
ii
Involves establishing performance standards measuring actual performance and taking corrective action
C
Organising
iii
It shows orderly arrangement of individual and group efforts to ensure unity of action in realisation of common objectives.
D
Controlling
iv
Refers to different levels in the organisation created as a result of authority responsibility relationships binding individuals as superiors and subordinates.
Choose the correct option from the following:
A iv, B iii, C ii, D i
ii, B iii, C iv, D ii
A iv, B iii, C i, D ii
A iii, B iv, C i, D ii
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2025-26 · Marking Scheme
(C) A iv, B iii, C i, D ii
[1 mark]
Q51.SQP 2026-27 · Q11 mark
Ms Pratima Bhanot is working as Quality Control Supervisor in a company. Identify the function that she will not be performing at the level at which she is working:
Ensuring the quality of output of workers.
Confirming that safety standards are maintained in the organisation.
Analysing the business environment and its implications for the survival of the firm.
Minimising the wastage of materials.
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2026-27 · Marking Scheme
(C) Analysing the business environment and its implications for the survival of the firm.
[1 mark]
Q52.2026 Main 66/1/1 · Q24(a)3 marks
State any three functions of middle level management.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/1/1
Functions of middle level management ( Any THREE)
They interpret the policies framed by top management.
They ensure that their department has the necessary personnel.
They assign necessary duties and responsibilities to personnel in their department.
They motivate people in their department to achieve desired objectives.
They cooperate with other departments for smooth functioning of the organization.
They implement and control plans and strategies developed by top management.
They are responsible for all the activities of the first line managers.
[(1 x 3) = 3 marks]
Q53.2026 Main 66/2/1 · Q21(a)3 marks
State any three features of Co-ordination.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/2/1
Features of co-ordination: (Any THREE)
Coordination integrates group efforts by unifying diverse interests into purposeful work activity
Coordination ensures unity of action by acting as a binding force between departments and ensuring that all action is aimed at achieving the goals of the organisation
Coordination is a continuous process as it starts at the planning stage and continues till controlling.
Coordination is an all pervasive function as it is required at all levels of management and in all the departments of an organisation.
Coordination is the responsibility of all managers at the top, middle and operational level.
Coordination is a deliberate function as every manager has to co-ordinate the efforts of different people in a conscious and deliberate manner.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
[1 x 3 = 3 marks]
Q54.2025 Main 66/1/1 · Q213 marks
P. Madhav is the production manager of ‘Trendy Style Pvt. Ltd.’, a firm manufacturing office furniture. His objective is to increase production by 20% in the next one year. But the Sales Manager, R. Shetty does not approve of the increase in production, till changes are brought about in the quality of wood, locks, handles etc. to incorporate latest trends. This kind of conflict brings to light an important concept of management that can help to link the activities of various departments.
Identify and explain the concept discussed above.
State any two points of importance of the concept identified in (i) above.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(i) Coordination[½ mark for identifying]
Co-ordination is the process by which a manager synchronises the activities of different departments towards the achievement of a common goal. [½ mark for meaning]
(or any other correct meaning)
(ii) Importance of co-ordination: (Any two)
With the growth in size and the number of people employed by the organisation increases, coordination is needed to integrate their efforts and activities and to harmonize individual goals and organisational goals.
Functional differentiation in an organisation leads to creation of departments, divisions and sections like finance, production etc. and coordination helps in linking the activities of various departments.
Modern organisations have high degree of specialisation where specialists usually think that they only are qualified to evaluate, judge and decide and do not take advice from others leading to conflict. Coordination helps in reconciling their differences.
(If an examinee has given only the headings, ½ mark for each heading should be awarded)
[(1 × 2); 1 + 2 = 3 marks]
Q55.2024 Main 66/3/1 · Q213 marks
Two ambitious friends, Sana and Mihir, having passion for creating innovative software applications, established a tech startup named ‘Quick Solutions’. Their software was developed in such a way that it caters to the needs of all sections. Since its inception, ‘Quick Solutions’ was earning enough revenue to cover the costs. They faced countless challenges from competing with large and well-established companies. But they learned from their mistakes and continuously improved their product. Slowly, their software gained recognition for its quality and uniqueness and the company started making profits. It was a big incentive for Sana and Mihir for the continued successful operation of the enterprise. Within two years, the customer base increased manifold. Now, Sana and Mihir decided to make additional capital investment and hired more employees. They invested in research and development and expanded their product line to meet emerging market demands. ‘Quick Solutions’ ultimately became the industry leader because of the tireless efforts of Sana and Mihir.
Quoting lines, identify and state the objectives of management discussed in the above case which ‘Quick Solutions’ seeks to achieve.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/3/1
Organisational Objectives
(i) Survival
‘Since its inception, ‘Quick Solutions’ was earning enough revenue to cover the costs’
The basic objective of any business is to ensure that it continues to survive and exist in the future. An organisation must earn enough revenue to cover the costs.
(ii) Profit
‘Slowly, their software gained recognition for its quality and uniqueness and the company started making profits’
Profit provides a vital incentive for the continued successful operation of the enterprise. Profit is essential for covering costs and risks of the business.
(iii) Growth
‘Now, Sana and Mihir decided to make additional capital investment and hired more employees.’
OR
‘They invested in research and development and expanded their product line to meet emerging market demand’.
Management must exploit the growth potential of the organisation to remain in the industry which can be measured in terms of sales volume, increase in the number of employees.
[½ mark for quoting and identification + ½ mark for explanation; 1 × 3 = 3 marks]
Q56.2024 Main 66/4/1 · Q213 marks
Three friends, Aman, Ashish and Ashi after completing their MBA from a reputed management institute, formed a start up named ‘Solutions’. The goal of the start up was to make a social and environmental impact through its services. ‘Solutions’ supports social business ideas to improve living conditions in slums of Mumbai. As all the three friends are specialised in social work, they adopted three different slums of Mumbai and started educating the slum dwellers in their own creative manner. Aman used ‘playway method’, Ashish used ‘music’ as a method of learning while Ashi used ‘activity based method of learning’. They used basic knowledge in their unique manner and were able to educate the slum dwellers.
It implies that skillful and personal application of acquired knowledge varies from individual to individual in achieving desired results.
Identify and state the nature of management discussed in the above case.
Quoting lines from the above para, state any two features of nature of management identified in (a) above.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(a) Management as an Art
Art refers to skillful and personal application of existing knowledge to achieve desired results.
[½ + ½ = 1 mark]
(b) Features of Management as an Art:
(i) Personalised Application:
“They used basic knowledge in their unique manner and were able to educate the slum dwellers.”
OR
“skillful and personal application of acquired knowledge varies from individual to individual”
A manager applies this acquired knowledge in a personalised and skillful manner in the light of the realities of a given situation.
(ii) Based on Practice and creativity:
“they adopted three different slums of Mumbai and started educating the slum dwellers in their own creative manner.”
A good manager works through a combination of practice, creativity, imagination, initiative and innovation.
[½ mark for quoting the lines + ½ mark for correct statement: 1 + 1 = 2 marks; 1 + 2 = 3 marks]
Q57.2024 Main 66/5/1 · Q213 marks
‘Cortico Fabrics’ was started by Ashish in 2001 to sell bed sheets, towels, comforters, pillows, cushions, bath mats etc. It is now a famous name and its branches are across India. To manage the work all over India, it has eight teams-two each for North, South, East and West India. Ashish spends a considerable amount of time to develop an orderly pattern of group efforts among different teams and to secure unity of action in pursuit of a common purpose.
To ensure suitable allocation of tasks to the various members of the teams and to see that the tasks are performed with harmony among the members, he tries to balance the different teams at different locations.
Identify and explain the concept of management discussed in the above para.
Also, explain any one point of importance of the concept identified in (a) above.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(a) Co-ordination[1 mark for identifying the concept]
Co-ordination is the process by which a manager synchronises the activities of different departments towards the achievement of a common goal. [1 mark for its explanation]
(b) Importance of Co-ordination: (Any one)
Growth in size
Functional Differentiation
Specialisation
[½ mark for the heading + ½ mark for explanation]
(If an examinee has not given the headings as above but has given the correct explanation, full credit should be given)
[1 + 1 + 1 = 3 Marks]
Q58.2023 Main 66/1/1 · Q213 marks
Hitesh is the Chief Executive Officer of ‘Kids Garments Ltd.’ Due to festive season, Hitesh got an additional order of 10,000 garments which he had to supply within two days. Due to his goodwill in the market, he did not want to lose the order. So, he decided to achieve the target by operating on double shifts. He achieved the target and supplied the order within two days. But due to double shifts, his cost of production was higher than the regular production cost.
Identify and give the meaning of the two concepts of management discussed in the above para.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/1/1
Efficiency and Effectiveness[½×2 = 1 mark]
Efficiency means doing the task correctly and with minimum cost. [1 mark]
Effectiveness is concerned with doing the right task, completing activities and achieving goals. [1 mark]
(Or any other suitable meaning)
[= 3 marks]
Q59.2023 Main 66/3/1 · Q213 marks
Praveen and Naveen are friends. Praveen became a professional after completing his MBBS from ‘Hindu Medical College’. Naveen completed his MBA from IIM, Bangalore. In a discussion with Praveen, Naveen said that he too is a professional and is working with a multinational company as a senior manager getting a good package. Praveen was not convinced about the fact that Naveen was a professional in spite of being aware that nowadays there is increasing emphasis on managed business concerns. Praveen gave three reasons in support of his opinion. Explain the three reasons that Praveen might have given.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/3/1
Reasons that Praveen might have given (Any three):
Restricted entry – There is no restriction on anyone being appointed as manager in any business enterprise, irrespective of the educational qualifications possessed as compared to other professions like a doctor, a lawyer, etc
Professional Association – There are several associations of practicing managers in India, like the AIMA (All India Management Association), however, there is no compulsion for managers to be members of such an association nor does it have any statutory backing unlike other professions.
Ethical code of conduct: All professionals are bound by a code of conduct which guides the behaviour of its members, which may not be followed by manager though AIMA has laid down a code of conduct to regulate the activities of their members.
Service motive – The basic purpose of management is to serve their clients interests by rendering dedicated and committed service whereas the basic purpose of management is to help the business organisation to achieve its stated goal which is profit maximisation.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded.)
[1 mark for each reason = 1 × 3 = 3 marks]
Q60.2023 Main 66/4/1 · Q213 marks
After completing his MBA degree, Aman joined a multinational company ‘Zeyovya Ltd.’. His job demands long hours and commitment to the organisation. He is responsible for integrating diverse elements and coordinating all the activities of the business and for its impact on society. His job is complex and stressful.
Identify the level of management at which Aman joined the organisation.
State any two functions to be performed by Aman at this level other than those discussed in the para.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/4/1
Top Level Management[1 mark]
Functions to be performed by Aman at this level: (Any two)
Responsible for the welfare and survival of the organisation.
Analysing the business environment and its implications for the survival of the firm.
Formulating overall organisational goals and strategies for their achievement.
[1 × 2 = 2 marks; 1 + 2 = 3 marks]
Q61.2023 Main 66/5/1 · Q213 marks
Monika, Rashmi and Garima are childhood friends. After completing their education, Monika joined a school as a teacher. Rashmi joined a firm as a Chartered Accountant and Garima as a General Manager in a MultiNational Company. After a long time in a re-union function of the school, they met each other. Rashmi said that they were all professionals now.
Garima told Rashmi that she can say this about Monika and herself, but not about her since Manager is not considered a full fledged professional.
Why did Garima say that she was not a professional? State any three points in support of your answer.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/5/1
Garima said that she is not a professional as management is not considered as a full fledged profession because of the following reasons: (Any three points)
Restricted Entry: There is no restriction on anyone being designated or appointed as Manager in any business enterprise. Any one can be called a manager irrespective of educational qualifications possessed as compared to other professions like a doctor, a lawyer etc.
Professional Association: There are several associations of practicing managers in India like AIMA (All India Management Association) but there is no compulsion for managers to be members of such associations nor does it have any statutory backing unlike other professions.
Ethical code of conduct: All professionals are bound by a code of conduct which guides the behaviour of its members, which is not followed by manager though AIMA has laid down a code of conduct to regulate the activities of their members.
Service Motive: The basic motive of a profession is to serve their clients interests by rendering dedicated and committed service whereas the basic purpose of management is to help the organization to achieve its stated goal which is profit maximisation.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
[1 mark for each reason = 1 × 3 = 3 marks]
Q62.SQP 2025-26 · Q243 marks
Muralidhar Parekh started textile printing business in Gujarat in the year 2022 by using practices like eco-friendly dyeing and printing processes in order to ensure environmental sustainability. Soon the business started flourishing. For the financial year 2024-25, Muralidhar formulated the organisational goal of increasing sales by 10% and framed strategies for their achievement. Since his job was complex and stressful, he appointed subordinates to carry out the main task of implementing and controlling the plans and strategies made by him.
Identify the level at which the necessary workforce was appointed for implementing and controlling the plans and strategies made by Muralidhar Parekh. What will they need to do to carry out this main task? State any two points.
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2025-26 · Marking Scheme
The level at which necessary workforce would be appointed for implementing and controlling the plans and strategies is Middle Level.
[1 mark for identification]
He is required to do the following to carry out the main task at the Middle Level: (any two)
interpret the policies framed by top management,
ensure that their department has the necessary personnel,
assign necessary duties and responsibilities to them,
motivate them to achieve desired objectives
co- operate with other departments for smooth functioning of the organisation. At the same time they are responsible for all the activities of first line managers.
[1 × 2 = 2 marks, any 2]
Q63.2026 Main 66/1/1 · Q294 marks
‘GW Industries’, known for its paper products, decided to produce and launch a new line of sustainable packaging called ‘EcoPac’.
As management is a complex activity, the Chief Executive Officer of the company translated the work into clear goals and assigned the means to achieve those. He knew that human resources are the greatest asset of an organization, so getting work done through them is also a major task. The production of high quality sustainable packaging also required a proper production process. This was put in place for managing the flow of input materials and technology to convert these materials into high quality sustainable packaging.
In this way ‘GW industries’ took care of various aspects for successful launch of ‘EcoPac’.
A characteristic of management is discussed in the above case. Identify and explain the characteristic.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/1/1
Management is multidimensional[1 mark]
It has three dimensions which are: [(½ mark for heading + ½ mark for explanation) 1x3]
Management of work: All organisations exist for the performance of some work and Management translates this work in terms of goals to be achieved and assigns the means to achieve it.
Management of people: It implies dealing with employees as individuals with diverse needs and behavior and dealing with individuals as a group of people.
Management of operations: It requires a production process which entails the flow of input material and the technology for transforming this input into the desired output for consumption.
[1 + 3 = 4 marks]
Q64.2026 Main 66/4/1 · Q274 marks
Arjun and Neha were close friends. They had studied together in the same school. After completing their higher education, both of them joined a company named ‘Apex Ltd.’ in different roles, based on their qualifications. Arjun’s role involved analysing the business environment and its implications for the survival of the firm. He was also responsible for the welfare and survival of the organisation. Neha, on the other hand, was heading the marketing department in the organisation. Her responsibility was to ensure that her department had the necessary personnel. In addition to many other responsibilities, she had to motivate them to achieve desired objectives.
Apart from the functions mentioned in the above case, state two more functions each for Arjun and Neha that they would perform at the level at which they are working.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/4/1
Functions performed by Arjun at the top level of management other than those mentioned above are: (Any TWO)
To integrate diverse elements and coordinate the activities of different departments according to the overall objectives of the organisation.
To formulate overall organisational goals and strategies for their achievement.
To be responsible for all the activities of the business and for its impact on society.
[1 × 2 = 2 marks]
Functions performed by Neha at the middle level of management other than those mentioned above are: (Any TWO)
To interpret the policies framed by top management
To assign necessary duties and responsibilities to personnel of the department.
To co-operate with other departments for smooth functioning of the organisation.
To be responsible for all the activities of first line managers.
To implement and control plans and strategies developed by the top management.
[1 × 2 = 2 marks; total = 4 marks]
Q65.2026 Main 66/5/1 · Q26(a)4 marks
State any four features of coordination.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/5/1
Features of coordination: (Any FOUR)
Coordination integrates group efforts by unifying diverse interests into purposeful work activity.
It ensures unity of action by acting as a binding force between departments and ensuring that all action is aimed at achieving the goals of the organisation.
It is a continuous process as it starts at the planning stage and continues till controlling.
It is an all-pervasive function as it is required at all levels of management and in all departments of an organisation.
It is the responsibility of all managers at the top, middle and operational level.
It is a deliberate function as a manager has to coordinate the efforts of different people in a conscious and deliberate manner.
[1 × 4 = 4 marks]
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
Q66.2026 Main 66/5/1 · Q26(b)4 marks
State any four points of importance of management.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/5/1
Importance of management: (Any FOUR)
Management helps in achieving group goals by giving a common direction to the individual effort to achieve the overall goal of the organisation.
Management increases efficiency by reducing costs and increasing productivity through better planning, organising, directing, staffing and controlling the activities of the organisation.
Management creates a dynamic organisation by helping people adapt to changes so that the organisation is able to maintain its competitive edge.
Management helps in achieving personal objectives by motivating and leading in such a manner that individual members are able to achieve personal goals while contributing to the overall organizational objective.
Management helps in the development of society by fulfilling its multiple objectives that serve the purpose of the different groups that constitute it.
[1 × 4 = 4 marks]
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
Q67.2025 Main 66/2/1 · Q26(a)4 marks
Explain the following features of co-ordination:
Co-ordination integrates group efforts.
Co-ordination is the responsibility of all managers.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(i) Co-ordination integrates group efforts
Coordination unifies unrelated or diverse interests into purposeful work activity.
It gives a common focus to group effort to ensure that performance is as it was planned and scheduled.
[2 marks]
(ii) Co-ordination is the responsibility of all managers
Coordination is the function of every manager in the organisation.
Top level managers need to coordinate with their subordinates to ensure that the overall policies for the organisation are duly carried out. Middle level management coordinates with both the top level and first line managers. Operational level management coordinates the activities of its workers to ensure that work proceeds according to plans.
[2 marks]
[2 + 2 = 4 marks]
Q68.2025 Main 66/2/1 · Q26(b)4 marks
Explain the following features of management:
Management is a goal-oriented process.
Management is a continuous process.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(i) Management is a goal-oriented process
An organisation has a set of basic goals which are the basic reason for its existence. These should be simple and clearly stated.
Management unites the efforts of different individuals in the organisation towards achieving these goals.
[2 marks]
(ii) Management is a continuous process
The process of management is a series of continuous, composite, but separate functions (planning, organising, directing, staffing and controlling).
These functions are simultaneously performed by all managers all the time.
[2 marks]
[2 + 2 = 4 marks]
Q69.2025 Main 66/2/1 · Q274 marks
Nisha had given some old dresses of her own to her house-helper Beenu. After a few days, Nisha was happily surprised when she saw Beenu wearing one of the dresses beautifully refurbished. On enquiry, Beenu told Nisha that this was done by her daughter who had just completed her Class 12th studies. Beenu also told Nisha that she was a little concerned as her daughter did not want to study further. Nisha was very much impressed by the creativity of Beenu’s daughter, so she decided to setup a small business for her. Nisha bought 15 sewing machines and appointed 15 girls to refurbish the old dresses. Nisha also arranged old dresses from various sources and employed a person who will sell these dresses at a very low cost for the one’s who could not purchase news dresses due to their low income.
Nisha divided the girls in three equal groups, each having five sewing machines. Each group was given a target of refurbishing 150 old dresses in a fortnight with a cost of Rs. 30 per dress.
After a fortnight, Nisha who was supervising this business with Beenu was informed that Group I was able to meet the target by refurbishing 150 old dresses at a cost of Rs. 30 per dress. Group II was able to refurbish 150 old dresses at a cost of Rs. 35 per dress, whereas Group III could refurbish only 140 old dresses but at a cost of Rs. 27 per dress.
Identify the concepts of management discussed above for each of the three groups giving reason in support of your answer.
Give meaning of the concepts identified in (i) above and state which one is important for the management and why?
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(i) Efficiency and Effectiveness are the concepts discussed above[1 Mark]
Group I is effective as well as efficient as they were able to meet the target of refurbishing 150 old dresses at a cost of Rs.30 per dress. [½ mark]
Group II is effective but not efficient as they were able to meet the target of refurbishing 150 old dresses but at a higher cost. [½ mark]
Group III is not effective but efficient as they were able to refurbish only 140 old dresses but were able to do it at a lower cost. [½ mark]
(ii) Efficiency- Efficiency means doing the task correctly and with minimum cost. [½ mark]
Effectiveness- Effectiveness means doing the right task, completing activities and achieving goals. [½ mark]
For management, it is important to be both effective and efficient. [½ mark]
[= 4 marks]
Q70.2025 Main 66/5/1 · Q28(a)4 marks
Explain the following features of 'Management':
Management is a dynamic function.
Management is an intangible force.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(i) Management is a dynamic function:
Management is a dynamic function and has to adapt itself to the changing environment
An organization interacts with its external environment which consists of various factors (social, economic and political) and in order to succeed, it has to change itself and its goals according to the needs of the environment.
[2 marks]
(ii) Management is an intangible force:
Management is an intangible force that cannot be seen but its presence can be felt in the way the organisation functions.
The effect of management is noticeable in an organisation where targets are met according to plans, employees are happy and satisfied, and there is orderliness instead of chaos.
[2 marks] = 4 marks
Q71.2025 Main 66/6/1 · Q284 marks
Shreedar had worked as an Operations Manager at a cab aggregator firm for ten years, gaining in-depth knowledge of the business. He then decided to leave the job and started his own cab aggregator business ‘Easy Cab’ with his friend Mukesh. Shreedar became the Chief Executive Officer and Mukesh the Chief Operating Officer in ‘Easy Cab’. They decided to initially offer their services only in Goregram. To finance the venture, they applied for a loan to purchase electric cars for their fleet aiming to provide a sustainable and eco-friendly way to travel.
Identify the level of management at which Shreedar and Mukesh are working in ‘Easy Cab’.
State any three functions required to be performed by both Shreedar and Mukesh at the level of management they are working.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/6/1
(a) Shreedhar - Top Level Mukesh – Top level [½+½]
(b) Functions required to be performed by both Shreedar and Mukesh at the level of management they are working are: (Any three)
They have to integrate diverse elements and coordinate the activities of different departments according to the overall objectives of the organisation.
They are responsible for the welfare and survival of the organization.
They analyse the business environment and its implications for the survival of the firm.
They formulate overall organisational goals and strategies for their achievement.
They are responsible for all the activities of the business and for its impact on society.
[1×3 = 3 marks] = 4 marks
Q72.2025 Main 66/7/1 · Q304 marks
‘Silver Mills' started their business as a B2B supplier of high quality millet seeds. The firm was set up in a backward area of Ransdhan. The firm was earning just enough revenues to cover its cost. Over a period of time, due to rising awareness amongst people about the health benefits of millets and with the year 2023 declared as 'International Year of Millets', the demand for millets increased and the firm was able to earn profits. This gave a vital incentive to the firm to continue its successful operations. It then expanded its operations and introduced millet flour, millet-based snacks and millet-based beverages. With increase in its operations, it provided employment opportunities specially to women, involving them in dehusking, cleaning and packing of millets.
State the objectives of management highlighted in the above case.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/7/1
Objectives of management highlighted in the above case are:
(a) Organisational objectives: The main objective of any organization should be to utilize human and material resources to the maximum possible advantage to fulfil the economic objectives of a business. These are: Survival, Profit and Growth.
In order to survive, an organisation must earn enough revenues to cover costs.
Profit provides vital incentive and is essential for covering costs and risks of the business.
A business needs to add to its prospects in the long run, hence management must exploit fully the growth potential of the organisation to remain in the industry.
[1½ + 1½ marks]
(b) Social objectives involve consistently creating economic value for various constituents of society by using environmental friendly methods of production, providing employment opportunities, etc. [1 mark]
= 4 marks
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
Q73.2025 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q27(a)4 marks
Explain the following features of Coordination :
Coordination is a continuous process.
Coordination is an all-pervasive function.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
Features of Coordination
(i) Coordination is a continuous process[2 marks]
Coordination is not a one-time function but a continuous process.
It begins at the planning stage and continues till controlling.
(ii) Coordination is an all- pervasive function[2 marks]
Coordination is required at all levels of management due to the interdependent nature of activities of various departments.
It integrates the efforts of different departments and different levels.
[= 4 marks]
Q74.2025 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q27(b)4 marks
Explain the following characteristics of Management :
Management is a dynamic function.
Management is a group activity.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
Characteristics of Management
(i) Management is a dynamic function[2 marks]
Management is a dynamic function and has to adapt itself to the changing environment.
In order to be successful, an organisation must change itself and its goals according to the needs of the environment.
(ii) Management is a group activity[2 marks]
Every member of the group has a different purpose for joining the organisation but as members of the organisation they work towards fulfilling the common organizational goal.
This requires team work and coordination of individual effort in a common direction.
[= 4 marks]
Q75.2024 Main 66/1/1 · Q26(a)4 marks
State any four characteristics of management.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/1/1
Characteristics of management are: ( Any four)
(i) Management is a goal-oriented process as it unites the efforts of different individuals in the organisation towards achieving these goals.
(ii) Management is all pervasive function as its activities are common to all organisations whether economic, social or political.
(iii) Management is multidimensional/complex as it involves: Management of work, Management of people and Management of operations.
(iv) The process of management is a series of continuous, composite but separate functions that are simultaneously performed by all the managers all the time.
(v) Management is a group activity as it requires team work and coordination of individual efforts in a common direction towards fulfilling the common organisational goal.
(vi) Management is a dynamic function and has to adapt itself to the changing environment.
(vii) Management is an intangible force that cannot be seen but its presence can be felt in the way the organisation functions.
(If an examinee has only listed the underlined points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
[1 × 4 = 4 marks]
Q76.2024 Main 66/1/1 · Q26(b)4 marks
State any four functions performed by Top Level Management.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/1/1
Functions performed by Top Level Management are: (Any four)
(i) Their basic task is to integrate diverse elements and coordinate the activities of different departments according to the overall objectives of the organisation.
(ii) They are responsible for the welfare and survival of the organisation.
(iii) They analyse the business environment and its implications for the survival of the firm.
(iv) They formulate overall organisational goals and strategies for their achievement.
(v) They are responsible for all the activities of the business and for its impact on society.
(If an examinee has only listed the underlined points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
[1 × 4 = 4 marks]
Q77.2023 Supp. 66/C/1 · Q254 marks
Pallavi started a wedding planner company ‘Dreams Unlimited’ in 2016 and her target was to be amongst the top 10 companies in this field within the next three years. For this she employed people having different skills. She worked hard and united the efforts of different people to achieve this goal. The requirements of the customers in this industry changed very fast and the company adapted to keep pace with the changing environment. As planned, the company achieved its target within three years. All the employees of the organisation were happy and satisfied and the effect of management was noticeable in the organisation.
The way Pallavi was managing her business highlights some of the features of management. By quoting lines from the above paragraph, explain any two such features.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/C/1
Features of management (any two):
(i) Management is goal oriented
“…. united the efforts of different people to achieve this goal.”
Every organisation has a set of basic goals which are the basic reason for its existence and unites the efforts of different individuals in the organisation towards achieving these goals.
(ii) Management is a dynamic function
“….The company adapted to keep pace with the changing environment.”
Management is a dynamic function and has to adapt itself to the changing environment. In order to be successful, an organisation must change itself and its goals according to the needs of the environment.
(iii) Management is an intangible force
“All the employees of the organisation were happy and satisfied and the effect of management was noticeable in the organisation.”
Management is an intangible force that cannot be seen but its presence can be felt in the way the organisation functions. The effect of management is noticeable when targets are met and employees are happy and satisfied.
[½ mark for naming + ½ mark for quoting + 1 mark for its explanation = 2 × 2 = 4 marks]
Q78.SQP 2026-27 · Q304 marks
Guruji Garments Ltd., a leading apparel manufacturing company in Ludhiana, produces winter wear for domestic and international markets.
During the peak season, the Production Department increased output to meet rising demand. However, the Sales Department had not secured enough confirmed orders, leading to excess stock. At the same time, the Finance Department delayed releasing funds for raw materials, causing interruptions in production. As a result, confusion and conflict arose among different departments.
The General Manager noticed that the departmental heads were not sharing the information regularly thus leading to lack of synchronisation of activities of different departments.
The problem faced by Guruji Garments Ltd. mainly indicates absence of an important concept of management. Name the concept.
State any three characteristics of the above identified concept.
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2026-27 · Marking Scheme
A) Concept identified is Coordination
[1 mark for naming concept]
B) Characteristics of coordination are-(any three)
1. Coordination is a continuous process: Coordination is not a one-time function but a continuous process. It begins at the planning stage and continues till controlling.
2. Coordination is an all pervasive function: Coordination is required at all levels of management due to the interdependent nature of activities of various departments. It integrates the efforts of different departments and different levels. The purchase, production and sales departmental efforts have to be coordinated for achieving organisational objectives harmoniously.
3. Coordination integrates group efforts: Coordination unifies unrelated or diverse interests into purposeful work activity. It gives a common focus to group effort to ensure that performance is as it was planned and scheduled.
4. Coordination ensures unity of action: The purpose of coordination is to secure unity of action in the realisation of a common purpose. It acts as the binding force between departments and ensures that all action is aimed at achieving the goals of the organisation.
Coordination is the responsibility of all managers: Coordination is the function of every manager in the organisation. Top level managers need to coordinate with their subordinates to ensure that the overall policies for the organisation are duly carried out. Middle level management coordinates with both the top level and first line managers. Operational level management coordinates the activities of its workers to ensure that work proceeds according to plans.
5. Coordination is a deliberate function: A manager has to coordinate the efforts of different people in a conscious and deliberate manner. Even where members of a department willingly cooperate and work, coordination gives a direction to that willing spirit.
[1 × 3 = 3 marks (one mark for each correct statement); 1 + 3 = 4]
Q79.2026 Main 66/3/1 · Q316 marks
‘Global Tech Ltd.’ was a multinational company that manufactured modern electronics devices and employed nearly 10,000 people from across the world. The company had a well-defined organisational structure with separate departments for finance, marketing and production. Every department had its own objectives, policies and style of working. As each department performed its activities in isolation from others, conflicts arose within the organisation.
Further, due to complex technology involved in producing modern electronic devices, ‘Global Tech Ltd.’ relied heavily on specialists. The specialists were confident of their professional knowledge and often did not consider suggestions from others in matters pertaining to their area of specialisation. This resulted in conflict among different specialists and others in the organisation. As the company continued to grow, more employees from different backgrounds and work habits joined the organisation. The increasing size of workforce, along with departmental differences and dependence on specialists, made it difficult to ensure that everyone worked towards the same organisational goals. Therefore it became necessary for the management to harmonise individual goals with organisational goals and integrate the efforts of departments and specialists to achieve common objectives.
Identify and state the concept which would help ‘Global Tech Ltd.’ in bringing together the efforts of employees and specialists to achieve common goals of the organisation.
Quoting lines from the given case, state any three points of importance of the concept identified in (i) above.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(i) The concept identified in the above case is Coordination. [(½ mark for identifying the concept + 1 mark for meaning) = 1½]
Coordination is the process by which a manager synchronises the activities of different departments.
(ii) Importance of Coordination[(½ mark for quoting the lines + 1 mark for explanation) 1½ x 3 = 4½ marks]
1. “Every department had its own objectives, policies and style of working.” Or “As each department performed its activities in isolation from others, conflicts arose within the organisation.”
Functional differentiation in an organisation leads to creation of departments, divisions and sections like finance, production etc. and coordination helps in linking the activities of various departments.
2. “The specialists were confident of their professional knowledge and often did not consider suggestions from others in matters pertaining to their area of specialisation. This resulted in conflict among different specialists and others in the organisation”
Modern organisations have high degree of specialisation where specialists usually think that they only are qualified to evaluate, judge and decide and do not take advice from others, leading to conflict and thus, coordination helps in reconciling their differences.
3. “The increasing size of workforce, along with departmental differences and dependence on specialists, made it difficult to ensure that everyone worked towards the same organisational goals.”
With the growth in size and the number of people employed by the organisation increases, coordination is needed to integrate their efforts and activities and to harmonize individual goals and organisational goals.
(If the examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded.)
[= 6 marks]
Q80.2026 Supp. 66/7/1 · Q33(a)6 marks
Explain the following features of coordination:
Coordination ensures unity of action
Coordination is the responsibility of all managers
Coordination is a deliberate function
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/7/1
Features of Coordination:
(i) Coordination ensures unity of action:
The purpose of coordination is to secure unity of action in the realisation of a common purpose.
It acts as the binding force between departments and ensures that all action is aimed at achieving the goals of the organisation.
[2 marks]
(ii) Coordination is the responsibility of all managers:
Coordination is the responsibility of every manager at all levels of the organisation.
Top-level managers coordinate with their subordinates to implement organisational policies, middle-level managers coordinate with both top and first-line managers, and operational-level managers coordinate the activities of workers to ensure work proceeds according to plans.
[2 marks]
(iii) Coordination is a deliberate function:
A manager has to coordinate the efforts of different people in a conscious and deliberate manner, giving direction to their willing spirit.
Cooperation in the absence of coordination may lead to wasted effort and coordination without cooperation may lead to dissatisfaction among employees.
[2 marks; total = 6 marks]
Q81.2026 Supp. 66/7/1 · Q33(b)6 marks
Explain the following points of importance of management:
Management helps in achieving personal objectives
Management helps in the development of society
Management creates a dynamic organisation
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/7/1
Importance of management:
(i) Management helps in achieving personal objectives:
A manager motivates and leads his team in such a manner that individual members are able to achieve personal goals while contributing to the overall organisational objective.
Through motivation and leadership the management helps individuals to develop team spirit, cooperation and commitment to group success.
[2 marks]
(ii) Management helps in the development of society:
An organisation has multiple objectives serve the purpose of different groups, and management helps achieve these objectives by ensuring the effective development of the organisation.
Through this, management contributes to society by providing quality goods and services, generating employment, adopting new technology, and promoting overall growth and development.
[2 marks]
(iii) Management creates a dynamic organisation:
All organisations operate in a constantly changing environment, and employees often resist change because it involves moving from a familiar and secure situation to a new and challenging one.
Management helps employees adapt to these changes, enabling the organisation to maintain its competitive edge.
[2 marks; total = 6 marks]
Q82.2025 Main 66/1/1 · Q31(b)6 marks
Objectives of Management can be classified into organisational, social and personal objectives. Explain these objectives.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/1/1
Management seeks to achieve various objectives. These are:
(i) Organisational objectives
The main objective of any organization should be to utilize human and material resources to the maximum possible advantage to fulfill the economic objectives of a business. These are:
Survival- For the survival of the business, management must strive to earn enough revenues to cover costs.
Profit- Mere survival is not enough, so the management has to ensure that organisation earns a profit which is essential for covering cost and risk of the business.
Growth- A business needs to add to its prospects in the long run, hence management must exploit fully the growth potential of the organization to remain in the industry.
[3 Marks]
(ii) Social objectives
It refers to consistently creating economic value for various constituents of society.
This includes using environmental friendly methods of production, giving employment opportunities to the underprivileged sections of society and providing basic amenities like schools and healthcare etc. [1½ marks]
(iii) Personal objectives
People working in the organisations have diverse needs like financial needs, social needs and higher level needs.
Management aims to reconcile personal goals with organizational objectives for harmony in the organisation. [1½ marks]
[= 6 marks]
Q83.2025 Main 66/4/1 · Q31(a)6 marks
‘Successful organisations do not achieve their goals by chance, but by following a deliberate process called management.’
In the light of this statement, explain any four points of the importance of management.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/4/1
Importance of management (any four)
Management helps in achieving group goals.
Management increases efficiency.
Management creates a dynamic organisation.
Management helps in achieving personal objectives.
Management helps in the development of society.
[½ mark each for heading and 1 mark each for explanation; 1½×4 = 6 marks]
(If an examinee has not given the headings as above but has given the correct explanation, full credit should be given)
Q84.2025 Main 66/4/1 · Q31(b)6 marks
‘Coordination is the process by which a manager synchronises the activities of different departments towards the achievement of common goals.’
In the light of this statement, explain any four features of coordination.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/4/1
Features of coordination (Any four)
Coordination integrates group efforts.
Coordination ensures unity of action.
Coordination is a continuous process.
Coordination is an all-pervasive function.
Coordination is the responsibility of all managers.
Coordination is a deliberate function.
[½ mark each for heading and 1 mark each for explanation; 1½×4 = 6 marks]
(If an examinee has not given the headings as above but has given the correct explanation, full credit should be given)
Q85.2024 Main 66/2/1 · Q316 marks
Nalini has an online flower and gifts retail business. She has eight outlets in four cities of India. From November to February, during the wedding season, the demand shoots up. She coordinates the efforts of her staff in a conscious and deliberate manner and plans for the wedding season demand in the month of June itself. She ensures that there is adequate workforce and continuously monitors whether work is proceeding according to plans. She also briefs the marketing department in time to prepare their promotional and advertising campaigns. Thus, her coordination with all departments of the organization begins at the planning stage and continues till controlling. This acts as a binding force between the departments and ensures that all action is aimed at achieving organizational goals. As a result, Nalini is able to give a common focus to group effort to ensure that the business is performing as planned, year after year.
Quoting lines from the above paragraph, identify and explain four features of an important concept of management highlighted in the above case.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/2/1
Features of coordination :
(i) Coordination is a deliberate function.
‘She coordinates the efforts of her staff in a conscious and deliberate manner and plans for the wedding season demand in the month of June itself.’
A manager has to coordinate the efforts of different people in a conscious and deliberate manner.
(ii) Coordination is a continuous process.
‘Thus, her coordination with all departments of the organization begins at the planning stage and continues till controlling.’
Coordination is not a one-time function but a continuous process which begins at the planning stage and continues till controlling.
(iii) Coordination ensures unity of action
‘This acts as a binding force between the departments and ensures that all action is aimed at achieving organizational goals.’
The purpose of coordination is to secure unity of action in the realisation of a common purpose.
(iv) Coordination integrates group efforts
‘Nalini is able to give a common focus to group effort to ensure that the business is performing as planned, year after year.’
Coordination unifies unrelated or diverse interests into purposeful work activity.
(If an examinee has given the correct statement without giving the headings, full marks for each statement is to be awarded)
[½ mark for quote + ½ mark for heading + ½ mark for explanation = 1½ × 4 = 6 marks]
Q86.2024 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q32(b)6 marks
Explain any four points of significance of management for an organization.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
Significance of management (any four):
Helps in achieving group goals.
Increases efficiency
Creates a dynamic organisation
Helps in achieving personal objectives
Helps in the development of society
(If an examinee has not given the headings as above but has given the correct explanation, full credit should be given)
[½ mark for naming + 1 mark for explanation = 1½ × 4 = 6 marks]
Q87.2023 Main 66/2/1 · Q31(a)6 marks
Explain any three points that highlight the importance of ‘Management’.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/2/1
Importance of Management (Any three with explanation)
Management helps in achieving group goals
Management increases efficiency
Management creates a dynamic organisation
Management helps in achieving personal objectives
Management helps in the development of society
[½ mark for naming + 1½ mark for explanation = 2×3 = 6 marks]
Q88.2023 Main 66/4/1 · Q31(a)6 marks
Explain the following characteristics of management:
Management is a goal-oriented process
Management is a continuous process
Management is all pervasive
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(i) Management is goal-oriented process
Every organisation has a set of basic goals which are the basic reason for its existence.
Management unites the efforts of different individuals in the organisation toward achieving these goals. [2 marks]
(ii) Management is a continuous process
The process of management is a series of continuous, composite but separate and ongoing series functions.
These functions are simultaneously performed by all managers all the time. [2 marks]
(iii) Management is all-pervasive
The activities involved in managing an enterprise are common to all organisations, whether economic, social or political.
These activities are performed at all levels – Top, middle and lower and in all the departments of all type of organisations. [2 marks]
(or any other correct explanation)
[= 6 marks]
Part A · Principles and Functions of Management
2. Principles of Management
Q89.2026 Main 66/1/1 · Q21 mark
The workers in Alpha manufacturing company were using traditional methods for production of metal parts. Since no standard procedure existed, workers relied on personal experience and guess work. As a result, productivity in the assembly line began to decline.
To improve productivity, the company hired a consultant specializing in scientific management. The consultant explained that there was only one best method to maximize efficiency and this method could be developed through proper study and analysis. He emphasized that the scientific method should replace the old method, that the workers were using.
So, to develop the scientific method, the consultant carefully investigated the traditional methods through work-study and by unifying the best practices, he developed a standard method that would be followed by everyone in the organization.
After applying scientific method, there was a three fold increase in productivity within six months.
The principle of scientific management which helped the company in increasing the productivity was :
Science, not Rule of Thumb
Harmony, Not Discord
Cooperation, Not Individualism
Development of Each and Every Person to His or Her Greatest Efficiency and Prosperity
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(A) Science, not Rule of Thumb [1 mark]
Q90.2026 Main 66/1/1 · Q161 mark
Match the principle of management given in Column – I with its explanation given in Column – II :
Column – I
Column – II
(a) Discipline
(i) There should be one and only one boss for every individual employee in the organisation.
(b) Unity of direction
(ii) There should be a place for everything (everyone) and everything (everyone) should be in its (his/her) place.
(c) Order
(iii) There should be obedience to organisational rules and employment agreement which is necessary for the working of the organisation.
(d) Unity of command
(iv) Each group of activities having the same objective must have one head and one plan.
Choose the correct option from the following :
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(A)
(iii)
(iv)
(i)
(ii)
(B)
(iv)
(iii)
(ii)
(i)
(C)
(iv)
(iii)
(i)
(ii)
(D)
(iii)
(iv)
(ii)
(i)
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/1/1
Identify the incorrect statement with respect to ‘Motion Study’, as a technique of scientific management :
Unnecessary movements are sought to be eliminated so that it takes less time to complete the job efficiently.
It refers to the study of movements like lifting, putting objects, sitting and changing positions etc., which are undertaken while doing a typical job.
Through this technique, Taylor was able to design suitable equipment and tools to educate workers on their use.
This technique helps to determine the number of workers to be employed, frame suitable incentive schemes and determine labour costs.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(D) This technique helps to determine the number of workers to be employed, frame suitable incentive schemes and determine labour costs. [1 mark]
Q92.2026 Main 66/2/1 · Q191 mark
‘Taylor believed that industrial efficiency depends to a large extent on personnel competencies. He was of the view that the concern for efficiency could be built in right from the process of employee selection. Each person should be scientifically selected. The work assigned should suit her/his capabilities. To increase efficiency, they should be given the required training.’ The principle of scientific management discussed above is :
Science, not Rule of Thumb
Harmony, Not Discord
Cooperation, Not Individualism
Development of Each and Every Person to His or Her Greatest Efficiency and Prosperity.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(D) Development of Each and Every Person to His or Her Greatest Efficiency and Prosperity. [1 mark]
Q93.2026 Main 66/4/1 · Q101 mark
‘Agri Solutions’, a fast-growing agri-tech company, was facing a problem of employees leaving the organisation frequently. As a result, work suffered and time and money were spent repeatedly on recruitment and training. On investigation, it was found that the problem was due to employees not getting sufficient time to settle into their new roles. So the company decided to keep their employees at the same position for a minimum tenure and give them sufficient time to show results. This led to a significant reduction in employee turnover and improvement in organisational efficiency.
The principle of management highlighted in the above case is :
Order
Stability of Personnel
Division of Work
Authority and Responsibility
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(B) Stability of Personnel
[1 mark]
Q94.2026 Main 66/5/1 · Q51 mark
‘‘The application of principles of management is dependent upon the prevailing situation at a particular point of time.’’ This statement highlights which of the following features of principles of management?
General guidelines
Flexible
Mainly behavioural
Contingent
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(D) Contingent
[1 mark]
Q95.2026 Supp. 66/7/1 · Q181 mark
‘Taylor called for complete mental revolution on the part of both management and workers. It means that management and workers should transform their thinking.’
The principle of Scientific Management being referred to, in the above statement is:
Science, not Rule of Thumb
Harmony, not Discord
Cooperation, not Individualism
Development of each and every person to his or her Greatest Efficiency and Prosperity
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/7/1
(B) Harmony, not Discord
[1 mark]
Q96.2025 Main 66/1/1 · Q201 mark
The principles of management can be modified by the managers when the situation so demands. This highlights which of the following feature of principles of management:
General guidelines
Flexible
Contingent
Mainly behavioural
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(B) Flexible [1 mark]
Q97.2025 Main 66/2/1 · Q161 mark
Match the techniques of scientific management given in Column I with their meaning given in Column-II:
Column-I
Column-II
(a) Method Study
(i) It refers to the study of movements like lifting, putting objects, sitting and changing positions etc. which are undertaken while doing a typical job.
(b) Motion Study
(ii) It determines the amount and frequency of rest intervals in completing a task.
(c) Time Study
(iii) It determines the standard time taken to perform a well defined job.
(d) Fatigue Study
(iv) It determines one best way of doing a job.
Choose the correct option from the options given below:
(a) (ii), (b) (iii), (c) (i), (d) (iv)
(a) (i), (b) (iv), (c) (ii), (d) (iii)
(a) (iv), (b) (i), (c) (iii), (d) (ii)
(a) (iii), (b) (ii), (c) (iv), (d) (i)
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(C) (a) (iv) (b) (i) (c) (iii) (d) (ii) [1 mark]
Q98.2025 Main 66/4/1 · Q41 mark
The study which refers to the study of movements which are undertaken while doing a typical job, is called:
Method study
Fatigue study
Motion study
Time study
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(C) Motion study
Q99.2025 Main 66/4/1 · Q111 mark
Match the following functions of Production In-charges stated in Column-II with their names in Column-I
Column-I
Column-II
1. Speed Boss
(i) To ensure proper working conditions of machines and tools
2. Gang Boss
(ii) To check the quality of work
3. Repair Boss
(iii) To keep machines and tools, etc. ready for operation by workers
4. Inspector
(iv) To ensure timely and accurate completion of job
Choose the correct option from the following:
1-(iii), 2-(iv), 3-(ii), 4-(i)
1-(ii), 2-(i), 3-(iii), 4-(iv)
1-(i), 2-(ii), 3-(iii), 4-(iv)
1-(iv), 2-(iii), 3-(i), 4-(ii)
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(D) 1-(iv), 2-(iii), 3-(i), 4-(ii)
Q100.2025 Main 66/6/1 · Q11 mark
Read the following statements: Assertion (A) and Reason (R).
Assertion (A): The principles of management are guidelines to action, but do not provide readymade, straitjacket solutions to all managerial problems.
Reason (R): Real business situations are neither complex, nor dynamic and are not the result of many factors.
Choose the correct alternative from the options given below:
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true, but Reason (R) is not the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
Assertion (A) is true, but Reason (R) is false.
Assertion (A) is false, but Reason (R) is true.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/6/1
(C) Assertion (A) is true, but Reason (R) is false.
Q101.2025 Main 66/6/1 · Q51 mark
‘The principle of management which emphasizes on obedience to organisational rules and employment agreements necessary for the working of the organisation’ is called:
Division of work
Discipline
Scalar chain
Remuneration of employees
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/6/1
(B) Discipline
Q102.2025 Main 66/6/1 · Q71 mark
Identify the incorrect statement with respect to ‘functional foremanship’ as a technique of scientific management:
It advocates separation of planning and execution functions.
Speed boss, gang boss, repair boss and inspector work under the production incharge.
It is an extension of the principle of unity of command to the shop floor.
Each worker takes orders from eight foremen in the process of production.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/6/1
(C) It is an extension of the principle of unity of command to the shop floor.
Q103.2024 Main 66/5/1 · Q11 mark
‘Vanguard Inc.’, a company manufacturing footwear for men, women and children has been earning consistent profits for the last many years. It has a democratic style of working. Workers are encouraged to develop and carry out plans for improvement in the organisation. Varun who is working in the production department gave a suggestion which resulted in 10% reduction in the cost of production of shoes. He was rewarded for his suggestion. Identify the principle of management followed by ‘Vanguard Inc.’ in the above case :
Esprit De Corps
Subordination of Individual Interest to General Interest
Initiative
Equity
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(C) Initiative [1 mark]
Q104.2024 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q51 mark
‘If there is a fixed place for everything and it is present there, then there will be no hindrance in the activities of business/factory.’
The principle of management that is highlighted in the above statement is :
Discipline
Order
Unity of direction
Esprit de corps
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
(B) Order [1 mark]
Q105.2024 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q81 mark
The purpose of the principle of ‘unity of command’ is that :
It avoids dual subordination.
It subordinates individual interests to organizational interests.
It promotes a team spirit of unity and harmony among employees.
It concentrates decision-making authority at the top level.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
(A) It avoids dual subordination. [1 mark]
Q106.2024 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q101 mark
‘The management should not close its ears to any constructive suggestions made by the employees but reward them for their suggestions which results in substantial reduction in costs.’
Which principle of scientific management is discussed in the above statement ?
Science, Not Rule of Thumb
Harmony, Not Discord
Cooperation, Not Individualism
Development of Each and Every Person to His or Her Greatest Efficiency and Prosperity
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
(C) Cooperation, Not Individualism [1 mark]
Q107.2024 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q161 mark
Ashok Industries Ltd. is a company manufacturing components for automobile industries. In this company, standards have been set for every manufacturing activity including standardisation of process, raw material, time, product, machinery and methods which must be adhered to during production. This has been done to bring excellence in quality of the materials produced. The foreman of the company, Mehra, has designed the jobs of the workers in such a manner that unnecessary movements are eliminated and it takes less time to complete the jobs efficiently. He has also scientifically analysed the duration and frequency of rest intervals that should be provided to the workers in the factory so that they can regain stamina and work efficiently.
Out of the following, which technique of scientific management has not been discussed in the above paragraph ?
Fatigue study
Method study
Motion study
Standardisatrion and simplification
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
(B) Method Study [1 mark]
Q108.2023 Main 66/1/1 · Q91 mark
Sangeeta visited ‘Smile Dental Clinic’ for treatment of toothache. She observed that the receptionist was seated at the reception desk, the place fixed for her. Dental instruments were laid neatly in dental instrument trays and the used instruments were placed in the sterilisation area. There was a fixed place for everything and it was present there. There was no hindrance in the work of the dentist and she was working with her maximum efficiency.
The principle of management followed at the ‘Smile Dental Clinic’ was:
Equity
Discipline
Order
Initiative
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(C) Order
[1 mark]
Q109.2023 Main 66/2/1 · Q61 mark
‘M/s J.K. Computers’ is a small organisation engaged in assembling of computers. In this organisation, decision making rests with top management while the middle level is involved in only the implementation of plans. On the other hand, ‘Progressive Computers Ltd.’ is a large company where a number of people from each level are involved in the decision-making process.
The application of the principle of ‘Centralisation and Decentralisaton’ is different in the two organisations as the situation in each enterprise is not same.
From the following identify the nature of principles of management:
Mainly Behavioural
Contingent
Flexible
Universal
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(C) Flexible
[1 mark]
Q110.2023 Main 66/3/1 · Q81 mark
Taylor called for complete mental revolution on the part of both management and workers. It meant that management and workers should transform their thinking. Management should share the gains of the company, if any, with the workers. At the same time, workers should work hard and be willing to embrace change for the good of the company. The principle of management highlighted above is:
Science, not the Rule of Thumb
Cooperation, not Individualism
Harmony, not Discord
Development of Each and Every Person to His or Her Greatest Efficiency and Prosperity
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(C) Harmony, not Discord
Q111.2023 Main 66/3/1 · Q151 mark
Statement I: Values are general rules for behaviour of individuals in society formed on the basis of common practice and principles after research in work situations.
Statement II: While practising principles of management, values cannot be neglected as businesses have to fulfil social and ethical responsibilities towards society.
Choose the correct option from the options given below:
Statement I is true and II is false.
Statement II is true and I is false.
Both the statements are true.
Both the statements are false.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(C) Both the statements are true.
Q112.SQP 2025-26 · Q21 mark
Henri Fayol's principle of discipline which emphasizes obedience to organisational rules and employment agreement, is evolved out of the experience and collective wisdom of managers. The nature of principle of management reflected through the above statement is ______.
Universal applicability
Flexible
Mainly behavioral
Formed by practice and experimentation
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2025-26 · Marking Scheme
(D) Formed by practice and experimentation
[1 mark]
Q113.SQP 2025-26 · Q41 mark
Read the following statements carefully:
Statement I: Values are basic truths or guidelines for behaviour which are formed after research in work situations.
Statement II: While practising Principles of Management, values cannot be neglected as business organisations have to fulfil social and ethical responsibility towards society.
In the light of given statements, choose the correct alternative from the following:
Both the statements are true.
Both the statements are false.
Statement I is true, Statement II is false.
Statement II is true, Statement I is false
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2025-26 · Marking Scheme
(D) Statement II is true, Statement I is false
[1 mark]
Q114.SQP 2026-27 · Q21 mark
Name the technique of Scientific Management that relates the compensation system to the efficiency of workers.
Motion Study
Differential Piece Wage System
Standardisation and Simplification of work
Fatigue Study
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2026-27 · Marking Scheme
(B) Differential Piece Wage System
[1 mark]
Q115.SQP 2026-27 · Q91 mark
[Picture not reproduced: an illustration titled “Teamwork” showing a group of people together holding up a large light bulb.]
Choose the incorrect statement about the principle of management illustrated by the above picture:
Absence of this principle will result in loss of coordination.
The principle should be promoted in all organisations otherwise objectives would be difficult to realise.
The principle helps avoid dual subordination.
The principle promotes a spirit of unity and harmony among employees.
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2026-27 · Marking Scheme
(C) The principle helps avoid dual subordination.
[1 mark]
Q116.2026 Main 66/2/1 · Q21(b)3 marks
State any three points of significance of Principles of Management.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/2/1
Significance of Principles of Management: (Any THREE)
Principles of management provide managers with useful insights into reality by enabling the managers to learn from past mistakes and conserving time by solving recurring problems quickly.
They help in optimum utilisation of resources by equipping managers to foresee the cause and effect relationships thereby reducing the wastages. They also help in effective administration by limiting the boundaries of managerial discretion so that decisions are free from personal prejudices.
They help in taking scientific decisions because the decisions based on principles are free from bias and prejudice and emphasise logic rather than blind faith.
They help in meeting changing environment requirements because they can be modified according to the changes taking place in the environment.
They help in fulfilling social responsibility by responding to the demands of the public and assuming newer and contemporary meanings with the change in time.
They help in management training, education and research as they provide the basic groundwork for the development of management as a discipline.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
[1 x 3 = 3 marks]
Q117.2024 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q233 marks
Dhiren Patel is the Chief Executive Officer of a milk processing company. He is a very effective manager. He is quite organized in his work and exhibits exemplary behaviour.
Dhiren Patel insists that all managers and subordinates in the organization should follow a chain of authority that runs from top to bottom for all communication purposes.
Identify and explain the general principle of management highlighted in the above case.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
Scalar Chain[1 mark for identifying]
Explanation of Scalar Chain
The formal lines of authority, i.e., a chain of authority and communication that runs from top to bottom is known as scalar chain.
The scalar chain should not be violated in the normal course of formal communication. However, if there is an emergency, a shorter route known as Gang Plank may be used so that communication may not be delayed.
[2 marks for explanation]
[= 3 marks]
Q118.2023 Main 66/2/1 · Q213 marks
The students of Class XII of ‘NK Senior Secondary School’ visited the factory of ‘Jaipur Exports Private Limited’, a company manufacturing readymade garments. They observed that different workers were allocated different tasks like cutting the fabric as per specification, stitching dresses, putting buttons, ironing the finished dresses, packing them and putting labels. The Chief Executive Officer told the students that this results in efficient and effective output. They also observed orderliness in the factory as there was a fixed place for everything and it was present there.
The students later discussed with their Business Studies teacher and understood that principles of management given by Fayol were being followed in the factory.
Identify and explain the two principles of management that have been discussed in the above case.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(i) Division of work
According to the principle of Division of Work, work is divided into small tasks/ jobs.
A trained specialist who is competent is required to perform each job, leading to specialisation. This results in effective and efficient output.
(ii) Order
The principle of order states that ‘A place for everything (everyone) and everything (everyone) in its (her/his) place’. Essentially it means orderliness.
If there is a fixed place for everything and it is present there, then there will be no hindrance in the activities of business/ factory. This will lead to increased productivity and efficiency.
[½ mark for identification of each principle + 1 mark for its explanation = 1½×2 = 3 marks]
Q119.2023 Main 66/4/1 · Q223 marks
‘Yellow Pumpkin’ is an Italian restaurant in Delhi, well known for its fresh and authentic dishes including pasta, pizza, etc. It has been serving its customers for the last 20 years. It had been winning various awards and recognition for its services.
During Covid-19, it suffered huge losses. As the effect of Covid reduced and the business started picking up, the management of ‘Yellow Pumpkin’ also decided to go in for home delivery service to increase its revenue and profit. For this they needed support of their workers to work overtime. ‘Yellow Pumpkin’ entered into an agreement with its workers to put in extra hours without additional payment to revive it out of losses. In return, they promised to increase the wages of the workers when the mission is accomplished. The workers put in extra hours as committed and in just three months, the restaurant’s business turned around and it became profitable again. ‘Yellow Pumpkin’ honoured its commitment and not only increased the wages of the workers but also gave them bonus as an additional incentive.
Identify and explain the principle of management followed by ‘Yellow Pumpkin’.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/4/1
Discipline[1 mark]
It is the obedience to organizational rules and employment agreement which are necessary for the working of the organization.
It requires good superiors at all levels, clear and fair agreements and judicious application of penalties.
(Or any other correct explanation)
[2 marks for explanation; 1 + 2 = 3 marks]
Q120.2023 Main 66/5/1 · Q223 marks
Vibhu joined as a Chief Executive Officer (CEO) of ‘Mega Marut Ltd.’, a firm manufacturing cars. On the first day he addressed his subordinates saying that organisations should have a chain of authority and communication that runs from top to bottom and should be followed by managers and the subordinates. He also added that for routine matters a worker can not directly contact the CEO but in an emergency he/she may contact directly.
Vibhu discussed an important principle of management. Identify and explain the principle with the help of an example.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/5/1
Principle of management discussed by Vibhu is ‘Scalar Chain’.
Organisations should have a chain of authority and communication that runs from top to bottom and should be followed by managers and the subordinates. The formal lines of authority from highest to lowest ranks are known as Scalar Chain.
Example: Let us consider a situation where there is one head ‘A’ who has two lines of authority under her/him. One line consists of B-C-D-E-F. Another line of authority under ‘A’ is L-M-N-O-P. If ‘E’ has to communicate with ‘O’ who is at the same level of authority then he/she has to transverse the route E-D-C-B-A-L-M-N-O. This is due to the Scalar chain being followed in this case. This is for routine matters. But in case of emergency ‘E’ may directly contact ‘O’ through Gang Plank.
[1 mark for identifying the principle + 1 marks for correct explanation + 1 mark for correct example = 1 + 1 + 1 = 3 marks]
Q121.2026 Main 66/1/1 · Q284 marks
Rajiv was on the board of directors of ‘Tako Solutions’, a software development company and ‘Sabka Mart Retail’, a large supermarket chain. He wanted to apply management principles in both the companies to improve efficiency and profitability.
He knew that management principles can be applied as much to ‘Tako Solutions’ as to ‘Sabka Mart Retail’ though the extent to which the principles can be applied will differ, because the nature of work, scale of operations and business activities in a software firm and a supermarket chain are not the same.
Rajiv also knew that the management principles would not provide readymade solutions because real world situations faced by the two companies were very complex and dynamic. Still, he believed that even small guidelines could help in solving many problems and will improve the way both companies worked.
Identify and explain the two points that highlight the nature of principles of management, in the above case.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(i) Universal applicability
The principles of management are intended to apply to all types of organisations, business as well as non-business, small as well large, public sector as well as private sector, manufacturing as well as the services sectors.
However, the extent of their applicability would vary with the nature of the organisation, business activity, scale of operations and the like.
(ii) General guidelines
The principles are guidelines to action but do not provide readymade, straitjacket solutions to all managerial problems because real business situations are very complex and dynamic and are a result of many factors.
However, the importance of principles cannot be underestimated because even a small guideline helps to solve a given problem.
[(½ mark for identification + 1½ mark for explanation); (2+2 = 4 marks)]
Q122.2026 Main 66/4/1 · Q25(a)4 marks
Explain the following features of principles of management :
Cause and effect relationship
Contingent
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(i) Cause and effect relationship:
The principles of management are intended to establish relationship between cause and effect so that they can be used in similar situations in a large number of cases.
In real life, situations are not identical and therefore accurate cause and effect relationships may be difficult to establish; however, principles of management assist managers in establishing these relationships to some extent and are therefore useful.
(ii) Contingent:
The application of principles of management is contingent or dependent upon the prevailing situation at a particular point of time.
Their application has to be changed as per requirements.
[2 × 2 = 4 marks]
Q123.2026 Main 66/4/1 · Q25(b)4 marks
Explain the following techniques of scientific management :
Motion Study
Differential Piece Wage System
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(i) Motion Study:
It refers to the study of movements like lifting, putting objects, sitting, etc. which are undertaken while doing a typical job.
Unnecessary/unproductive movements are sought to be eliminated so that it takes less time to complete the job efficiently.
(ii) Differential Piece Wage System:
In order to differentiate between efficient and inefficient workers, and reward efficient workers, there should be different rate of wage payment for those who performed standard and more than standard and for those who performed below standard.
According to Taylor, the difference would be enough for the inefficient worker to be motivated to perform better.
[2 × 2 = 4 marks]
Q124.2026 Main 66/5/1 · Q25(b)4 marks
Explain the following techniques of Scientific Management:
Method Study
Standardisation and simplification of work
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(i) Method Study
Method study is a technique to find out one best way of doing the job.
Right from procurement of raw materials till the final product is delivered to the customer, every activity is a part of method study.
Method study helps to minimise the cost of production and maximise the quality and satisfaction of the customer.
[2 marks]
(ii) Standardisation and simplification of work
Standardisation refers to the process of setting standards for every business activity It can be standardisation of process, raw material, time, product, machinery, methods or working conditions.
Simplification aims at eliminating unnecessary diversity of products which will result in savings of cost of labour, machines and tools.
[2 marks; total = 4 marks]
Q125.2026 Main 66/5/1 · Q294 marks
Hitesh started a garment manufacturing company recently. However, he soon began facing several problems like targets not met, conflicts among managers, high labour turnover, etc. He hired a management consultant to find out what was going wrong. The consultant conducted investigations and gave the following observations:
In Production Department, workers were receiving instructions from both, the Production Manager and the Marketing Manager. As a result, there was a lot of confusion regarding tasks to be done.
Promotions were given only to women employees. Other employees did not get equal opportunities in the company to rise.
Identify and explain the two principles of management given by Fayol which are not being followed in Hitesh’s company.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/5/1
Two principles of management given by Fayol which are not being followed in Hitesh’s company:
(i) Unity of Command
The principle of unity of command states that each employee in an organisation should receive orders from one superior only and he should be responsible to only one superior.
It prevents confusion regarding tasks to be done.
(ii) Equity
This principle advocates that there should be no discrimination against anyone on account of sex, religion, language, caste, belief, nationality etc.
It emphasizes kindliness and justice in the behaviour of managers towards the workers to ensure loyalty and devotion.
[½ mark for identification + 1½ mark for explanation; 2 × 2 = 4 marks]
Q126.2026 Supp. 66/7/1 · Q284 marks
Zenne Solutions, a project services company was growing rapidly, but was facing internal management problems from some time. The employees in the company were working on client projects and had to report to both the Project Manager and the Technical Head. The Project Manager asked them to finish the work within strict deadlines whereas, the Technical Head asked them to follow detailed work procedures and check everything carefully. As a result, the employees were confused about whose instructions to follow and their performance started declining. Also, the employees were frequently changed or removed from their job positions. They were not given sufficient time to show their results. This created insecurity among the employees. The quality of the work and the company’s image were being affected by this, leading to a loss of clients.
Identify and explain the two principles of management that Zenne Solutions have not followed in the above case.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/7/1
(i) Unity of Command
The principle of unity of command states that each participant in a formal organisation should receive orders from and be responsible to only one superior.
Dual subordination should be avoided. Unity of command prevents confusion regarding tasks to be done.
(ii) Stability of Personnel
The employees should have stability of tenure. Once they are selected, they should be kept at their post/position for a minimum fixed tenure and given reasonable time to show results.
Any adhocism in this regard will create instability/insecurity among employees and they would tend to leave the organisation. As a result, recruitment, selection and training cost will be high. Thus, employee turnover should be minimized to maintain organizational efficiency.
[1 mark for identification + 1 mark for explanation; 2 × 2 = 4 marks]
Q127.2025 Main 66/2/1 · Q25(a)4 marks
Explain the following principles of management given by Fayol:
Division of work
Authority and Responsibility
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(i) Division of Work
The principle of Division of work suggests that work can be performed more efficiently if it is divided into specialised tasks.
A trained specialist who is competent, is required to perform each job leading to specialization which results in efficient and effective output.
[2 marks]
(ii) Authority and Responsibility
The principle of Authority and Responsibility suggests that managers require authority commensurate with their responsibility.
An organisation should build safeguards against abuse of managerial power. At the same time, a manager should have necessary authority to carry out his responsibility.
[2 marks]
[2 + 2 = 4 marks]
Q128.2025 Main 66/2/1 · Q25(b)4 marks
Explain the following points of significance of principles of management:
Providing managers with useful insights into reality.
Optimum utilization of resources and effective administration.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(i) Providing managers with useful insights into reality
Principles of management provide useful insights into reality by enabling the managers to learn from past mistakes and conserve time by solving recurring problems quickly.
Adherence to these principles adds to their knowledge, ability and understanding of managerial situations and circumstances thereby increasing managerial efficiency.
[2 marks]
(ii) Optimum utilization of resources and effective administration.
Principles of management help in optimum utilisation of resources by equipping managers to foresee the cause and effect relationships thereby reducing the wastages associated with trial and error approach.
Principles of management help in effective administration by limiting the boundaries of managerial discretion so that decisions are free from personal prejudices.
[2 marks]
[2 + 2 = 4 marks]
Q129.2025 Main 66/4/1 · Q27(a)4 marks
Explain the following principles of ‘Scientific Management’:
Science not rule of thumb
Development of each and every person to his/her greatest efficiency and prosperity.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(i) Science not rule of thumb:
It states that there is only one best method to maximise efficiency which can be developed through work study and analysis.
This best method should substitute ‘Rule of Thumb’ throughout the organisation. Scientific method involves unifying the best practices and developing a standard method to be followed throughout the organisation.
[2 marks]
(ii) Development of each and every person to His/Her greatest efficiency and prosperity
It states that each person should be scientifically selected and assigned work to suit their physical, mental and intellectual capabilities. To increase the efficiency of the workers, they should be trained to learn the best method developed through scientific study.
Efficient employees would produce more and earn more. This will ensure the greatest efficiency and prosperity for both the company and the workers.
[2 marks] = 4 marks
Q130.2025 Main 66/4/1 · Q27(b)4 marks
Explain the following principles of 'General Management':
Centralisation and Decentralisation
Division of work
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(i) Centralisation and Decentralisation
The concentration of decision-making authority is called centralisation whereas its dispersal among more than one person is known as decentralisation.
This principle states that there is a need to balance subordinate involvement through decentralisation with managers retention of final authority through centralisation.
[2 marks]
(ii) Division of work
The principle of Division of work suggests that work can be performed more efficiently if it is divided into specialised tasks. The intent of division of work is to produce more and better work for the same effort.
A trained specialist who is competent, is required to perform each job leading to specialization which results in efficient and effective output.
[2 marks] = 4 marks
Q131.2025 Main 66/5/1 · Q254 marks
'AK Ltd.' is a large company with 4000 workers engaged in production of wide varieties of spices used in the Indian kitchen. The company has been struggling with a persistent issue of workers making unreasonable demands and going on strike frequently. To address the issue, the Chief Executive Officer appointed a management expert who will analyse the situation and suggest solutions to overcome the problem. The management expert analysed the situation and suggested that the company could resolve the issue by following Taylor's principle of Scientific Management which suggested complete mental revolution on the part of both management and workers. It means that management and workers should transform their thinking, where even trade unions will not think of going on strike. It emphasises that prosperity of the employer cannot exist for a long time unless it is accompanied by the prosperity for the employees and vice versa.
Identify and explain the principle of Scientific Management discussed in the above case by the management expert.
Also, explain another principle suggested by Taylor, which is an extension of the principle identified in (i) above.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(i) Harmony, Not Discord:
This principle emphasises that there should be complete harmony between the management and the workers. Both should realise that each one is important. There should be complete mental revolution on the part of both management and workers and the workers should transform their thinking.
Management should share the gains of the company, if any, with the workers. At the same time workers should work hard and be willing to embrace change for the good of the company.
(ii) Cooperation, Not Individualism:
This principle emphasises that there should be complete cooperation between the labour and the management instead of individualism. Competition should be replaced by cooperation and both the management and the workers should realise that they need each other.
Management should not close its ears to any constructive suggestions made by the employees and should reward the suggestions which results in substantial reduction in cost. They should be part of management. If any important decisions are taken, workers should be taken into confidence.
[½ mark for identification + 1½ marks for explanation; 2×2 = 4 marks]
Q132.2025 Main 66/5/1 · Q28(b)4 marks
Explain the following features of 'Principles of Management':
General guidelines
Cause and Effect relationship
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(i) General guidelines:
The principles are guidelines to action but do not provide readymade solutions to all managerial problems.
This is so because real business situations are very complex and dynamic and are a result of many factors.
[2 marks]
(ii) Cause and effect relationships:
The principles of management are intended to establish relationship between cause and effect so that they can be used in similar situations in a large number of cases.
The principles of management are less than perfect since they mainly apply to human behaviour and in real life, situations are not identical so accurate cause and effect relationships may be difficult to establish.
[2 marks] = 4 marks
Q133.2025 Main 66/5/1 · Q29(a)4 marks
Explain the following principles of 'General Management':
Division of work
Unity of command
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(i) Division of Work:
The principle of Division of work suggests that work can be performed more efficiently if it is divided into specialised tasks. The intent of division of work is to produce more and better work for the same effort.
A trained specialist who is competent, is required to perform each job leading to specialization which results in efficient and effective output.
[2 marks]
(ii) Unity of Command:
The principle of unity of command states that each employee in an organisation should receive orders from and be responsible to only one superior.
There should be one and only one boss for every individual employee. It prevents confusion regarding tasks to be done.
[2 marks] = 4 marks
Q134.2025 Main 66/5/1 · Q29(b)4 marks
Explain the following points of importance of principles of management:
Providing managers with useful insights into reality
Optimum utilisation of resources and effective administration
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(i) Providing managers with useful insights into reality
The principles of management provide the managers with useful insights into real world situations. Adherence to these principles will add to their knowledge, ability and understanding of managerial situations and circumstances.
It enables them to learn from past mistakes and conserve time by solving recurring problems quickly thereby increasing the managerial efficiency.
[2 marks]
(ii) Optimum utilisation of resources and effective administration
Principles of management help in optimum utilisation of resources by equipping managers to foresee the cause and effect relationships thereby reducing the wastages associated with trial and error approach.
Principles of management help in effective administration by limiting the boundaries of managerial discretion so that decisions are free from personal prejudices.
[2 marks] = 4 marks
Q135.2025 Main 66/6/1 · Q264 marks
Rushil opened ‘RK Hair and Beauty Salon’ in a reputed locality and appointed fifteen people as salon staff. However, within just a few months, he observed that the employees were leaving the salon one by one and the business was not able to meet even the monthly targets.
Rushil asked his manager to find out the reason. The manager reported that quite often, according to the requirement, the hair stylist was asked to do the work of a makeup artist and a makeup artist was asked to do nail care, etc. As a result, the employees were not happy and wanted to work at a salon where work was divided according to their competence and would enhance their specialisation.
The manager also added that there was neither any fixed place for hair care, skin care or nail care materials nor for the employees. This created confusion and hindrance in the work and led to further dissatisfaction amongst the staff. As a result, the employees kept leaving the salon leading to high employee turnover ratio and a shortage of experienced staff.
Identify and explain the two principles of management discussed above that are not followed in ‘RK Hair and Beauty Salon’.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/6/1
The principles of management not followed in RK Hair and Beauty Salon are: (Any two)
1. Division of work:
The principle of Division of work suggests that work can be performed more efficiently if it is divided into specialized tasks. The intent of division of work is to produce more and better work for the same effort.
A trained specialist who is competent, is required to perform each job leading to speacialisation. This results in efficient and effective output.
2. Stability of Personnel:
Selected employees should be kept at their post/position for a minimum fixed tenure and should be given reasonable time to show results.
Any adhocism in this regard will create instability among employees and this increases the cost of recruitment, selection and training.
3. Order:
The principle of order states that ‘a place for everything (everyone) and everything (everyone) in its (her/his) place’.
If there is a fixed place for everything and it is present there, then this will result in increased productivity and efficiency.
[1 mark each for identification + 1 mark each for explanation; 2 + 2 = 4 marks]
Q136.SQP 2025-26 · Q294 marks
The Factory Manager of Manik Steel Plant, Mussadi Lal was in dilemma over workers shirking work. It was becoming difficult for him to identify the workers who sometimes faked illness to skip work and on various other times, intentionally wasted time, which led to underutilisation of resources. The job of the workers was complex and intricate. He discussed the problem with one of his retired friends, Kantilal, who suggested him to appoint eight supervisors who would be specialists in their own fields and would be assigned work according to his/her qualities. Identify and explain the technique of scientific management discussed above.
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2025-26 · Marking Scheme
Functional Foremanship: Taylor advocates separation of planning and execution functions. This concept is extended to the lowest level of the shop floor. Under the factory manager there is a planning incharge and a production incharge. Under planning incharge four personnel namely instruction card clerk, route clerk, time and cost clerk and a disciplinarian work. These four personnel would draft instructions for the workers, specify the route of production, prepare time and cost sheet and ensure discipline respectively. Under Production incharge, personnel who work are speed boss, gang boss, repair boss, and inspector. These respectively are responsible for timely and accurate completion of jobs, keeping machines and tools etc., ready for operation by workers, ensure proper working condition of machines and tools and check the quality of work. Each worker has to take orders from these eight foremen.
[1 + 3 = 4 marks]
Q137.SQP 2026-27 · Q25(a)4 marks
Explain the following points of nature of Principles of Management:
Cause and effect relationship
Universal applicability
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2026-27 · Marking Scheme
a) Cause and effect relationship- The principles of management are intended to establish a relationship between cause and effect so that they can be used in similar situations in a large number of cases. As such, they tell us if a particular principle was applied in a particular situation, what would be its likely effect. The principles of management are less than perfect since they mainly apply to human behaviour. In real life, situations are not identical. So, accurate cause and effect relationships may be difficult to establish
b) Universal applicability- The principles of management are intended to apply to all types of organisations, business as well as non- business, small as well large, public sector as well as private sector, manufacturing as well as the services sectors. However, the extent of their applicability would vary with the nature of the organisation, business activity, scale of operations and the like.
[2 + 2 = 4 marks (½ mark for each heading and 1½ for each explanation)]
Q138.SQP 2026-27 · Q25(b)4 marks
Explain the following Principles of Management:
Harmony not discord
Science not rule of thumb
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2026-27 · Marking Scheme
a) Harmony not discord- Taylor called for complete mental revolution on the part of both management and workers. It means that management and workers should transform their thinking. In such a situation even trade unions will not think of going on strike etc. Management should share the gains of the company, if any, with the workers. At the same time workers should work hard and be willing to embrace change for the good of the company. Both should be part of the family. According to Taylor, ‘Scientific management has for its foundation the firm conviction that the true interests of the two are one and the same;
b) Science not rule of thumb- Taylor pioneered the introduction of the method of scientific inquiry into the domain of management practice. Taylor believed that there was only one best method to maximise efficiency. This method can be developed through study and analysis. The method so developed should substitute ‘Rule of Thumb’ throughout the organisation. Scientific method involved investigation of traditional methods through work-study, unifying the best practices and developing a standard method, which would be followed throughout the organisation.
[2 + 2 = 4 marks (½ mark for each heading and 1½ for each explanation)]
Q139.2026 Main 66/2/1 · Q31(a)6 marks
Explain ‘Science, not Rule of Thumb’ as a principle of Scientific Management and ‘Functional Foremanship’ and ‘Time study’ as techniques of Scientific Management.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/2/1
Science, not Rule of Thumb[2 marks]
It states that there is only one best method to maximise efficiency which can be developed through study and analysis. This best method should substitute ‘Rule of Thumb’ throughout the organisation.
Scientific method involves unifying the best practices and developing a standard method to be followed throughout the organisation.
Functional Foremanship[2 marks]
Functional foremanship is a technique which aims to improve the quality of supervision at shop floor by putting a worker under eight specialist foremen.
In this technique, planning is separated from execution. Taylor suggested four foremen for planning, namely, route clerk, instruction card clerk, time and cost clerk and disciplinarian and four foremen for execution, namely, gang boss, speed boss, repair boss and inspector.
Time study[2 marks]
It is a technique of scientific management which determines the standard time taken to perform a well-defined job.
It is used to determine the number of workers to be employed; frame suitable incentive schemes and determine labour costs.
[= 6 marks]
Q140.2026 Main 66/2/1 · Q31(b)6 marks
Explain the following principles of General Management :
Unity of Command
Esprit De Corps
Stability of Personnel
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(i) Unity of Command[2 marks]
The principle of unity of command states that each employee in an organisation should receive orders from one superior only and he should be responsible to only one superior.
There should be one and only one boss for every individual employee. It prevents confusion regarding tasks to be done.
(ii) Esprit De Corps[2 marks]
The principle of Esprit De Corps states that the management should promote a team spirit of unity and harmony among employees, otherwise objectives would be difficult to realise.
This will give rise to a spirit of mutual trust and belongingness among team members and will minimise the need for using penalties.
(iii) Stability of Personnel[2 marks]
The principle of Stability of Personnel states that personnel should be selected and appointed after due and rigorous procedure but once selected, they should be kept at their post for a minimum fixed tenure and be given reasonable time to show results.
It will help to minimize employee turnover and maintain organizational efficiency.
[= 6 marks]
Q141.2026 Main 66/3/1 · Q33(a)6 marks
Explain the following principles of management :
Discipline
Unity of direction
Equity
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/3/1
Principles of Management:
(i) Discipline:
Discipline is the obedience to organisational rules and employment agreement which are necessary for the working of the organisation.
According to Fayol, discipline requires good superiors at all levels, clear and fair agreements and judicious application of penalties.
(ii) Unity of direction:
All the units of an organisation should be moving towards the same objectives through coordinated and focussed efforts.
Each group of activities having the same objective must have one head and one plan ensuring unity of action and coordination.
(iii) Equity:
There should be no discrimination against anyone on account of gender, religion, language, caste, belief or nationality etc. Equal opportunities are available for everyone in such companies to rise.
This principle emphasises kindliness and justice in the behaviour of managers towards workers ensuring loyalty and devotion.
[2 x 3 = 6 marks]
Q142.2026 Main 66/3/1 · Q33(b)6 marks
Explain the following points of significance of principles of management :
Providing managers with useful insights into reality
Scientific decisions
Meeting changing environment requirements
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/3/1
Significance of Principles of Management:
(i) Providing managers with useful insights into reality:
Adherence to these principles adds to the knowledge and ability of managers and their understanding of managerial situations and circumstances.
They enable managers to learn from past mistakes and conserve time by solving recurring problems quickly thus increasing efficiency.
(ii) Scientific decisions:
Decisions must be based on facts, thoughtful and justifiable in terms of the intended purposes and must be timely, realistic and subject to measurement and evaluation.
Management decisions taken on the basis of principles are free from bias and prejudice and are based on the objective assessment of the situation.
(iii) Meeting changing environment requirements:
Although the principles are in the nature of general guidelines but they are modified and help managers to meet changing requirements of the environment.
Management principles are flexible to adapt to dynamic business environment.
[2 x 3 = 6 marks]
Q143.2025 Main 66/1/1 · Q31(a)6 marks
Explain the following principles of General Management:
Scalar chain
Equity
Initiative
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(i) Scalar Chain
The formal lines of authority from highest to lowest ranks are known as Scalar chain. Organisations should have a chain of authority and communication that runs from top to bottom and should be followed by managers and the subordinates.
This chain should not be violated in the normal course of formal communication. However, in case of any emergency, a shorter route named gang plank may be used to avoid delay in communication.
[2 marks]
(ii) Equity
The principle of Equity states that there should be no discrimination against anyone on account of gender, religion, language, caste, belief, nationality etc.
This principle emphasises kindliness and justice in the behaviour of managers towards the workers to ensure loyalty and devotion.
[2 marks]
(iii) Initiative
Initiative means taking the first step with self motivation. Principle of initiative states that the workers should be encouraged to develop and carry out their plans for improvements.
A good company should have an employee suggestion system whereby initiative/ suggestions which result in substantial reduction in cost/ time should be rewarded but it does not mean going against the established practices of the company.
[2 marks]
(or any other suitable explanation)
[2 + 2 + 2 = 6 marks]
Q144.2025 Main 66/7/1 · Q31(a)6 marks
Explain the following principles of Scientific Management:
Science not Rule of Thumb
Harmony, not Discord
Development of Each and Every Person to His or Her Greatest Efficiency and Prosperity
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/7/1
Principles of Scientific Management:
(i) Science, not Rule of Thumb:
It states that there is only one best method to maximise efficiency, which can be developed through work study and analysis. This best method should substitute ‘Rule of Thumb’ throughout the organisation.
Scientific method involves unifying the best practices and developing a standard method to be followed throughout the organisation.
[2 marks]
(ii) Harmony, not Discord:
This principle emphasises that there should be complete harmony between the management and the workers. Both should realise that each one is important. There should be complete mental revolution on the part of both management and workers and both should transform their thinking.
Management should share the gains of the company, if any, with the workers. At the same time, workers should work hard and be willing to embrace change for the good of the company.
[2 marks]
(iii) Development of Each and Every Person to His or Her Greatest Efficiency and Prosperity:
It states that each person should be scientifically selected and assigned work to suit their physical, mental and intellectual capabilities. To increase efficiency of the workers, they should be trained to learn the best method developed through scientific study.
Efficient employees would produce more and earn more. This will ensure greatest efficiency and prosperity for both the company and the workers.
[2 marks] = 6 marks
Q145.2025 Main 66/7/1 · Q31(b)6 marks
Explain the following features of principles of management:
Universal applicability
Cause and effect relationships
General guidelines
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/7/1
Features of principles of management:
(i) Universal applicability:
The principles of management are intended to apply to all types of organisations, business as well as non-business, small as well as large, etc.
However, the extent of their applicability would vary with the nature of the organisation, business activity, scale of operations, etc.
[2 marks]
(ii) Cause and effect relationships:
The principles of management are intended to establish relationship between cause and effect so that they can be used in similar situations in a large number of cases.
The principles of management are less than perfect since they mainly apply to human behaviour and in real life, situations are not identical, so accurate cause and effect relationships may be difficult to establish.
[2 marks]
(iii) General guidelines:
The principles are guidelines to action but do not provide readymade solutions to all managerial problems.
This is so because real business situations are very complex and dynamic and are a result of many factors.
[2 marks] = 6 marks
Q146.2025 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q346 marks
‘Marut Enterprises’ is a large company manufacturing washing machines. From the last few months, employees have been reporting dissatisfaction with the overall work environment which has led to a decline in productivity. The management realized that there is no coordination between various departments. On one hand, the Production Manager is giving instructions to the workers to speed up the work to achieve the targets whereas on the other hand, the Sales Manager is also giving instructions to the workers of the production department to slow down the production as sales are not picking up. It was also observed by the company’s management that there is a lack of proper communication among different levels of superiors and subordinates. Even in case of emergencies, a worker is not in a position to contact the Chief Executive Officer directly, which is affecting the productivity and the morale of the workforce. The management felt a need to foster a positive environment which may promote team spirit of unity and harmony among the employees.
Identify and explain the three principles of management given by Henri Fayol which can help in addressing the challenges faced by the company.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
(i) Unity of Command
There should be one and only one boss for every individual employee at a given time.
If this principle is followed, dual subordination is avoided which will prevent confusion regarding tasks to be done.
(ii) Scalar chain
Scalar Chain is the formal line of authority, i.e., a chain of authority and communication that runs from top to bottom and should be followed by managers and the subordinates.
The scalar chain should not be violated in the normal course of formal communication. However, if there is an emergency, a shorter route known as Gang Plank may be used so that communication may not be delayed.
(iii) Espirit de Corps
Management should promote team spirit of unity and harmony among employees. A manager should replace ‘I’ with ‘We’ in all his conversations with workers to foster team spirit.
This will give rise to the spirit of mutual trust and belongingness among team members and will minimise the need for using penalties. It will also minimise the need for using penalties.
[(½ mark for identifying + 1 ½ mark for explanation) x 3 = 6 Marks]
Q147.2024 Main 66/1/1 · Q31(a)6 marks
Explain the following techniques of Scientific Management :
Time study
Differential piece wage system
Motion study
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(i) Time study:
It is a technique of scientific management which determines the standard time taken to perform a well-defined job.
It is used to determine the number of workers to be employed; frame suitable incentive schemes and determine labour costs.
(ii) Differential piece wage system:
Differential Piece Wage System is a technique which differentiates between efficient and less efficient workers. It rewards the efficient workers and motivates the less efficient ones to improve their efficiency.
In this plan, there are two piece rates – one for those workers who produce the standard output or more, and the other for those who produce less than the standard output.
(iii) Motion study:
Motion study refers to the study of movements which are undertaken while doing a typical job.
It seeks to eliminate unnecessary movements so that it takes less time to complete the job efficiently.
[2 + 2 + 2 = 6 marks]
Q148.2024 Main 66/1/1 · Q31(b)6 marks
Explain the following features of principles of management :
General guidelines
Mainly behavioural
Formed by practice and experimentation
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(i) General guidelines:
The principles of management are guidelines to action but do not provide readymade straitjacket solutions to all managerial problems.
It is so because real business situations are very complex and dynamic and are a result of many factors.
(ii) Mainly behavioural:
Management principles aim at influencing behaviour of human beings.
They enable a better understanding of the relationship between human and material resources in accomplishing organisational purposes.
(iii) Formed by practice and experimentation:
The principles of management are formed by experience and collective wisdom of managers.
The principles are formed by experimentation.
[2 + 2 + 2 = 6 marks]
Q149.2024 Main 66/2/1 · Q32(a)6 marks
Explain the following principles of Scientific Management :
Science, Not Rule of Thumb
Harmony, Not Discord
Development of Each and Every Person to His or Her Greatest Efficiency and Prosperity
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(i) Science, Not Rule of Thumb
It states that there is only one best method to maximise efficiency. This method can be developed through scientific study and analysis of each element of a job and should substitute ‘Rule of Thumb’.
The standard method should be followed throughout the organisation.
(ii) Harmony, Not Discord
This principle emphasizes that there should be complete harmony between management and workers. This requires ‘Mental revolution’ on the part of both management and workers.
Both management and the workers should transform their thinking. Management should share gains of the company if any with the workers and workers should work hard and be willing to embrace change for the good of the company.
(iii) Development of Each and Every Person to His and Her Greatest Efficiency and Prosperity
This principle is concerned with efficiency of employees which could be built in right from the process of employee selection.
The work assigned to employees should suit their capabilities. They should be given the required training to increase their efficiency.
Efficient employees would produce more and earn more. This will ensure their greatest efficiency and prosperity for both the company and the workers.
[2 + 2 + 2 = 6 marks]
Q150.2024 Main 66/2/1 · Q32(b)6 marks
Explain the following points of significance of principles of management :
Providing managers with useful insights into reality
Scientific decisions
Fulfilling social responsibility
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(i) Providing managers with useful insights into reality
Principles of management provide useful insights into reality by enabling the managers to learn from past mistakes and conserve time by solving recurring problems quickly.
Adherence to the principles will add to their knowledge, ability and understanding of managerial situations and circumstances.
(ii) Scientific decisions
Principles of management help in taking scientific decisions because the decisions based on principles are free from bias.
They are based on the objective assessment of the situation
(iii) Fulfilling social responsibility
The increased awareness of the public forces businesses to fulfil their social responsibilities.
Management theory and principles have also evolved in response to these demands.
[2 + 2 + 2 = 6 marks]
Q151.2024 Main 66/3/1 · Q31(a)6 marks
Explain the following techniques of Scientific Management :
Time study
Method study
Differential piece wage system
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(i) Time Study
It determines the standard time taken to perform a well-defined job.
The objective of time study is to determine the number of workers to be employed; frame suitable incentive schemes and determine labour costs.
(ii) Method Study:
Method study is the study to find out one best way of doing the job.
The objective is to minimise the cost of production and maximise the quality and satisfaction of the customer.
(iii) Differential Piece Wage System
Differential Piece Wage system is a technique which differentiates between efficient and less efficient workers. It rewards the efficient workers and motivates the less efficient ones to improve their efficiency.
In this plan, there are two piece rates – one for those workers who produce the standard output or more, and the other for those who produce less than the standard output.
[2 + 2 + 2 = 6 marks]
Q152.2024 Main 66/3/1 · Q31(b)6 marks
Explain the following features of principles of management :
Universal applicability
Formed by practice and experimentation
Flexible
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(i) Universal applicability:
The principles of management are intended to apply to all types of organisations, business as well as non-business, small as well large, public sector as well as private sector, manufacturing as well as the services sectors.
However, the extent of their applicability would vary with the nature of the organisation, business activity, scale of operations etc.
(ii) Formed by practice and experimentation:
The principles of management are formed by experience and collective wisdom of managers.
These principles are formed by experimentation as well.
(iii) Flexible:
The principles of management are not rigid prescriptions.
They give discretion to the managers to modify them when the situation so demands.
[2 + 2 + 2 = 6 marks]
Q153.2024 Main 66/4/1 · Q326 marks
Ankur Sachdeva did his MBA from ITB University. He decided to apply his knowledge of scientific management in the fast food restaurant chain ‘Coffee Bean’ set up by him. This restaurant was providing burgers, fries, shakes etc. as a part of its menu.
Now a days people are quality conscious, so he was using standardised raw materials, processes, methods, working conditions, machinery etc. The objective was to establish standards of excellence. By doing this he was not only able to reduce the cost but was also able to provide new varieties of burgers, fries and shakes leading to increased turnover.
Ankur Sachdeva also believed that there was only one best method to maximise efficiency. As a result he developed best way of grilling burgers, cooking fries and preparing shakes. His main objective was to maximise the satisfaction of customers, which he was able to achieve.
Not only to learn the best way of doing a job, but to perform their tasks efficiently, ‘Coffee Bean’ regularly invests in training and development programmes to equip employees with the necessary skill and knowledge. ‘Coffee Bean’ believed that efficient employees will produce more and earn more. This will ensure their greatest efficiency and prosperity for both company and workers.
The above case highlights the use of Scientific principles and techniques by ‘Coffee Bean’. Explain any one such principle and two techniques.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/4/1
Scientific principles of management: (any one)
Development of Each and Every Person to His or Her Greatest Efficiency and Prosperity:
Taylor believed that each person should be scientifically selected. Then work assigned should suit her/his physical, mental and intellectual capabilities. To increase efficiency, they should be given the required training.
Science not Rule of Thumb:
Taylor believed that there was only one best method to maximise efficiency which should be developed through study and analysis. The method so developed should substitute ‘Rule of Thumb’ throughout the organisation. This results in tremendous saving of human energy as well as wastage of time and material.
[2 marks]
Techniques of scientific management:
Method Study
The objective of method study is to find out one best way of doing the job. The objective of the whole exercise is to minimise the cost of production and maximise the quality and satisfaction of the customer. For this purpose many techniques like process charts and operations research etc are used.
Standardisation refers to the process of setting standards for every business activity.It can be standardisation of process, raw material, time, product, machinery, methods or working conditions. These standards are the benchmarks, which must be adhered to during production.
[2 marks]
(If an examinee has given only the heading , ½ mark for each heading should be awarded)
[2 + 2 + 2 = 6 marks]
Q154.2024 Main 66/5/1 · Q31(a)6 marks
Explain the following characteristics of Principles of Management :
General guidelines
Flexible
Cause and effect relationship
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(i) General guidelines
The principles of management are guidelines to action but do not provide readymade straitjacket solutions to all managerial problems.
It is so because real business situations are very complex and dynamic and are a result of many factors.
[2 marks]
(ii) Flexible
The principles of management are not rigid prescriptions, which have to be followed absolutely.
They are flexible and can be modified by the manager when the situation so demands. They give the manager enough discretion to do so.
[2 marks]
(iii) Cause and effect relationship
The principles of management are intended to establish relationship between cause and effect so that they can be used in similar situations in a large number of cases. As such, they tell us if a particular principle was applied in a particular situation, what would be its likely effect.
In real life, situations are not identical. So, accurate cause and effect relationships may be difficult to establish.
[2 marks]
[= 6 marks]
Q155.2024 Main 66/5/1 · Q31(b)6 marks
Explain the following techniques of Scientific Management :
Method Study
Differential Piece Wage System
Fatigue Study
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(i) Method Study
It is a study to find out one best way of doing the job and includes all activities from procurement of raw materials till the final product is delivered to the customer.
It helps to minimize the cost of production and maximize quality and satisfaction of the customer.
[2 marks]
(ii) Differential Piece Wage System
Differential Piece Wage System is a technique which differentiates between efficient and less efficient workers. It rewards the efficient workers and motivates the less efficient ones to improve their efficiency.
In this plan, there are two piece rates – one for those workers who produce the standard output or more, and the other for those who produce less than the standard output.
[2 marks]
(iii) Fatigue Study
Fatigue Study determines the amount and frequency of rest intervals in completing task.
The rest intervals help the workers to regain stamina and work again with the same capacity resulting in increased productivity.
[2 marks]
[= 6 marks]
Q156.2023 Main 66/1/1 · Q31(a)6 marks
Explain the following principles of management:
Discipline
Unity of Command
Unity of Direction
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(i) Discipline
Discipline is the obedience to organizational rules and employment agreement which are necessary for the working of the organization.
It requires good superiors at all levels, clear and fair agreements and judicious application of penalties.
(ii) Unity of command
It says that there should be one and only one boss for every individual employee.
Dual subordination should be avoided. This is to prevent confusion regarding tasks to be done.
(iii) Unity of direction
Each group of activities having the same objective must have one head and one plan.
This ensures unity of action and coordination.
[2×3 = 6 marks]
Q157.2023 Main 66/1/1 · Q31(b)6 marks
Explain the following techniques of Scientific Management:
Fatigue study
Motion study
Time study
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(i) Fatigue study
It seeks to determine the amount and frequency of rest intervals in completing a task.
A person is bound to feel tired physically and mentally if he/she does not rest while working. The rest intervals will help one to regain stamina and work again with the same capacity.
(ii) Motion study
It refers to the study of movements like lifting, putting objects, sitting, etc. which are undertaken while doing a typical job.
Unnecessary/unproductive movements are sought to be eliminated so that it takes less time to complete the job efficiently.
(iii) Time Study
It determines the standard time taken to perform a well-defined job.
The objective of time study is to determine the number of workers to be employed; frame suitable incentive schemes and determine labour costs.
[2×3 = 6 marks]
Q158.2023 Main 66/2/1 · Q31(b)6 marks
Explain the following techniques of scientific management:
Differential Piece wage system
Time Study
Method Study
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(i) Differential Piece wage system
Differential Piece Wage System is a technique which differentiates between efficient and less efficient workers. It rewards the efficient workers and motivates the less efficient ones to improve their efficiency.
In this plan, there are two piece rates – one for those workers who produce above the standard output, and the other for those who produce less than the standard output.
[2]
(ii) Time Study
Time study is a technique which determines standard time required to perform a well-defined job.
The objective of time study is to determine the number of workers to be employed, frame suitable incentive schemes and determine labour costs.
[2]
(iii) Method Study
Method study is a technique to find out the one best way of doing the job.
The objective of method study is to minimise the cost of production and maximise the quality and satisfaction of the customer.
[2]
[= 6 marks]
Q159.2023 Main 66/3/1 · Q336 marks
A famous cricket coach, Alam Raza was hired by Sports College, Indore to coach the college cricket team for a National level competition. In the first meeting itself, the Principal of the college announced that the players would enter into an agreement with the college. The agreement would state the reporting time for players on the field and other rules and regulations. Failure to obey the agreement and rules would lead to judicious application of penalties. It was also announced by the College Principal that the players would receive orders from the coach and they would all be responsible only to the coach, to prevent confusion regarding tasks to be done. The coach was very determined to train the players to win, as the entire responsibility was on his shoulders. He promoted the spirit of mutual trust and belongingness among the team members without which he felt it would be difficult to win. The players were also enthusiastic and the training started in full swing.
Identify and explain the three principles of management discussed in the above case.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/3/1
Principles of Management
Discipline
Unity of Command
Esprit de Corps
[½ mark for identification + 1½ mark for its explanation = 2 × 3 = 6 marks]
Q160.2023 Main 66/4/1 · Q31(b)6 marks
Explain the following as nature of principles of management:
Universal applicability
Flexible
Mainly behavioural
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(i) Universal applicability
The principles of management are intended to apply to all types of organisations, business as well as non-business, small as well as large, public sector as well as private sector, manufacturing as well as the service sectors.
However the extent of their applicability would vary with the nature of the organisation, business activity and scale of operation, etc. [2 marks]
(ii) Flexible
The principles of management are not rigid prescriptions, which have to be followed absolutely.
They are flexible and can be modified by the manager when the situation so demands. [2 marks]
(iii) Mainly behavioural
Management principles aim at influencing behaviour of human beings.
These principles enable a better understanding of the relationship between human and material resources in accomplishing organisational objectives. [2 marks]
(or any other correct explanation)
[= 6 marks]
Q161.2023 Main 66/5/1 · Q31(a)6 marks
Explain: (i) ‘Science not Rule of Thumb’ as a principle of management and (ii) ‘Method Study’ and ‘Time Study’ as techniques of Scientific Management.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(i) Science not rule of thumb
It states that there was only one best method to maximise efficiency.
This method can be developed through scientific study and analysis of each element of a job and should substitute ‘Rule of Thumb’ and should be followed throughout the organisation.
[2 marks]
(ii) Method Study
It is a technique to find out one best way of doing the job and includes all activities from procurement of raw materials till the final product is delivered to the customer.
It helps to minimize the cost of production and maximize quality and satisfaction of the customer.
[2 marks]
Time Study
It is a technique to determine the standard time taken by a worker of reasonable skill and efficiency to perform a well-defined job.
It helps in deciding the number of workers to be employed, frame suitable incentive schemes and determine labour costs.
[2 marks]
(Or any other correct explanation)
[= 2 + 2 + 2 = 6 marks]
Q162.2023 Main 66/5/1 · Q31(b)6 marks
Explain: (i) ‘General Guidelines’ as a feature of principles of management, (ii) Providing managers with useful insights into reality and fulfilling social responsibilities as significance of principles of management.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(i) General Guidelines
The principles of management are guidelines to action but do not provide readymade straitjacket solutions to all managerial problems. This is so because real business situations are very complex and dynamic and are a result of many factors. [2 marks]
(ii) Providing managers with useful insights into reality
Adherence to the principles of management will add to the knowledge of managers, the ability and understanding of managerial situations and circumstances.
It will also enable managers to learn from past mistakes and conserve time by solving recurring problems quickly. [2 marks]
Fulfilling social responsibility
The increased awareness of public forces businesses to fulfill their social responsibilities. Management theory and principles have evolved in response to these demands.
The interpretation of the principles also assumes newer and contemporary meanings with the change in time. [2 marks]
(If an examinee has combined the explanation of ‘Providing managers with useful insights into reality’ and ‘Fulfilling social responsibilities’ as significance of principles of management, full credit is to be given)
[= 2 + 2 + 2 = 6 marks]
Q163.2023 Supp. 66/C/1 · Q316 marks
Abhishek studied management principles and techniques of Henri Fayol and F.W. Taylor when he was in class XII. Now he is trying to apply his knowledge while doing his business. By using different techniques and scientifically analysing work he found one best way of doing the job. By removing unproductive movements of the workers he reduces the time to complete the job. Not only this, to increase productivity and to regain stamina he started giving more rest intervals to his employees. He followed no discrimination policy on account of sex, religion, caste, etc. in his organisation. He ensured that the compensation should be fair to both, employees and the organisation.
Identify and explain any two techniques of scientific management and two principles of general management adopted by Abhishek.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/C/1
Techniques of Scientific Management adopted by Abhishek (any two):
Method Study
Motion Study
Fatigue Study
Principles of General Management adopted by Abhishek:
Equity
Remuneration
[½ mark for identification + 1 mark for explanation = 1½ × 4 = 6 marks]
Part A · Principles and Functions of Management
3. Business Environment
Q164.2026 Main 66/1/1 · Q111 mark
‘Business environment keeps on changing whether in terms of technological improvement, shifts in consumer preferences or entry of new competitors in the market.’
The feature of business environment highlighted in the above statement is :
Totality of external forces
Complexity
Dynamic nature
Relativity
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(C) Dynamic nature [1 mark]
Q165.2026 Main 66/2/1 · Q61 mark
‘Since business environment consists of numerous interrelated and dynamic conditions or forces which arise from different sources, it becomes difficult to comprehend at once what exactly constitutes a given environment.’
The feature of business environment highlighted above is :
Relativity
Uncertainty
Complexity
Dynamic Nature
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(C) Complexity [1 mark]
Q166.2026 Main 66/2/1 · Q171 mark
Green-Eats is a start-up offering plant based meal kits. It gained popularity as more young consumers were becoming health conscious and awareness about environmental issues was increasing day-by-day. To promote sustainable eating, they collaborated with schools and colleges and organized workshops for them.
Identify the element of business environment highlighted in the above case :
Economic Environment
Social Environment
Political Environment
Technological Environment
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(B) Social Environment [1 mark]
Q167.2026 Main 66/3/1 · Q41 mark
Read the following statements carefully :
Statement I : Business environment includes both specific and general forces.
Statement II : Specific forces have an impact on all business enterprises and thus may affect an individual firm only indirectly.
In light of the given statements, choose the correct alternative from the following :
Statement I is true and Statement II is false.
Statement I is false and Statement II is true.
Both Statement I and Statement II are true.
Both Statement I and Statement II are false.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(A) Statement I is true and Statement II is false. [1 mark]
Q168.2026 Main 66/3/1 · Q81 mark
‘Gamma Ltd.’, with its state-of-the-art manufacturing set-up in Karnesha, produces smartphones for the Indian market. Rapid technological improvements, changing consumer preferences and the entry of new competitors in the market push the company to revise its plans frequently. This reflects which characteristic of business environment ?
Inter-relatedness
Dynamic nature
Complexity
Relativity
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(B) Dynamic nature [1 mark]
Q169.2026 Main 66/3/1 · Q201 mark
‘Sumi’, a well-established domestic car manufacturer, anticipates entry of a premium foreign automobile brand in the country. The management of the company foresees a decline in the market share, especially in the premium segment. To retain its market share and stay competitive, the company launches aggressive advertising and takes measures to reduce the cost of production. It further invests in improving product quality, introducing new features and aligning their cars with international standards.
The point of importance of business environment described above is :
It helps in coping with rapid changes.
It helps in tapping useful resources.
It enables a firm to identify opportunities and getting the first mover advantage.
It helps the firm to identify threats and early warning signals.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(D) It helps the firm to identify threats and early warning signals. [1 mark]
Q170.2026 Main 66/4/1 · Q51 mark
‘The business environment differs from country to country and even region to region.’
The feature of business environment reflected in the above statement is :
Relativity
Complexity
Uncertainty
Dynamic nature
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(A) Relativity
[1 mark]
Q171.2026 Main 66/4/1 · Q71 mark
Identify the incorrect statement with respect to the importance of business environment :
It helps in coping with rapid changes
It helps in tapping useful resources
It helps in assisting in planning and policy formulation
It helps in increasing political instability and thus build the confidence of people to invest in long term projects
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(D) It helps in increasing political instability and thus build the confidence of people to invest in long term projects
[1 mark]
Q172.2026 Main 66/5/1 · Q11 mark
The top management of a smartphone manufacturing company recently observed that the government has ordered new safety standards for batteries used in smartphones to prevent overheating. It also noticed that the government announced a reduction in import duties on components used in mobile phones.
The dimensions of business environment highlighted in the above case are:
Technological and legal environments
Political and technological environments
Legal and social environments
Political and legal environments
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(D) Political and legal environments
[1 mark]
Q173.2026 Main 66/5/1 · Q31 mark
Read the following statements: Assertion (A) and Reason (R)
Assertion (A): General forces such as social, political, legal and technological conditions affect an individual firm only indirectly.
Reason (R): General forces have an impact on all business enterprises, in contrast to, specific forces that affect individual firms directly and immediately in their day-to-day working.
Choose the correct alternative from the following:
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are correct and Reason (R) is the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are correct, but Reason (R) is not the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are incorrect.
Assertion (A) is correct, but Reason (R) is incorrect.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(A) Both assertion (A) and Reason (R) are correct and Reason (R) is the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
[1 mark]
Q174.2026 Supp. 66/7/1 · Q111 mark
‘Business Environment is the sum total of all things external to business firms and, as such, is aggregative in nature.’
The feature of business environment reflected in the given statement is:
Specific and general forces
Inter-relatedness
Totality of external forces
Complexity
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/7/1
(C) Totality of external forces
[1 mark]
Q175.2025 Main 66/1/1 · Q31 mark
Salim and Karim are good friends. They started a business of selling high quality seeds for growing organic vegetables. They are offering 200 varieties of vegetable seeds suitable for terrace gardens, balconies and backyards. Due to the growing trend towards healthy consumption habits, there is a huge demand for their seeds. The dimension of business environment being discussed above is:
Economic Environment
Political Environment
Social Environment
Legal Environment
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(C) Social Environment [1 mark]
Q176.2025 Main 66/1/1 · Q141 mark
Alfa Graphics Ltd. was a reputed Indian company which had been in business for many years. The Chief Executive Officer of the company, Rohit Gupta always believed in understanding the business environment as well as responding and adapting to it.
When he found that a foreign multinational company, Leno Graphics, is entering the Indian market with new substitutes, he prepared to meet this threat by reducing cost and creating good quality and aesthetically appealing layouts, advertisements, logos etc. As a result, Alfa Graphics Ltd. was not only able to retain its own customers, but also started getting new projects.
The point of importance of Business Environment discussed above is:
Tapping useful resources.
Identifying threats and early warning signals
Improving performance
Identifying opportunities and getting first mover advantage
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(B) Identifying threats and early warning signals [1 mark]
Q177.2025 Main 66/1/1 · Q171 mark
High inflation rates generally result in constraints on business enterprises as they increase the various costs of business such as the purchase of raw materials and payment of wages and salaries to employees etc. The dimension of business environment referred to above is:
Political Environment
Technological Environment
Social Environment
Economic Environment
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(D) Economic Environment [1 mark]
Q178.2025 Main 66/2/1 · Q141 mark
Identify the dimension of business environment illustrated by the given picture:
[Picture: a humanoid robot in a suit presenting news on a TV channel, captioned “I am an A-I News Anchor”]
Social
Political
Technological
Economic
For Visually Impaired Candidates:
Shifts in demand from steam locomotives to electric engines, from fountain pens to ball-point pens, from typewriters to computer based word processors highlights which of the following dimension of business environment?
Economic
Technological
Political
Social
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(C) Technological [1 mark]
For Visually Impaired Candidates:(B) Technological
Q179.2025 Main 66/5/1 · Q31 mark
‘Business Environment includes both specific and general forces.’ Which of the following force is not included in specific forces?
Legal conditions
Investors
Competitors
Suppliers
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(A) Legal conditions
Q180.2025 Main 66/6/1 · Q121 mark
Seeing the increasing demand for automobiles in Buleti, ‘Veso Cars’, a global car manufacturing company planned to expand its operations and sell its cars there. However, the government of Buleti imposed high import duties on foreign made cars to protect local manufacturers from foreign competition. This attitude of the Buleti government towards foreign car manufacturers increased the cost of importing cars, making it less affordable for ‘Veso Cars’ to sell its cars at competitive prices in Buleti.
The component of business environment highlighted above is:
Political environment
Social environment
Legal environment
Economic environment
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/6/1
(A) Political environment
Q181.2025 Main 66/7/1 · Q61 mark
The Go-Vegan Movement has been an integral part of western nations owing to its numerous health and environmental benefits. India too has witnessed a propelling vegan food market. Concerned with the quality of life, people have shifted to a variety of plant-based food alternatives that offer great taste and health benefits and strengthen the immune system.
The dimension of business environment discussed above is:
Economic environment
Social environment
Technological environment
Political environment
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/7/1
(B) Social environment
Q182.2025 Main 66/7/1 · Q141 mark
Read the following statements: Assertion (A) and Reason (R).
Assertion (A): Increased life expectancy of people and increased awareness for health care have increased the demand for many health products and services.
Reason (R): Different elements of business environment are not inter-related.
Choose the correct alternative from the options given below:
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true, but Reason (R) is not the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
Assertion (A) is true, but Reason (R) is false.
Assertion (A) is false, but Reason (R) is true.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/7/1
(C) Assertion (A) is true, but Reason (R) is false.
Q183.2025 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q51 mark
‘KM Creations’, a leading fashion brand, has been expanding its business into new markets. However, recently the company is facing challenges due to changes in inflation rates and disposable income of people. These factors have started affecting the company’s pricing strategy and profitability. ‘KM Creations’ is now closely monitoring these changes to minimise their impact on its operations.
The component of business environment highlighted in the above para is :
Political Environment
Technological Environment
Economic Environment
Social Environment
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
(C) Economic environment [1 mark]
Q184.2024 Main 66/1/1 · Q21 mark
Which of the following is an element of ‘Social Environment’ ?
Rates of saving and investment
Expectations from the workforce
The nature of relationship of our country with foreign countries
Planned outlay in public and private sectors
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(B) Expectations from the workforce
[1 mark]
Q185.2024 Main 66/1/1 · Q71 mark
‘SK Builders’ became the market leader in the designer house segment as it was the first to recognize the need of using Artificial Intelligence in designing houses in the changing environment of technological advancement. This highlights the following point of importance of business environment :
It helps to identify threats and early warning signals.
It enables the firm to identify opportunities and getting the first mover advantage.
It helps in tapping useful resources.
It helps in improving performance.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(B) It enables the firm to identify opportunities and getting the first mover advantage.
[1 mark]
Q186.2024 Main 66/3/1 · Q31 mark
Due to increasing presence of women in the workforce, ‘Kisan Mart’ comes out every Friday with big discount offers on daily use items to attract office-going women to shop on weekends.
Which dimension of business environment is being highlighted in the above case ?
Social environment
Legal environment
Political environment
Technological environment
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(A) Social environment
[1 mark]
Q187.2024 Main 66/3/1 · Q61 mark
Raunaq, while studying at the university, felt that there should be a food joint in the university campus to provide food to students round the clock. After passing out of college, he set up ‘Hunger Point’, a food joint with a varied menu ranging from burgers, pizzas, street food and much more, in the university campus. For this, he obtained necessary permissions from the university administration. Since he was the first one to recognize the need for a food joint for all the students in an environment where students study day and night, it soon became a popular eating joint. Within six months, ‘Hunger Point’ started earning good profits.
Identify the point of importance of business environment discussed in the above case :
It enables the firm to identify opportunities and get the first mover advantage.
It helps the firm to identify threats and early warning signals.
It helps in assisting in planning and policy formulation.
It helps in improving performance.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(A) It enables the firm to identify opportunities and get the first mover advantage.
[1 mark]
Q188.2024 Main 66/3/1 · Q91 mark
Choose the incorrect statement with respect to demonetization :
The two largest denomination notes of ₹ 500 and ₹ 1000 were demonetized with immediate effect, ceasing to be legal tender except for buying properties.
The aim of this step was to curb corruption and accumulation of black money.
It led to the tax administration channelizing savings into the formal financial system.
Restrictions were placed on the convertibility of domestic money and bank deposits.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(A) The two largest denomination notes of ₹ 500 and ₹1,000 were demonetized with immediate effect, ceasing to be legal tender except for buying properties.
[1 mark]
Q189.2024 Main 66/4/1 · Q131 mark
Statement – I : Business Environment is dynamic as it differs from country to country.
Statement – II : Business Environment is largely uncertain as it is very difficult to predict future happenings.
Choose the correct option from the following :
Statement I is true and Statement II is false.
Statement II is true and Statement I is false.
Both the statements are true.
Both the statements are false.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(B) Statement II is true and Statement I is false.
[1 mark]
Q190.2024 Main 66/4/1 · Q141 mark
Which of the following is NOT a feature of demonetisation ?
It leads to creation of a less-cash or cash-less (free) economy i.e. channeling more savings through the formal financial system and improving tax compliance.
It is interpreted as a shift on the part of the government indicating that tax evasion will no longer be tolerated or accepted.
It is viewed as a tax administration measure.
It led to tax administration channelising savings away from the formal financial system.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(D) It led to tax administration channelising savings away from the formal financial system.
[1 mark]
Q191.2024 Main 66/4/1 · Q151 mark
Samaira and her friend, Sana wanted to watch a movie over the weekend. They booked the movie tickets online and chose the seats as per their preference at the click of a button at the desired movie hall. Now going to theatre for booking of tickets is no longer required.
The dimension of business environment reflected in the above para is :
Political environment
Social environment
Legal environment
Technological environment
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(D) Technological environment
[1 mark]
Q192.2024 Main 66/4/1 · Q181 mark
Rajat was carrying on a business of manufacturing plastic disposables like plastic plates, plastic cups and plastic straws. He heard about the upcoming ban on single use plastics. He was able to identify this external environmental trend which could hinder his firm’s performance. So he took action and shifted to manufacturing the plates, cups and straws from bamboo and palm leaves. As a result, his business not only survived but was able to generate profit.
The point of importance of Business Environment highlighted above is :
It enables the firm to identify opportunities and getting the first mover advantage.
It helps the firm to identify threats and early warning signals.
It helps in tapping useful resources.
It helps in assisting in planning and policy formulation.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(B) It helps the firm to identify threats and early warning signals.
[1 mark]
Q193.2024 Main 66/5/1 · Q31 mark
‘Since business environment consists of numerous interrelated and dynamic conditions or forces which arise from different sources, it becomes difficult to comprehend at once what exactly constitutes a given environment’. Thus it is relatively easier to understand the environment in parts but difficult to grasp in its totality. Identify the feature of business environment highlighted above :
Uncertainty
Complexity
Relativity
Dynamic nature
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(B) Complexity [1 mark]
Q194.2024 Main 66/5/1 · Q61 mark
As per Plastic Waste Management Rule 2022, single use plastic items were prohibited in Delhi from 1st July, 2022. The dimension of business environment referred to here is ________.
Economic environment
Legal environment
Technological environment
Political environment
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(B) Legal environment [1 mark]
Q195.2024 Main 66/5/1 · Q91 mark
Which of the following is not an element of social environment ?
Composition of family
Consumption habits
Rates of saving and investment
Educational system and literacy rates
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(C) Rates of savings and investment [1 mark]
Q196.2024 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q131 mark
Techpack Ltd. is a company in Hyderabad that produces and sells packaging material to various industries across the nation in a B2B e-business form. It is a dynamic company. Over the years, due to rising concerns for climate change and shift of preferences of Indian customers towards environment-friendly products, the company has shifted to the production of biodegradable packaging material. Moreover, due to its digital transformation, the company has tremendously benefited as its customers could place orders and make cashless payments in various online modes.
The dimensions of business environment discussed in the above case are :
Economic and social environments
Social and technological environments
Technological and economic environments
Social and political environments
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
(B) Social and technological environments [1 mark]
Q197.2023 Main 66/1/1 · Q21 mark
Which of the following are the examples of Legal Environment?
Advertisement of alcoholic beverages is prohibited
Decrease in interest rate on loans
Increase in demand for organic foods
Digilockers for storing documents
In 1993, the Supreme Court passed an order to close the iron foundries around ‘Taj Mahal’ at Agra
(i) and (iv)
(i) and (ii)
(ii) and (iii)
(i) and (v)
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(D) (i) and (v)
[1 mark]
Q198.2023 Main 66/1/1 · Q101 mark
Match the various characteristics of Business environment given in Column I with their respective explanations in Column II:
Column I
Column II
A. Dynamic nature
(i) Environment is a phenomenon that is relatively easier to understand in parts but difficult to grasp in its totality.
B. Complexity
(ii) Business environment differs from country to country and even region to region.
C. Relativity
(iii) Business environment keeps on changing, whether in terms of technological improvement or shifts in consumer preferences.
A (iii), B (ii), C (i)
A (ii), B (iii), C (i)
A (iii), B (i), C (ii)
A (i), B (ii), C (iii)
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(C) A (iii), B (i), C (ii)
[1 mark]
Q199.2023 Main 66/2/1 · Q21 mark
Which of the following items is a component of economic environment?
Expansion of transportation and communication services in Delhi.
Facility of booking train tickets, through mobile apps.
Restriction on 15-years-old petrol vehicles plying on roads in Delhi.
The Haryana Government’s announcement of free bus rides for females on the occasion of Rakshabandhan.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(A) Expansion of Transportation and communication services in Delhi.
[1 mark]
Q200.2023 Main 66/2/1 · Q41 mark
With a revolution taking place in the manufacturing of mobile phones with super class cameras, the business of cameras in the consumer market has taken a hit. Studies show that mobile phone photography has devastated the camera industry.
The dimension of business environment highlighted in the above case is:
Economic Environment
Technological Environment
Social Environment
Political Environment
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(B) Technological Environment
[1 mark]
Q201.2023 Main 66/3/1 · Q21 mark
In a recent ruling, the Supreme Court of India has ordered an immediate stop on commercial activities in a 500-metre radius of the Taj Mahal and asked Agra Development Authority to ensure compliance of its directive. Which dimension of business environment is reflected here?
Social
Technological
Legal
Political
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(C) Legal
Q202.2023 Main 66/3/1 · Q41 mark
Which of the following is not a part of social environment of Business?
Life expectancy
Education system and literacy rates
Consumption habits
Money supply in the economy
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(D) Money supply in the economy
Q203.2023 Main 66/3/1 · Q61 mark
These days consumers are making eco-friendly and healthy choices and are saying no to all things made of plastic and replacing it with stainless steel and ceramic containers, thus forcing business to change as well. Identify the feature of business environment highlighted above:
Totality of external sources
Specific and general forces
Inter-relatedness
Dynamic nature
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(D) Dynamic nature
Q204.2023 Main 66/3/1 · Q71 mark
Government of India demonetised notes of ₹500 and ₹1000 on November 8, 2016. Demonetisation means:
They ceased to be legal tender except for a few specified purposes.
These notes could not be banked but could be freely used otherwise.
These notes could be converted into gold coins from Reserve Bank of India.
These notes could be used for household purposes but not for business purposes.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(A) They ceased to be legal tender except for a few specified purposes.
Q205.2023 Main 66/4/1 · Q61 mark
Hitesh and Reena are entrepreneurs. They noticed that every year in the months of November and December, Delhi, the capital city of India, witnesses poor air quality and rise in pollution levels. They also observed that nowadays people are more concerned about quality of life. Sensing the need, they were the first to bring into the market a new ‘Anti-Pollution W-98 Mask’ which was not only helpful in combating the pollution but also in increasing the life expectancy of people.
Their venture saw a massive success as there was no competitor.
From the following, identify the importance of Business Environment highlighted above:
Business Environment helps the firm to identify threats and early warning signals.
Business Environment helps in tapping useful resources.
Business Environment helps in improving performance.
Business Environment enables the firm to identify the opportunities and in getting the first mover advantage.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(D) Business Environment enables the firm to identify the opportunities and in getting the first mover advantage.
Q206.2023 Main 66/4/1 · Q81 mark
Plastic utensils are often used as a low cost, convenient option for business or personal use. These utensils are lightweight, easy to transport and can be disposed off easily instead of cleaned and reused. But plastic utensils are harmful from health point of view and create various environmental issues. Nowadays health and fitness trend is becoming popular. People are looking for different alternatives and have started opting for paper-made, steel or glass utensils which has tremendously increased the demand of these products.
The above para discusses an important dimension of Business Environment which is:
Economic Environment
Social Environment
Technological Environment
Political Environment
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(B) Social environment
Q207.2023 Main 66/5/1 · Q41 mark
‘Cartoony Planet’ is a well-known indoor playground for organising parties for children in Noida. It has many play-stations and it organises various activities for the kids to enjoy. Looking at the increasing number of children visiting ‘Cartoony Planet’, a new indoor playground in the name of ‘Tiny-Tots House’ came up with advanced swings, play stations and entertainment activities near ‘Cartoony Planet’.
To compete with the newly opened indoor playground, ‘Cartoony Planet’ also added some advanced swings and entertainment activities to attract more children.
The above information highlights one of the features of ‘Business Environment’. Identify the feature from the following:
Uncertainty
Dynamic Nature
Relativity
Interrelatedness
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(B) Dynamic Nature
Q208.2023 Main 66/5/1 · Q61 mark
‘Dolma’ and ‘Una’ were gardeners with decades of hands-on experience. They were the first ones to recognise the need of indoor gardens specially for plant-lovers living in apartments. They took advantage of this opportunity and decided to offer beautiful designing ideas for indoor gardening through their innovative venture ‘My Space’.
‘My Space’ offered creative ideas like ‘Garden wall’, ‘Hanging Garden’, ‘Window Garden’, ‘Book-shelf garden’ and many more. Since there were no competitors they soon became the market leaders in the field.
From the following points, identify the importance of Business Environment highlighted above:
Business Environment helps the firm to identify threats and early warning signals.
Business Environment helps in tapping useful resources.
Business Environment enables the firm to identify opportunities and getting the first mover advantage.
Business Environment helps in assisting in planning and policy formulation.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(C) Business Environment enables the firm to identify opportunities and getting the first mover advantage.
Q209.2023 Main 66/5/1 · Q71 mark
‘Digilocker’ is a flagship initiative of ‘Ministry of Electronics and IT’, Government of India. It aims at digital empowerment of the citizens by providing access to authentic digital documents such as academic certificates issued by different Examination Boards, Driving Licenses, Vehicle registrations etc. in a digital fromat.
The above para discusses a few dimensions of Business Environment. Identify the correct dimensions from the following:
Economic Environment and Technological Environment
Social Environment and Economic Environment
Social Environment and Political Environment
Political Environment and Technological Environment
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(D) Political Environment and Technological Environment
Q210.2023 Supp. 66/C/1 · Q21 mark
With rising pollution levels, consumers are becoming conscious about the harmful effects of polluted air, so the demand for home air-purifiers is increasing day-by-day. Which dimension of business environment is discussed here?
Political Environment
Technological Environment
Economic Environment
Social Environment
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/C/1
(D) Social Environment
Q211.SQP 2025-26 · Q61 mark
Out of the following, which is/are the component(s) of the social environment.
Rate of inflation has increased by 2% leading to a higher total cost for business enterprises.
Various specialty health food and grocery shops have opened in an area where fitness and health enthusiasts live.
Life expectancy rate in India has improved over the past 20 years due to adequate health facilities and infrastructure.
A company in its human resource manual discloses a zero tolerance policy for racial discrimination and discriminatory practices against employees with disability.
The Advertising Standards Council of India prohibits the advertisement that promotes products or services that are banned by law.
Choose the correct option:
only 2
1,2,3
2,4,5
2,3,4
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2025-26 · Marking Scheme
(D) 2,3,4
[1 mark]
Q212.SQP 2026-27 · Q51 mark
‘Dash n Dip’ was established in 2022 as one of the first fast-food chains in India introducing the concept of family-style restaurants. However, within two years, the business started losing customers to multinational food chains and eventually had to shut down its operations.
The owner of the restaurant, Ms Kamya Kulkarni realized that she had been unable to identify, understand, evaluate and respond to the external environmental trends like changes in customer’s preferences and increasing competition. This had resulted in hindering the firm’s performance.
Identify the importance of understanding the business environment highlighted in the above case.
It helps in tapping useful resources.
It helps the firm to identify threats and early warning signals.
It helps in assisting in planning and policy formulation
It enables the firm to identify opportunities and get the first mover advantage.
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2026-27 · Marking Scheme
(B) It helps the firm to identify threats and early warning signals.
[1 mark]
Q213.2026 Main 66/1/1 · Q24(b)3 marks
State any three features of ‘Demonetisation’.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/1/1
Features of Demonetisation (Any THREE)
Demonetisation is tax administration measure as it requires declaration of unaccounted wealth and payment of taxes at a penalty rate.
It is interpretated as a shift on the part of the government that tax evasion will no longer be tolerated or accepted.
It leads to tax administration channelizing savings into the formal financial system.
It creates a less-cash or cash-lite economy improving tax compliance.
[(1 x 3) = 3 marks]
Q214.2026 Main 66/4/1 · Q233 marks
‘Tiva Motors’ planned to set up a new manufacturing unit for the electric scooters in Varanchal. One important consideration for setting up of the unit in Varanchal was that the government in Varanchal had been stable for several years. This had built confidence among business people to invest in long-term projects there. They understood that an adequate knowledge of the rules and regulations framed by the government is a prerequisite for a good business performance. So, before starting the operations, the company decided to obtain licences under environmental laws and necessary permissions from the government departments.
Identify and explain the two dimensions of business environment that are highlighted in the above case.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/4/1
The two dimensions of business environment that are highlighted in the above case are:
(i) Political Environment: Political environment includes political conditions such as general stability and peace in the country and specific attitudes that elected government representatives hold towards business.
(ii) Legal Environment: Legal environment includes various legislations passed by the Government administrative orders issued by government authorities, court judgments as well as the decisions rendered by various commissions and agencies at every level of the government.
[½ mark for identifying the dimension + 1 mark for explanation; 1½ × 2 = 3 marks]
Q215.2026 Supp. 66/7/1 · Q233 marks
VTK Ltd. was a well known company engaged in selling sweets and beautifully crafted gift hampers. Taking advantage of the traditions of distributing sweets and exchanging gift-packs during festivals in India, VTK Ltd. experienced high demand for its products. The company regularly introduced special festive packs and promotional offers. The company noticed that customers were not only expecting attractive offers, but also faster services, easy payment options and better availability of products. In order to meet those expectations, the company introduced computer-based billing, digital payment facilities and an online system through which customers could place orders from their homes.
In the above case, the two important dimensions of business environment have been discussed. Identify and explain these dimensions.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/7/1
Dimensions of business environment
(a) Social Environment
The social environment of business includes the social forces like customs and traditions, values, social trends, society’s expectations from business, etc. which present various opportunities and threats to business enterprises.
(b) Technological Environment
The technological environment includes forces relating to scientific improvements and innovations which provide new ways of producing goods and services and new methods and techniques of operating a business.
[½ mark for identification + 1 mark for explanation; 1½ × 2 = 3 marks]
Q216.2025 Main 66/6/1 · Q223 marks
Sweets has been the mainstay for several large homegrown restaurant brands. Increased life expectancy of people and increased awareness for health care amongst consumers has increased the demand for healthy food options. Young consumers are moving away from consuming traditional sweets to buying more western style premium products which are baked or steamed. With this shift in consumer preferences, ‘Shree Restaurants’, a well known restaurant brand, is gearing itself up for playing a greater role in the healthy packaged foods market. In addition to traditional sweets, the company is also planning to expand to healthy savoury and sweet items and some ready-to-eat items. These new healthy products are expected to change people's lifestyles.
Identify and explain the two features of Business Environment highlighted in the above case.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/6/1
Two features of Business Environment highlighted in the above case are-
1. Interrelatedness
Different elements or parts of business environment are closely interrelated.
Increase in awareness of different products or services may lead to increase in demand of certain products or services and they in turn change people’s lifestyles.
2. Dynamic
Business environment is dynamic as it keeps on changing.
It can be in terms of technological improvement, shifts in consumer preferences or entry of new competition in the market.
[½ mark for identifying the feature + 1 mark for explanation; 1½×2 = 3 marks]
Q217.2025 Main 66/7/1 · Q21(a)3 marks
State any three points of importance of business environment.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/7/1
Importance of business environment are: (Any three)
It enables the firm to identify opportunities early and get the first mover advantage and be the first to exploit them instead of losing them to competitors.
Environmental awareness helps the firm to identify threats and serve as early warning signals.
Understanding business environment enables the enterprise in tapping useful resources so that it can convert those resources into outputs that the environment desires.
It helps the managers in coping with rapid changes by understanding and examining the dynamic environment and developing suitable courses of action.
It helps in assisting in planning and policy formulation by understanding and analysing the environment which becomes the basis for deciding the future course of action (planning) or framing guidelines for decision making (policy).
It helps in improving performance in present and future as enterprises continuously monitor their environment and adopt suitable business practices.
[1×3 = 3 marks]
(If an examinee has given only the headings, ½ mark for each heading should be awarded)
Q218.2025 Main 66/7/1 · Q21(b)3 marks
State any three features of demonetisation.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/7/1
Features of demonetisation are: (Any three)
Demonetisation is viewed as a tax administration measure and people with black money had to declare their unaccounted wealth and pay taxes at a penalty rate.
Demonetisation is also interpreted as a shift on the part of the government indicating that tax evasion will no longer be tolerated or accepted.
Demonetisation led to tax administration channelizing savings into the formal financial system.
It creates a less-cash or cash-lite economy, thus improves tax compliance.
[1×3 = 3 marks]
(If an examinee has only listed the underlined points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
Q219.2024 Main 66/1/1 · Q21(a)3 marks
State any three features of business environment.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/1/1
Features of business environment are: (Any three)
(i) Business environment is the sum total of all factors/things external to business firms and, as such, is aggregative in nature.
(ii) Business environment includes both specific such as customers, investors, etc and general forces such as political, social, etc.
(iii) Different elements or parts of business environment are closely inter-related.
(iv) Dynamic nature: Business environment is dynamic and keeps on changing whether in terms of technological improvement, shifts in consumer preferences , etc
(v) Business environment is uncertain as it is very difficult to predict future happenings, especially when environment changes are taking place too frequently
(vi) Business environment is complex as it consists of numerous interrelated and dynamic conditions or forces that are relatively easier to understand in parts but difficult to grasp in its totality.
(vii) Business environment is a relative concept since it differs from country to country and even region to region.
(If an examinee has only listed the underlined points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
[1 × 3 = 3 marks]
Q220.2024 Main 66/1/1 · Q21(b)3 marks
State any three features of ‘Demonetization’.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/1/1
Features of demonetization are: (Any three)
(i) Demonetisation is viewed as a tax administration measure and people with black money had to declare their unaccounted wealth and pay taxes at a penalty rate.
(ii) Demonetisation is also interpreted as a shift on the part of the government indicating that tax evasion will no longer be tolerated or accepted.
(iii) Demonetisation led to tax administration channelizing savings into the formal financial system, to enable banks with deposits to provide a base loans, at lower interest rates.
(iv) It creates a less-cash or cash-lite economy, i.e., channelising more savings through the formal financial system and improving tax compliance.
(If the examinee has only listed the underlined points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
[1 × 3 = 3 marks]
Q221.2023 Supp. 66/C/1 · Q233 marks
‘Burgers and Fudge’ was among the first fast food chains in India which pioneered the concept of family-style restaurants. However, over the years it started losing business to multinational food chains like McDonalds and Pizza Hut, etc. and soon had to shut down.
The reason to shut down was the inability of managers to identify, understand, evaluate and to react to the forces external to their firm.
In the light of the above situation, explain with the help of any two points, how understanding of business environment is important for managers.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/C/1
Importance of business environment (any two):
It enables the firm to identify opportunities and get first mover advantage. Early identification of opportunities helps an enterprise to be the first to exploit them instead of losing them to competitors.
It helps the firm to identify threats and early warning signals. Environmental awareness can help managers to identify various threats on time and serve as an early warning signal.
It helps in tapping useful resources. Understanding business environment helps an enterprise to design policies that allow it to get the resources that it needs so that it can convert those resources into outputs.
It helps in coping with rapid changes. In order to effectively cope with significant changes, managers must understand and examine the environment and develop suitable courses of action.
It helps in assisting in planning and policy formulation. The understanding of business environment is the basis for deciding the future course of action (planning) or training guidelines for decision making (policy).
It helps in improving performance. The enterprises that continuously monitor their environment and adopt suitable business practices not only improve their present performance but also succeed in the market for a longer period.
[= 1½ × 2 = 3 marks]
Q222.2026 Main 66/5/1 · Q25(a)4 marks
Explain the following points of importance of business environment:
Helps in tapping useful resources
helps in coping with rapid changes
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(i) Helps in tapping useful resources
A business enterprise depends on the environment as a source of inputs or resources and as an outlet for outputs, the enterprise designs those policies that allow it to get the resources that it needs, so that it can convert those resources into outputs that the environment desires. This can be done better by understanding what the environment has to offer.
[2 marks]
(ii) Helps in coping with rapid changes
All sizes and all types of enterprises are facing increasingly dynamic environment. In order to effectively cope with these significant changes, managers must understand and examine the environment and develop suitable courses of action.
[2 marks; total = 4 marks]
Q223.2025 Main 66/4/1 · Q284 marks
Identify and explain the dimension of business environment in each of the following situations:
'Alexa pay my electricity bill' is the latest feature of Alexa App which enables Amazon customers to pay their utility bills with 'Amazon Pay' just by speaking to Alexa.
Monika is working in a multi-national company. As an impact of work-from-home regime, she is now in a better position to inculcate moral values and healthy food habits in her children.
Atisha purchased a home and for this she took a loan from the bank. Monthly instalment on her loan increased as the banks increased the interest rate on loans.
'Mother's milk is best for babies' is printed on the pack of 'First Bite' baby milk powder, produced by 'MQP Baby Food Ltd. By doing this, the company is not only protecting the consumers' interests, but also necessarily informing its potential buyers about the importance of mother's milk.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/4/1
Technological Environment - It includes forces relating to scientific improvements and innovations which provide new ways of producing goods and services and new methods and techniques of operating a business.
Social Environment - Social Environment includes social forces like custom and traditions, values, social trends and society’s expectation from business which have an impact on business enterprise.
Economic Environment - Economic environment refers to factors like interest rates, inflation rates and changes in disposable income of people etc. which have an impact on business enterprise.
Legal Environment – Legal environment includes various legislations passed by the Government administrative orders issued by government authorities, court judgments as well as the decisions rendered by various commissions and agencies at every level of the government— centre, state or local. It is imperative for the management to obey these.
[½ mark each for heading and ½ mark each for explanation; 1×4 = 4 marks]
Q224.2025 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q284 marks
‘Global Foods Ltd.’, a multinational company in the food processing industry, has a good customer base. Recently it has expanded into new international markets. But due to increased awareness for health care, there is a shift in consumer demand for healthier food options. For this reason, the company needs to adapt to frequent technological advancements in production processes so that healthy food product options can be made available in the market. Additionally, the company is concerned about fluctuations at global level in commodity prices, exchange rates and political conditions. ‘Global Foods Ltd.’ is finding it increasingly difficult to predict future outcomes due to the constantly changing nature of the market. In order to effectively cope up with these significant changes, managers have to understand and examine the environment to develop suitable courses of action. By continuously monitoring the environment and adopting suitable business practices, the company will not only improve its present performance but also continue with it for a long period in achieving its objectives.
Identify and explain two features and two points of importance of business environment discussed in the above para.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
Features of business environment (any two)
(i) Inter-relatedness
Different elements or parts of business environment are closely interrelated like increased life expectancy of people and increased awareness for health care have increased the demand for many health products.
(ii) Uncertainty
Business environment is largely uncertain as it is very difficult to predict future happenings when environment changes are taking place too frequently.
(iii) Dynamic
Business environment is dynamic as it keeps on changing due to changes in its various components like technological improvements, increase in competition.
Importance of business environment
(i) It helps in coping with rapid changes:
It enables the business to cope up with the changes in the dynamic environment by examining the environment and developing suitable courses of action.
(ii) It helps in improving performance:
The enterprises that continuously monitor their environment and adopt suitable business practices are not only able to improve their present performance but also continue to succeed in the market for a longer period.
[(½ mark for identifying + ½ mark for explanation) x 4 = 4 marks]
Q225.2024 Main 66/2/1 · Q304 marks
‘VBR Cinema’, an Indian multiplex cinema hall was the first to recognize the change in consumption habits of people. It changed its food menu from burgers, pizza, soft drinks, etc. and switched over to healthier options like salads and smoothies, soups and anjeer-based sweets. Within a month, the revenue of the multiplex from sale of food items doubled. ‘VBR Cinema’, by continuously monitoring the environment and adopting suitable business practices, was able to improve its revenues and profits and was hopeful that it will continue to succeed in the market in the long run too.
Identify and explain one dimension of business environment and one point of importance of understanding the business environment highlighted in the above case.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/2/1
Dimension of Business Environment- Social Environment-
The social environment of business includes the social forces like customs and traditions, values, social trends, society’s expectations from business, etc.
[1 mark for identifying dimension + 1 mark for explanation = 2 marks]
Importance of understanding the business environment highlighted above- It helps to improve performance-
The enterprises that continuously monitor their environment and adopt suitable business practices are the ones which not only improve their present performance but also continue to succeed in the market for a longer period.
[1 mark for identifying importance + 1 mark for explanation = 2 marks; 2 × 2 = 4 marks]
Q226.SQP 2025-26 · Q274 marks
The Marketing Research Manager of ‘Trendy Textiles’ has been assigned the task of analysing the influence of Generation Z on fashion trends. On studying the forces that affect business, he observed that increased awareness amongst Generation Z, with respect to, environmental protection, preference of individuality over trends, rejection of traditional norms in clothing, greater use of social media have increased the demand for sustainable and innovative styles in clothing, ‘Do It Yourself’ (DIY) products, promotion of products on various social media platforms by companies.
In context of the above case, identify and explain the feature of the business environment highlighted above.
Explain any two features of the business environment, apart from the one identified in part a).
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2025-26 · Marking Scheme
a) The feature of the business environment highlighted is Inter relatedness. Different elements or parts of the business environment are closely inter- related. For example, increased life expectancy of people and increased awareness for health care have increased the demand for many health products and services like soft drinks, fat-free cooking oil, and health resorts. New health products and services have, in turn, changed people’s lifestyles.
[1 mark for identification + 1 mark for stating]
b) Any two other features:
(i) Totality of external forces: Business environment is the sum total of all things external to business firms and, as such, is aggregative in nature.
(ii) Specific and general forces: Business environment includes both specific and general forces. Specific forces (such as investors, customers, competitors and suppliers) affect individual enterprises directly and immediately in their day-to-day working. General forces (such as social, political, legal and technological conditions) have an impact on all business enterprises and thus may affect an individual firm indirectly.
(iii) Relativity: Business environment is a relative concept since it differs from country to country and even region to region. Political conditions in the USA, for instance, differ from those in China or Pakistan. Similarly, demand for sarees may be fairly high in India whereas it may be almost non-existent in France.
(iv) Dynamic nature: Business environment is dynamic in that it keeps on changing whether in terms of technological improvement, shifts in consumer preferences or entry of new competition in the market.
(v) Uncertainty: Business environment is largely uncertain as it is very difficult to predict future happenings, especially when environment changes are taking place too frequently as in the case of information technology or fashion industries.
(vi) Complexity: Since a business environment consists of numerous interrelated and dynamic conditions or forces which arise from different sources, it becomes difficult to comprehend at once what exactly constitutes a given environment. It is a complex phenomenon that is relatively easier to understand in parts but difficult to grasp in its totality.
[1 mark each for explanation, any 2]
Q227.SQP 2026-27 · Q294 marks
Lisha Fabric Private Limited is a company manufacturing cotton garments. The Marketing Manager of the company notices a shift in Generation Z’ expectations as they are becoming aware of ethical fashion. The company decides to collaborate with Hridyansh, a Tech Enthusiast who has invented an innovative machine that recycles plastic bottles to manufacture sustainable fabrics.
Identify and explain the dimensions of the business environment highlighted in the above case.
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2026-27 · Marking Scheme
1) Social Environment- The social environment of business includes the social forces like customs and traditions, values, social trends, society’s expectations from business, etc. Traditions define social practices that have lasted for decades or even centuries. For example, the celebration of Diwali, Eid, Christmas, and Guru Parv in India provides significant financial opportunities for greeting card companies, sweets or confectionery manufacturers, tailoring outlets and many other related businesses. Values refer to concepts that a society holds in high esteem. Social trends present various opportunities and threats to business enterprises.
2) Technological Environment- Technological environment includes forces relating to scientific improvements and innovations which provide new ways of producing goods and services and new methods and techniques of operating a business. For example, recent technological advances in computers and electronics have modified the ways in which companies advertise their products.
[2 + 2 = 4 marks (1 mark each for identification and 1 each mark for explanation)]
Q228.2024 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q32(a)6 marks
Explain any four points that highlight the significance of business environment.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
Significance of Business Environment (any four)
Enables the firm to identify opportunities and getting the first mover advantage
Helps the firm to identify threats and early warning signals
Helps in tapping useful resources
Helps in assisting in planning and policy formulation
Helps in coping with rapid changes
Helps in improving performance
(If an examinee has not given the headings as above but has given the correct explanations, full credit should be given)
[½ mark for naming + 1 mark for explanation = 1½ × 4 = 6 marks]
Part A · Principles and Functions of Management
4. Planning
Q229.2026 Main 66/1/1 · Q131 mark
Identify the incorrect statement with respect to the importance of planning function of management :
Planning provides directions by stating in advance how work is to be done.
Planning eliminates uncertainty by looking ahead and anticipating changes.
Planning facilitates decision making by making a choice among various alternative courses of action.
Planning promotes innovative ideas as new ideas can take the shape of concrete plans.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(B) Planning eliminates uncertainty by looking ahead and anticipating changes. [1 mark]
Q230.2026 Main 66/1/1 · Q151 mark
Identify the feature of planning which states that the purpose of planning is to meet future events effectively to the best advantage of an organisation :
Planning involves decision making
Planning is futuristic
Planning is a mental exercise
Planning focuses on achieving objectives
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(B) Planning is futuristic [1 mark]
Q231.2026 Main 66/4/1 · Q41 mark
‘Planning requires application of mind involving foresight, intelligence imagination and sound judgement.’
The feature of planning reflected by the above statement is :
Planning is futuristic
Planning involves decision-making
Planning is a mental exercise
Planning is continuous
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(C) Planning is a mental exercise
[1 mark]
Q232.2026 Main 66/4/1 · Q91 mark
‘Cosy Garments’ started the manufacturing of jackets in September, 2025. They expected a rise in the demand for jackets during the winter season. To handle the increased workload, the Production Manager estimated the number of workers required during peak production days and planned accordingly.
The type of plan highlighted in the above case is :
Budget
Policy
Method
Objective
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(A) Budget
[1 mark]
Q233.2026 Main 66/5/1 · Q61 mark
‘Renew Ltd.’ was the pioneer in the Electric Vehicles segment and presently has 70% market share. Keeping in mind the rapidly increasing demand for Electric Vehicles due to the rising environment consciousness among people and lower operating costs, the company set a target to increase its market share to 80% in the current year. However, the incentives provided by the government to encourage manufacturing of Electric Vehicles attracted many new players in the market. As this change in the business environment happened suddenly, the company was not able to accurately assess future trends. As a result, the market share of ‘Renew Ltd.’ fell from 70% to 55% in the current year.
Which limitation of planning has been discussed in the above case?
Planning may not work in a dynamic environment
Planning leads to rigidity
Planning does not guarantee success
Planning involves huge costs
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(A) Planning may not work in a dynamic environment
[1 mark]
Q234.2026 Main 66/5/1 · Q151 mark
Match the type of plan given in Column-I with its meaning in Column-II:
Column-I
Column-II
a. Policy
(i) Prescribed way or manner in which a task has to be performed considering the objective.
b. Programme
(ii) Detailed statement about a project which outline the objectives, policies, procedures, rules, tasks, human and physical resources required and the budget to implement any course of action.
c. Method
(iii) A comprehensive plan for accomplishing an organisation’s objectives, taking business environment into consideration.
d. Strategy
(iv) A general statement that guides thinking or channelises energies towards a particular direction.
Choose the correct alternative from the following:
a-(ii), b-(iv), c-(i), d-(iii)
a-(iv), b-(ii), c-(i), d-(iii)
a-(iv), b-(ii), c-(iii), d-(i)
a-(iv), b-(i), c-(ii), d-(iii)
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(B) a-(iv), b-(ii), c-(i), d-(iii)
[1 mark]
Q235.2026 Supp. 66/7/1 · Q51 mark
Shweta, a graduate from ‘Premier Institute of Fashion Technology’, was keen to start her own fashion accessories business. She used foresight and intelligent imagination to visualise future demand for her products and possible challenges she could face. Shweta relied on logical and systematic thinking to decide the actions to be taken on various aspects of the business, such as target customers, the types of products to design and the resources required.
The feature of planning highlighted in the above case is:
Planning is futuristic
Planning involves decision-making
Planning focuses on achieving objectives
Planning is a mental exercise
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/7/1
(D) Planning is a mental exercise
[1 mark]
Q236.2026 Supp. 66/7/1 · Q151 mark
Nikhil owned a paper manufacturing business. His business had been facing losses for the last two years. Nikhil’s son, Ravi, who had just completed his studies, had joined his father’s business. Ravi was interested in sustainability and thus suggested his father that they should start making eco-friendly paper products. Nikhil agreed and asked Ravi to prepare a proper plan for the same. He also asked Ravi to set a target of earning profit of 10% on sales in the first year itself. Ravi, then began collecting information about the market demand, consumer preferences, availability of raw materials, competition, etc.
Based on this information, he made certain assumptions about the future, such as expected demand for eco-friendly paper products, its price, etc. The step of the planning process performed by Ravi was:
Identifying alternative courses of action
Developing premises
Setting objectives
Implementing the plan
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/7/1
(B) Developing premises
[1 mark]
Q237.2026 Supp. 66/7/1 · Q191 mark
Which of the following statements is incorrect with respect to ‘strategy’ as a type of plan?
Strategy provides the broad contours of an organization’s business.
Strategy refers to future decisions defining the organization’s direction and scope in the long run.
Strategy is the desired future position that the management would like to reach.
Strategy is a comprehensive plan for accomplishing an organization’s objectives.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/7/1
(C) Strategy is the desired future position that the management would like to reach.
[1 mark]
Q238.2025 Main 66/2/1 · Q21 mark
Kavi works as a Marketing Manager in stationery mart. It deals in various types of stationery items for many schools across the country. When new session starts in schools, Kavi forecasts the sales of different stationery products for each school for every month. All items are represented in numbers so that it becomes easier for him to compare the actual sales with expected sales.
The type of plan discussed above is:
Strategy
Policy
Programme
Budget
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(D) Budget [1 mark]
Q239.2025 Main 66/2/1 · Q151 mark
Given below are two statements, Assertion (A) and Reason (R):
Assertion (A): Planning involves looking ahead and preparing for the future.
Reason (R): The purpose of planning is to meet future events effectively to the best advantage of an organization.
Choose the correct alternative from the alternatives given below:
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true, but Reason (R) is not the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
Assertion (A) is true, but Reason (R) is false.
Assertion (A) is false, but Reason (R) is true.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(A) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanation of Assertion (A). [1 mark]
Q240.2025 Main 66/4/1 · Q21 mark
Read the following statements carefully:
Statement I: A rule reflects a managerial decision that a certain action must or must not be taken.
Statement II: A rule allows flexibility or discretion.
In the light of the given statements, choose the correct alternative from the following:
Both Statement I and Statement II are true.
Both Statement I and Statement II are false.
Statement I is true and Statement II is false.
Statement I is false and Statement II is true.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(C) Statement I is true and Statement II is false.
Q241.2025 Main 66/4/1 · Q71 mark
A leading newspaper company decided to increase its market share by 10%. After developing the premises, the company identified the following alternative courses of action to be adopted:
To have eco-friendly newspapers
To introduce specific sections for children
To have columns for increasing general awareness for competitive exams
To have international news on a daily basis
After identifying the above alternatives, a board meeting was called.
Identify from the following, the next step in the planning process which is to be taken in the board meeting.
Follow-up action
Implementing the plan
Evaluating alternatives courses
Selecting an alternative
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(C) Evaluating alternatives courses.
Q242.2025 Main 66/5/1 · Q51 mark
‘Monitoring plans is important to ensure that objectives are achieved’ is one of the steps in the process of planning.
Identify the step from the following:
Setting objectives
Developing premises
Implementing the plan
Follow-up action
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(D) Follow-up action
Q243.2025 Main 66/5/1 · Q61 mark
Match the type of plan given in Column I with its meaning given in Column II.
Column I
Column II
1. Policy
(i) A comprehensive plan for accomplishing an organization's objectives.
2. Procedure
(ii) A detailed statement about a project which outlines the objectives, policies, procedures, rules, tasks, human and physical resources required and the budget to implement any course of action.
3. Programme
(iii) A general statement that guides thinking or channelises energies towards a particular direction.
4. Strategy
(iv) Routine steps on how to carry out activities.
Choose the correct option from the following:
1-(iii), 2-(iv), 3-(ii), 4-(i)
1-(i), 2-(iii), 3-(iv), 4-(ii)
1-(ii), 2-(i), 3-(iii), 4-(iv)
1-(iv), 2-(ii), 3-(i), 4-(iii)
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(A) 1-(iii), 2-(iv), 3-(ii), 4-(i)
Q244.2025 Main 66/6/1 · Q81 mark
Read the following statements carefully:
Statement I: A single-use plan is used for activities that occur regularly over a period of time.
Statement II: Policies are a general form of standing plans that specify the organisation's response to a certain situation.
In the light of the given statements, choose the correct alternative from the following:
Statement I is true and Statement II is false.
Statement I is false and Statement II is true.
Both Statement I and Statement II are true.
Both Statement I and Statement II are false.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/6/1
(B) Statement I is false and Statement II is true.
Q245.2025 Main 66/6/1 · Q111 mark
Which of the following is not a limitation of planning function of management?
Planning leads to rigidity.
Planning reduces creativity.
Planning guarantees success.
Planning may not work in a dynamic environment.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/6/1
(C) Planning guarantees success.
Q246.2025 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q61 mark
Identify the type of plan shown on the Notice Board of the factory, from the picture given below :
[Picture: a factory floor with workers; a Notice Board reads “NOTICE BOARD — No Food or Drink Allowed”.]
Method
Policy
Strategy
Rule
Note : The following question is for the Visually Impaired Candidates only in lieu of Q. No. 6.
‘It prescribes the ways or manner in which a task has to be performed considering the objective.’
The type of plan discussed above is :
Method
Procedure
Programme
Rule
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
(D) Rule [1 mark]
For Visually Impaired candidates:(A) Method
Q247.2025 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q201 mark
Which of the following are ‘Standing Plans’ ?
Budgets
Policies
Programmes
Procedures
Methods
Rules
Choose the correct alternative :
(ii), (iii), (v) and (vi)
(ii), (iv), (v) and (vi)
(iii), (iv), (v) and (vi)
(i), (ii), (iii) and (iv)
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
(B) (ii), (iv), (v) and (vi) [1 mark]
Q248.2024 Main 66/1/1 · Q141 mark
Plans are prepared for a specific period of time, may be for a month, a quarter or a year. At the end of that period, there is a need for a new plan to be drawn on the basis of new requirements and future conditions. The feature of planning reflected in the above lines is :
Planning is futuristic
Planning is continuous
Planning is pervasive
Planning is a mental exercise
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(B) Planning is continuous
[1 mark]
Q249.2024 Main 66/1/1 · Q201 mark
‘Best Electronics’ is led by its visionary Chief Executive Officer, Nikhil. It has a reputation for good quality products and customer service. Nikhil recognised the need to continually innovate and provide customers with the latest products. He wanted the company to be the market leader in electronics.
Nikhil knew that to realise his ambitious vision, he needed a clear and well-defined plan that would provide broad contours of the company’s business. His team conducted extensive market research to uncover emerging trends, customer preferences, and potential competitors. On its basis, a plan was prepared defining the company’s direction and scope in the long run. On the implementation of the plan ‘Best Electronics’ became the market leader in two years. The type of plan which helped ‘Best Electronics’ to become the market leader was :
Policy
Rule
Strategy
Procedure
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(C) Strategy
[1 mark]
Q250.2024 Main 66/2/1 · Q11 mark
‘Vishesh Constructions’, a construction company, decided to strictly implement ‘No Helmet, No Entry’ and put the following sign at their construction sites :
[Picture: a sign showing a worker wearing a helmet, with the words “NO HELMET” above and “NO ENTRY” below]
Identify the type of plan indicated by the above sign :
Policy
Rule
Method
Programme
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(B) Rule
[1 mark]
Q251.2024 Main 66/2/1 · Q61 mark
Sudha and Shweta were twin sisters. After completing their education from college, they decided to start a business. As they were Commerce students, they knew the importance of deciding in advance ‘what to do’ and ‘how to do’. It was very challenging for them as this decision was to guide all their future actions. While discussing the same with their mother, they got a new idea of starting a ‘Cloud Kitchen’. Both the sisters were very excited to start this. The idea took the shape of a concrete plan and within a month, they were successful in starting their ‘Cloud Kitchen’.
Identify the point of importance of planning highlighted in the above case :
Planning reduces the risk of uncertainty.
Planning promotes innovative ideas.
Planning establishes standards for controlling.
Planning reduces overlapping and wasteful activities.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(B) Planning promotes innovative ideas.
[1 mark]
Q252.2024 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q181 mark
In T-pex Ltd, a company trading in stationery items, it was decided that all purchases would be made from AK Ltd. on credit basis with credit period of at least 7 days. This was done because no other company was offering credit facility. Which type of plan has been referred to in the above paragraph ?
Rule
Policy
Method
Strategy
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
(B) Policy [1 mark]
Q253.2023 Main 66/4/1 · Q21 mark
In planning, generally managers have to follow pre-determined plans and they are not in a position to change it. This statement highlights the following limitation of planning:
Planning may not work in a dynamic environment
Planning does not guarantee success
Planning leads to rigidity
Planning is time-consuming
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(C) Planning leads to rigidity.
Q254.2023 Main 66/5/1 · Q21 mark
‘The purpose of planning is to meet future events effectively to the best advantage of an organisation.’ This statement highlights which of the following features of planning?
Planning focuses on achieving objectives.
Planning involves decision-making.
Planning is the primary function of management.
Planning is futuristic.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(D) Planning is futuristic.
Q255.2023 Supp. 66/C/1 · Q71 mark
A statement of expected results expressed in numerical terms is a type of plan called as ___________.
Method
Budget
Programme
Procedure
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/C/1
(B) Budget
Q256.2023 Supp. 66/C/1 · Q131 mark
Match the features of planning given in Column I with their respective explanation given in Column II.
Column I
Column II
A. Planning is a mental exercise
(i) Planning involves thorough examination and evaluation of each alternative and choosing the most appropriate one
B. Planning is all-pervasive
(ii) Planning is required at all levels of management as well as in all departments of the organisation
C. Planning involves decision-making
(iii) Planning requires logical and systematic thinking rather than guess work or wishful thinking
A-(i), B-(ii), C-(iii)
A-(iii), B-(ii), C-(i)
A-(ii), B-(iii), C-(i)
A-(i), B-(iii), C-(ii)
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/C/1
(B) A-(iii), B-(ii), C-(i)
Q257.2023 Supp. 66/C/1 · Q201 mark
____________ is a standing plan.
Rule
Budget
Programme
Strategy
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/C/1
(A) Rule
Q258.SQP 2025-26 · Q141 mark
Mr Gun Amroha, the General Manager of Welworth Textiles scans the business environment and adapts the organisation to the changes taking place in different dimensions of the business environment. However, it is still difficult for him to accurately assess the future trends. Identify the limitation of planning related to the above.
Planning leads to rigidity.
Planning may not work in a dynamic environment.
Planning does not guarantee success.
Planning reduces creativity.
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2025-26 · Marking Scheme
(B) Planning does not work in a dynamic environment.
[1 mark]
Q259.SQP 2026-27 · Q141 mark
Arijit and Ananya started a small business selling Eco-Friendly home decoration items made from recycled materials under the name ‘EcoComfort’. Ananya carefully analysed market conditions and predicted that there will be an increasing awareness about sustainability among urban consumers and the competition from conventional home decor brands will be moderate.
They decided to achieve ₹2 lakh monthly sales by the end of first year. Arijit explored the following innovative courses of action to achieve the target:
Selling through online platforms like E-Commerce market places and social media stores.
Including local retail outlets to reach the local target market.
Partnering with cafes, gyms, wellness stores for product placements.
Identify the steps which have not been performed by Arijit and Ananya in carrying out the planning function of management.
Setting objectives
Follow up action
Implementing the plan
Developing premises
Identifying alternative courses of action
Selecting an alternative
Evaluating alternative courses
Choose the correct option:
(i),(iv),(v)
(ii),(iii),(iv),(vi)
(i),(iv),(v),(vii)
(vii),(vi),(iii),(ii)
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2026-27 · Marking Scheme
(D) (vii),(vi),(iii),(ii)
[1 mark]
Q260.2026 Supp. 66/7/1 · Q21(a)3 marks
Explain the following points of importance of planning:
Planning provides directions
Planning facilitates decision-making
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/7/1
Importance of Planning
(i) Planning provides directions
Planning provides directions for action by stating in advance how work is to be done. It ensures that the goals or objectives are clearly stated so that they act as a guide for deciding what action should be taken and in which direction.
[1½ marks]
(ii) Planning facilitates decision-making
Planning helps the manager to look into the future and make a choice from amongst various alternative courses of action. It involves evaluating each alternative and selecting the most viable proposition.
[1½ marks; total = 3 marks]
Q261.2026 Supp. 66/7/1 · Q21(b)3 marks
Explain the following types of plans:
Policy
Procedure
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/7/1
Types of Plans
(i) Policy
Policies are general statements that guide thinking or channelise energies towards a particular direction. They define the broad parameters within which a manager may function. The manager may use his/her discretion to interpret and apply a policy.
[1½ marks]
(ii) Procedure
Procedures are routine steps on how to carry out activities. They detail the exact manner in which any work is to be performed to enforce a policy and to attain pre-determined objectives.
[1½ marks; total = 3 marks]
Q262.2025 Main 66/7/1 · Q22(a)3 marks
Explain the following features of 'Planning':
Planning focuses on achieving objectives.
Planning is a mental exercise.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/7/1
Features of ‘Planning’:
(i) Planning focuses on achieving objectives:
Specific goals are set out in the plans along with the activities to be undertaken, to achieve the goals.
Hence, planning contributes to the achievement of predetermined organizational goals.
[1½ marks]
(ii) Planning is a mental exercise:
Planning requires application of the mind involving foresight, intelligent imagination and sound judgement.
It is an intellectual activity of logical thinking rather than doing, because planning determines the action to be taken. It must be based on analysis of facts and forecast.
[1½ marks] = 3 marks
Q263.2025 Main 66/7/1 · Q22(b)3 marks
Explain the following types of plans:
Strategy
Policy
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/7/1
(i) Strategy:
A strategy refers to future decisions defining the organisation’s direction and scope in the long run.
It is a comprehensive plan for accomplishing organisation’s objectives and involves determining long term objectives, adopting a particular course of action and allocating necessary resources.
Whenever a strategy is formulated, the business environment needs to be taken into consideration.
[1½ marks]
(ii) Policy:
Policy is a general statement that guides thinking and channelizes energies towards a particular direction. It brings uniformity in decision making for achievement of predetermined objectives.
It defines the broad parameters within which a manager may function.
A manager may use his discretion to interpret and apply a policy.
[1½ marks] = 3 marks
Q264.2024 Main 66/2/1 · Q243 marks
After studying Entrepreneurship in Class XII, Neel completed a baking course and started a bakery, ‘Cakes and Bakes’. He set a target of earning a modest 10% return on investment in the first year. As he was supplying healthy bakery products, the demand kept increasing. ‘Cakes and Bakes’ became a famous bakery in a year. He now wanted to develop a plan to define the direction and scope of ‘Cakes and Bakes’ for the long run. He made a marketing plan to decide if he could charge higher price to improve his return on investment, how to advertise the products, etc.
Quoting lines from the above paragraph, identify and explain two types of plans discussed in the above case.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/2/1
Two types of plans are:
i) Objective
‘He set a target of earning a modest 10% return on investment in the first year.’
An objective is the end which the management seeks to achieve. An objective need to be expressed in specific terms and is to be achieved within a given time period
ii) Strategy
‘He now wanted to develop a plan to define the direction and scope of ‘Cakes and Bakes’ for the long run.’
A strategy is a comprehensive plan for accomplishing an organisation’s objectives. Whenever a strategy is formulated, the business environment needs to be taken into consideration.
[½ mark for quoting + ½ mark for identifying + ½ mark for explaining = 1½ × 2 = 3 marks]
Q265.2023 Supp. 66/C/1 · Q213 marks
Ananta Ltd. is a firm manufacturing electronic goods. To increase its sales and earn profits, its General Manager, Kamal is thinking in advance what to do and how to do it. He is also preparing forecasts to reduce the risk of uncertainty and to achieve its targets.
By doing so Kamal is performing an important function of management.
Identify and state the function of management highlighted above. Also state any two points of importance of this function.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/C/1
Planning
Planning is the process of setting objectives for a given time period, formulating various courses of action to achieve them and then selecting the best possible alternative from among the various courses of action available.
Importance of planning (any two):
Planning provides direction by stating in advance how the work is to be done.
Planning reduces risk of uncertainty by looking ahead and anticipating changes.
Planning reduces overlapping and wasteful activities by co-ordinating the activities of different divisions.
Planning promotes innovative ideas requiring application of mind and foresight.
Planning facilitates decision making by making a choice from among the alternative courses of action.
Planning establishes standards against which actual performance is measured.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded.)
[½ mark for identification + ½ mark for statement + 1 mark for each point of importance = 3 marks]
Q266.2026 Main 66/1/1 · Q27(a)4 marks
Explain the following points of importance of planning :
Planning establishes standards for controlling
Planning reduces overlapping and wasteful activities
(2+2)
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(i) Planning establishes standards for controlling:[2 marks]
Planning provides the goals or standards against which actual performance is measured. By comparing actual performance with the standard, managers can know whether goals have been attained and deviations corrected.
Planning is a prerequisite for controlling. If there were no goals and standards, then finding deviations which are a part of controlling would not be possible.
(ii) Planning reduces overlapping and wasteful activities[2 marks]
Planning serves as the basis of coordinating the activities and efforts of different divisions, departments and individuals.
It helps in avoiding confusion and misunderstanding by eliminating useless and redundant activities.
[= 4 marks]
Q267.2026 Main 66/1/1 · Q27(b)4 marks
Explain the following types of plans :
Objective
Method
(2+2)
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(i) Objectives:[2 marks]
Objectives are the desired future position that the management would like to reach, which need to be expressed in specific terms and should be in the form of a written statement.
They are usually set by top management of the organization and focus on broad, general issues. Different departments and units in the organisation may have their own objectives.
(ii) Method:[2 marks]
Method is the prescribed way or manner in which a task has to be performed considering the objective.
It deals with a task comprising one step of a procedure and specifies how this step is to be performed. It may vary from task to task.
[= 4 marks]
Q268.2026 Main 66/2/1 · Q29(a)4 marks
Explain the following limitations of planning :
Planning leads to rigidity
Planning may not work in a dynamic environment
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(i) Planning leads to rigidity[2 marks]
In an organisation, a well-defined plan is drawn up with specific goals to be achieved within a specific time frame, these plans then decide the future course of action and managers may not be in a position to change it.
This kind of rigidity in plans may create difficulty. Following a pre-decided plan, when circumstances have changed, may not turn out to be in the organisation’s interest.
(ii) Planning may not work in a dynamic environment[2 marks]
The organisation has to constantly adapt itself to changes taking place in the business environment.
It becomes difficult to accurately assess future trends in the environment. Planning cannot foresee everything and thus, there may be obstacles to effective planning.
[= 4 marks]
Q269.2025 Main 66/2/1 · Q284 marks
Prachi is working as an academic counsellor for specially abled students at one of the top school to provide special support and guidance to these students. She clearly states in advance the methods of teaching and tackling the students. She ensures that the goals are clearly stated for each and every teacher so that they act as a guide for deciding what action should be taken and in which direction.
Her well laid plans will serve as a basis for coordinating the activities and efforts of teachers teaching different subjects to these students. It helps the teachers in bringing clarity of thought and action to their work.
Identify and explain the two points of importance of ‘Planning’ function of management highlighted in the above para.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/2/1
Two points of importance of ‘Planning’ function of management highlighted in the above para are:
(i) Planning provides directions
Planning ensures that the goals or objectives are clearly stated so that they act as a guide for deciding what action should be taken and in which direction.
If goals are well defined, employees are aware of what the organisation has to do and what they must do to achieve those goals. Departments and individuals in the organisation are able to work in coordination.
(ii) Planning reduces overlapping and wasteful activities
Planning serves as the basis of coordinating the activities and efforts of different divisions, departments and individuals. It helps in avoiding confusion and misunderstanding.
Since planning ensures clarity in thought and action, work is carried on smoothly without interruptions. Useless and redundant activities are minimised or eliminated.
[(½ mark for the heading + 1½ marks for each explanation) × 2 = 4 marks]
Q270.2025 Main 66/4/1 · Q29(a)4 marks
Explain the following features of planning:
Planning focuses on achieving objectives.
Planning is pervasive.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(i) Planning focuses on achieving objectives:
Specific goals are set out in the plans along with the activities to be undertaken, to achieve the goals.
Planning contributes to the achievement of predetermined organisational goals.
[2 marks]
(ii) Planning is pervasive:
Planning is required at all levels of management as well as in all the departments of the organisation.
Scope of planning differs among the different departments and at different levels of management (top, middle and lower).
[2 marks] = 4 marks
Q271.2025 Main 66/4/1 · Q29(b)4 marks
Explain the following points of the importance of planning:
Planning provides directions.
Planning promotes innovative ideas.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(i) Planning provides directions.
Planning ensures that the goals or objectives are clearly stated so that they act as a guide for deciding what action should be taken and in which direction.
If goals are well defined, employees are aware of what the organisation has to do and what they must do to achieve those goals.
[2 marks]
(ii) Planning promotes innovative ideas.
Planning promotes innovative ideas as new ideas can take the shape of concrete plans.
It is the most challenging activity for the management as it guides all future actions leading to growth and prosperity of the business.
[2 marks] = 4 marks
Q272.2025 Main 66/6/1 · Q25(a)4 marks
Explain the following points of importance of ‘Planning’ function of management:
Planning provides direction.
Planning reduces the risk of uncertainty.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/6/1
(i) Planning provides direction.
Planning ensures that the goals or objectives are clearly stated so that they act as a guide for deciding what action should be taken and in which direction.
If goals are well defined, employees are aware of what the organisation has to do and what they must do to achieve those goals.
[2 marks]
(ii) Planning reduces the risk of uncertainty.
Planning is an activity which enables a manager to look ahead and anticipate changes.
By deciding in advance the tasks to be performed, planning shows the way to deal with changes and uncertain events. Changes or events cannot be eliminated but they can be anticipated and managerial responses to them can be developed.
[2 marks] = 4 marks
Q273.2025 Main 66/6/1 · Q25(b)4 marks
Explain the following features of ‘Planning’ function of management:
Planning is futuristic.
Planning is a mental exercise.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/6/1
(i) Planning is futuristic:
Planning involves looking ahead and preparing for the future to meet future events effectively to the best advantage of an organisation.
Planning is regarded as a forward-looking function based on forecasting future events and drawing plans accordingly.
[2 marks]
(ii) Planning is a mental exercise.
Planning requires application of the mind involving foresight, intelligent imagination and sound judgement.
It is an intellectual activity of logical thinking rather than doing, because planning determines the action to be taken. It must be based on analysis of facts and forecast.
[2 marks] = 4 marks
Q274.2025 Main 66/7/1 · Q254 marks
'Mefco Ltd.' has been in online grocery e-commerce business for the last six years. Recently, it started facing increasing competition in the market. Understanding that speed of delivery in the key differentiator amongst online business firms, 'Mefco Ltd.' planned to launch 'Mefco Fast', a service designed to deliver the products to the customers within 10 minutes. It studied the market and made assumptions about the future regarding the convenience offered by such a service to the consumers who are increasingly seeking faster delivery options.
Identify the step of the planning process highlighted in the above case.
State the next three steps to be followed by 'Mefco Ltd.' after the step identified in (a) above.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/7/1
(a) The step of the planning process highlighted in the above case is ‘Developing premises’. [1 mark]
(b) Next three steps to be followed by ‘Mefco Ltd.’ after the step identified above are:
Identifying alternative courses of action, by discussing amongst the members of the organization.
Evaluating alternative courses of action by weighing pros and cons of each alternative in the light of the objectives to be achieved.
Selecting an alternative which is most feasible, profitable and with least negative consequences.
[1×3 = 3 marks] = 4 marks
(If an examinee has only listed the underlined points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
Q275.2024 Main 66/3/1 · Q27(a)4 marks
Explain any four limitations of ‘Planning’.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/3/1
Limitations of ‘Planning’ (any four with explanation)
1. Planning leads to rigidity
2. Planning may not work in a dynamic environment
3. Planning reduces creativity
4. Planning involves huge costs
5. Planning is a time-consuming process
6. Planning does not guarantee success
(If an examinee has not given the heading as above but has given the correct explanation, full credit should be given.)
[½ mark for heading + ½ mark for explanation; 1 × 4 = 4 marks]
Q276.2024 Main 66/3/1 · Q294 marks
‘Leno’ is a reputed car manufacturing company, which is going to complete its 75 years in October 2024. The Chief Executive Officer of the company decided to take the company to a higher level. For this he called a meeting of all departmental heads of the company. In the meeting, the Chief Executive Officer proposed a target to increase sales by 10% and profits by 20% in its Platinum Jubilee year.
The Human Resource Manager estimated that an increase of 500 workers would be required to achieve the target. The Finance Manager suggested that the company must hold adequate cash balances for various purposes, and he will prepare a statement showing the estimated cash inflows and outflows for this particular period.
Identify and explain two types of plans discussed in the above case.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/3/1
Two types of Plans are:
(i) Objectives
Objectives, can be said to be the desired future position or the desired ends that the management would like to reach.
Objectives are very basic to the organisation. They are usually set by top management of the organisation and focus on broad, general issues.
Objectives need to be expressed in specific terms i.e., they should be measurable in quantitative terms.
(ii) Budget
A budget is a statement of expected results expressed in numerical terms quantifying future facts and figures.
A budget is also a control device from which deviations can be taken care of.
[1 mark for identification + 1 mark for explanation; 2 × 2 = 4 marks]
Q277.2024 Main 66/5/1 · Q27(a)4 marks
State any four limitations of planning.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/5/1
Limitations of Planning: (Any four)
Planning leads to rigidity because once a well defined plan is drawn, the managers may not be in a position to change it.
Planning may not work in a dynamic environment as it is difficult to accurately assess future trends. The organisation has to constantly adapt itself to changes in the environment.
Planning reduces creativity since people tend to think on the same lines as others.
Planning involves huge costs in terms of time and money.
Planning is time consuming and sometimes not much time is left for its implementation.
Planning does not guarantee success unless it is translated into action.
(If an examinee has only listed the underlined points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
[1 × 4 = 4 marks]
Q278.2024 Main 66/5/1 · Q27(b)4 marks
Explain the following types of plans :
Strategy
Procedure
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(i) Strategy
A strategy is a comprehensive plan for accomplishing an organisation’s objectives taking business environment into consideration.
It provides the broad contours of an organisations business and defines the organisation’s direction and scope in the long run.
[2 marks]
(ii) Procedure
It consists of routine steps on how to carry out activities. It details the exact manner in which any work is to be performed. It specifies the steps in a chronological order.
They are generally meant for insiders to follow. The sequence of steps or actions to be taken are generally to enforce a policy and to attain pre-determined objectives.
[2 marks]
[= 4 marks]
Q279.SQP 2025-26 · Q26(a)4 marks
Explain why planning is considered as
pervasive
futuristic function of management.
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2025-26 · Marking Scheme
a) Planning is pervasive: Planning is required at all levels of management as well as in all departments of the organisation. It is not an exclusive function of top management nor of any particular department. But the scope of planning differs at different levels and among different departments. For example, the top management undertakes planning for the organisation as a whole. Middle management does the departmental planning. At the lowest level, day-to-day operational planning is done.
b) Planning is futuristic: Planning essentially involves looking ahead and preparing for the future. The purpose of planning is to meet future events effectively to the best advantage of an organisation. It implies peeping into the future, analysing it and predicting it. Through forecasting, future events and conditions are anticipated and plans are drawn accordingly.
[2 × 2 = 4 marks]
Q280.SQP 2025-26 · Q26(b)4 marks
Explain the following as a type of plans:
strategy
procedure
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2025-26 · Marking Scheme
a) Strategy
A strategy provides the broad contours of an organisation’s business. It will also refer to future decisions defining the organization's direction and scope in the long run. A strategy is a comprehensive plan for accomplishing an organisation objectives. This comprehensive plan will include three dimensions, (i) determining long term objectives, (ii) adopting a particular course of action, and (iii) allocating resources necessary to achieve the objective. Whenever a strategy is formulated, the business environment needs to be taken into consideration.
b) Procedure
Procedures are routine steps on how to carry out activities. They detail the exact manner in which any work is to be performed. They are specified in a chronological order. Procedures are specified steps to be followed in particular circumstances. They are generally meant for insiders to follow.
[2 × 2 = 4 marks]
Q281.2026 Main 66/2/1 · Q336 marks
Greener Organic is a company producing eco-friendly fertilizers and soil boosters. With the growing interest in organic farming, the company is planning to expand its operations across India.
Greener sets its target to increase its sales by 25% in the next year. This gave all departments – sales, production, marketing and logistics – a common target to work. To achieve this, Greener made a comprehensive plan to enter Tier-2 and Tier-3 cities by working with local farmer groups. They also plan to promote their brand through on-line campaigns focused on eco-friendly farming. The company also laid down broad parameters within which the managers could function. All raw materials used had to be certified organic and preferably sourced from local farmers. This would improve quality, support local people and build trust with customers. The company allocated ₹ 50 lakhs for marketing, which included funds for regional newspaper advertisements, digital marketing, promotional events and dealer incentives. By quantifying future facts and figures, the company planned to control costs and evaluate performance.
Identify and explain any four type of plans discussed in the above case.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/2/1
Four types of plans discussed in the above case are:
(i) Objective[½ mark]
Objectives are the ends, which the management seeks to achieve. They are usually set by top management of the organisation and focus on broad, general issues. [1 mark]
Objectives need to be expressed in specific terms i.e. they should be measurable in quantitative terms and are to be achieved within a given time period.
(ii) Strategy[½ mark]
A strategy is a comprehensive plan for accomplishing organisation’s objectives and involves determining long term objectives, adopting a particular course of action and allocating necessary resources. [1 mark]
Whenever a strategy is formulated, the business environment needs to be taken into consideration.
(iii) Policy[½ mark]
Policy is a general statement that guides thinking and channelizes energies towards a particular direction. [1 mark]
It defines the broad parameters within which a manager may function. He/ she may use his/ her discretion to interpret or apply a policy.
(iv) Budget[½ mark]
A budget is a statement of expected results expressed in numerical terms. It is a plan which quantifies future facts and figures. [1 mark]
Since budget represents all items in numbers, it becomes easier to compare actual figures with expected figures and take corrective action.
[= 6 marks]
Q282.2026 Main 66/3/1 · Q34(a)6 marks
Explain the following limitations of planning :
Planning leads to rigidity
Planning may not work in a dynamic environment
Planning involves huge costs
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/3/1
Limitations of Planning:
(i) Planning leads to rigidity:
In an organisation, a well-defined plan is drawn up with specific goals to be achieved within a specific time frame that decide the future course of action and managers may not be in a position to change it.
This kind of rigidity in plans may create difficulty and managers need to be given some flexibility to be able to cope with the changed circumstances.
(ii) Planning may not work in a dynamic environment:
The business environment is dynamic. The organization has to constantly adapt itself to changes in environment by making changes in its plans.
It becomes difficult to accurately assess future trends in the environment if economic policies are modified or political conditions in the country are not stable or there is a natural calamity etc.
(iii) Planning involves huge costs:
When plans are drawn up huge costs are involved in their formulation both in terms of time and money.
Detailed plans require scientific calculations to ascertain facts and figures.
[2 x 3 = 6 marks]
Q283.2026 Main 66/3/1 · Q34(b)6 marks
Explain the following points of importance of planning :
Planning facilitates decision-making
Planning establishes standards for controlling
Planning promotes innovative ideas
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/3/1
Importance of Planning:
(i) Planning facilitates decision making:
Planning helps the manager to look into the future and make a choice from amongst various alternative courses of action.
The manager has to evaluate each alternative and select the most viable proposition.
(ii) Planning establishes standards for controlling:
Planning provides the goals or standards against which actual performance is measured.
By comparing actual performance with some standard, managers can know whether they have actually been able to attain the goals. If there is any deviation it can be corrected.
(iii) Planning promotes innovative ideas:
Planning, being the first function of management, promotes innovative ideas as new ideas can take the shape of concrete plans.
It is the most challenging activity for the management as it guides all future actions leading to growth and prosperity of the business.
[2 x 3 = 6 marks]
Q284.2026 Main 66/4/1 · Q32(a)6 marks
Explain the following points of limitations of planning :
Planning reduces creativity
Planning leads to rigidity
Planning does not guarantee success
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(i) Planning reduces creativity:
Planning is mainly done by the top management, and the middle management and other decision makers are neither allowed to deviate from plans nor are they permitted to act on their own.
Due to this, the initiative and creativity of employees gets lost or reduced as they only carry out orders and tend to think along the same lines as others, leaving little scope for new or innovative ideas.
(ii) Planning leads to rigidity:
In an organisation, a well-defined plan is drawn up with specific goals to be achieved within a specific time frame that decides the future course of action and managers may not be in a position to change it.
This kind of rigidity in plans may create difficulty as following a pre-decided plan, when circumstances have changed, may not turn out to be in the organisation’s interest.
(iii) Planning does not guarantee success:
Managers tend to rely on previously tried and tested successful plans, but it is not always true that just because a plan has worked before it will work again.
This kind of complacency and false sense of security may actually lead to failure instead of success.
[2 × 3 = 6 marks]
Q285.2026 Main 66/5/1 · Q34(b)6 marks
Explain the following points of importance of planning:
Planning provides directions
Planning reduces overlapping and wasteful activities
Planning establishes standards for controlling
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(i) Planning provides directions
Planning provides direction for action by stating in advance how work is to be done
It also ensures that the goals or objectives are clearly stated so that they act as a guide for deciding what action should be taken and in which direction.
[2 marks]
(ii) Planning reduces overlapping and wasteful activities
Planning serves as the basis of coordinating the activities and efforts of different divisions, departments and individuals. It helps in avoiding confusion and misunderstanding.
Useless and redundant activities are minimized or eliminated.
[2 marks]
(iii) Planning establishes standards for controlling
Planning provides the goals or standards against which actual performance is measured.
It is a prerequisite for controlling. If there were no goals and standards, then, finding deviations which are a part of controlling, would not be possible.
[2 marks; total = 6 marks]
Q286.2025 Main 66/1/1 · Q32(a)6 marks
Explain the following points of importance of ‘Planning’ function of management:
Planning provides directions.
Planning promotes innovative ideas.
Planning reduces the risk of uncertainty.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(i) Planning provides directions
Planning ensures that the goals or objectives are clearly stated so that they act as a guide for deciding what action should be taken and in which direction.
If goals are well defined, employees are aware of what the organisation has to do and what they must do to achieve those goals.
[2 marks]
(ii) Planning promotes innovative ideas
Planning promotes innovative ideas as new ideas can take the shape of concrete plans.
It is the most challenging activity for the management as it guides all future actions leading to growth and prosperity of the business.
[2 marks]
(iii) Planning reduces the risk of uncertainty
Planning is an activity which enables a manager to look ahead and anticipate changes.
By deciding in advance the tasks to be performed, planning shows the way to deal with changes and uncertain events. Changes or events cannot be eliminated but they can be anticipated and managerial responses to them can be developed.
[2 marks]
[2 + 2 + 2 = 6 marks]
Q287.2025 Main 66/1/1 · Q32(b)6 marks
Explain ‘Objectives’, ‘Rule’ and ‘Budget’ as types of plans.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/1/1
Objectives
Objectives are the ends, which the management seeks to achieve. They are usually set by top management of the organisation and focus on broad, general issues.
Objectives need to be expressed in specific terms i.e. they should be measurable in quantitative terms and are to be achieved within a given time period.
[2 marks]
Rule
Rule is a specific statement that informs what is to be done and not to be done. It does not allow for any flexibility or discretion.
It reflects a managerial decision that a certain action must or must not be taken.
[2 marks]
Budget
A budget is a statement of expected results expressed in numerical terms. It is a plan which quantifies future facts and figures.
Since budget represents all items in numbers, it becomes easier to compare actual figures with expected figures and take corrective action.
[2 marks]
(Or any other correct explanation)
[2 + 2 + 2 = 6 marks]
Q288.2025 Main 66/5/1 · Q31(a)6 marks
Explain any four points of importance of Planning' function of management.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/5/1
Importance of Planning: (any four with explanation)
Planning provides directions
Planning reduces the risks of uncertainty
Planning reduces overlapping and wasteful activities
Planning promotes innovative ideas
Planning facilitates decision making
Planning establishes standards for controlling
[½ mark for heading + 1 mark for explanation; 1½×4 = 6 marks]
(If an examinee has not given the headings as above but has given the correct explanation, full credit should be given)
Q289.2025 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q32(a)6 marks
Explain the following features of planning :
Planning is a mental exercise.
Planning is continuous.
Planning is futuristic.
Planning involves decision-making.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
Features of planning
(i) Planning is a mental exercise
Planning requires application of the mind involving foresight, intelligent imagination and sound judgment. It is basically an intellectual activity of thinking rather than doing, because planning determines the action to be taken.
(ii) Planning is continuous
Plans are prepared for a specific period of time, at the end of which, there is need for a new plan to be drawn on the basis of new requirements and future conditions. It means that a plan is framed, it is implemented, and is followed by another plan, and so on.
(iii) Planning is futuristic
Planning essentially involves looking ahead and preparing for the future. Planning is regarded as a forward looking function based on forecasting.
(iv) Planning involves decision-making
Planning essentially involves choice from among various alternatives and activities. If there is only one possible course of action, there is no need for planning because there is no choice.
[= 1½ x 4 = 6 marks]
Q290.2024 Main 66/1/1 · Q326 marks
Atul Sharma was the Chief Executive Officer of a footwear company, ‘Stepone Footwear’. The company manufactured innovative and comfortable footwear for all age groups. Atul Sharma was known for meticulous planning. He ensured that the goals and objectives of the company are clearly stated so that they act as a guide for deciding what action should be taken and in which direction. Before each season, ‘Stepone Footwear’ carefully analysed market trends, customer preferences and production schedules. This analysis enabled the company to look ahead and anticipate changes and develop managerial responses, wherever necessary. As a result, they were able to consistently deliver innovative and comfortable shoes to the market.
During one season, there was a sudden surge in demand for eco-friendly shoes. ‘Stepone Footwear’ had already planned their production for the year with specific goals to be achieved within a specific time frame. The managers of ‘Stepone Footwear’ did not have the flexibility to change the plan to cope with the changed circumstances. Another shoe company ‘Eco Step’ quickly adapted and started manufacturing comfortable eco-friendly shoes. By not being able to adjust to the rapidly changing market, ‘Stepone Footwear’ faced inventory surplus while ‘Eco Step’ emerged as a market leader in sustainable eco-friendly footwear.
Quoting lines from the above paragraph, identify and explain two benefits and two limitations of ‘Planning’ function of management discussed in the above case.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/1/1
Benefits of planning:
(i) Planning provides directions:
Planning provides direction for action by stating in advance how work is to be done.
“He ensured that the goals and objectives of the company are clearly stated so that they act as a guide for deciding what action should be taken and in which direction.”
(ii) Planning reduces the risks of uncertainty:
By deciding in advance the tasks to be performed, planning shows the way to deal with changes and uncertain events.
“This analysis enabled the company to look ahead and anticipate changes and develop managerial responses, wherever necessary”
Limitations of planning:
(i) Planning leads to rigidity:
In an organisation, a well defined plan is drawn up with specific goals to be achieved within a specific time frame, these plans then decide the future course of action and managers may not be in a position to change it.
“The managers of ‘Stepone Footwear’ did not have the flexibility to change the plan to cope with the changed circumstances.”
(ii) Planning may not work in a dynamic environment:
The organisation has to constantly adapt itself to changes taking place in the dynamic environment. However, planning cannot foresee everything and thus, there may be obstacles to effective planning.
“By not being able to adjust to the rapidly changing market, ‘Stepone Footwear’ faced inventory surplus while ‘Eco Step’ emerged as a market leader in sustainable eco-friendly footwear.”
[½ mark for identifying + ½ mark for explanation + ½ mark for quoting = 1½ marks for each benefit and limitation; 1½ × 4 = 6 marks]
Q291.2024 Main 66/2/1 · Q33(b)6 marks
Explain any four points of importance of ‘Planning’ function of management.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/2/1
Importance of Planning function of management: (Any four with explanation)
(i) Planning provides direction.
(ii) Planning reduces the risk of uncertainty.
(iii) Planning reduces overlapping and wasteful activities.
(iv) Planning promotes innovative ideas.
(v) Planning facilitates decision making.
(vi) Planning establishes standards for controlling
(If the examinee has not given the heading as above but has given the correct explanation, full credit should be given)
[½ mark for heading + 1 mark for explanation = 1½ × 4 = 6 marks]
Q292.2024 Main 66/4/1 · Q31(a)6 marks
Explain the following types of plans :
Strategy
Method
Budget
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(i) Strategy
It is a comprehensive plan for accomplishing an organisation objectives.
Taking business environment into consideration, it provides the broad contours of an organisation’s business and includes (i) determining long term objectives, (ii) adopting a particular course of action, and (iii) allocating resources necessary to achieve the objective
(ii) Method
Methods provide the prescribed ways or manner in which a task has to be performed considering the objective.
The Methods may vary from task to task.
(iii) Budget
A budget is a statement of expected results expressed in numerical terms.
It is a plan which quantifies future facts and figures.
[2 + 2 + 2 = 6 marks]
Q293.2024 Main 66/4/1 · Q31(b)6 marks
Explain the following limitations of planning function of management :
Planning may not work in a dynamic environment.
Planning leads to rigidity.
Planning is time consuming.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/4/1
Limitations of Planning:
(i) Planning may not work in a dynamic environment:
The business environment is dynamic and the organization has to constantly adapt itself to changes.
It becomes difficult to accurately assess future trends in the environment.
(ii) Planning leads to rigidity:
In an organisation, a well-defined plan is drawn up with specific goals to be achieved which the manager may not be in a position to change.
Managers need to be given some flexibility to be able to cope with the changed circumstances.
(iii) Planning is a time-consuming process:
Sometimes drawing plans take too much time.
There is not much time left for their implementation.
[2 + 2 + 2 = 6 marks]
Q294.2024 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q33(a)6 marks
Explain with the help of any four points why planning is important in an organization.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
Importance of planning (any four):
Provides direction
Reduces the risks of uncertainty
Reduces overlapping and wasteful activities
Promotes innovative ideas
Facilitates decision making
Establishes standards for controlling
(If an examinee has not given the headings but have given the point of importance , full credit should be given)
[½ mark for naming + 1 mark for explanation = 1½ × 4 = 6 marks]
Q295.2023 Main 66/1/1 · Q326 marks
‘Setting objectives is the first step in the process of one of the significant functions of management.’
Identify the function of management referred above.
State the next five steps of the process.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(a) Planning[1 mark]
(b) Next five steps of the process of planning:
Developing planning premises is the next step in the process of planning. Planning premises are the assumptions that serve as the base material upon which plans are to be drawn.
Identifying alternative courses of action which may be used to achieve the set objectives.
Evaluating alternative course of action involves evaluating the positive and negative aspects of each proposal in the light of the objective to be achieved.
Selecting the best alternative is the real point of decision making and involves selecting the best possible course of action.
Implementing the plan is the step where other managerial functions also come into the picture.
(If the examinee has listed the points only, ½ mark each to be awarded)
[1×5 = 5]
[1 + 5 = 6 marks]
Q296.2023 Main 66/2/1 · Q32(a)6 marks
‘Planning is important as it provides directions for action, reduces the risks of uncertainty and facilitates decision making.’ Explain.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/2/1
Provides direction – Planning ensures that the goals or objectives are clearly stated so that they act as a guide for deciding what action should be taken and in which direction. [2]
Reduces the risk of uncertainty – By deciding in advance the tasks to be performed, planning anticipates the changes and managerial responses to them can be developed, thereby, reducing the risk of uncertainty. [2]
Facilitates decision-making – Planning helps the manager to look into the future and make a choice from amongst various alternative courses of action by evaluating them. [2]
[= 6 marks]
Q297.2023 Main 66/2/1 · Q346 marks
The Government of India in its budget for the financial year of 2021-22 reiterated its support for Electric Vehicle sector. The Government launched several schemes and incentives to boost their demand as well as to motivate manufacturers to invest in the same. Inspired by these incentives and concerned about the environmental impact of gas and diesel-powered engines, Nitin Kothari has set up an electric car manufacturing unit at Bhilwara. He set a target of earning Return On Investment of 10% in the first year itself and forecasted that the demand for electric cars will increase by 20 million in the next few years.
The above case highlights the first two steps of the process of one of the important functions of management.
Identify the function of management discussed above.
State the remaining steps required to complete the above process.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(a) Planning[1 mark for identification]
(b) Remaining steps required to complete Planning process:
Identifying alternative courses of action which may be used to achieve the set objectives.
Evaluating alternative courses of action involves evaluating the positive and negative aspects of each proposal in the light of the objective to be achieved.
Selecting the best alternative is the real point of decision making and involves selecting the best possible course of action.
Implementing the plan is the step where other managerial functions also come into the picture.
Follow-up action involves monitoring whether plans are being implemented and activities are performed according to schedule.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded.)
[1 mark for each step; = 1 + 5 = 6 marks]
Q298.2023 Main 66/3/1 · Q346 marks
‘Diamond Logistics Company’ had a turnover of ₹25 lakh during the year ended 31st March, 2022. In a board meeting held on 15th April, 2022, it was decided to achieve a turnover of ₹45 lakh for the next year. To accomplish this objective after taking into consideration the business environment, a comprehensive plan was drawn. The Chief Executive Officer (CEO) of the company also released a plan that would not only guide the thinking of the managers and their decision-making but also channelise their energies towards achievement of this target.
Identify and explain the three types of plans discussed in the above para.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/3/1
Types of Plans:
Objective
Strategy
Policy
[½ mark for identification + 1½ mark for its explanation = 2 × 3 = 6 marks]
Q299.2023 Main 66/4/1 · Q336 marks
Identify and explain the type of plans in the following cases:
‘Ananta Travel and Tourism Pvt. Ltd.’ is providing tourism and hospitality services to its customers. To achieve its objectives the company prepares a comprehensive plan taking into consideration the business environment.
Amit is Chief Executive Officer of ‘Mannat Raj Industries’. He developed the broad parameters within which the managers may function. By doing so he tried to provide a base for interpreting strategy which was stated in general terms.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(a) The type of plan is Strategy.
Any two:
A strategy is a comprehensive plan for accomplishing an organisation’s objectives taking business environment into consideration.
It provides the broad contours of an organisation’s business. It refers to future decisions defining the organisations direction and scope in the long run.
Strategy as a comprehensive plan includes three dimensions, (i) determining long term objectives, (ii) adopting a particular course of action, and (iii) allocating resources necessary to achieve the objective.
(b) The type of plan is Policy.
Any two:
Policies are general statements that guide thinking or channelise energies towards a particular direction.
Policies define the broad parameters within which a manager may function.
A manager may use his discretion to interpret and apply a policy.
(Or any other correct explanation)
[1 mark for identifying the plan + 2 marks for its explanation = 1 + 2 = 3 marks; = 3 + 3 = 6 marks]
Q300.2023 Main 66/5/1 · Q32(a)6 marks
Explain ‘Objectives’ and ‘Budget’ as type of plans.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/5/1
Objectives
An objective is the end which the management seeks to achieve.
An objective needs to be expressed in specific/ quantitative terms and is to be achieved within a given time period.
It is set by the top management and focuses on broad general issues.
[3 marks]
Budget
A budget is plan which states expected results of a given future period in numerical terms. It may be expressed in time, money or physical units.
It is an instrument of both planning and control.
It comes under planning as making a budget involves forecasting. It is also a control device as actual figures can be compared with expected figures and deviations taken care of.
[3 marks]
(Or any other correct explanation)
[= 6 marks]
Q301.2023 Main 66/5/1 · Q32(b)6 marks
Explain the following as limitations of planning:
Planning leads to rigidity.
Planning may not work in a dynamic environment.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/5/1
Planning leads to rigidity
Plan is drawn with specific targets within a specific time frame
Once the plans are drawn, the managers may not be in a position to change them
Following a pre-decided plan, when circumstances have changed, may not turn out to be in the organisation’s interest
[3 marks]
Planning may not work in a dynamic environment
The business environment is dynamic. The organization has to constantly adapt itself to changes in environment by making changes in its plans.
It becomes difficult to accurately assess future trends in the environment if economic policies are modified or political conditions in the country are not stable or there is a natural calamity etc.
Planning cannot foresee everything and, thus, there may be obstacles to effective planning.
[3 marks]
[= 6 marks]
Q302.SQP 2026-27 · Q34(a)6 marks
Explain a) Procedure b) Strategy c) Rule as types of plans
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2026-27 · Marking Scheme
a) Procedure- Procedures are routine steps on how to carry out activities. They detail the exact manner in which any work is to be performed. They are specified in a chronological order. Procedures are specified steps to be followed in particular circumstances. They are generally meant for insiders to follow. The sequence of steps or actions to be taken are generally to enforce a policy and to attain pre- determined objectives. Policies and procedures are interlinked with each other.
b) Strategy- A strategy provides the broad contours of an organisation’s business. It will also refer to future decisions defining the organisation's direction and scope in the long run. Thus, we can say a strategy is a comprehensive plan.for accomplishing an organisation objectives. This comprehensive plan will include three dimensions, (i) determining long term objectives, (ii) adopting a particular course of action, and (iii) allocating resources necessary to achieve the objective. Whenever a strategy is formulated, the business environment needs to be taken into consideration
c) Rule- Rules are specific statements that inform what is to be done. They do not allow for any flexibility or discretion. It reflects a managerial decision that a certain action must or must not be taken. They are usually the simplest type of plans because there is no compromise or change unless a policy decision is taken.
[2 × 3 = 6 marks (½ mark for each heading and 1½ mark for explanation)]
Q303.SQP 2026-27 · Q34(b)6 marks
Explain the following benefits of planning:
Planning facilitates decision making
Planning reduces the risk of uncertainty
Planning establishes standards of controlling
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2026-27 · Marking Scheme
a) Planning facilitates decision making- Planning helps the manager to look into the future and make a choice from amongst various alternative courses of action. The manager has to evaluate each alternative and select the most viable proposition. Planning involves setting targets and predicting future conditions, thus helping in taking rational decisions.
b) Planning reduces the risk of uncertainty- Planning is an activity which enables a manager to look ahead and anticipate changes. By deciding in advance the tasks to be performed, planning shows the way to deal with changes and uncertain events. Changes or events cannot be eliminated but they can be anticipated and managerial responses to them can be developed.
c) Planning establishes standards of controlling- Planning involves setting of goals. Planning provides the goals or standards against which actual performance is measured. By comparing actual performance with some standard, managers can know whether they have actually been able to attain the goals. The nature of corrective action required depends upon the extent of deviations from the standard. Therefore, planning provides the basis of control.
[2 × 3 = 6 marks (½ mark for each heading and 1½ mark for explanation)]
Part A · Principles and Functions of Management
5. Organising
Q304.2026 Main 66/1/1 · Q141 mark
Organising is the process that initiates implementation of plans by clarifying jobs and working relationships and effectively deploying resources for attainment of identified and desired results.
Organising process thus involves a series of steps that need to be taken in order to achieve the desired goal.
Arrange the steps of the process of organizing in the correct order :
Identification and Division of work, Assignment of duties, Departmentalisation, Establishing authority and reporting relationships
Identification and Division of work, Assignment of duties, Establishing authority and reporting relationships, Departmentalisation
Departmentalisation, Identification and Division of work, Establishing authority and reporting relationships, Assignment of duties
Identification and Division of work, Departmentalisation, Assignment of duties, Establishing authority and reporting relationship
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(D) Identification and Division of work, Departmentalisation, Assignment of duties, Establishing authority and reporting relationship [1 mark]
Q305.2026 Main 66/3/1 · Q61 mark
Which of the following is not an advantage of divisional structure of an organisation ?
It helps in development of varied skills in the divisional head which prepares him for higher positions.
It promotes flexibility and initiative, because each division functions as an autonomous unit, leading to faster decision making.
It facilitates expansion and growth as new divisions can be added without interrupting the existing operations.
It leads to minimal duplication of effort which results in economies of scale and lowers cost.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(D) It leads to minimal duplication of effort which results in economies of scale and lowers cost. [1 mark]
Q306.2026 Main 66/3/1 · Q131 mark
Match the step of the process of organising given in Column-I with its explanation given in Column-II :
Column-I
Column-II
1. Departmentalisation
(i) Each individual is told who he has to take orders from and to whom he is accountable
2. Establishing authority and reporting relationships
(ii) The work is divided into manageable activities so that duplication can be avoided and burden of work can be shared among the employees
3. Identification and division of work
(iii) Work of different job positions is defined and work allocated to various employees in accordance with their skills and competencies
4. Assignment of duties
(iv) Activities of a similar nature are grouped together, which facilitates specialization
Choose the correct option from the following :
1-(i), 2-(ii), 3-(iii), 4-(iv)
1-(iv), 2-(i), 3-(ii), 4-(iii)
1-(iv), 2-(i), 3-(iii), 4-(ii)
1-(ii), 2-(iii), 3-(i), 4-(iv)
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(B) 1-(iv), 2-(i), 3-(ii), 4-(iii) [1 mark]
Q307.2026 Main 66/4/1 · Q21 mark
Sharad was the Operations Manager at ‘Nova Ltd.’ He assigned the task of completing an urgent order to Anita, the Production Supervisor. She was given the authority to plan the work and meet the deadline. Anita further assigned the work to Rohit, a machine operator and asked him to finish it by the end of the day. Rohit did not complete the task on time, due to which the company failed to deliver the order. Who is accountable to Sharad for non-completion of the work ?
Rohit
Anita
Both Rohit and Anita
Sharad himself
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(B) Anita
[1 mark]
Q308.2026 Main 66/4/1 · Q111 mark
_____________ is the framework within which the managerial and operating tasks are performed.
Organising
Organisational structure
Delegation
Decentralisation
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(B) Organisational structure
[1 mark]
Q309.2026 Main 66/4/1 · Q131 mark
Choose the statement that correctly highlights the advantage of Divisional Structure :
It facilitates expansion and growth, as new divisions can be added without interrupting the existing operations.
It helps in increasing managerial and operational efficiency, resulting in increased profit.
It makes training of employees easier, as the focus is on a limited range of skills.
It promotes control and coordination within a department because of similarity in the tasks being performed.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(A) It facilitates expansion and growth, as new divisions can be added without interrupting the existing operations.
[1 mark]
Q310.2026 Main 66/5/1 · Q101 mark
‘Deccan Motors Ltd.’ is a renowned name in the automobile sector in India. It deals in both commercial vehicles like bus, truck and lorries, as well as passenger vehicles like cars, scooters, etc. It presently has a functional organisational structure. The Board of Directors have now decided to shift to divisional structure, with separate divisions for commercial vehicles and passenger vehicles.
Identify the benefit the company will get as a result of shifting to divisional structure:
It will promote flexibility and initiative because each division will function as an autonomous unit.
It will lead to minimal duplication of effort, which will result in economies of scale.
It will make training of employees easier as the focus will be on limited range of skills.
It will lead to occupational specialisation since emphasis will be placed on specific functions.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(A) It will promote flexibility and initiative because each division will function as an autonomous unit.
[1 mark]
Q311.2026 Main 66/5/1 · Q111 mark
Obligation of a subordinate to properly perform the assigned duty is known as ___________.
Delegation
Accountability
Responsibility
Authority
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(C) Responsibility
[1 mark]
Q312.2026 Supp. 66/7/1 · Q21 mark
Read the following statements carefully:
Statement I: A formal organisation emerges spontaneously from within the informal organisation.
Statement II: In an informal organisation, unity of command is maintained through an established chain of command.
Choose the correct option from the following:
Statement I is true and Statement II is false.
Statement I is false and Statement II is true.
Both Statement I and Statement II are true.
Both Statement I and Statement II are false.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/7/1
(D) Both Statement I and Statement II are false.
[1 mark]
Q313.2026 Supp. 66/7/1 · Q131 mark
Ajit planned to open a Coffee Café within a couple of months. After the plans were finalised, he divided the work to be done into manageable activities such as purchasing raw materials, food preparation, billing, customer service, cleaning, home delivery, etc. This was done to avoid duplication and to share the burden of work among the employees.
The step of the organising process performed by Ajit is:
Departmentalisation
Assignment of duties
Identification and division of work
Establishing authority and reporting relationships
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/7/1
(C) Identification and division of work
[1 mark]
Q314.2025 Main 66/1/1 · Q111 mark
In an informal organisation, authority arises out of _____.
Virtue of position in management
Company’s rules and policies
Scalar chain
Personal qualities
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(D) Personal qualities [1 mark]
Q315.2025 Main 66/1/1 · Q151 mark
Organising provides a clear description of jobs and related duties. This helps to avoid confusion and duplication.
The point of importance of organizing described above is:
Adaptation to change
Effective administration
Development of personnel
Expansion and growth
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(B) Effective administration [1 mark]
Q316.2025 Main 66/2/1 · Q91 mark
‘The process of organizing allows a business enterprise to accommodate changes in the business environment. It allows the organization structure to be suitably modified to pave the way for a smooth transition.’
The point of importance of organizing function of management highlighted in the above lines is:
Benefits of specialization
Clarity in working relationships
Optimum utilization of resources
Adaptation to change
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(D) Adaptation to change [1 mark]
Q317.2025 Main 66/2/1 · Q121 mark
‘The right of an individual to command his subordinates and to take action within the scope of his position’ is called:
Decentralization
Authority
Responsibility
Accountability
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(B) Authority [1 mark]
Q318.2025 Main 66/4/1 · Q121 mark
Read the following statements: Assertion (A) and Reason (R).
Assertion (A): Authority flows downwards from superior to subordinate.
Reason (R): Authority is the right of an individual to command the subordinates and to take action within the scope of his position.
Choose the correct alternative from the options given below:
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true, but Reason (R) is not the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
Assertion (A) is true, but Reason (R) is false.
Assertion (A) is false, but Reason (R) is true.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(A) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
Q319.2025 Main 66/4/1 · Q141 mark
Menon, a worker in 'Superior Toys Company' was given a task by his superior to produce 100 toys in a week. Menon delegated this task to his subordinates, Rohan and Farhan. Farhan met with an accident and was hospitalised. Rohan could not complete this task even after working more hours than allotted. Who is answerable to Menon's superior for this task?
Farhan
Menon
Both Menon and Rohan
Both Rohan and Farhan
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(B) Menon
Q320.2025 Main 66/5/1 · Q41 mark
Read the following statements carefully:
Statement I: Organising is the process of defining and grouping the activities of the enterprise and establishing authority relationships among them.
Statement II: Process of organising involves a series of steps that need to be taken in order to achieve the desired goals.
In the light of the above statements, choose the correct alternative from the options given below:
Both Statement I and Statement II are true.
Both Statement I and Statement II are false.
Statement I is true and Statement II is false.
Statement I is false and Statement II is true.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(A) Both Statement I and Statement II are true.
Q321.2025 Main 66/5/1 · Q161 mark
‘ABC Ltd.’, a large multinational company had approximately 1000 employees in each of its departments. The company had five departments. In this organisation, leave applications of the employees had to be approved by the departmental heads. This approval is delayed due to large number of leave applications in each department. This led to a lot of dissatisfaction amongst the employees. To resolve this problem, the Chief Executive Officer of the organisation called a meeting of all departmental heads. It was decided to assign the approval of leave applications up to 10 days to the managers at all levels. It was also decided that it will be assigned till the lowest level throughout the organisation. Since the decision-making authority was shared with lower levels and placed nearest to the point of action, they could approve or deny leave applications without requiring higher level approval. After the policy change, employees at all levels noticed an improvement in the sanctioning of leave applications.
The concept of management which led to an improvement in the speed and flexibility of leave approval is:
Organising
Delegation
Decentralisation
Authority
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(C) Decentralisation
Q322.2025 Main 66/6/1 · Q31 mark
Match the steps of organising process given in Column I with their explanation given in Column II.
Column I
Column II
1. Identification and division of work
(i) Establish clear relationships to create a hierarchical structure and facilitate co-ordination among various departments.
2. Departmentalisation
(ii) Divide the work into small and manageable activities so that activities similar in nature are grouped together.
3. Assignment of duties
(iii) As per previously drawn plans, identify the work and divide in such a way so that duplication can be avoided and burden of work can be shared among the employees.
4. Establishing authority and reporting relationships
(iv) Define the work of different job positions and accordingly allocate work to various employees.
Choose the correct option from the following:
1-(iii), 2-(ii), 3-(i), 4-(iv)
1-(i), 2-(ii), 3-(iii), 4-(iv)
1-(iii), 2-(ii), 3-(iv), 4-(i)
1-(iv), 2-(i), 3-(ii), 4-(iii)
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/6/1
(C) 1-(iii), 2-(ii), 3-(iv), 4-(i)
Q323.2025 Main 66/7/1 · Q51 mark
'Apex Shoes', a popular footwear brand had grown rapidly over the years. It decided to open its own retail outlets across major cities. To ensure smooth operations, the retail outlets were managed by store managers who were responsible for day-to-day operations like inventory management, customer service and sales targets etc. However, for key decisions such as offering discounts or processing refunds etc., managers had to seek approval from corporate headquarters.
Quite often, customers would ask for a discount or want to return the shoes and get a refund. The store managers did not have the authority to approve this. They had to call the head office for approval, which caused a delay. These delays affected both customer satisfaction and footwear sales.
Realizing the need for faster decisions, the Chief Executive Officer of the company, Atul, decided to selectively disperse the authority to the store managers to approve discounts, returns and other customer-related decisions. He believed that store managers could assume responsibility for effective implementation of their decisions. This led to faster service, satisfied customers and an increase in sales.
The concept used by Atul to improve customer satisfaction and store performance was:
Responsibility
Authority
Delegation
Decentralisation
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/7/1
(D) Decentralisation
Q324.2025 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q21 mark
Read the following statements : Assertion (A) and Reason (R).
Assertion (A) : Informal organisation has a definite structure or form.
Reason (R) : Informal organisation is a complex network of social relationships among members.
Choose the correct alternative from the options given below :
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true, but Reason (R) is not the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
Assertion (A) is true, but Reason (R) is false.
Assertion (A) is false, but Reason (R) is true.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
(D) Assertion (A) is false, but Reason (R) is true. [1 mark]
Q325.2025 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q81 mark
Organising involves a series of steps that need to be taken in order to achieve the desired goal.
Identify the correct sequence of steps of organising function of management from the following :
Departmentalisation, Identification and Division of work, Assignment of duties, Establishing reporting relationships.
Departmentalisation, Assignment of duties, Identification and Division of work, Establishing reporting relationships.
Identification and Division of work, Departmentalisation, Assignment of duties, Establishing reporting relationships.
Identification and Division of work, Departmentalisation, Establishing reporting relationships, Assignment of duties.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
(C) Identification and division of work, Departmentalisation, Assignment of duties, Establishing reporting relationship. [1 mark]
Q326.2025 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q161 mark
From the following, identify the incorrect statement with respect to ‘Delegation’ :
Delegation is a compulsory act because no individual can perform all tasks on his own.
It has a narrow scope as it is limited to the superior and his immediate subordinate.
It is a process followed to share tasks.
It increases the role of the subordinates in the organisation by giving them more autonomy.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
(D) It increases the role of the subordinates in the organisation by giving them more autonomy. [1 mark]
Q327.2024 Main 66/1/1 · Q31 mark
Statement I : Delegation is the entrustment of responsibility and authority to another, and the creation of accountability for performance.
Statement II : Irrespective of the extent of delegated authority, the manager shall still be accountable to the same extent as before delegation.
Choose the correct option from the following :
Statement I is true and Statement II is false.
Statement II is true and Statement I is false.
Both the Statements are true.
Both the Statements are false.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(C) Both the Statements are true.
[1 mark]
Q328.2024 Main 66/1/1 · Q121 mark
Online retailer ‘Bizen’ has grown to be the biggest provider worldwide in the field of e-commerce. Its revenues are growing steadily year after year. It owes its success to the rapid rate of digitisation and its organisational structure. ‘Bizen’s Managing Director, Mohit makes strategic decisions and has control over the entire organisation. In ‘Bizen’, jobs of similar nature are grouped together into Human Resource Department, Marketing Department, Purchase Department and Research and Development Department. These departments are further divided into sections and all departmental heads report to Mohit who is the co-ordinating head. This ensures efficiency in the utilization of manpower and minimizes duplication of efforts. The type of organizational structure of ‘Bizen’ is :
Informal organisational structure
Divisional organisational structure
Functional organisational structure
Both (B) and (C)
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(C) Functional organisational structure
[1 mark]
Q329.2024 Main 66/2/1 · Q81 mark
Read the following statements : Assertion (A) and Reason (R). Choose the correct alternative from those given below :
Assertion (A) : Decentralization is an optional policy decision.
Reason (R) : It is done at the discretion of the top management.
Alternatives :
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true, but Reason (R) is not the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
Assertion (A) is true, but Reason (R) is false.
Assertion (A) is false, but Reason (R) is true.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(A) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
[1 mark]
Q330.2024 Main 66/2/1 · Q91 mark
Sushant was an able Project Manager at ‘Keiro Ltd.’ Sushant’s Head, Naveen handed over a new project to Sushant. Sushant already had enough work in hand. So, Sushant decided to divide the work assigned to him, among three of his subordinates. He himself kept that part of the work which he himself could perform effectively and got his subordinates to help him with what remained. The project got completed well in time because of this.
The concept of management used by Sushant to complete the project was :
Delegation
Decentralization
Accountability
Authority
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(A) Delegation
[1 mark]
Q331.2024 Main 66/2/1 · Q141 mark
Sunita opened her travel agency named ‘Sunita Travels’ in July, 2023. She created separate departments for reservations, hotel bookings, online queries and payment handling. Which organisation structure is used by Sunita :
Functional structure
Divisional structure
Informal structure
Vertical structure
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(A) Functional structure
[1 mark]
Q332.2024 Main 66/4/1 · Q31 mark
‘Merely allocating work is not enough. Each individual should also know who he has to take orders from and to whom he is accountable’.
The above statement is related to one of the steps of organising process. Identify the step from the following :
Identification and division of work
Departmentalisation
Assignment of duties
Establishing authority and reporting relationship
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(D) Establishing authority and reporting relationship
[1 mark]
Q333.2024 Main 66/4/1 · Q81 mark
Which of the following is an advantage of Informal organisation ?
It provides stability to the organisation because behaviour of employees can be fairly predicted since there are specific rules to guide them.
It leads to effective accomplishment of goals by providing a framework for the operations to be performed.
It enhances the employee’s job satisfaction since it gives them a sense of belongingness in the organisation and allows them to find like minded people.
It helps in avoiding duplication of efforts as there is no ambiguity in the role that each member has to play.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(C) It enhances the employee’s job satisfaction since it gives them a sense of belongingness in the organisation and allows them to find like minded people.
[1 mark]
Q334.2024 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q31 mark
Which of the following options denotes the correct sequence of steps in the process of ‘Organizing’ function of management ?
Departmentalisation → Identification and division of work → Establishing authority and reporting relationships → Assignment of duties
Departmentalisation → Identification and division of work → Assignment of duties → Establishing authority and reporting relationships
Identification and division of work → Establishing authority and reporting relationships → Assignment of duties → Departmentalisation
Identification and division of work → Departmentalisation → Assignment of duties → Establishing authority and reporting relationships
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
(D) Identification and division of work → Departmentalisation → Assignment of duties → Establishing authority and reporting relationships [1 mark]
Q335.2023 Main 66/1/1 · Q31 mark
____________ refers to retention of decision-making authority by higher management levels.
Decentralisation
Departmentalisation
Span of Control
Centralisation
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(D) Centralisation
[1 mark]
Q336.2023 Main 66/1/1 · Q81 mark
The process of defining and grouping the activities of the enterprise and establishing authority relationship among them is:
Directing
Staffing
Management
Organising
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(D) Organising
[1 mark]
Q337.2023 Main 66/2/1 · Q31 mark
[Diagram: an organisation chart. Managing Director at the top; below him four units — Cosmetics, Garments, Footwear, Skin care. Under Garments are four departments — Human Resources, Marketing, Research and Development, Purchasing.]
Identify the type of organization structure depicted in the above diagram:
Divisional structure
Functional structure
Informal structure
Both Informal and Functional structure
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(A) Divisional structure
[1 mark]
Q338.2023 Main 66/2/1 · Q111 mark
‘An organization structure is deliberately designed by the top management to facilitate smooth functioning of the organisation’.
Which of the following is not a feature of such a structure?
It clarifies who has to report to whom.
There is systematic coordination among the various activities to achieve organisational goals.
The standards of behaviour evolve from group norms rather than officially laid down rules and regulations.
It places more emphasis on work to be performed than interpersonal relationships among the employees.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(C) The standards of behaviour evolve from group norms rather than officially laid down rules and regulations.
[1 mark]
Q339.2023 Main 66/3/1 · Q31 mark
‘Compro Solutions’ offers IT services to clients across the country. During Covid-19, to accommodate changes taking place in the business environment, it suitably modified its organisation structure in a way that work from home became the new way of working for all employees bringing cost benefits and flexibility in the organisation. The point of importance of organising discussed above is:
Benefits of specialisation
Adaptation to change
Development of personnel
Clarity in working relationships
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(B) Adaptation to change
Q340.2023 Main 66/3/1 · Q111 mark
The process that initiates implementation of plans by clarifying jobs and working relationships and effectively deploying resources for attainment of identified and desired results is known as:
Organising
Controlling
Staffing
Planning
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(A) Organising
Q341.2023 Main 66/4/1 · Q41 mark
Resident Welfare Association (RWA) of Noida, Sector 15 decided to organise Diwali mela on the eve of Diwali. They listed all the activities to be done, grouped them as per their nature and assigned the activities/duties to different people of their association. After completion of the mela they found that it was not a success. While analysing the reasons the President of RWA found that mere allocation of work was not enough in the organisation. He found that an important step in the organising process was missing.
Identify the step from the following:
Assignment of duties
Establishing authority and reporting relationships
Identification and division of work
Departmentalisation
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(B) Establishing authority and reporting relationships.
Q342.2023 Main 66/5/1 · Q51 mark
The obligation of a subordinate to properly perform the assigned duty is called:
Authority
Responsibility
Accountability
Decentralisation
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(B) Responsibility
Q343.2023 Supp. 66/C/1 · Q61 mark
In organising process, which of the following step is performed just before establishing reporting relationship between individuals?
Assignment of duties
Identification and division of work
Departmentalization
Imparting training to employees
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/C/1
(A) Assignment of duties
Q344.2023 Supp. 66/C/1 · Q141 mark
Which of the following is not a disadvantage of functional structure of organisation?
Less emphasis on overall enterprise objectives than the objectives pursued by a functional head.
A conflict of interests may arise when the interests of two or more departments are not compatible.
May lead to increase in costs since there may be duplication of activities across products.
It may lead to problems in coordination as information has to be exchanged across functionally differentiated departments.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/C/1
(C) May lead to increase in costs since there may be duplication of activities across products.
Q345.SQP 2026-27 · Q31 mark
Raja is the Managing Director of Shraddha Ltd., a firm manufacturing Environment Friendly products. As the firm grows in size he has decided to pay attention to the organisation structure. Which of the following organization structures should he choose in order to make managerial development easier, by providing autonomy and the chance to perform multiple functions?
Functional Structure
Span of management
Divisional Structure
Informal organisation
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2026-27 · Marking Scheme
(C) Divisional Structure
[1 mark]
Q346.2026 Main 66/1/1 · Q223 marks
‘Soal Footwear Ltd.’ is known for its high quality athletic shoes and casual sneakers. With increasing competition and changing consumer preferences, it decided to diversify its product range by adding clothing, bags and accessories under the same brand umbrella. This diversification aimed to capture a larger share of the market and increase customer loyalty.
Suggest with reason which type of organisational structure will be suitable for ‘Soal Footwear Ltd.’
State any two advantages of the organisational structure suggested in (i) above.
(1+2)
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(i) Divisional structure[½ mark]
Reason: Divisional structure is suitable where a large variety of products are manufactured / the company has decided to diversify its product range. [½ mark]
(ii) Advantages of Divisional structure (any TWO)[1 x 2 = 2 marks]
Product specialisation helps in the development of varied skills in a divisional head and thus prepares him for higher positions.
Divisional heads are accountable for profits as revenues and costs related to different departments can be easily identified and assigned to them.
It promotes flexibility and initiative because each division functions as an autonomous unit which leads to faster decision making.
It facilitates expansion and growth as new divisions can be added without interrupting the existing operations by merely adding another divisional head and staff for the new product line.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
[(1 + 2 = 3 marks)]
Q347.2026 Main 66/4/1 · Q22(a)3 marks
State any three points of difference between Formal organisation and Informal organisation.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/4/1
Difference between Formal organisation and Informal organisation (Any THREE):
Basis
Formal organisation
Informal organisation
Meaning
Formal organisation refers to structure of authority relationships created by the management
Informal organisation refers to network of social relationships arising out of interaction among employees
Origin
It arises as a result of company rules and policies
It arises as a result of social interaction
Authority
It arises by virtue of position in management
It arises out of personal qualities
Behaviour
It is directed by rules
There is no set behaviour pattern
Flow of Communication
Communication takes place through the scalar chain
Flow of communication is not through a planned route. It can take place in any direction
Nature
Formal organisation is rigid
Informal organisation is flexible
Leadership
Managers are leaders.
Leaders may or may not be managers. They are chosen by the group.
[1 × 3 = 3 marks]
Q348.2026 Main 66/4/1 · Q22(b)3 marks
State any three points of difference between Divisional structure and Functional structure of an organisation.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/4/1
Difference between Divisional structure and Functional structure of an organisation (Any THREE):
Basis
Divisional Structure
Functional Structure
Formation
Formation of divisional structure is based on product lines and is supported by functions.
Formation of functional structure is based on functions.
Specialisation
There is product specialisation.
There is functional specialisation.
Responsibility
It is easy to fix responsibility for performance.
It is difficult to fix responsibility on a department.
Managerial Development
Managerial development is easier, because autonomy as well as the chance to perform multiple functions helps in managerial development.
Managerial development is difficult, as each functional manager has to report to the top management.
Cost
There is duplication of resources in various departments, hence it is costly.
Functions are not duplicated hence it is economical.
Coordination
Coordination is easy, because all functions related to a particular product are integrated in one department.
Coordination is difficult for a multi- product company.
[1 × 3 = 3 marks]
Q349.2026 Supp. 66/7/1 · Q223 marks
CD Mart was a growing retail chain in India, operating multiple stores across five cities. It decided to expand its operations further. As the business grew, it became difficult for the senior manager to devote time on important policy decisions. Since that was critical, the Chief Executive Officer, Meera, adopted the policy of selective dispersal of authority in store operations as she believed that the employees were competent, capable and resourceful and could assume responsibility for effective implementation of their decisions. This reduced the need for direct supervision exercised by a superior, giving the top management more time to focus on important policy decisions. This also allowed subordinates to handle assignments independently. The management was thus able to develop a reservoir of qualified manpower, who would be considered to fill up more challenging positions.
Identify and state the concept of management which was adopted by Meera, the Chief Executive Officer of CD Mart, in the above case.
Also explain two points of importance of the concept identified in (a) above.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/7/1
(a) Decentralisation
Decentralisation refers to delegation of authority throughout all the levels of the organisation so that decision making authority is shared with lower levels, and consequently, placed nearest to the points of action.
[½ mark for identifying + ½ mark for stating the concept]
(b) Importance of Decentralisation: (Any Two)
(i) Develops initiative among subordinates: Decentralisation helps to promote self-reliance and confidence amongst the subordinates. When lower managerial levels are given freedom to take their own decisions, they learn to depend on their own judgment.
(ii) Develops managerial talent for the future: Decentralisation gives subordinates a chance to prove their abilities and creates a reservoir of qualified manpower who can be considered to fill up more challenging positions through promotions.
(iii) Quick decision making: In a decentralized organisation, since the decisions are taken at levels which are nearest to the points of action, there is no requirement for approval from many levels, thus, making the decision- making process fast.
(iv) Relief to top management: Decentralisation diminishes the amount of direct supervision exercised by a superior over the activities of a subordinate It leaves the top management with more time which they can devote to important policy decisions.
(v) Facilitates growth: Decentralisation awards greater autonomy to the lower levels of management Consequently, with each department doing its best in a bid to outdo the other, the productivity levels increase and the organisation is able to generate more returns which can be used for expansion purposes.
(vi) Better control: Decentralisation makes it possible to evaluate the performance at each level and hold the departments individually accountable for their results. Feedback from all levels helps to analyse variances and improve operations.
[½ mark for naming + ½ mark for explanation = 1 × 2; total = 3 marks]
Q350.2026 Supp. 66/7/1 · Q24(a)3 marks
Distinguish between ‘Delegation’ and ‘Decentralisation’ of the basis of the following:
Nature
Freedom of action
Status
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/7/1
Distinction between ‘Delegation’ and ‘Decentralisation’
Basis
Delegation
Decentralisation
(i) Nature
Delegation is compulsory act because no individual can perform all tasks on his own.
Decentralisation is an optional policy decision. It is done at the discretion of the top management.
(ii) Freedom of action
Delegation involves more control by superiors, hence, less freedom to take own decisions.
Decentralization involves less control over executives, hence, greater freedom of action.
(iii) Status
It is a process followed to share tasks.
It is the result of the policy decision of the top management.
[1 × 3 = 3 marks]
Q351.2026 Supp. 66/7/1 · Q24(b)3 marks
Distinguish between ‘Formal organization’ and ‘Informal organization’ on the basis of the following:
Origin
Nature
Meaning
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/7/1
Distinction between ‘Formal Organisation’ and ‘Informal Organisation’
Basis
Formal Organisation
Informal Organisation
(i) Origin
Formal organisation arises as a result of company rules and policies.
Informal organisation arises as a result of social interaction.
(ii) Nature
It is rigid.
It is flexible.
(iii) Meaning
It is the structure of authority relationships created by the management.
It is the network of social relationships arising out of interaction among employees.
[1 × 3 = 3 marks]
Q352.2025 Main 66/6/1 · Q243 marks
‘Verso Cars’ opened their new car showroom in Kainvad. They appointed Tarun as a General Manager for managing their operations. He was responsible for meeting sales targets, keeping a check on inventory, building customer relations, ensuring compliance with regulations, etc. However, the high volume of work made it impractical for him to handle it all by himself. To meet the company's goals, and to ensure that all work is accomplished, he appointed Nikhil as a Sales Manager. Nikhil was given the authority to take decisions inherent is his managerial position and to tell people what to do and expect them to do it. He not only had to ensure that sales targets are met but was also to guide sales representatives and had to report directly to Tarun. As a result, Tarun was able to concentrate on more important matters and ensure that all work is accomplished.
Identify the concept followed by Tarun which helped him in achieving the company's goals.
Explain any two points of importance of the concept identified in (a) above.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/6/1
(a) Delegation [1 mark]
(b) Importance of Delegtion: (Any two with explanation)
Effective management
Employee development
Motivation of employees
Facilitation of growth
Basis of management hierarchy
Better coordination
[½ mark for heading + ½ mark for explanation; 1×2 = 2 marks] = 3 marks
(If an examinee has not given the headings as above but has given the correct explanation, full credit should be given)
Q353.2025 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q213 marks
‘Chaman Pharmaceuticals Ltd.’ is a company providing medicines all over the country. After establishing itself and making a name in the field of medicines, it decided to enter into the field of medical devices, baby care products and nutritional supplements. Each product category had a different head accountable for profits, revenues and costs. In case of poor performance of their product, the heads were held responsible. But as the heads of different product categories were different, conflict could arise among different heads with reference to allocation of funds. Also providing a separate set of similar functional heads for each product category increased expenditure.
Identify and explain the type of organisation structure ‘Chaman Pharmaceuticals Ltd.’ had followed after entering into the field of medical devices, baby care products and nutritional supplements.
Also state any one advantage and any one disadvantage of the organizational structure discussed in the above para by quoting lines.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
(i) Divisional Structure[½ mark for identifying + ½ mark for explanation]
Meaning: Divisional structure is an organisational structure which comprises of separate business units or divisions. Each unit has a divisional manager responsible for performance and who has authority over the unit.
(ii) Advantage of Divisional structure[½ mark for stating the correct advantage + ½ mark for quoting the line]
It helps in fixation of responsibility as divisional heads are accountable for profits, as revenues and costs related to different departments can be easily identified and assigned to them. “Each product category had a different head accountable for profits, revenue and costs.”
Disadvantages of Divisional Structure (any one)[½ mark for stating the correct disadvantage + ½ mark for quoting the line]
Conflicts may arise among different divisions with reference to allocation of funds. “But as the heads of different product categories were different, conflict could arise among different heads with reference to allocation of funds”
It may increase the cost of operations since there may be duplication of activities across products. “Also providing a separate set of similar functional heads for each product category increased expenditure.”
[= 1+1+1 = 3 marks]
Q354.SQP 2025-26 · Q21(a)3 marks
State any three points of significance of decentralization.
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2025-26 · Marking Scheme
(i) Develops initiative among subordinates: Decentralisation Helps to promote self-reliance and confidence amongst the subordinates. This is because when lower managerial levels are given freedom to make their own decisions they learn to depend on their own judgement.
(ii) Develops managerial talent for the future: Decentralisation gives them a chance to prove their abilities and creates a reservoir of qualified manpower who can be considered to fill up more challenging positions through promotions.
(iii) Quick decision making: In a decentralised organisation, since decisions are taken at levels which are nearest to the points of action and there is no requirement for approval from many levels, the process is much faster. There are also less chances of information getting distorted because it doesn’t have to go through long channels.
(iv) Relief to top management: Decentralisation diminishes the amount of direct supervision exercised by a superior over the activities of a subordinate because they are given the freedom to act and decide albeit within the limits set by the superior. Decentralisation also leaves the top management with more time which they can devote to important policy decisions rather than occupying their time with both policy as well as operational decisions
(v) Facilitates growth: Decentralisation awards greater autonomy to the lower levels of management as well as divisional or departmental heads. With each department doing its best in a bid to outdo the other, the productivity levels increase and the organisation is able to generate more returns which can be used for expansion purposes.
(vi) Better control: Decentralisation makes it possible to evaluate performance at each level and the departments can be individually accountable for their results.
[1 × 3 = 3 marks, any 3]
Q355.SQP 2025-26 · Q21(b)3 marks
State any three limitations of formal organisation.
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2025-26 · Marking Scheme
(a) The formal communication may lead to procedural delays as the established chain of command has to be followed which increases the time taken for decision making.
(b) Poor organisational practices may not provide adequate recognition to creative talent, since it does not allow any deviations from rigidly laid down policies.
(c) It is difficult to understand all human relationships in an enterprise as it places more emphasis on structure and work. Hence, the formal organisation does not provide a complete picture of how an organisation works.
[1 × 3 = 3 marks]
Q356.2026 Main 66/1/1 · Q254 marks
‘Sheetal Cosmetics Ltd.’, is a fast growing beauty and skin care company known for its innovative products and aggressive market expansion. As the company increased its marketing activities like new product launches, accelerated advertising campaigns, social media promotions and influencer collaborations etc., the workload of the marketing department grew sharply. Despite working long hours, the marketing manager Arjun couldn’t give adequate attention to strategic planning and high impact decisions as minor operational issues began consuming most of his time. Noticing this, the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) advised Arjun that it was now impractical for him to handle the entire volume of work alone, so he should allow his subordinates to take up routine tasks. This would not only help him manage his time better but also satisfy the subordinate’s need for recognition. This will also provide opportunities to the subordinates to develop and exercise initiative.
Identify the concept suggested by CEO that will help Arjun to manage volume of work effectively.
State any three points of importance of the concept identified in (i) above.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(i) Delegation[1 mark]
(ii) Importance of delegation (Any THREE):[1 x 3 = 3 marks]
Delegation leads to effective management as by empowering the employees the managers get more time to concentrate on important matters.
It leads to employee development as employees get more opportunities to utilize their talent and develop themselves for higher positions.
It motivates the employees as when a superior entrusts a subordinate with a task, it involves trust on the superior’s part and commitment on part of subordinates.
It facilitates growth as it helps in the expansion of an organisation by providing a ready workforce to take up leading positions in new ventures.
It establishes superior-subordinate relationships, which are the basis of hierarchy of management.
It leads to better coordination as clarity in reporting relationships help in developing and maintaining effective coordination amongst the departments, levels and functions of management
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
[(1 + 3 = 4 marks)]
Q357.2026 Main 66/2/1 · Q274 marks
Fresh Foods Pvt. Ltd. manufactures and distributes organic packaged food products. It’s operations are divided into five main departments – Production, Marketing, Finance, Human Resources and Research and Development. Each department has its own head and a team that focuses only on the work related to their department. This promotes efficiency in utilization of manpower as employees perform similar tasks within a department and are able to improve performance. This also helps in increasing managerial and operational efficiency and results in increased profit.
Since each department handles a narrow range of tasks and focus is on a limited range of skills, it is easier to train new employees.
Identify the organization structure followed by Fresh Foods Pvt. Ltd.
Also state three advantages of the structure identified in (i) above not discussed in the given case.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(i) Functional structure[1 mark]
(ii) Advantages of Functional structure not discussed in the given case are:
It promotes control and coordination within a department because of similarity in the tasks being performed. [1 mark]
It leads to minimal duplication of effort which results in economies of scale and this lowers cost. [1 mark]
It ensures that different functions get due attention. [1 mark]
[= 4 marks]
Q358.2026 Main 66/2/1 · Q29(b)4 marks
Explain the following points of importance of Decentralisation :
Develops initiative among subordinates
Develops managerial talent for the future.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(i) Develops initiative among subordinates[2 marks]
It develops initiative amongst subordinates by promoting self-reliance and confidence among them.
This is because when lower managerial levels are given freedom to take their own decisions they learn to depend on their own judgement.
(ii) Develops managerial talent for the future[2 marks]
It develops managerial talent for the future by giving experience to subordinates to handle assignments independently.
It gives the subordinates a chance to prove their abilities and creates a reservoir of qualified manpower to fill up challenging positions through promotions
[= 4 marks]
Q359.2026 Main 66/5/1 · Q304 marks
The students of class 11 of ‘AL Public School’ decided to host a farewell party to students of class 12. A core team was formed that brainstormed and identified various activities that needed to be performed for the same. It was decided that the arrangements for refreshments, sound and music, tentage, gifts, invitations and cultural programme are required to be made. The students then divided the work into manageable activities so that duplication is avoided and burden of work is shared.
The students were excited that they were managing the whole event themselves.
The students of class 11 have performed one of the steps in the process of organising. Identify the step.
State the next three steps that the students need to perform to complete the process of organising successfully.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(i) The step in the process of organizing that has been performed by the students of class 11 is ‘Identification and Division of Work’.
[1 mark]
(ii) Next three steps that the students need to perform to complete the process of organizing successfully:
Departmentalization involves grouping together those activities which are similar in nature to form departments to facilitate specialisation.
Assignment of duties involves allocation of jobs to the members of each department (job positions) in accordance to their skills and competencies.
Establishment of authority-responsibility relationships so that each individual knows who he has to take orders from and to whom he is accountable.
[1 × 3 = 3 marks; total = 4 marks]
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
Q360.2025 Main 66/5/1 · Q274 marks
'Smart Aids' was a reputed company manufacturing e-walking sticks. It is now providing e-walking sticks with sensors or voice feedback for helping people with vision or mobility issues to move around more safely and easily. The company has been earning good profits.
After its great success, it wants to diversify and enter into the manufacturing of high-class smart watches. These smart watches will help older people to live independently and safely while staying connected to their loved ones. These smart watches would also monitor their health by sending emergency alerts, reminding them to take medicines, etc. and help in managing their health issues. It will encourage physical activity and offer voice assistance for easy use and keep them connected with family through calls and messages.
Though there are very homogeneous functions in both the products, they set up a separate business unit for these watches. Both units will have separate managers responsible for the performance of their units and have authority over the unit. Each manager would be accountable for profits, revenues and costs of their unit. This type of organisational structure would help the organisation to add new units without interrupting the existing operations.
State the type of organisational structure suitable for 'Smart Aids' giving reason in support of your answer.
Give two advantages of the organisational structure, which are highlighted in the above case.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(i) The divisional structure comprises of separate business units or divisions, each unit having a divisional manager responsible for performance and who has the authority over the unit.
(If an examinee has only identified the structure, ½ mark should be awarded)
Reason: This structure is suitable where a large variety of products are manufactured using different productive resources.
[1 mark for statement + 1 mark for reason = 2 marks]
(ii) Advantages of Divisional Structure:
Divisional heads are accountable for profits, as revenues and costs related to different departments can be easily identified and assigned to them.
It facilitates expansion and growth as new divisions can be added without interrupting the existing operations by merely adding another divisional head and staff for the new product line.
[1×2 = 2 marks] (2+2 = 4 marks)
(If an examinee has only listed the underlined points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
Q361.2025 Main 66/6/1 · Q304 marks
‘Nurata Ltd.’ is a leading manufacturer of clothing in India, known for good quality casual wear as well as formal wear for children. The company is earning good profits and now wants to expand its business by entering into the business of electronics and home appliances too. The management decided to create separate business units, where each unit head would be responsible for a specific product category and for its performance. All key functions, such as marketing, finance, production, etc. would be handled within each unit.
Identify the organizational structure adopted by ‘Nurata Ltd.’ on expansion of its business.
State any two advantages and one disadvantage of the organizational structure identified in (a) above.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/6/1
(a) Divisional Structure [1 mark]
(b) Advantages of Divisional Structure: (Any two)
Product specialisation helps in the development of varied skills in a divisional head and prepares him for higher positions.
It helps in fixation of responsibility in case of poor performance of the division because the divisional heads are accountable for profits.
It promotes flexibility and initiative because each division functions as an autonomous unit which leads to faster decision making.
It facilitates expansion and growth as new divisions can be added without interrupting the existing operations by merely adding another divisional head and staff for the new product line.
[1×2 = 2 marks]
Disadvantage of Divisional Structure: (Any one)
Conflict may arise among different divisions with reference to allocation of funds and a particular division may seek to maximise its profits at the cost of other divisions.
It may lead to increase in costs since there may be duplication of activities across products.
A divisional manager may gain power for activities of his division and in a bid to assert his independence may ignore organisational interests.
[1 mark] = 4 marks
(If an examinee has only listed the underlined points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
Q362.2024 Main 66/1/1 · Q274 marks
Differentiate between ‘Delegation’ and ‘Decentralisation’ on any four bases.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/1/1
Differences between Delegation and Decentralisaton: (Any four)
Basis
Delegation
Decentralisation
Nature
Delegation is a compulsory act because no individual can perform all tasks on his own.
Decentralisation is an optional policy decision. It is done at the discretion of the top management.
Freedom of action
There is more control by superiors hence less freedom to take own decisions.
There is less control over executives, hence greater freedom of action.
Status
It is a process followed to share tasks.
It is the result of the policy decision of the top management.
Scope
It has narrow scope as it is limited to superior and his immediate subordinate.
It has wide scope as it implies extension of delegation to the lowest level of management.
Purpose
The purpose is to lessen the burden of the manager.
The purpose is to increase the role of the subordinates in the organisation by giving them more autonomy.
[1 × 4 = 4 marks]
Q363.2024 Main 66/3/1 · Q27(b)4 marks
Explain any four points of importance of ‘Organising’.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/3/1
Importance of ‘Organising’(any four with explanation)
1. Benefits of specialisation.
2. Clarity in working relationships
3. Optimum utilisation of resources
4. Adaptation to change.
5. Effective administration
6. Development of personnel
7. Expansion and growth.
(If an examinee has not given the heading as above but has given the correct explanation, full credit should be given.)
[½ mark for heading + ½ mark for explanation; 1 × 4 = 4 marks]
Q364.2024 Main 66/5/1 · Q294 marks
Inspired by the success of Chandrayaan-3, the Chief Scientist at ‘Space Rover’ a private research group, decided to send some innovative ideas regarding the mission to the Chief Scientist of Chandrayaan-3.
The Chief Scientist at ‘Space Rover’ formed four groups for the same. As it was an intellectual activity of thinking rather than doing, these four groups started interacting with each other and friendships developed. On the basis of their interaction and friendship, some members from each group formed ‘Entertainment Through Reading’ group which showed conformity in terms of their interest. ‘Entertainment Through Reading’ group had no written rules, was unstable in form and scope and had no fixed lines of communication. The members of this group enhanced the morale of each other, enjoyed drinking coffee together, read books, served different issues of their work areas and provided support to each other. Ultimately this group developed some innovative ideas which were sent by ‘Space Rover’ to the Chief Scientist of Chandrayaan-3. Though this group was formed for recreation but it contributed towards fulfillment of organisational objectives.
Identify and explain the type of organization which emerged as ‘Entertainment Through Reading’.
State any three advantages of the type of organisation identified in (a) above.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/5/1
Informal Organisation[½ mark for identifying]
Informal organization is a network of personal and social relations not established or required by the formal organization but arising spontaneously as people associate with one another. [½ mark for its explanation]
(or any other correct meaning)
Advantages of Informal Organisation:
It leads to faster spread of information as well as quick feedback.
It fulfills the social needs of the members.
It contributes towards fulfillment of organisational objectives by compensating for inadequacies in the formal organisation.
[1 mark for each statement (1 × 3)]
(If an examinee has only listed the underlined points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
[½ + ½ + 3 = 4 Marks]
Q365.2026 Main 66/3/1 · Q326 marks
‘Kia Tyres’ is a company manufacturing tyres for cars, two-wheelers, trucks and buses. It has a well-defined organisational structure designed by the management to facilitate smooth functioning of the organisation. It specifies the relationships among various job positions and the nature of their inter-relationship. It is easier to fix responsibility, since mutual relationships are clearly defined. There is no ambiguity in the role that each member has to play, as duties are specified. This also helps in avoiding duplication of work. As a result, ‘Kia Tyres’ is able to effectively accomplish its goals.
However, during lunch breaks and after office hours, employees from different departments of ‘Kia Tyres’ meet regularly. This helps to fulfil the social needs of employees and allows them to interact with like-minded people. This enhances their job satisfaction by giving them a sense of belongingness in the organisation.
Identify the types of organisation discussed in the above and give their meaning.
State two advantages of each of the types of organisation identified in (i) above, not discussed in the given case.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(i) Types of organisation:[(½ mark for identification of type of organisation + ½ mark for meaning) 1 x 2 = 2 marks]
1. Formal Organisation
Formal organisation refers to the organisation structure which is designed by the management to accomplish a particular task by clearly defining the boundaries of authority and responsibility.
2. Informal Organisation
Informal Organisation means a network of social relationships among employees arising due to interaction among people at work.
(ii)[(1 mark for each advantage) 1 x 4 = 4 marks]
Advantages of Formal Organisation
Unity of command is maintained through an established chain of command.
It provides stability to the organisation. This is because behaviour of employees can be fairly predicted since there are specific rules to guide them
Advantages of Informal Organisation
Prescribed lines of communication are not followed. Thus, the informal organisation leads to faster spread of information as well as quick feedback.
It contributes towards fulfilment of organisational objectives by compensating for inadequacies in the formal organisation.
[= 6 marks]
Q366.2026 Main 66/4/1 · Q32(b)6 marks
Explain the following points of importance of organising :
Adaptation to change
Effective administration
Expansion and growth
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(i) Adaptation to change:
To accommodate changes in the business environment, the process of organising allows the organisation structure to be suitably modified and inter relationships amongst managerial levels be revised.
This provides much needed stability to the enterprise as it can then continue to survive and grow inspite of changes.
(ii) Effective administration:
Organising provides a clear description of jobs and related duties, which helps to avoid confusion and duplication.
Clarity in working relationships enables proper execution of work and brings effectiveness in administration.
(iii) Expansion and growth:
Organising helps in the growth and diversification of an enterprise by enabling it to deviate from existing norms and taking up new challenges.
It allows a business enterprise to add more job positions, departments, new product lines and new geographical territories to current areas of operation.
[2 × 3 = 6 marks]
Q367.2026 Main 66/5/1 · Q34(a)6 marks
Explain the following points of importance of delegation:
Employee development
Motivation of employees
Effective management
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(i) Employee development
As a result of delegation, employees get more opportunities to utilise their talent and this may give rise to latent abilities in them.
It makes them better leaders and decision makers and helps by preparing better future managers.
[2 marks]
(ii) Motivation of employees
When a superior entrusts a subordinate with a task, it is not merely the sharing of work but involves trust on the superior’s part and commitment on the part of the subordinate.
This builds self-esteem of the employees leading to performance.
[2 marks]
(iii) Effective management
By empowering the employees, the managers are able to function more efficiently as they get more time to concentrate on important matters.
Freedom from doing routine work provides them with opportunities to excel in new areas.
[2 marks; total = 6 marks]
Q368.2025 Main 66/1/1 · Q346 marks
Royal Glaze Ltd. continues to maintain its position as one of the largest consumer goods companies in the world. Its organisational structure is designed to facilitate the achievement of its objectives in alignment with its vision statement. The company maintains two distinct product divisions in its organisational structure – ‘Foods’ and ‘Home Care’.
Looking ahead, the company is focusing on embracing changes so that it can continue to be the market leader. As part of its expansion plans, it is planning to venture into the electronics segment in the near future.
Identify the organisational structure of ‘Royal Glaze Ltd.’
Draw the organisational structure chart of ‘Royal Glaze Ltd.’ considering its future plans to enter into Electronics segment.
State any three advantages of the type of organisational structure drawn in (ii) above.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(i) Divisional Structure[1 Mark]
(ii)[Chart in the marking scheme, reproduced as text:]
Managing Director
Cosmetics
Garments
Human Resources
Marketing
Research and Development
Purchasing
Footwear
Skin care
(or any other correct diagram)
[2 Marks]
(iii) Advantages of divisional structure (Any three):
Product specialisation helps in the development of varied skills in a divisional head and this prepares him for higher positions.
It helps in fixation of responsibility in case of poor performance of the division because the divisional heads are accountable for profits.
It promotes flexibility and initiative because each division functions as an autonomous unit which leads to faster decision making.
It facilitates expansion and growth as new divisions can be added without interrupting the existing operations by merely adding another divisional head and staff for the new product line.
(If an examinee has only listed the underlined points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
[(1 × 3); 1 + 2 + 3 = 6 marks]
Q369.2025 Main 66/2/1 · Q33(a)6 marks
State any three advantages and any three limitations of formal organization.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/2/1
Advantages of Formal Organisation: (Any three)
It is easier to fix responsibility since mutual relationships are clearly defined.
It helps in avoiding duplication of effort since there is no ambiguity in the role that each member has to play.
It helps in maintaining unity of command through an established chain of command.
It leads to accomplishment of goals by providing a framework for the operations to be performed.
It provides stability to the organisation because there are specific rules to guide behaviour of employees.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
[1 × 3]
Limitations of Formal Organisation: (Any three)
It may lead to procedural delays as the established chain of command has to be followed which increases the time taken for decision making.
Poor organisation practices may not provide adequate recognition to creative talent, since it does not allow any deviations from rigidly laid down policies.
It is difficult to understand all human relationships in an enterprise as it places more emphasis on structure and work.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded.)
[1 × 3]
[= 6 marks]
Q370.2025 Main 66/2/1 · Q33(b)6 marks
State any six advantages of functional structure of organization.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/2/1
Advantages of Functional structure:
It leads to occupational specialisation since emphasis is placed on specific functions. This promotes efficiency in the utilisation of manpower.
It promotes control and coordination within a department because of similarity in the tasks being performed.
It increases managerial and operational efficiency resulting in increased profit.
It leads to minimal duplication of effort which results in economies of scale and this lowers cost.
It makes training of employees easier as it focuses on a limited range of skills.
It ensures that different functions get due attention.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
[1 × 6 = 6 marks]
Q371.2025 Main 66/4/1 · Q34(a)6 marks
‘Organisation's decision to opt for Functional Structure or Divisional Structure will vary with the nature and type of activities performed by it.'
Differentiate between ‘Functional Structure’ and ‘Divisional Structure’ on the basis of the following:
Formation
Specialisation
Responsibility
Cost
Managerial development
Coordination
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/4/1
Difference between ‘Functional Structure’ and ‘Divisional Structure’:
Basis
Functional Structure
Divisional Structure
(i) Formation
Formation is based on functions.
Formation is based on product lines and is supported by functions.
(ii) Specialisation
It leads to functional specialisation.
It leads to product specialisation.
(iii) Responsibility
In this, it is difficult to fix responsibility on a department.
In this, it is easy to fix responsibility for performance.
(iv) Cost
In this structure, the functions are not duplicated and hence it is economical.
In this structure, there is duplication of resources in various departments, hence it is costly.
(v) Managerial Development
It is difficult to achieve managerial development as each functional manager has to report to the top management.
It is easier to achieve managerial development as autonomy and chance to perform multiple functions are available.
(vi) Coordination
Coordination is difficult for a multiproduct company
Coordination is easy because all functions related to a particular product are integrated in one department.
[1×6 = 6 marks]
Q372.2025 Main 66/4/1 · Q34(b)6 marks
‘Decentralisation is a philosophy that implies selective dispersal of authority because it propagates the belief that people are competent, capable and resourceful.'
In the light of this statement, explain any four points that highlight the importance of Decentralisation.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/4/1
Importance of Decentralisation (any four)
Develops initiative among subordinates.
Develops managerial talent for the future.
Quick decision making.
Relief to top management.
Facilitates growth.
Better control.
[½ mark each for heading and 1 mark each for explanation; 1½×4 = 6 marks]
(If an examinee has not given the headings as above but has given the correct explanation, full credit should be given)
Q373.2025 Main 66/5/1 · Q31(b)6 marks
Explain any four points that highlight the importance of 'Delegation'.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/5/1
Importance of Delegation: (any four with explanation)
Effective management:
Employee development
Motivation of employees
Facilitation of growth
Basis of management hierarchy
Better coordination
[½ mark for heading + 1 mark for explanation; 1½×4 = 6 marks]
(If an examinee has not given the headings as above but has given the correct explanation, full credit should be given)
Q374.2025 Main 66/7/1 · Q326 marks
‘TnG' is a leading manufacturer of baby care and feminine care products and has a good market reputation. It has Production, Marketing, Human Resources, Customer Service and Research and Development departments. To capitalise on its brand name and to take advantage of new business opportunities, the company decided to diversify into manufacturing of new range of products like 'Beauty and Wellbeing', 'Home Care', 'Personal Care', 'Nutrition', etc. For this, the company had to add more employees and create more departments and choose a good organisational structure which would help the company in achieving its objectives.
Explain the organisational structure that ‘TnG' should choose after it decided to diversify. Also give reason in support of your answer.
State how the organisational structure explained in (a) above will help the organisation and the heads of different departments. Give two points in favour of each.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/7/1
(a) TnG should choose divisional structure after it decided to diversify. This organisational structure comprises of separate business units or divisions, each unit having a divisional manager responsible for its performance. [1 mark]
(If an examinee has only identified the organisational structure and not explained it, ½ mark should be awarded)
Reason: Divisional structure is suitable when an organisation grows and starts manufacturing a large variety of products using different productive resources. [1 mark]
(b) Advantages of divisional structure to the organization:
Divisional heads are accountable for profits, as revenues and costs related to different departments can be easily identified and assigned to them, which helps the organization in fixation of responsibility.
It facilitates expansion and growth as new divisions can be added without interrupting the existing operations by merely adding another divisional head and staff for the new product line.
[1×2 = 2 marks]
Advantages of divisional structure to the heads of different departments:
Product specialisation helps in the development of varied skills in a divisional head and prepares him for higher positions.
Each division functions as an autonomous unit which helps the divisional head in faster decision making as well as promotes flexibility and initiative.
[1×2 = 2 marks] = 6 marks
(If an examinee has only listed the underlined points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
Q375.2025 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q32(b)6 marks
Explain any four points of importance of Organising function of management.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
Importance of Organising (with explanation) (any four)
Benefits of specialisation
Clarity in working relationships
Optimum utilization of resources
Adaptation to change
Effective administration
Development of personnel
Expansion and growth
[(½ mark for naming + 1 mark for explanation) x 4 = 6 marks]
Q376.2024 Main 66/2/1 · Q33(a)6 marks
Differentiate between ‘Formal Organization’ and ‘Informal Organization’ on any six bases.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/2/1
Difference between Formal Organisation and Informal Organisation (Any six)
Basis
Formal Organisation
Informal Organisation
i Meaning
It is a structure of authority relationships created by management
It is a network of social relationships arising out of interaction among employees.
ii Origin
It arises as a result of company rules and policies
It arises as a result of social interaction.
iii Authority
It arises out of postion in management.
It arises out of personal qualities.
iv Behaviour
It is directed by rules
There is no set behaviour pattern.
v Nature
It is rigid in nature.
It is flexible in nature.
vi Leadership
Managers are leaders
Leaders may or not be managers. They are selected by the group.
vii Flow of communication
Communication takes place through the scalar chain
Flow of communication is not through a planned route. It can take place in any direction.
[1 × 6 = 6 marks]
Q377.2024 Main 66/3/1 · Q336 marks
‘Rewton Ltd.’ was a reputed computer software company providing unique software all over India. The turnover of the company was very high resulting in good profits. The Chief Executive Officer, Vihaan, was very strict and disciplined. He specified the boundaries of authority and responsibility for achieving organizational goals. There was systematic coordination among the various activities and specific relationships among various job positions. The company provided facilities like a canteen, a gym, a library, a music room, and a rest area for its employees, which they could use during rest intervals. Using these facilities, the employees developed friendships and discussed not only their personal, social and emotional issues, but also the official ones.
The General Manager was of a different view. He told the Chief Executive Officer that there was no use providing these facilities to the employees as it is an extra financial burden on the organization on one hand and on the other hand, it encourages groupism and whenever any change is required in the organization, they all resist. He suggested that they should do away with these facilities. But the Chief Executive Officer, Vihaan, explained to the General Manager that this type of social interaction is necessary, and is in the best interest of the organization. These interactions among people at work give rise to a network of social relationships among employees and have many benefits.
Identify and explain the type of organisation whose existence the Chief Executive Officer felt was necessary.
State any two advantages and two disadvantages of the type of organization identified in (i) above.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(i) Informal Organisation
It is a ‘network of social relationships among employees’. It emerges from within the formal organisation when people interact beyond their officially defined roles.
[1 mark for identification + 1 mark for explanation]
(ii) Advantages (any two)
1. As prescribed lines of communication are not followed, It leads to faster spread of information as well as quick feedback.
2. It helps to fulfil the social needs of the members and gives them a sense of belongingness in the organisation.
3. It contributes towards fulfilment of organisational objectives by compensating for inadequacies in the formal organisation.
[2 marks for advantages]
Disadvantages: (any two)
1. An informal organisation spreads rumours and it becomes a destructive force.
2. The management may not be successful in implementing changes if the informal organisation opposes them.
3. It pressurises members to conform to group expectations which may be against organisational interests.
[2 marks for disadvantages; = 6 marks]
Q378.2024 Main 66/4/1 · Q346 marks
Preeti started her own cooking channel on Youtube ‘Mood Art’. As her subscribers increased, she was not in a position to manage everything on her own. She hired Rahul and Riya to help her with filming, editing, lighting and content research. She granted authority to them to operate within prescribed limits. She was thus, able to use her time on high priority activities like developing new recipes and content development etc. As a result, Rahul and Riya were given opportunities to develop and exercise initiative. Preeti was now able to focus on objectives and meet the target of achieving a subscriber base of one million in six months.
Identify the concept of management used by Preeti to focus on objectives of her business and meet her targets.
Explain any five point of importance of the concept identified in (a) above.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(a) Delegation[1 mark]
(b) Importance of delegation: (any five with explanation)
(i) Effective management
(ii) Employee development
(iii) Motivation of employees
(iv) Facilitation of growth
(v) Basis of management hierarchy
(vi) Better coordination
(If an examinee has not given the headings as above but has given the correct explanation, full credit should be given)
[½ mark for heading + ½ mark for explanation: 1 × 5 = 5 marks; 1 + 5 = 6 marks]
Q379.2024 Main 66/5/1 · Q336 marks
The G20 Summit was organised in India. The government left no stone unturned to make G20 summit a success.
At the higher level, the work to be performed was identified and grouped to enable people to work most effectively together for accomplishing objectives. This involved building infrastructure, beautification of the city, hospitality, security arrangements etc. Duties were assigned to different job positions which led to establishment of clear relationships. This helped in creating a hierarchical structure and in co-ordination amongst all working for the summit.
Identify and explain the function of management discussed in the above para.
Explain any four points of importance of the function identified in (a) above.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(a) The function of management is Organising[1 mark for identifying the function]
Organising is the process of identifying and grouping the work to be performed, assigning duties to job positions and establishing relationships for the purpose of accomplishing objectives. [1 mark for its explanation]
(or any other correct explanation)
(b) Importance of organising: (Any four)
Benefits of specialisation
Clarity in working relationships.
Optimum utilisation of resources.
Adaptation to change.
Effective administration.
Development of personnel.
Expansion and growth.
[½ mark for each heading + ½ mark for its explanation = (1 × 4) = 4 marks]
(If an examinee has not given the headings as above but has given the correct explanation, full credit should be given)
[1 + 1 + 4 = 6 marks]
Q380.2024 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q33(b)6 marks
‘Effective delegation of authority leads to many benefits.’ Explain the above statement with the help of any four points.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
Benefits of delegation of authority (any four):
Effective management
Employee development
Motivation of employees
Facilitation of growth
Basis of management hierarchy
Better coordination.
(If an examinee has not given the headings but have given the correct benefits, full credit should be given)
[½ mark for naming + 1 mark for explanation = 1½ × 4 = 6 marks]
Q381.2024 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q346 marks
‘Health Relax Ltd.’ is one of India’s leading consumer healthcare brands in diagnostic services. It has an integrated nationwide network of diagnostic centers. The company was exploring new avenues for its expansion. The top level managers analysed the business environment and found that since the year 2023 was the International Year of Millets, it was expected that the global demand for millets will grow by around 5% annually. India being one of the leading producer and exporter of millets, it was realised that there was a great business opportunity in the millet industry. The Board of Directors approved the idea of venturing into the business of selling bread, noodles and dosa mix made of millets.
The company had to restructure itself. It diversified into varied product categories and created a structure comprising of separate business units. Each unit had a manager responsible for performance who had authority over the unit. Manpower was grouped on the basis of different products manufactured.
Identify the type of organizational structure of Health Relax Ltd. after restructuring and give its meaning.
Explain any two advantages and two disadvantages of the type of organisational structure identified in the above case.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
(i) Divisional structure[1 mark for identification]
Divisional structure is an organisation structure which comprises of separate business units or divisions when the organisation has more than one category of products to offer. [1 mark for the meaning]
(ii) Advantages of Divisional structure: (any two)
Product specialization helps in the development of varied skills in the divisional heads and prepares him for higher positions.
It helps in fixation of responsibility as divisional heads are accountable for profits, as revenues and costs related to different departments can be easily identified and assigned to them.
It promotes flexibility and initiative because each division functions as an autonomous unit which leads to faster decision making.
It facilitates expansion and growth as new divisions can be added without interrupting the existing operations by merely adding another divisional head and staff for the new product line.
[1 × 2]
Disadvantages of Divisional structure: (any two)
Conflicts may arise among different divisions with reference to allocation of funds.
It may increase the cost of operations Since there may be duplication of activities across products.
Organizational interest may be ignored by different divisional heads as they may gain power and in a bid to assert their independence may ignore organizational interests.
[1 × 2]
(If an examinee has not given the headings as above but have given the correct advantages and disadvantages, full credit should be given)
[2 + 2 + 2 = 6 marks]
Q382.2023 Main 66/1/1 · Q336 marks
‘Sweets and More’ is one of India’s most popular brand for snacks and sweets. It offers a wide range of sweets, namkeens, cookies and frozen foods.
Its organisational structure comprises of separate business units in each of the above categories. Each of these units have a manager responsible for performance, having authority over the unit. Moreover, each of these units is multi-functional as within each unit, different functions like production, marketing, finance, etc. are performed. Though this kind of organisational structure leads to increased cost because of duplication of activities across products, but it provides a proper basis for performance measurement as revenues and costs related to each of these business units can be easily identified.
Identify the organisational structure of ‘Sweets and More’.
State three advantages and two disadvantages of the organisational structure identified in (a) above which are not discussed in the above case.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(a) Divisional structure[1 mark]
(b) Three advantages of divisional structure:
Product specialisation helps in the development of varied skills in a divisional head and this prepares him for higher positions. This is because he gains experience in all functions related to a particular product.
It promotes flexibility and initiative because each division functions as an autonomous unit which leads to faster decision making.
It facilitates expansion and growth as new divisions can be added without interrupting the existing operations by merely adding another divisional head and staff for the new product line.
[3 marks]
Two disadvantages of divisional structure:
Conflict may arise among different divisions with reference to allocation of funds and further a particular division may seek to maximise its profits at the cost of other divisions.
It provides managers with the authority to supervise all activities related to a particular division. In course of time, such a manager may gain power and in a bid to assert his independence may ignore organisational interests.
[2 marks]
(If the examinee has listed the points only, ½ mark each to be awarded)
[1 + 3 + 2 = 6 marks]
Q383.2023 Main 66/2/1 · Q32(b)6 marks
Delegation of authority ‘Develops employees’, ‘Motivates them’ and ‘Facilitates growth.’ Explain how.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/2/1
Develops Employees – As a result of delegation, employees get more opportunities to utilize their talent and allows them to develop those skills which enable them to perform complex tasks. Delegation helps them to prepare better future managers.
Delegation motivates employees – Responsibility for work builds the self-esteem of an employee and improves his confidence. He feels encouraged and tries to improve his performance further.
Delegation facilitates growth – Delegation helps in the expansion of an organization by providing a ready workforce to take up leading positions in new ventures. Trained and experienced employees are able to play significant roles in the launch of new projects.
[2 + 2 + 2 = 6 marks]
Q384.2023 Main 66/3/1 · Q31(a)6 marks
What is meant by ‘Formal Organisation’? State any four advantages of Formal Organisation.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/3/1
Formal organisation refers to the organisation structure which is designed by the management to accomplish a particular task and clearly specifies the boundaries of authority and responsibilities.
(or any other suitable meaning)
Advantages of Formal Organisation (any four):
It is easier to fix responsibility since mutual relationships are clearly defined.
It avoids duplication of effort since there is no ambiguity in the role that each member has to play.
It maintains unity of command through an established chain of command.
It leads to accomplishment of goals by providing a framework for the operations to be performed.
It provides stability to the organisation because there are specific rules to guide behaviour of employees.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded.)
[2 marks for the meaning + 1 mark for each advantage = 2 + 4 = 6 marks]
Q385.2023 Main 66/3/1 · Q31(b)6 marks
Give the meaning of ‘Divisional Structure’ of an organisation. State any four advantages of this structure.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/3/1
Divisional structure is an organisation structure which comprises of separate business units or divisions when the organisation has more than one category of products to offer.
(or any other suitable meaning)
Advantages of Divisional Structure:
Product specialisation helps in the development of varied skills in a divisional head and prepares him for higher positions.
It helps in fixation of responsibility in case of poor performance of the division.
It promotes flexibility and initiative leading to faster decision making.
It facilitates expansion and growth as new divisions can be added without interrupting the existing operations.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded.)
[2 marks for the meaning + 1 mark for each advantage = 2 + 4 = 6 marks]
Q386.2023 Main 66/4/1 · Q32(a)6 marks
Explain the following points of importance of ‘Organising’ function of management:
Benefits of specialisation
Clarity in working relationships
Adaptation to change
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(i) Benefits of specialisation
Organisation leads to a systematic allocation of jobs amongst the workforce.
Repetitive performance of a particular task allows a worker to gain experience in that area and leads to specialisation.
[2 marks]
(ii) Clarity in working relationships
The establishment of working relationships clarifies lines of communication and specifies who is to report whom.
It helps in creating a hierarchical order thereby enabling the fixation of responsibility and specification to the extent of authority to be exercised by an individual.
[2 marks]
(iii) Adaptation to change
The process of organising allows a business enterprise to accommodate changes in the business environment.
It also provides much needed stability to the enterprise as it can then continue to survive and grow in spite of changes.
[2 marks]
(Or any other correct explanation)
[= 6 marks]
Q387.2023 Main 66/4/1 · Q32(b)6 marks
Explain the following points of importance of ‘Delegation’:
Effective management
Employee development
Better coordination
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(i) Effective Management
By empowering the employees, the managers are able to function more efficiently as they get more time to concentrate on important matters.
Freedom from doing routine work provides them with opportunities to excel in new areas.
[2 marks]
(ii) Employee Development
As a result of delegation, employees get more opportunities to utilise their talent and this may give rise to latent abilities in them.
It allows them to develop those skills which will enable them to perform complex tasks and resume those responsibilities which will improve their career prospects.
[2 marks]
(iii) Better Co-ordination
Authority, responsibility and accountability – the elements of delegation help to define the powers, duties and answerability related to various positions in an organisation.
This helps to avoid overlapping of duties and duplication of effort as it gives a clear picture of the work being done at various levels and helps in developing and maintaining co-ordination amongst the departments, levels and functions of management.
[2 marks]
(Or any other correct explanation)
[= 6 marks]
Q388.2023 Main 66/5/1 · Q346 marks
Due to spread of COVID-19 pandemic, employees of almost all the companies were working online from their homes. In 2022 when most of the companies called them back to their office and started working offline, ‘Taty Software Ltd.’ still asked their employees to work from home. Because of this, employees of Taty Software Ltd. were feeling bored, hence for recreation they formed a cricket-club. They started meeting every Saturday and Sunday on a ground near their office building.
Identify and state the type of organisation formed by the employees of ‘Taty Software Ltd.’
Also, state any two advantages and two limitations of the type of organisation identified in (i) above.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(i) The type of organization so formed is ‘Informal Organization’.
Informal organization is a network of personal and social relations not established or required by the formal organization but arising spontaneously as people associate with one another.
(or any other correct meaning)
(ii) Advantages of Informal Organisation: (Any two)
It leads to faster spread of information as well as a quick feedback.
It fulfills the social needs of the members.
It contributes towards fulfillment of organisational objectives by compensating for inadequacies in the formal organisation.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
Limitations of informal organisation: (Any two)
It leads to spread of rumours which becomes a destructive force and may go against the interest of the formal organisation.
It may lead to resistance to change which may delay or restrict growth.
It pressurizes members to conform to group expectations which may be against organisational interest.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
[1 mark for identifying + 1 mark for correct statement + 1 mark for each advantage (1 × 2 = 2 marks) + 1 mark for each limitation (1 × 2 = 2 marks) = 1 + 1 + 2 + 2 = 6 marks]
Q389.2023 Supp. 66/C/1 · Q326 marks
F.M. Tech Ltd. is one of the leading information technology service provider company in Delhi. To enable smooth functioning of the enterprise, job description and rules and procedures related to work processes are laid down. The company specifies clearly the boundaries of authority and responsibility and there is a systematic co-ordination among the various activities to achieve organisational goals.
Identify and explain the ‘Type of organisation’ discussed above.
State any two advantages and two limitations of the ‘Type of organisation’ identified in (a) above.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/C/1
(a) Formal Organisation
Formal organisation refers to the organisation structure which is designed by the management to accomplish a particular task.
(b) Advantages of Formal Organisation (any two):
It is easier to fix responsibility since mutual relationships are clearly defined.
It avoids duplication of effort since there is no ambiguity in the role that each member has to play.
It maintains unity of command through an established chain of command.
It leads to accomplishment of goals by providing a framework for the operations to be performed.
It provides stability to the organisation because there are specific rules to guide behaviour of employees.
Limitations of formal organisation (any two):
It may lead to procedural delays as the established chain of command has to be followed which increases the time taken for decision making.
It does not allow any deviations from rigidly laid down policies and may not provide adequate recognition to creative talent.
It is difficult to understand all human relationships in an enterprise, hence it does not provide a complete picture of how an organisation works.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded.)
[1 mark for identification + 1 mark for explanation + 1 mark for each advantage (1 × 2) + 1 mark for each limitation (1 × 2) = 6 marks]
Q390.SQP 2025-26 · Q336 marks
Malini and Shalini recently completed their web designing course from a reputed University in Mumbai. Malini opened her own website development company ’Rapid Software Private Limited’. In order to ensure a smooth flow of communication and better control over the operations of her business, she divided the entire work of a company into four departments i.e web designing, accounting, research and development and customer service. All departments are required to report to a coordinating head. The company became successful in the market as all operations were carried out with a high degree of specialisation.
Shalini joined a big group named Babylon.com, Inc. which offered a variety of services like Babylon Web Services, Babylon Prime, Babylon Retail. She was appointed as the head of Babylon Web Services division and was made responsible for the profit or loss of her service division. She was happy to take the responsibility as the division would function as an autonomous unit, thus enabling her to make faster decisions.
Identify the types of the framework within which managerial and operating tasks are performed, in the organisations, of which, Malini and Shalini were a part of.
Give any four differences between the frameworks identified above.
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2025-26 · Marking Scheme
a) The types of framework highlighted are Functional Structure and Divisional Structure.
[1 + 1 = 2 marks]
Distinction between Functional Structure and Divisional Structure: (any four)
Basis
Functional Structure
Divisional Structure
Formation
Formation is based on functions
Formation is based on product lines and is supported by functions.
Specialisation
Functional specialisation.
Product specialisation.
Responsibility
Difficult to fix on a department.
Easy to fix responsibility for performance.
Managerial Development
Difficult, as each functional manager has to report to the top management
Easier, autonomy as well as the chance to perform multiple functions helps in managerial development.
Cost
Functions are not duplicated hence economical.
Duplication of resources in various departments, hence costly.
Coordination
Difficult for a multi-product company.
Easy, because all functions related to a particular product are integrated in one department.
[1 × 4 = 4 marks; total = 6]
Q391.SQP 2026-27 · Q336 marks
India’s IT services companies saw a sharp decline in the share prices on February 12, 2026 over persistent fears that the artificial intelligence (AI)-led disruption will affect their profits in the coming years. Awino, one of India’s top IT solutions providers, in order to face the challenge, has decided to separate itself into several subsidiaries by product line: telecommunications, engineering, financial services, etc. Each subsidiary brings in about $300 million in annual earnings and is self-sufficient with their own accounting books, personnel and administrative functions. The decision making authority is shared with lower levels and is consequently placed nearest to the points of action. Explain briefly any four benefits Awino will get from this selective dispersal of authority.
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2026-27 · Marking Scheme
Decentralisation is a fundamental step and its importance can be understood from the following points: (Any four)
(i) Develops initiative among subordinates: Decentralisation helps to promote self-reliance and confidence amongst the subordinates. This is because when lower managerial levels are given freedom to make their own decisions they learn to depend on their own judgment.
(ii) Develops managerial talent for the future: Formal training plays an important part in equipping subordinates with skills that help them rise in the organisation but equally important is the experience gained by handling assignments independently. Decentralisation gives them a chance to prove their abilities and creates a reservoir of qualified manpower who can be considered to fill up more challenging positions through promotions.
(iii) Quick decision making: In a decentralised organisation, however, since decisions are taken at levels which are nearest to the points of action and there is no requirement for approval from many levels, the process is much faster. There are also less chances of information getting distorted because it doesn’t have to go through long channels.
(iv) Relief to top management: Decentralisation diminishes the amount of direct supervision exercised by a superior over the activities of a subordinate because they are given the freedom to act and decide albeit within the limits set by the superior. Also, personal supervision is generally replaced by other forms of control such as return on investment etc.
(v) Facilitates growth: Decentralisation awards greater autonomy to the lower levels of management as well as divisional or departmental heads. This allows them to function in a manner best suited to their department and fosters a sense of competition amongst the departments.
(vi) Better control: Decentralisation makes it possible to evaluate performance at each level and the departments can be individually held accountable for their results. The extent of achievement of organisational objectives as well as the contribution of each department in meeting the overall objectives can be ascertained. Decentralisation compels the management to innovative performance measurement systems.
[1½ × 4 = 6 marks (½ mark for each heading and 1 mark for explanation)]
Part A · Principles and Functions of Management
6. Staffing
Q392.2026 Main 66/2/1 · Q71 mark
Statement-I : Workforce analysis enables an assessment of the number and types of human resources necessary for the performance of various jobs and accomplishment of organizational objectives.
Statement-II : Workload analysis reveals the number and type of human resources available.
Choose the correct option from the following :
Statement-I is true and Statement-II is false.
Statement-I is false and Statement-II is true.
Both Statement-I and Statement-II are true.
Both Statement-I and Statement-II are false.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(D) Both Statement-I and Statement-II are false. [1 mark]
Q393.2026 Main 66/3/1 · Q51 mark
Which of the following statements are correct with respect to the benefits the organisation would get by imparting training to its employees ?
Training equips the future manager who can take over in case of an emergency.
Training makes an employee more efficient to handle machines and thus, they are less prone to accidents.
Training increases the satisfaction and morale of the employees.
Training enhances employee productivity, both in terms of quantity and quality, leading to higher profits.
Options :
(i), (ii), (iii) and (iv)
(ii) and (iii)
(i) and (iv)
(i) and (ii)
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(C) (i) and (iv) [1 mark]
Q394.2026 Main 66/3/1 · Q111 mark
Which of the following is not a limitation of internal sources of recruitment ?
It reduces the scope of induction of fresh talent in the organization.
The employees may become lethargic if they are sure of time-bound promotions.
It may lead to dissatisfaction and frustration among existing employees as they may feel that their chances of promotion are reduced.
The spirit of competition among the employees may be hampered.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(C) It may lead to dissatisfaction and frustration among existing employees as they may feel that their chances of promotion are reduced. [1 mark]
Q395.2026 Main 66/3/1 · Q161 mark
Read the following statements : Assertion (A) and Reason (R).
Assertion (A) : Workload analysis and workforce analysis are important to understand the manpower requirements.
Reason (R) : It helps the organization to know whether it is overstaffed, understaffed or optimally staffed.
Choose the correct alternative from the following :
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true, but Reason (R) is not the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
Assertion (A) is true, but Reason (R) is false.
Assertion (A) is false, but Reason (R) is true.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(A) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanation of Assertion (A). [1 mark]
Q396.2026 Main 66/5/1 · Q121 mark
A software company wants to expand its business. For this, it requires a large number of fresh graduates with innovative ideas in the field of Artificial Intelligence and Data Analytics. The existing staff members do not possess these specialized skills, so a notice was put up at the reception of the office asking the present employees to introduce any friend or relative who could possibly be possessing the required skills for the jobs.
The source of recruitment that has been used by the software company is:
Direct Recruitment
Recommendation of employees
Transfer
Promotion
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(B) Recommendation of employees
[1 mark]
Q397.2026 Main 66/5/1 · Q171 mark
The step of the staffing process in which an employee’s current and/or past performance is evaluated against certain pre-determined standards is:
Placement and orientation
Performance appraisal
Promotion and career planning
Recruitment
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(B) Performance appraisal
[1 mark]
Q398.2025 Main 66/2/1 · Q51 mark
Read the following statements carefully:
Statement-I
Staffing is that part of the process of management which is concerned with obtaining, utilizing and maintaining a satisfied and satisfactory workforce.
Statement-II
Staffing is a continuous process.
In the light of the given statements, choose the correct alternative from the following:
Both the Statements are true.
Both the Statements are false.
Statement I is true, but Statement II is false.
Statement II is true, but Statement I is false.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(A) Both the Statements are true. [1 mark]
Q399.2025 Main 66/2/1 · Q61 mark
Choose the statement that correctly highlights the benefit of using internal sources of recruitment.
It helps in simplifying the process of selection.
It provides wider choice while selecting the employees.
It brings new blood in the organization.
It is an expensive and time consuming source.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(A) It helps in simplifying the process of selection. [1 mark]
Q400.2025 Main 66/4/1 · Q51 mark
Evaluating an employee's current and/or past performance as against certain pre-determined standards, is known as:
Selection decision
Performance appraisal
Compensation
Preliminary screening
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(B) Performance appraisal
Q401.2025 Main 66/4/1 · Q161 mark
‘TA Ltd’ rejected the applications of twelve candidates based on the information supplied by them in their application forms. These candidates did not have the required five years of experience and the Masters in Business Administration (MBA) degree in Finance, both of which were pre-requisites for the post of Finance Manager.
From the following, identify the step of 'Selection Process' discussed in the above case.
Preliminary Screening
Selection Test
Employment Interview
Selection Decision
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(A) Preliminary Screening
Q402.2025 Main 66/4/1 · Q181 mark
‘Dhruv Ltd’. is in need of two drivers on regular basis to transport the goods to different states. To fill the post of drivers, the company decides to put the information on the Notice Board, placed near the main gate of the company, asking interested persons to meet the manager on a particular date and time.
From the following, identify the source of recruitment used by 'Dhruv Ltd.' for filling the post of drivers:
Campus Recruitment
Casual Callers
Direct Recruitment
Advertisement
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(C) Direct Recruitment
Q403.2025 Main 66/5/1 · Q91 mark
Read the following statements: Assertion (A) and Reason (R).
Assertion (A): Training enhances employee productivity, both in terms of quality and quantity, leading to high profits for the organisation.
Reason (R): Training is a systematic learning which is always better, as hit and trial methods without systematic learning lead to wastage of efforts and money.
Choose the correct alternative from the options given below:
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are false.
Assertion (A) is true, but Reason (R) is false.
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true, but Reason (R) is not the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(C) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
Q404.2025 Main 66/5/1 · Q101 mark
Read the following statements carefully:
Statement I: Workload analysis would enable an assessment of the number and types of human resources available for the performance of various jobs.
Statement II: Workforce analysis would reveal the number and types of human resources necessary for the performance of various jobs.
In the light of the above statements, choose the correct alternative from the options given below:
Both Statement I and Statement II are true.
Both Statement I and Statement II are false.
Statement I is true and Statement II is false.
Statement I is false and Statement II is true.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(B) Both Statement I and Statement II are false.
Q405.2025 Main 66/5/1 · Q151 mark
Identify the external source of recruitment displayed in the picture given below:
[Picture not reproduced: advertisement of a job portal ‘JOBSहीJOBS.COM – India’s largest & most trusted job search engine’, showing a person using a laptop.]
Advertisement
Direct recruitment
Web publishing
Labour contractors
Note: The following question is for the Visually Impaired Candidates only in lieu of Q. No. 15.
'Many reputed business organisations keep a database of unsolicited applicants in their offices and can be screened to fill the vacancies as they arise.'
The external source of recruitment discussed above is:
Casual callers
Recommendations of employees
Direct recruitment
Labour contractors
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(C) Web publishing
Visually Impaired Candidates:
(A) Casual callers
Q406.2025 Main 66/7/1 · Q71 mark
Match the statements given in Column I with the external source of recruitment given in Column II.
Column I
Column II
1. Many reputed business organisations keep a database of unsolicited applicants in their offices. A list of such job-seekers can be prepared and can be screened to fill the vacancies as they arise.
(i) Recommendation of employees
2. A notice is placed on the notice board of the enterprise specifying details of the jobs available. Job-seekers assemble outside the premises of the organisation on the specified date and selection is done on the spot.
(ii) Campus recruitment
3. Many big organisations maintain a close liaison with the universities, vocational schools and management institutes to recruit qualified personnel for various jobs.
(iii) Direct recruitment
4. Applicants introduced by present employees or their friends and relatives.
(iv) Casual callers
Choose the correct option from the following:
1-(iii), 2-(ii), 3-(i), 4-(iv)
1-(ii), 2-(i), 3-(iii), 4-(iv)
1-(iv), 2-(iii), 3-(ii), 4-(i)
1-(iii), 2-(i), 3-(ii), 4-(iv)
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/7/1
(C) 1-(iv). 2-(iii), 3-(ii), 4-(i)
Q407.2025 Main 66/7/1 · Q111 mark
Selection test is a mechanism that attempts to measure certain characteristics of individuals ranging from aptitudes, to intelligence, to personality. It is one of the steps in the process of selection. Place the subsequent steps of process of selection in an organisation in the correct order.
Employment interview, reference and background checks, selection decision, medical examination, job offer, contract of employment
Employment interview, reference and background checks, medical examination, selection decision, job offer, contract of employment
Employment interview, medical examination, job offer, reference and background checks, selection decision, contract of employment
Employment interview, selection decision, reference and background checks, job offer, medical examination, contract of employment
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/7/1
(A) Employment interview, reference and background checks, selection decision, medical examination, job offer, contract of employment
Q408.2025 Main 66/7/1 · Q201 mark
Read the following statements carefully:
Statement I: Training is the process by which the aptitudes, skills and abilities of employees to perform specific jobs are increased.
Statement II: Training is a job-oriented process.
In the light of the above statements, choose the correct alternative from the options given below:
Statement I is true and Statement II is false.
Statement I is false and Statement II is true.
Both Statement I and Statement II are true.
Both Statement I and Statement II are false.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/7/1
(C) Both Statement I and Statement II are true.
Q409.2025 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q111 mark
Read the following statements carefully :
Statement I : Staffing is the most fundamental and critical drive of organisational performance and this function has assumed greater importance because of rapid advancement of technology.
Statement II : Understanding manpower requirements is, only to know the number of persons needed in the organisation.
In the light of the statements given, choose the correct alternative from the following :
Statement I is true and Statement II is false.
Statement I is false and Statement II is true.
Both Statement I and Statement II are true.
Both Statement I and Statement II are false.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
(A) Statement I is true and Statement II is false. [1 mark]
Q410.2024 Main 66/1/1 · Q61 mark
‘‘It is a career oriented process designed to help the employees in the progress towards maturity and actualization of their potential capabilities.’’ Identify the process :
Staffing
Selection
Development
Training
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(C) Development
[1 mark]
Q411.2024 Main 66/1/1 · Q131 mark
Match the terms given in Column I with their meanings in Column II :
Column I
Column II
1. Placement
(i) Introducing the selected employee to other employees and familiarising him with the rules and policies of the organisation
2. Recruitment
(ii) It refers to the employee occupying the position or post for which he/she has been selected
3. Orientation
(iii) Evaluating an employee’s current and/or past performance as against certain predetermined standards
4. Performance Appraisal
(iv) The process of searching for prospective employees and stimulating them to apply for jobs in the organization
Choose the correct option from the following :
1-(i), 2-(ii), 3-(iii), 4-(iv)
1-(ii), 2-(iii), 3-(i), 4-(iv)
1-(ii), 2-(iv), 3-(i), 4-(iii)
1-(ii), 2-(i), 3-(iv), 4-(iii)
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(C) 1-(ii), 2-(iv), 3-(i), 4-(iii)
[1 mark]
Q412.2024 Main 66/2/1 · Q41 mark
____________ is the process of searching for prospective employees and stimulating them to apply for jobs in the organization.
Training
Selection
Development
Recruitment
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(D) Recruitment
[1 mark]
Q413.2024 Main 66/2/1 · Q161 mark
The selection tests which are used to measure individual’s potential for learning new skills are called :
Aptitude Tests
Intelligence Tests
Personality Tests
Interest Tests
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(A) Aptitude Tests
[1 mark]
Q414.2024 Main 66/5/1 · Q131 mark
Many reputed business organisations keep a database of unsolicited applicants in their offices. Such job seekers can be a valuable source of manpower. A list of such job seekers can be prepared and can be screened to fill the vacancies as they arise. The source of recruitment discussed above is :
Direct recruitment
Casual callers
Labour contractors
Campus recruitment
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(B) Casual callers [1 mark]
Q415.2024 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q71 mark
‘V.K. Public School’ had a vacancy for an English teacher for Class XII. After preliminary screening of the applications, they shortlisted 10 candidates. Now, the school management asked the candidates to give a demonstration lesson related to the curriculum of Class XII. The purpose of these demonstration lessons was to measure the existing teaching skills of the candidates and proficiency in the area of profession.
Identify the type of selection test used by ‘V.K. Public School’ in the above case :
Aptitude test
Intelligence test
Trade test
Personality test
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
(C) Trade test [1 mark]
Q416.2024 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q191 mark
Match the explanation of different sources of external recruitment given in Column I with the sources given in Column II.
Column I
Column II
1. Websites designed and dedicated for the purpose of providing information about both, job seekers and job openings
(i) Casual Callers
2. Liaison of business houses with the educational institutes to recruit qualified personnel for various jobs
(ii) Web Publishing
3. Notice placed on the notice-board of the enterprise specifying the details of the jobs available
(iii) Campus Recruitment
4. Database of unsolicited applicants in the office, prepared and screened to fill vacancies
(iv) Direct Recruitment
Choose the correct option from the following :
1-(iii), 2-(i), 3-(iv), 4-(ii)
1-(i), 2-(iii), 3-(iv), 4-(ii)
1-(ii), 2-(iv), 3-(i), 4-(iii)
1-(ii), 2-(iii), 3-(iv), 4-(i)
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
(D) 1-(ii), 2-(iii), 3-(iv), 4-(i) [1 mark]
Q417.2023 Main 66/2/1 · Q101 mark
‘RP Infotech Ltd.’ decided to approach ‘Patel Engineering College’ to recruit qualified personnel for various technical jobs in its newly opened branch in Surat.
Which source of recruitment from the following has been used by ‘RP Infotech Ltd.’ in the above case:
Direct Recruitment
Placement Agencies and Management Consultants
Campus Recruitment
Recommendation of employees
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(C) Campus Recruitment
[1 mark]
Q418.2023 Main 66/4/1 · Q11 mark
The next step in the process of selection after ‘Job offer’ is:
Medical examination
Selection decision
Employment interview
Contract of employment
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(D) Contract of employment
Q419.2023 Main 66/4/1 · Q31 mark
Identify the external source of recruitment illustrated by the picture given below:
[Picture: a university building labelled “A.M. University” and a candidate facing an interview panel; a magnifying glass over a group of figures – image not reproduced]
Recommendation of Employees
Labour Contractors
Campus Recruitment
Employment Exchange
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(C) Campus recruitment
Q420.2023 Main 66/4/1 · Q111 mark
The method of training in which actual work environment is created in a classroom and employees use the same materials, files and equipment that are required to be used by them in their day-to-day working is:
Vestibule Training
Internship Training
Induction Training
Apprenticeship Training
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(A) Vestibule Training.
Q421.2023 Main 66/5/1 · Q11 mark
The next step in the ‘Selection Process’ after ‘Selection Decision’ is
Job Offer
Medical Examination
Selection Tests
Contract of Employment
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(B) Medical Examination
Q422.2023 Main 66/5/1 · Q31 mark
Identify the External Source of Recruitment illustrated by the picture given below:
[Picture: a “Factory Gate” with notices pasted on it, one reading “Required Merchandiser” and one in Hindi for a security guard (minimum qualification Class 10 pass) – image not reproduced]
Direct Recruitment
Casual Callers
Advertisement
Labour Contractor
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(A) Direct Recruitment
Q423.2023 Main 66/5/1 · Q111 mark
The activities whose outcome not only improves the job performance but also help individuals in the progress towards maturity and actualisation of their potential capacities is known as
training.
education.
development.
performance appraisal
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(C) development.
Q424.SQP 2025-26 · Q91 mark
Look at the picture given below and answer the question that follows:
[Picture not reproduced: three smiley-face balls; two say “Yes!” and the third says “I’m looking for Job Can you Refer Me?”]
Identify the incorrect statement about the type of source of recruitment depicted above.
Management can attract qualified people to apply for vacant positions in the organisation.
It may lead to dissatisfaction and frustration among existing employees.
Such employees are not likely to be good employees as their background is not sufficiently known.
Management has a wider choice while selecting people for employment.
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2025-26 · Marking Scheme
(C) Such employees are not likely to be good employees as their background is not sufficiently known.
[1 mark]
Q425.SQP 2025-26 · Q151 mark
Name the step in the staffing process which enables the organizations to offer opportunities for career advancement to their employees by facilitating learning, thereby helping the organisations to not only attract but also retain its talented people in the organisation.
Placement and Orientation
Recruitment
Training and Development
Performance Appraisal
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2025-26 · Marking Scheme
(C) Training and development
[1 mark]
Q426.SQP 2026-27 · Q41 mark
Read the following statements very carefully:
Statement I: Trade tests evaluate the potential of a candidate for acquiring new skills.
Statement II: Training prepares employees to take charge of higher positions in case of an emergency.
Choose the correct option from the following:
Statement I is true and Statement II is false.
Statement II is true and Statement I is false.
Both the statements are true.
Both the Statements are false.
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2026-27 · Marking Scheme
(B) Statement II is true and Statement I is false.
[1 mark]
Q427.2022 Main 66/1/1 · Q12 marks
Identify and state the step in the process of staffing under which the charge of the job is given to the selected employee and he/she is introduced to his/her superiors, subordinates and colleagues.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/1/1
Placement and Orientation
Placement refers to the employee occupying the position or post for which he has been selected while orientation involves introducing the selected employee to other employees and familiarising him with the rules and policies of the organisation.
[1 mark for identifying + 1 mark for stating the step = 2 marks]
Q428.2022 Main 66/2/1 · Q12 marks
‘Staffing ensures optimum utilisation of human resources.’ Justify the statement by giving any two points.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/2/1
Staffing ensures optimum utilisation of human resources by:
(i) Avoiding overmanning, it prevents under-utilisation of personnel and high labour costs
(ii) Avoids disruption of work by indicating in advance the shortages of personnel.
[1×2 = 2 marks]
Q429.2022 Main 66/2/1 · Q32 marks
‘Promotion stops infusion of new blood in the organisation.’ However, it is still being used as a good source of filling the vacancies internally. State any two reasons for the same.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/2/1
Reasons for filling vacancies through internal sources/ promotion: (Any two)
(i) Motivate employees as promotion at a higher level may lead to a chain of promotions at lower levels in the organisation.
(ii) Simplify the process of selection as the candidates are already known to the organisation.
(iii) No need for induction training as the employees are already familiar with the organisation.
(iv) Help in adjustment of surplus staff in those departments where there is shortage of staff.
(v) Economical source of recruitment.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
[1×2 = 2 marks]
Q430.2022 Main 66/3/1 · Q12 marks
Identify and state the step in the process of staffing which creates a pool of prospective job seekers for vacancies in the organisation.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/3/1
Recruitment
Recruitment is the process of searching for prospective employees and stimulating them to apply for jobs in the organisation.
[1 mark for identification + 1 mark for its explanation = 2 marks]
Q431.2022 Main 66/4/1 · Q22 marks
Identify and state the step of selection process which helps the Human Resource Manager in eliminating unqualified job seekers on the basis of information supplied in the application form. Also, list the next two steps involved in the process of selection.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/4/1
Step of the selection process is Preliminary screening. [½ mark for identifying the step]
It helps the manager in eliminating unqualified job seekers on the basis of information supplied in the application forms. [½ mark for stating the step]
Next two steps involved in the process of selection are:
(i) Selection test (ii) Employment interview
[½ mark for listing each step = ½×2 = 1 mark; = 1+1 = 2 marks]
Q432.2022 Main 66/4/1 · Q32 marks
‘Staffing is considered as a very important managerial function in all types of organisations.’
In the light of the above statement, state any two benefits of staffing.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/4/1
Benefits of staffing: (Any two)
(i) Helps in discovering and obtaining competent personnel for various jobs.
(ii) Makes for higher performance by putting right person on the right job.
(iii) Ensures the continuous survival and growth of the enterprise through succession planning for managers.
(iv) Helps to ensure optimum utilization of human resources by avoiding overmanning and shortages of personnel.
(v) Improves job satisfaction and morale of the employees through objective assessment and fair rewards for their contribution.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
[1×2 = 2 marks]
Q433.2022 Main 66/5/1 · Q12 marks
‘Estimating manpower requirements is not merely knowing how many persons we need.’ What else is needed while estimating manpower requirements? State any two points.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/5/1
While estimating manpower requirements, in addition to knowing how many persons we need, we need to know:
Type of persons/human resources needed.
Number and type of persons available (or work force analysis)
[1 mark for stating each point = 1×2 = 2 marks]
Q434.2022 Main 66/5/1 · Q32 marks
‘External sources of recruitment may lead to dissatisfaction and frustration among existing employees. They may feel that their chances of promotion are reduced.’
Give two situations when external sources may be used without dissatisfying the existing employees.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/5/1
Two situations when external sources may be used without dissatisfying the existing employees are (Any two):
When existing staff may not fulfil the eligibility criteria/ specifications of the jobs to be filled.
When existing staff is insufficient to fill the required job positions.
When a vacancy exists at the lowest level and cannot be filled with the existing staff.
(or any other correct situation)
[1 mark for stating each situation = 1×2 = 2 marks]
Q435.2022 Supp. 66/6/1 · Q12 marks
Identify and state the type of test in the selection process that measures the potential of an employee for learning new skills.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/6/1
Aptitude Test
It indicates the person’s capacity to develop and is a good index of a person’s future success score.
[1 mark for identifying + 1 mark for stating the test = 2 marks]
Q436.2022 Supp. 66/6/1 · Q32 marks
‘Frequent transfer of employees often reduces the productivity of the organisation, still it is being used as a good source of filling the vacancies internally.’ Why? State any two reasons.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/6/1
Transfer is used as a good source of filling the vacancies internally because: (Any two)
Transfer has the benefit of shifting workforce from the surplus departments to those where there is shortage of staff.
It is helpful in avoiding termination and in removing individual problems and grievances.
It can also be used as a tool of training of employees for learning different jobs.
Filling of jobs through transfers is cheaper as compared to getting candidates from external sources.
People recruited through transfers do not need induction training.
[1 mark for stating each reason = 1×2 = 2 marks]
Q437.2026 Main 66/2/1 · Q22(a)3 marks
Explain ‘Transfers’ and ‘Promotions’ as internal sources of recruitment.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/2/1
Transfers[1½ marks]
Transfers involve shifting of an employee from one job to another, one department to another or from one shift to another, without a substantive change in the responsibilities and status of the employee.
It may lead to changes in duties and responsibilities, working condition etc., but not necessarily salary.
It is a horizontal movement of employees.
Promotions[1½ marks]
Promotions involve shifting an employee to a higher position, carrying higher responsibilities, facilities, status and pay.
This practice helps to improve the motivation and increases loyalty and satisfaction level of employees.
It is a vertical movement of employees.
[= 3 marks]
Q438.2026 Main 66/2/1 · Q22(b)3 marks
Explain ‘Placement and Orientation’ and ‘Performance Appraisal’ as steps in the process of ‘Staffing’ function of management.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/2/1
Placement and Orientation[1½ marks]
Placement refers to occupying of position by the employee for which he has been selected.
Orientation refers to introducing the selected employee to other employees and familiarising him with the rules and policies of the organisation.
Performance Appraisal[1½ marks]
Performance Appraisal means evaluating an employee’s current and /or past performance as against certain predetermined standards.
The performance appraisal process will include defining the job, appraising performance and providing feedback
[= 3 marks]
Q439.2026 Main 66/2/1 · Q233 marks
Identify and explain the external source of recruitment discussed in each of the following cases :
Veer Infrastructure Pvt. Ltd. was handling the construction of a government hospital building in Unedabad. During the monsoon season, the project was delayed and there was a sudden rush of work to meet the deadline. The site supervisor placed a notice at the entrance of the construction site stating “Daily wage labourers needed for 15 days. Report with Identity Proof on Monday at 9:00 A.M. Preference for workers with experience in masonry or carrying materials”.
Vista Bank planned to expand its retail banking operations in Tier-2 and Tier-3 cities. They needed to hire over 200 middle-level managers with experience in sales, customer service and operations. Vista Bank approached ‘Avon Consultants’, one of India’s leading management consultancy firms. ‘Avon Consultants’ advertised positions on job portals under their own name and also accessed its database of experienced professionals across India. After extensive screening, they shortlisted and forwarded qualified candidates to Vista Bank.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(i) Direct recruitment[½ mark]
It is a source of recruitment, in which, a notice is placed on the notice board of the enterprise specifying the details of the jobs available.
Job-seekers (unskilled or semi-skilled) assemble outside the premises of the organisation on the specified date and selection is done on the spot. [1 mark]
(ii) Placement Agencies and Management Consultants[½ mark]
Placement agencies provide a nationwide service in matching demand and supply by compiling bio data of a large number of candidates and recommending suitable names to their clients.
Management consultants help the organisations to recruit technical, professional and managerial personnel by maintaining a data bank of persons with different qualification and skills and even advertise the jobs on behalf of their clients. [1 mark]
[= 3 marks]
Q440.2025 Main 66/1/1 · Q233 marks
Madhwan was appointed as a Human Resource Manager in ‘Health Grow Ltd.’ six months back. As a Human Resource Manager, he has to perform many specialised activities and duties like analyzing jobs by collecting information about jobs and prepare job descriptions, training and development of employees etc.
State three other specialized activities that Madhwan must perform in addition to the above as a Human Resource Manager of Health Grow Ltd.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/1/1
Other specialized activities that Madhwan must perform in addition to the above as a Human Resource Manager of Health Grow Ltd. are: (Any three)
Recruitment, i.e., search for qualified people.
Developing compensation and incentive plans.
Maintaining labour relations and union management relations.
Handling grievances and complaints.
Providing for social security and welfare of employees.
Defending the company in law suits and avoiding legal complications.
[1 × 3 = 3 marks]
Q441.2025 Main 66/5/1 · Q243 marks
'Essential Ltd.' is a company that has been manufacturing cooking oil for the past 20 years and 700 employees are working in it. Recognising the growing demand for hair care products, they developed a unique formula for hair growth useful even for people who are bald. They want to keep the formula confidential to maintain a competitive edge. As they plan to immediately launch the hair oil in the market, they needed reliable people who could be evaluated more accurately and be placed in this specialised department quickly. For this, the Chief Executive Officer consulted the Human Resource Manager, Karn. Karn suggested that there are five reliable and hard-working employees who will be a good fit for this specialised department. Also, there are two employees in the production department to whom they can give the responsibility heading this department with higher pay. The company is committed to improve motivation, loyalty and satisfaction level of employees.
Explain any two sources of recruitment discussed above which will help 'Essential Ltd.' to recruit reliable people in this specialised department.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(i) Transfers: It refers to shifting of an employee from one job to another, one department to another or from one shift to another, without a substantive change in the responsibilities and status of the employee.
(ii) Promotions: It refers to shifting an employee to a higher position, carrying higher responsibilities, facilities, status and pay.
[½ mark for heading + 1 mark for explanation; 1½×2 = 3 marks]
(If an examinee has not given the headings as above but has given the correct explanation, full credit should be given)
Q442.2025 Main 66/6/1 · Q21(b)3 marks
State any three points of importance of ‘Staffing’ function of management.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/6/1
Importance of ‘Staffing’ function of management: (Any three)
It helps in discovering and obtaining competent personnel for various jobs.
It makes for higher performance by putting right person on the right job
It ensures the continuous survival and growth of the enterprise through the succession planning for managers.
It helps to ensure optimum utilisation of the human resources by avoiding overmanning and the shortages of personnel.
It improves job satisfaction and morale of employees through objective assessment and fair reward for their contribution.
[1×3 = 3 marks]
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
Q443.2025 Main 66/6/1 · Q23(a)3 marks
Explain the following internal sources of recruitment:
Transfers
Promotions
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/6/1
(i) Transfers
It involves shifting of an employee from one job to another, one department to another or from one shift to another, without a substantive change in the responsibilities, status and salary of the employee.
Transfer is useful for filling the vacancies with employees from overstaffed departments.
It can also be used for training of employees for learning different jobs.
[1½ marks]
(ii) Promotions:
It leads to shifting of an employee to a higher position carrying higher responsibilities, facilities, status and pay.
This practice helps to improve the motivation, loyalty and satisfaction level of employees.
Promotions at a higher level leads to a chain of promotions at lower levels in the organisation.
[1½ marks] = 3 marks
Q444.2025 Main 66/6/1 · Q23(b)3 marks
Explain the following methods of training:
Internship training
Vestibule training
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/6/1
(i) Internship training
It is a joint programme of training in which educational institutions and business firms cooperate.
Selected candidates carry on regular studies for the prescribed period in an educational institute.
To acquire practical knowledge and skills, they work in a factory or office
[1½ marks]
(ii) Vestibule training
In this method, training is conducted away from the actual work floor.
Actual work environments are created in a class room and employees use the same materials, files and equipment.
This is usually done when employees are required to handle sophisticated machinery and equipment.
[1½ marks] = 3 marks
Q445.2024 Main 66/1/1 · Q233 marks
A renowned car company named ‘BB Motors’ was known for producing high performance cars. They were committed to ensure that its employees had the skills and knowledge to build these innovative high-performance cars. To achieve this, they implemented a unique approach for training. The company transformed a section of its factory into what they called the ‘Learning Floor’. Actual work environment was created by allotting a specialized space. The space was equipped with a range of car components, tools and sophisticated car equipment identical to those used on the factory floor, where the company’s employees would undergo their training.
Identify and explain the method of training used by ‘BB Motors’ to ensure that its employees had the skills and knowledge to build innovative high-performance cars.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/1/1
Vestibule training
It is a method of training in which employees learn their jobs on the equipment they will be using, but the training is conducted away from the actual work floor.
This is usually done when employees are required to handle sophisticated machinery and equipment.
(If an examinee has identified the method of training as ‘Off the job’, 1 mark is to be given)
[1 mark for identifying + 2 marks for explanation = 3 marks]
Q446.2024 Main 66/3/1 · Q233 marks
Neeraj Ltd. started an airline to provide good quality air services. For the same, he purchased ten aircrafts. Out of these, two aircrafts would be used to train the pilots. It will help them to achieve proficiency in handling the aircrafts before they would actually fly them.
Identify and explain the method of training discussed above.
State any two advantages the pilots would get from this training.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(i) Vestibule Training
Employees learn their jobs on the equipment they will be using, but the training is conducted away from the actual work floor.
This is usually done when employees are required to handle sophisticated machinery and equipment.
[½ mark for identification + ½ mark for explanation = 1 mark]
(If the examinee has identified the method of training as Off the Job then only ½ mark has to be awarded)
(ii) Advantages to the pilots (any two)
(i) Improved skills and knowledge due to training lead to better career of the individual.
(ii) Increased performance by the individual help him to earn more.
(iii) Training makes the employee more efficient to handle machines thus, less prone to accidents.
(iv) Training increases the satisfaction and morale of employees.
[1 × 2 marks; 1 + 2 = 3 marks]
Q447.2024 Main 66/4/1 · Q233 marks
The rapid changes having taken place in the society have created pressure on organisations to readapt its products, type of jobs required and type of skills necessary to complete these jobs. To keep up pace with the rapid changes in the business environment, ‘Suzon cars’, a company manufacturing automobiles for the last thirty years decided to start manufacturing electric cars with Artificial Intelligence technology. With the introduction of Artificial Intelligence, the company had to improve the knowledge and skills of its employees. They wanted that all their employees improve their performance on the current job and are prepared for any intended job in future. This way they would not only be able to increase their knowledge and skills but would also improve their performance. By doing this, the organisation too would get various benefits.
Identify the concept discussed above which would help the employees to do the job in a better way using Artificial Intelligence Technology.
State any five benefits of the concept identified in (a) above to the organisation.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(a) Training[½ mark for identifying the concept]
(b) Benefits of training to an organisation:
(i) It is a systematic learning, always better than hit and trial methods which lead to wastage of efforts and money.
(ii) It enhances employee productivity both in terms of quantity and quality, leading to higher profits.
(iii) It equips the future manager who can take over in case of emergency.
(iv) It increases employee morale and reduces absenteeism and employee turnover.
(v) It helps in obtaining effective response to fast changing environment – technological and economic.
(If an examinee has only listed the underlined points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
[½ × 5 = 2½ marks; ½ + 2½ = 3 marks]
Q448.2024 Main 66/5/1 · Q223 marks
State any three points of importance of staffing function of management.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/5/1
Importance of staffing: (Any three)
It helps in discovering and obtaining competent personnel for various jobs.
It makes for higher performance by putting the right person on the right job.
It ensures continuous survival and growth of the enterprise through succession planning for managers.
It helps to ensure optimum utilisation of human resources by avoiding overmanning and shortage of personnel
It improves job satisfaction and morale of employees through objective assessment and fair reward for their contribution.
(If an examinee has only listed the underlined points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
[1 × 3 = 3 marks]
Q449.2024 Main 66/5/1 · Q233 marks
‘Caro’, a car manufacturing company was manufacturing high cost, good quality luxury cars. For the last few years, the company was not earning good profits as the demand for the cars was very low.
Chief Executive Officer of the company, Piyush had a meeting with the Production and Sales Managers to discuss how to increase the revenue of the company. They found that nowadays instead of purchasing luxury cars people prefer to have such cars on rental basis. So they decided to start ‘Car rental service’. The Production Manager also suggested that as these cars were sophisticated and each spare part was very costly it would be better to provide these cars for rental service along with trained drivers so that there would be less wear and tear. Piyush agreed and a training unit was started. Two of the available cars were used for training the drivers. People were very happy as they were getting these cars on rental basis with trained drivers. The idea was a big hit and the company was able to surpass its profit targets of the last 20 years.
Identify and explain the method of training given by ‘Caro’ to its drivers.
Also, state any two advantages the drivers will get after this training.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(a) Vestibule Training[½ mark for identifying the method of training]
It is a method of training in which the employees learn the jobs on the equipment they will be using but the training is conducted away from the actual work floor. This is used when employees are required to handle sophisticated machinery and equipment. [½ mark for its explanation]
(If an examinee has identified the method of training as ‘Off the job’, only ½ mark is to be given)
(b) Advantages the drivers will get after this training: (Any two)
It will help in career growth due to improved skills and knowledge.
It will help them to earn more due to improved performance.
It will reduce accidents as the employees are more efficient to handle machines.
It will increase the morale of the employees as the employees are more satisfied.
[1 × 2 = 2 marks]
(If an examinee has only listed the underlined points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
[1 + 2 = 3 marks]
Q450.2023 Main 66/1/1 · Q223 marks
‘The attitudes, skills and abilities of employees to perform specific jobs are increased by adopting a specific process.’ This process benefits the organisation in many ways.
State any three benefits of this process to the organisation.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/1/1
Benefits of training to the organisation: (Any 3)
Training is a systematic learning, always better than hit and trial methods which lead to wastage of efforts and money.
It enhances employee productivity both in terms of quantity and quality, leading to higher profits.
Training equips the future manager who can take over in case of emergency.
Training increases employee morale and reduces absenteeism and employee turnover.
It helps in obtaining effective response to fast changing environment.
(If the examinee has listed the points only, ½ mark each to be awarded)
[1×3 = 3 marks]
Q451.2023 Main 66/2/1 · Q23(a)3 marks
Explain ‘Vestibule Training’ as a method of training.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/2/1
Vestibule Training
It is an off-the-job method of training in which employees learn their jobs on the equipment they will be using, but the training is conducted away from the actual work floor.
Actual work environments are created in a classroom and employees use the same materials, files and equipment.
This is usually done when employees are required to handle sophisticated machinery and equipment.
[1×3 = 3 marks]
Q452.2023 Main 66/2/1 · Q23(b)3 marks
Explain any three benefits of training to the employees.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/2/1
Benefits of training to the employees (Any three):
Improved skills and knowledge due to training lead to better career of the individual.
Increased performance by the individual helps him to earn more.
Training makes the employee more efficient to handle machines, thus, less prone to accidents.
Training increases the satisfaction and morale of employees.
[1×3 = 3 marks]
Q453.2023 Main 66/3/1 · Q223 marks
Human resources are the most important asset of an organisation. The ability of an organisation to achieve its goal depends upon the quality of its human resources. The General Manager of ‘Allied and Sons’ appointed an IIM graduate, Pawan Rai, specialised in finance as Marketing Manager. On monthly evaluation, it was found that Pawan Rai’s performance was not up to expectations and he was not able to meet the monthly targets of the organisation. The Chief Executive Officer (CEO) of the company asked for investigation into the matter. The CEO was told that Pawan Rai has a specialisation in finance but was appointed as a Marketing Manager. The CEO discussed this matter with the General Manager and explained to him the importance of putting the right person at the right job. He further explained that it would not only lead to higher performance but would also provide many other benefits. Besides the benefits of putting the right man at the right job, state the three other benefits which the CEO might have explained to the General Manager that are not given in the above para.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/3/1
Benefits of Staffing (any three):
It helps in discovering and obtaining competent personnel for various jobs.
It ensures continuous survival and growth of the enterprise through the succession planning for managers.
It helps to ensure optimum utilisation of human resources by avoiding overmanning and under-utilisation of personnel.
It improves job satisfaction and morale of employees through objective assessment and fair reward of their contribution.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded.)
[1 mark for each benefit = 1 × 3 = 3 marks]
Q454.2023 Supp. 66/C/1 · Q24(a)3 marks
State any three benefits of ‘staffing’ function of management to the organisation.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/C/1
Benefits of ‘staffing’ function of management to the organisation (any three):
It helps in discovering and obtaining competent personnel for various jobs.
It makes for higher performance by putting right person on the right job.
It ensures continuous survival and growth of the enterprise through the succession planning for managers.
It helps to ensure optimum utilisation of human resources by avoiding overmanning and under-utilisation of personnel.
It improves job satisfaction and morale of employees through objective assessment and fair rewarding of their contribution.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded.)
[= 1 × 3 = 3 marks]
Q455.2023 Supp. 66/C/1 · Q24(b)3 marks
State any three benefits of training to employees.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/C/1
Benefits of training to employees (any three):
Improved skills and knowledge due to training lead to better career of the individual.
Increased performance by the individual help him to earn more.
Training makes the employee more efficient to handle machines, making them, less prone to accidents.
Training increases the satisfaction and morale of employees.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded.)
[1 × 3 = 3 marks]
Q456.2022 Main 66/1/1 · Q53 marks
Nandita Srivastava is the Human Resource Manager of ‘TM Infrastructure Ltd.’ It is one of the largest construction companies in India. The company handles projects worth more than ₹ 18,000 crore.
The responsibilities of Nandita Srivastava include searching and hiring suitable people for different posts in the organisation.
To measure certain characteristics of potential candidates, who apply for various vacancies, she is required to conduct a series of selection tests appropriate for different posts. These tests will help her to predict for which job the applicant will be successful, if hired.
Explain any two types of selection tests that may be conducted by Nandita Srivastava to select the most suitable persons.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/1/1
The selection tests that may be conducted by Nandita Srivastava to select the most suitable persons are (any two):
[½ mark for naming each test + 1 mark for explanation = 1½×2 = 3 marks]
Q457.2022 Main 66/1/1 · Q6(b)3 marks
State any three benefits of training to the organisation.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/1/1
Benefits of training to an organisation (any three):
(i) It is a systematic learning that helps to avoid wastage of efforts and money.
(ii) It enhances employee productivity both in terms of quantity and quality, leading to higher profits.
(iii) It equips the future manager who can take over in case of emergency.
(iv) It increases employee morale and reduces absenteeism and employee turnover.
(v) It helps in obtaining effective response to fast changing economic and technological environment.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded.)
[1 mark for each benefit = 1×3 = 3 marks]
Q458.2022 Main 66/2/1 · Q83 marks
Name and give the meaning of the process which is career-oriented and designed to help the employees in the progress towards maturity and actualisation of their potential capabilities.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/2/1
The process which is career-oriented and designed to help the employees in the progress towards maturity and actualisation of their potential capabilities is Development.
It is the process by which the employees acquire skills and competencies for handling higher jobs in future.
It covers not only those activities which improve job performance but also those which bring about growth of the personality.
[1 mark for naming + 2 marks for meaning = 1+2 = 3 marks]
Q459.2022 Main 66/3/1 · Q53 marks
The Human Resource Department of ‘Oberoi’s Airlines Pvt. Ltd.’ has recently selected 11 pilots. The new pilots have to handle sophisticated equipment. For this, the Human Resource Manager wants to design an off-the-job training programme which will help them to improve their performance on their jobs.
Identify and explain the method of training that can be used by the company in the given situation.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/3/1
Vestibule training
In this method, the employees learn their jobs on the equipment they will be using but the training is conducted away from the actual work floor.
This method is used when employees are required to handle sophisticated machinery and equipment.
[1 mark for identification + 2 marks for explanation = 3 marks]
Q460.2022 Main 66/3/1 · Q6(b)3 marks
State any three benefits of training to employees.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/3/1
Benefits of training to employees (any three):
(i) Improved skills and knowledge due to training lead to better career of the individual.
(ii) Increased performance by the individual help him to earn more.
(iii) Training makes the employee more efficient to handle machines, thus, less prone to accidents.
(iv) Training increases the satisfaction and morale of employees.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded.)
[1 mark for each benefit = 1×3 = 3 marks]
Q461.2022 Main 66/5/1 · Q83 marks
Name and give the meaning of the concepts that are highlighted in the following statements:
It improves the performance of employees on the current job or prepares them for any intended job.
It not only improves the job performance of the employees but also brings about growth of the personality.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(a) Training: It is a process by which the aptitudes, skills and abilities of employees to perform specific jobs are increased.
(b) Development: It refers to the learning opportunities designed to help the employees grow and progress towards maturity and actualization of their potential capacities.
(or any other correct meaning)
[1 mark for naming each concept + ½ mark for its meaning = 1½×2 = 3 marks]
Q462.2022 Supp. 66/6/1 · Q53 marks
Hemant is working as a Human Resource Manager in AO chain of hospitals in Mumbai. He had to appoint nurses for the hospitals. For this, he has conducted various tests and interviews and verified the information of the applicants. The final decision has been made in consultation with the heads of the nursing department.
Hemant still has to take some more steps to complete the process of appointment of nurses.
Name and explain these steps.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/6/1
The steps Hemant has to take to complete the process of appointment of nurses:
Medical Examination: After the selection decision, the candidate is required to undergo a medical fitness test.
Job Offer: The job offer is given to those applicants who have passed all the previous hurdles. Job offer is made through a letter of appointment containing a date by which the appointee must report on duty.
Contract of Employment: After the candidate accepts the offer a contract of employment is prepared containing rates of pay, allowances, hours of work, leave rules, etc.
[½ mark for naming the step + ½ mark for its explanation = 1×3 = 3 marks]
Q463.2022 Supp. 66/6/1 · Q83 marks
Name and state the process which is job-oriented and is used to increase the skills and abilities of employees to perform a specific job.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/6/1
Training
Training is a process by which the aptitudes, skills and abilities of employees to perform specific jobs are increased to improve their performance on the current job or prepare them for any intended job. It is a process of learning new skills and application of knowledge.
[1 mark for naming + 2 marks for stating the process = 3 marks]
Q464.SQP 2026-27 · Q21(a)3 marks
State the first three steps involved in selecting the most suitable candidate for a job.
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2026-27 · Marking Scheme
(i) Preliminary Screening: Preliminary screening helps the manager eliminate unqualified or unfit job seekers based on the information supplied in the application forms. Preliminary interviews help reject misfits for reasons, which did not appear in the application forms.
(ii) Selection Tests: An employment test is a mechanism (either a paper and pencil test or an exercise that attempts to measure certain characteristics of individuals. These characteristics range from aptitudes, such as manual dexterity, to intelligence to personality.
(iii) Employment Interview: Interview is a formal, in-depth conversation conducted to evaluate the applicant’s suitability for the job. The role of the interviewer is to seek information and that of the interviewee is to provide the same. Though, in present times, the interviewee also seeks information from the interviewer.
[1 × 3 = 3 marks (one mark for each statement)]
Q465.SQP 2026-27 · Q21(b)3 marks
State any three benefits of training and development to the organisation.
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2026-27 · Marking Scheme
Benefits of training and development to the organisation: (any 3)
Training is a systematic learning, always better than hit and trial methods which lead to wastage of efforts and money.
It enhances employee productivity both in terms of quantity and quality, leading to higher profits.
Training equips the future manager who can take over in case of emergency.
Training increases employee morale and reduces absenteeism and employee turnover.
It helps in obtaining an effective response to a fast changing environment – technological and economic.
[1 × 3 = 3 marks (one mark for each statement)]
Q466.SQP 2026-27 · Q243 marks
Mr Bhavik Bhavnani was recently appointed as the Human Resource Manager of ‘Sorbit informations’. Till now, the company had been advertising all its vacancies in a local newspaper publication called ’Climb Heights’. However, many times, it would bring a flood of responses from unsuitable candidates.
The General Manager, Mr Raman Kalia, called Mr Bhavnani for a meeting to take his suggestions about alternative ways of searching for prospective employees. Mr. Bhavnani suggested that the company should maintain a close liaison with leading management institutes of the country. He also advised hiring private agencies and professional bodies who would recommend suitable candidates to the company. Also, as a database of unsolicited applicants was kept in the organisation, it was discussed that a list of such job-seekers could be prepared and screened to fill the vacancies.
State the various sources suggested by Mr Bhavnani in the above case study, by which potential candidates may be located and stimulated to apply for jobs in the organisation.
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2026-27 · Marking Scheme
1) Campus Recruitment: Colleges and institutes of management and technology have become a popular source of recruitment for technical, professional and managerial jobs. Many big organisations maintain a close liaison with the universities, vocational schools and management institutes to recruit qualified personnel for various jobs.
2) Placement Agencies and Management Consultants: In technical and professional areas, private agencies and professional bodies appear to be doing substantive work. Placement agencies provide a nationwide service in matching personnel demand and supply. These agencies compile bio-data of a large number of candidates and recommend suitable names to their clients. Such agencies charge a fee for their services. Management consultancy firms help the organisations to recruit technical, professional and managerial personnel. They specialise in middle level and top level executive placements.
3) Casual Callers: Many reputed business organisations keep a database of unsolicited applicants in their offices. Such job-seekers can be a valuable source of manpower. A list of such job-seekers can be prepared and can be screened to fill the vacancies as they arise.
[1 × 3 = 3 marks (1 mark for each correct statement)]
Q467.2026 Main 66/1/1 · Q26(a)4 marks
State any four merits of internal source of recruitment.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/1/1
Merits of Internal Sources of recruitment: ( Any FOUR)
Employees are motivated to improve their performance as a promotion at a higher level may lead to a chain of promotion at lower levels in the organisation which motivates the employees to improve their performance.
It simplifies the process of selection and placement as the candidates that are already working in the enterprise can be evaluated more accurately and economically; also as they are known to the organisation it is a more reliable source
Transfer is a tool of training as it helps the employees to prepare them for higher jobs and people recruited from within the organisation do not need induction training.
Transfer has the benefit of shifting workforce from the surplus departments to those where there is shortage of staff.
It is economical as filling of jobs internally is cheaper as compared to getting candidates from external sources.
[1 x 4 = 4 marks]
Q468.2026 Main 66/1/1 · Q26(b)4 marks
State any four benefits of training to the employees.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/1/1
Benefits of training to the employees:
Improved skills and knowledge due to training lead to better career of the individual.
Increased performance by the individual help him to earn more.
Training makes the employee more efficient to handle machines and makes them less prone to accidents.
Training increases the satisfaction and morale of employees.
[1 x 4 = 4 marks]
Q469.2026 Main 66/2/1 · Q26(a)4 marks
State any four limitations of internal sources of recruitment.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/2/1
Limitations of internal sources of recruitment: (Any FOUR)
When vacancies are filled through internal promotions, the scope for induction of fresh talent is reduced.
The employees may become lethargic if they are sure of time-bound promotions.
A new enterprise cannot use internal sources of recruitment and no organisation can fill all its vacancies from internal sources.
The spirit of competition among the employees may be hampered.
Frequent transfers of employees may often reduce the productivity of the organisation.
[1 x 4 = 4 marks]
Q470.2026 Main 66/2/1 · Q26(b)4 marks
State any four benefits of staffing to the organization.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/2/1
Benefits of staffing to the organization: (Any FOUR)
It helps in discovering and obtaining competent personnel for various jobs.
It makes for higher performance by putting the right person on the right job.
It ensures continuous survival and growth of the enterprise through succession planning for managers.
It helps to ensure optimum utilisation of human resources by avoiding overmanning as well as shortages of personnel.
It improves job satisfaction and morale of employees
[1 x 4 = 4 marks]
Q471.2026 Main 66/3/1 · Q27(b)4 marks
State any four points of importance of staffing function of management.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/3/1
Importance of staffing function of management (Any FOUR)
Staffing helps in discovering and obtaining competent personnel for various jobs.
It makes for higher performance, by putting right person on the right job.
It ensures the continuous survival and growth of the enterprise through the succession planning for managers.
It helps to ensure optimum utilisation of the human resources by avoiding overmanning, preventing under -utilisation of personnel and high labour costs.
It improves job satisfaction and morale of employees through objective assessment and fair reward for their contribution
[1 x 4 = 4 marks]
Q472.2026 Main 66/3/1 · Q284 marks
‘Staple Foods Ltd.’, a packaged food company is planning to expand its operations. To meet growing manpower needs, it adopts different external sources of recruitment for different levels of employees by balancing cost, time and quality in talent acquisition across organisational levels.
For positions requiring high trust and confidentiality, the company prefers applicants introduced by existing senior employees. For specialised technical and professional roles like Marketing Head, Operations Manager, etc., it contacts private agencies and professional bodies. These agencies are able to access a wider talent pool as they compile bio-data of a large number of candidates and recommend suitable names to their clients. For casual vacancies of unskilled or semi-skilled jobs, they post job vacancies on the company’s notice board to attract local candidates. Job seekers assemble outside the premises of the organisation on the specified date and selection is done on the spot. ‘Staple Foods Ltd.’ also maintains a record of unsolicited job applications and contacts suitable candidates from this pool whenever vacancies arise.
State the external sources of recruitment used by ‘Staple Foods Ltd.’ for recruitment of people at various organisational levels.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/3/1
External sources of recruitment:
Recommendations of employees by present employees, or their friends and relatives may prove to be a good source of recruitment because their background is sufficiently known.
Placement agencies and management consultancy provide a nationwide service in matching personnel demand and supply as they compile bio-data of a large number of candidates and recommend suitable names to their clients in technical and professional areas
Direct recruitment involves placing a notice on the notice-board of the enterprise specifying the details of the jobs available and selection is done on the spot from amongst the job seekers who assemble outside the premises of the organisation on the specified date.
Casual callers refers to keeping a database of unsolicited applicants and filling vacancies as they arise by screening the list of such job-seekers
(If the examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded.)
[1 x 4 = 4 marks]
Q473.2025 Main 66/1/1 · Q25(b)4 marks
State any four limitations of internal sources of recruitment.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/1/1
Limitations of internal sources of recruitment: (Any four)
When vacancies are filled through internal promotions, the scope for induction of fresh talent is reduced.
The employees may become lethargic if they are sure of time-bound promotions.
A new enterprise cannot use internal sources of recruitment and no organisation can fill all its vacancies from internal sources.
The spirit of competition among the employees may be hampered.
Frequent transfers of employees may often reduce the productivity of the organisation.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
[1 × 4 = 4 marks]
Q474.2025 Main 66/1/1 · Q26(a)4 marks
Explain the following external sources of recruitment:
Direct Recruitment
Casual Callers
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(i) Direct Recruitment
It is a source of recruitment, in which, a notice is placed on the notice board of the enterprise specifying the details of the jobs available.
Job-seekers (skilled or semi-skilled) assemble outside the premises of the organisation on the specified date and selection is done on the spot.
[2 marks]
(ii) Casual callers
It is a source of recruitment in which the business organisations keep a database of unsolicited applications in their offices to be used as a valuable source of manpower.
A list of such job seekers can be prepared and can be screened to fill the vacancies as they arise.
[2 marks]
[2 + 2 = 4 marks]
Q475.2025 Main 66/4/1 · Q264 marks
'Amarya Dairy Products' is a fantastic brand offering great quality dairy products. It is not only famous for the quality of its products, but also for retaining its employees in the organisation till their retirement. It believes in growth of its employees by providing them learning opportunities from time to time. For this the company divided the employees in two groups, Group-I and Group-II. Group-I having employees experience of more than 10 years and Group-II have employees who had joined the organisation just one year before.
The learning opportunities provided by the company to Group-II employees would help them in increasing their skills, attitudes and abilities to perform specific jobs, whereas the learning opportunities provided to Group-I employees would help them to grow in all respects. Identify and explain the two concepts of staffing function of management discussed above.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/4/1
The two concepts of staffing function of management discussed are
Training for Group - II employees
Development for Group – I employees
[½×2 = 1 mark]
Training
Training refers to a process by which attitudes, skills and abilities of employees to perform specific jobs are increased.
It attempts to improve employees performance on the current job or prepare them for any intended job.
[1½ marks]
Development
Development refers to the learning opportunities designed to help employees grow towards maturity and actualisation of their potential capacities.
It covers not only those activities which improve job performance but also those which bring about growth of the personality.
[1½ marks] = 4 marks
(Marks for identification of the concept are to be awarded only if the Group has been identified correctly)
Q476.2025 Main 66/7/1 · Q264 marks
'Heights Engineering College' is one of the top engineering colleges in India known for its excellent academic programmes and strong industry connections. The college has a separate placement cell which maintains a close liaison with the universities, vocational schools and management institutes to recruit qualified persons for various jobs. It works tirelessly to connect students with some of the best companies for job opportunities.
Shikhar, a brilliant Environmental Engineering student was excited when he was chosen by 'Nero', a major car manufacturing company for the post of Production Manager. He received the employment contract which included the terms, conditions and date of joining. Shikhar happily accepted the employment offer. On his first day at the company, Shikhar was given a brief presentation about the company and was introduced to his superiors, subordinates and colleagues. He was taken around the workplace and given charge of the job for which he was selected. Three months later, after settling into the job, Shikhar was called by his superior and given positive feedback about his current performance as per certain pre-determined standards.
State four steps of the staffing process discussed in the above case.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/7/1
Steps of the staffing process discussed in the above case are:
Recruitment is a process of searching for prospective employees and stimulating them to apply for jobs in the organisation in order to create a pool of the prospective job candidates.
Selection is the process of choosing the most suitable candidate from the pool of prospective candidates, in order to ensure that the organisation gets the best among available candidates.
Placement and Orientation refer to employee occupying the post for which he has been selected and introducing the selected employees to his seniors, subordinates and colleagues as well as familiarising him with the rules and policies of the organisation.
Performance appraisal involves evaluation of an employee’s current/past performance as against certain predetermined standards and providing feedback.
[1×4 = 4 marks]
(If an examinee has given only the headings, ½ mark for each heading should be awarded)
Q477.2024 Main 66/1/1 · Q254 marks
‘Verfab’ was a garment manufacturing company known for its high quality fashionable clothing. They had been in the fashionable clothing business for the last 23 years. The company was earning enough profit and the demand for their fashionable clothing was rising tremendously. The company was expanding and needed to hire new talent to meet the growing demand. They followed a comprehensive process to ensure that they brought in the best candidates.
The process began with a first-round evaluation of applications. The Human Resources team carefully reviewed each candidate’s qualifications, experience and suitability for the available positions. It eliminated unqualified or unfit job seekers based on the information supplied in the application forms and shortlisted 21 candidates who met the basic requirements.
The shortlisted candidates were then asked to take a series of tests that attempted to measure certain characteristics of individuals, ranging from manual dexterity to intelligence to personality. These tests included assessments of their sewing skills, attention to detail, and knowledge of garment manufacturing processes.
15 candidates who performed well in the tests were invited for a formal in-depth conversation with the senior staff from the design team. Thereafter, 10 candidates were found suitable for the job position available.
Since these 10 candidates had cleared all the above steps, ‘Verfab’ conducted verification by contacting their previous employers to confirm the details the candidates had provided.
Thereafter, a decision was made to choose 8 candidates who were best fitted for the roles.
Explain the steps of the comprehensive process discussed above till the verification stage, to ensure that the company brought in the best candidates to meet the growing demand for fashionable clothing.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/1/1
The steps of the comprehensive process discussed above are :
(i) Preliminary screening: It helps the manager to eliminate unqualified or unfit job seekers based on the information supplied in the application forms.
(ii) Selection tests: These tests attempt to measure certain characteristics of individuals. ranging from aptitudes, manual dexterity, intelligence to personality.
(iii) Employment interview: A formal, in-depth conversation is conducted to evaluate the applicant’s suitability for the job and the interviewees may also seek information from interviewer.
(iv) Reference and background checks: References are used for verifying information and, gaining additional information on an applicant from previous employers, known persons, teachers, university professors, etc.
(If an examinee has not given the headings as above but has given the correct explanation, full credit should be given)
[½ mark for heading and ½ mark for explanation = 1 mark; 1 × 4 = 4 marks]
Q478.2024 Main 66/2/1 · Q26(a)4 marks
Explain ‘Vestibule Training’ and ‘Apprenticeship Programme’ as methods of training.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/2/1
Vestibule Training
Employees learn their jobs on the equipment they will be using, but the training is conducted away from the actual work floor.
Actual work environments are created in a class room and this is usually done when employees are required to handle sophisticated machines and equipment.
Apprenticeship Programme
Apprenticeship programmes put the trainee under the guidance of a master worker. These are designed to acquire a higher level of skill.
A uniform period of training is offered to trainees, in which both fast and slow learn here, are placed together. Slow learners may require additional training.
[2 marks + 2 marks = 4 marks]
Q479.2024 Main 66/2/1 · Q26(b)4 marks
State any four advantages of internal sources of recruitment.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/2/1
Advantages of internal sources of recruitment: (Any four)
(i) Employees are motivated to improve their performance as a promotion at a higher level may lead to a chain of promotion at lower levels in the organisation.
(ii) Internal recruitment also simplifies the process of selection and placement as the candidates are already known to the organization.
(iii) People recruited from within the organisation do not need induction training.
(iv) Transfer has the benefit of shifting workforce from the surplus departments to those where there is shortage of staff.
(v) Filling of jobs internally is cheaper as compared to getting candidates from external sources.
(If an examinee has only listed the underlined points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
[1 × 4 = 4 marks]
Q480.2024 Main 66/3/1 · Q264 marks
Vibhas recently joined as a Human Resource Manager of ‘Bajanta Enterprises’. The company had embarked on a special project for which Vibhas had appointed twenty new employees. After the employees underwent on-the-job training for a month and had been on the job for some time, there was a need to evaluate their performance against certain pre-determined standards. Not only this, ‘Bajanta Enterprises’ had to address the career related issues and promotional avenues for their employees. Vibhas was designing activities to serve their employees’ long-term interests. By doing this, ‘Bajanta Enterprises’ had completed the two important steps of staffing process. Identify and explain those steps.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/3/1
Two steps of staffing:
(i) Performance Appraisal
Performance appraisal means evaluating an employee’s current and/or past performance as against certain predetermined standards.
The employee is expected to know what the standards are and the superior is to provide the employee feedback on his/her performance.
(ii) Promotion and career planning
Managers need to design activities to serve employees’ long-term interests also and encourage employees to grow and realise their full potential.
Promotions are an integral part of people’s career where an employee is in position of increased responsibility.
[1 mark for identification + 1 mark for explanation; 2 × 2 = 4 marks]
Q481.2024 Main 66/4/1 · Q26(a)4 marks
Explain the following steps of the selection process :
Selection Tests
Employment Interview
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(i) Selection Tests:
It is a mechanism that attempts to measure certain characteristics of individuals.
These characteristics range from aptitudes, such as manual dexterity, to intelligence to personality.
(ii) Employment Interview:
It is a formal, in-depth conversation conducted to evaluate the applicant’s suitability for the job.
The role of the interviewer is to seek information and that of the interviewee is to provide the same.
[2 + 2 = 4 marks]
Q482.2024 Main 66/4/1 · Q26(b)4 marks
State any four points of importance of ‘Staffing’ function of management.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/4/1
Importance of ‘Staffing’ function of management : (any four)
(i) It helps in discovering and obtaining competent personnel for various jobs.
(ii) It makes for higher performance, by putting right person on the right job.
(iii) It ensures the continuous survival and growth of the enterprise through the succession planning for managers.
(iv) It helps to ensure optimum utilization of the human resources by avoiding over manning and shortages of personnel.
(v) It improves job satisfaction and morale of employees through objective assessment and fair reward for their contribution.
(If an examinee has only listed the underlined points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
[1 × 4 = 4 marks]
Q483.2024 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q30(a)4 marks
Explain the following methods of training :
Vestibule training
Internship training
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
(i) Vestibule training
It is a method of training in which employees learn their jobs on the equipment they will be using, but the training is conducted away from the actual work floor.
This method is used when employees are required to handle sophisticated machinery and equipment.
[2 marks]
(ii) Internship training
It is a joint programme of training in which educational institutions and business firms cooperate.
Selected candidates carry on regular studies for the prescribed period and also work in some factory or office to acquire practical knowledge and skills.
[2 marks]
[= 4 marks]
Q484.2023 Main 66/1/1 · Q284 marks
Identify and give the meaning of the concepts highlighted in the following statements:
The process of finding possible candidates for a job.
An assessment of the number and types of human resources necessary for the performance of various jobs.
Introducing the selected employees to other employees and familiarising them with the rules and policies of the organisation.
It ensures that the organisation gets the best employees amongst the employees available.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(a) Recruitment
Recruitment may be defined as the process of searching for prospective employees and stimulating them to apply for jobs in the organisation.
(b) Workload analysis is a part of first step of staffing process i.e., estimating the manpower requirements.
It involves assessment of the number and types of human resources necessary for the performance of various jobs and accomplishment of organisational objectives.
(c) Orientation
Orientation involves giving a brief presentation about the company to the employee and introducing him/her to his/her superiors, subordinates and the colleagues.
(d) Selection
Selection is the process of identifying and choosing the best person out of a number of prospective candidates for a job.
[½ mark for identification and ½ mark for meaning = 4 marks]
Q485.2023 Main 66/2/1 · Q25(a)4 marks
State the first four steps involved in the process of choosing the best candidate out of a number of prospective candidates for a job.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/2/1
First four steps in Selection Process:
Preliminary Screening: It helps to eliminate unqualified or unfit job seekers, based on the information supplied in the application forms.
Selection Tests: Selection tests attempt to measure certain characteristics of individuals like aptitude, intelligence, etc.
Employement Interview: Interview is a formal, in-depth conversation conducted to evaluate the applicant’s suitability for the job.
Reference and Background Checks: Employers contact references specified by the applicant for the purpose of verifying information and gaining additional information on an applicant.
[1×4 = 4 marks]
Q486.2023 Main 66/2/1 · Q25(b)4 marks
State any four benefits of using internal sources of recruitment.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/2/1
Benefits of using Internal Sources (Any four):
Employees are motivated to improve their performance through learning and practice and remain satisfied with their jobs.
It simplifies the process of selection and placement since the candidates are already known to the organisation.
People recruited from within the organisation do not need induction training. Transfer is a tool of training the employees to prepare them for higher jobs.
Transfer has the benefit of shifting workforce from surplus departments to those where there is shortage of staff.
Filling jobs internally is cheaper as compared to getting candidates from external sources.
[1×4 = 4 marks]
Q487.2023 Main 66/3/1 · Q25(a)4 marks
Identify and explain the following:
It is a job-oriented process which attempts to improve the performance of employees on the current job and prepares them for any intended job.
It is a career-oriented process which enables the overall growth of the employee.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(i) Training
Training is any process by which the aptitudes, skills and abilities of employees to perform specific jobs are increased.
(ii) Development
Development refers to the learning opportunities that enable growth of the employee personality and helps individuals in realising their potential capacities.
[1 mark for identification + 1 mark for explanation = 2 × 2 = 4 marks]
Q488.2023 Main 66/3/1 · Q25(b)4 marks
Explain any two sources of recruitment for various job positions which bring new blood in the organisation and provide wider choice.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/3/1
External sources of recruitment (any two):
Direct recruitment
Casual callers
Advertisement
Employment Exchange
Placement agencies and Management consultants
Campus recruitment
Recommendation of employees.
Labour contractors
Advertisement on television
Web publishing
[½ mark for naming + 1½ mark for explanation = 2 × 2 = 4 marks]
Q489.2023 Main 66/4/1 · Q25(a)4 marks
Identify the process of choosing the best person from among the pool of the prospective candidates. State the first step in the process identified.
In all cases, including highly specialised jobs, where the choice is very narrow, the process identified in (i) above serves two important purposes. State these purposes.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(i) Selection
The first step in the process of ‘selection’ is ‘Preliminary Screening’ which helps the manager eliminate unqualified or unfit job seekers based on the information supplied in the application forms.
Preliminary interviews help reject misfits for reasons, which did not appear in the application forms.
(ii) The process of selection serves the following two important purposes:
It ensures that the organisation gets the best among the available; and
It enhances the self-esteem and prestige of those selected and conveys to them the seriousness with which the things are done in the organisation.
[1 mark for identification + 1 mark for stating + 1 × 2 = 2 marks; = 1 + 1 + 2 = 4 marks]
Q490.2023 Main 66/4/1 · Q25(b)4 marks
Identify and explain the following:
The job-oriented process that increases knowledge and skills and enables the employee to do the job better.
The career-oriented process of learning and growth that enables the overall growth of the employee.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(a) Training
It is a process by which the aptitudes, skills and abilities of employees to perform specific jobs are increased. It attempts to improve their performance on the current job or prepare them for any intended job.
(b) Development
It refers to the learning opportunities designed to help employees grow. It covers not only those activities which improve only job performance but also those which bring about growth of the personality.
(or any other correct explanation)
[1 mark for identification + 1 mark for explanation (each) = 1 + 1 + 1 + 1 = 4 marks]
Q491.2023 Main 66/5/1 · Q25(a)4 marks
Filling vacancies for various job positions from within the organisations has many benefits. State any four such benefits.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/5/1
Benefits of filling vacancies for various job positions from within the organisation: (Any four)
It simplifies the process of selection and placement. It is the more reliable way of recruitment since candidates are already known to the organisation.
People recruited from within the organization do not need induction training.
It has the benefit of shifting workforce from the surplus department to those where there is shortage of staff.
It motivates the employees to improve their performance and get a chance of promotion at higher level.
It is a cheaper source as compared to getting candidates from outside/external sources.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
(If an examinee has given the correct statement without giving the headings, full marks for each statement is to be awarded)
[1 × 4 = 4 marks]
Q492.2023 Main 66/5/1 · Q25(b)4 marks
Staffing not only helps in discovering and obtaining competent personnel for various jobs but also ensures some more benefits to the organisation. State any four such benefits.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/5/1
Staffing is considered an important function of management because of the following reasons: (any four)
It results in higher performance by putting right person on the right job.
It ensures continuous survival and growth of the enterprise through the succession planning for managers.
It ensures optimum utilization of human resources by avoiding overmanning. It prevents underutilization of personnel and high labour costs.
It improves job satisfaction and morale of employees through objective assessment and fair reward for their contribution.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
[1 × 4 = 4 marks]
Q493.SQP 2025-26 · Q304 marks
PP Motors is a reputed automobile company known for manufacturing high performance four wheelers. The company plans to hire eight new engineers. Akhilesh Banerjee, the Human Resource Manager has eliminated unfit job seekers based on the information supplied in the application forms, conducted various tests and interviews and verified the information of the applicants.
Identify and explain the remaining steps that Mr Banerjee must undertake in order to ensure that the organisation gets the best among the available, from the pool of prospective job candidates.
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2025-26 · Marking Scheme
The remaining steps in selection process are:
(i) Selection Decision: The final decision has to be made from among the candidates who pass the tests, interviews and reference checks. The views of the concerned manager will be generally considered in the final selection because it is he/she who is responsible for the performance of the new employee.
(ii) Medical Examination: After the selection decision and before the job offer is made, the candidate is required to undergo a medical fitness test. The job offer is given to the candidate being declared fit after the medical examination.
(iii) Job Offer: The next step in the selection process is job offer to those applicants who have passed all the previous hurdles. Job offer is made through a letter of appointment/confirm his acceptance. The appointee must be given reasonable time for reporting.
(iv) Contract of Employment: After the job offer has been made and the candidate accepts the offer, certain documents need to be executed by the employer and the candidate like the attestation form. This form contains certain vital details about the candidate, which are authenticated and attested by him or her. Attestation form will be a valid record for future reference. Basic information that should be included in a written contract of employment are: Job Title, Duties, Responsibilities, Date when continuous employment starts and the basis for calculating service, rates of pay, allowances, hours of work, leave rules, sickness, grievance procedure, disciplinary procedure, work rules, termination of employment.
[1 × 4 = 4 marks]
Q494.2022 Main 66/1/1 · Q115 marks
Gautam Natarajan is the founder of ‘Brewed Beans Coffee’, a famous chain of 21 outlets in South India, selling high quality filter coffee.
He is known for his leadership and vision. He believes that human resources, are the most important assets of an organisation. He often quotes, “The right people can help you take your business to the top, the wrong people can break your business.” This is the reason he considers the function of management that fills the various positions in the organisation structure to be the most critical and fundamental to organisational performance.
Identify the function of management that has been emphasised by Gautam Natarajan.
State any four points of importance of function identified in (a) above.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(a) Staffing [1 mark]
(b) Importance of Staffing (any four):
(i) It helps in discovering and obtaining competent personnel for various jobs.
(ii) It makes for higher performance by putting right person on the right job.
(iii) It ensures continuous survival and growth of the enterprise through the succession planning for managers.
(iv) It helps to ensure optimum utilisation of human resources by avoiding overmanning and under-utilisation of personnel.
(v) It improves job satisfaction and morale of employees through objective assessment and fair rewarding of their contribution.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded.)
[1 mark for identifying + 1 mark for each point of importance = 1×4 = 4 marks; = 5 marks]
Q495.2022 Main 66/2/1 · Q115 marks
Rahul has just completed his B.Tech. and joined a leading company manufacturing inverters. To capture 70% of the market share, the company is planning to enter into the manufacturing of solar inverters. To achieve this target it requires trained workforce. The Human Resource Manager asked Rahul to give any five benefits to the organisation, with reasons, for training the workforce. State the five points of benefits of trained workforce to the organisation that might have been sent by Rahul in his reply to the Human Resource Manager.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/2/1
Benefits of training to the organisation that might have been sent by Rahul in his reply to the Human Resource Manager:
(i) It avoids wastage of efforts and money as training is systematic learning, better than hit and trial methods.
(ii) It enhances employee productivity both in terms of quantity and quality leading to higher profits.
(iii) It equips the future manager to take over in an emergency.
(iv) It reduces employees’ turnover as it increases employee morale and reduces absenteeism.
(v) It helps in obtaining effective response in a fast changing environment
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
[1×5 = 5 marks]
Q496.2022 Main 66/3/1 · Q115 marks
The Human Resource Manager of Alfa Ltd., a leading air-conditioner manufacturer requires employees for various posts. He wanted to opt for a source of recruitment where background of potential candidates is sufficiently known. He knew that applicants introduced by present employees or their friends and relatives may prove to be a good source of recruitment.
Identify the external source of recruitment discussed in the above paragraph.
State any four advantages of external sources of recruitment.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(i) Recommendation of Employees [1 mark]
(ii) Advantages of using External sources
(a) By using external sources of recruitment, the management can attract qualified and trained people to apply for vacant jobs in the organisation.
(b) When external sources are used, the management has a wider choice while selecting the people for employment.
(c) External recruitment brings fresh talent in the organisation when present employees may be insufficient or do not fulfil the job specifications.
(d) If a company taps external sources, the existing staff will have competitive spirit and work harder to show better performance.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded.)
[1 mark for identification + 1 mark for each advantage = 1×4 = 4 marks; = 1+4 = 5 marks]
Q497.2022 Main 66/4/1 · Q125 marks
After the outbreak of pandemic COVID-19, Yash Publishing Limited is planning to go digital as the teachers and students are now more interested in E-content. After due consultation with the top management, the company decided to publish E-books. For the same, they hired a recruitment agency to tap the right talent for the job.
The company also approached a well-established university in the city of Indore to recruit qualified personnel for various managerial positions. For the post of E-content writer the company is using shine.com and monster.com.
Identify and explain the function of management highlighted above.
Quoting lines from the above, explain the types of external sources of recruitment discussed in the para.
State any two advantages of external sources of recruitment.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(a) The function of management highlighted above is Staffing.
Staffing is that part of the process of management which is concerned with obtaining, utilizing and maintaining a satisfactory and satisfied workforce.
Or
Staffing is the managerial function of filling and keeping filled the positions in the organisation structure.
[½ mark for identifying + ½ mark for its explanation]
(b) Any two from the following:
(i) ‘They find a recruitment agency to tap the right talent for the job’-Placement agencies and management consultants. Placement agencies provide a nationwide service in matching demand and supply by compiling bio data of a large number of candidates and recommending suitable names to their clients. Management consultants help the organisations to recruit technical, professional and managerial personnel by maintaining a data bank of persons with different qualification and skills and even advertise the jobs on behalf of their clients.
(ii) ‘Approached a well establishing university in the city of Indore to recruit qualified personnel for various managerial positions’- Campus recruitment, in which many big organisations maintain a close liaison with the universities, vocational schools and management institutes to recruit qualified personnel for various jobs.
(iii) ‘For the post of e-content writer the company is using shine.com and monster.com’- Web publishing, in which information about both job seekers and job opening is provided through specifically designed and dedicated websites.
[½ mark for quoting the line + ½ mark for explanation of each external source = 1×2 = 2 marks]
(c) Advantages of external sources of recruitment: (Any two)
(i) Attracts qualified personnel to apply for vacant jobs in the organisation.
(ii) Gives a wider choice to the management while selecting people.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
[1 mark for each advantage = 1×2 = 2 marks; = 1+2+2 = 5 marks]
Q498.2022 Main 66/5/1 · Q115 marks
Asha is living in a small village of Rajasthan. Her mother has good culinary skills. Inspired from her mother she joined a course of ‘Food and Beverages Production’ in Jaipur. After completing her course she asked her mother to open a sweets shop in Jaipur, to which her mother agreed. The business was doing well and had started growing. To expand her business she felt the need of additional personnel. Instead of selecting personnel from any other source she thought of helping her relatives and appointed five of them. But after doing all efforts she found that none of her relatives were providing satisfactory service leading to lower productivity. Also, the quality of the products started deteriorating.
This made Asha to realise that the ability of an organisation to achieve its goals depends upon the quality of its human resources. This was ignored by her at the time of selecting the personnel for her expansion programme.
Identify and state the function of management which could have helped Asha at the time of fulfilling her need of additional personnel in the organisation.
State any three benefits of the function identified in (a) above.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(a) The function of management which could have helped Asha at the time of fulfilling her need of additional personnel in the organization is Staffing.
Staffing is the function of management which is concerned with obtaining, utilizing and maintaining a satisfactory and satisfied workforce.
(or any other correct meaning)
[1 mark for identification + 1 mark for stating it = 2 marks]
(b) Benefits of Staffing function (any three points):
It helps in discovering and obtaining competent personnel for various jobs.
It helps in higher performance by putting the right person on the right job.
It ensures the continuous survival and growth of the enterprise through the succession planning for managers.
It helps to ensure optimum utilization of human resources by avoiding overmanning and also indicating in advance the shortages of personnel.
It improves job satisfaction and morale of employees through objective assessment and fair reward of their contribution.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded.)
[1 mark for stating each benefit = 1×3 = 3 marks]
[= 2 + 3 = 5 marks]
Q499.2026 Main 66/1/1 · Q32(a)6 marks
Explain the following steps in the staffing process :
Estimating manpower requirements
Selection
Placement and orientation
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(i) Estimating manpower requirements[2 marks]
Estimating manpower requirements involves knowing how many persons are needed and also of what type.
Understanding the manpower requirements would necessitate workload analysis and workforce analysis, which reveal whether we are understaffed, overstaffed or optimally staffed.
(ii) Selection[2 marks]
Selection is the process of choosing from among the pool of the prospective job candidates developed at the stage of recruitment.
The purpose of selection process is to ensure that the organization gets the best among the available and enhances the self-esteem and prestige of those selected.
(iii) Placement and Orientation[2 marks]
Placement refers to the employee occupying the position or post for which the person has been selected.
Orientation is introducing the selected employee to other employees and familiarising him with the rules and policies of the organisation.
[= 6 marks]
Q500.2026 Main 66/4/1 · Q34(a)6 marks
Explain the following steps in the process of staffing :
Selection
Promotion and Career Planning
Compensation
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(i) Selection:
Selection is the process of choosing from among the pool of the prospective job candidates developed at the stage of recruitment.
The purpose of selection process is to ensure that the organization gets the best among the available and enhances the self-esteem and prestige of those selected.
(ii) Promotion and Career Planning:
Promotions refer to being placed in positions of increased responsibility and usually mean more pay, responsibility and job satisfaction.
To address career related issues and promotional avenues for their employees, managers need to design activities to serve employees’ long-term interests and encourage employees to grow and realise their full potential.
(iii) Compensation:
Compensation refers to all forms of pay or rewards going to employees in the form of direct financial payments like wages, salaries, etc and indirect payments like employer paid insurance and vacations.
Direct financial payments are of two types : time based or performance based. Certain pay plans can be created which are a combination of time based pay plus incentives for higher performance.
[2 × 3 = 6 marks]
Q501.2026 Main 66/4/1 · Q34(b)6 marks
Explain the following external sources of recruitment :
Direct Recruitment
Casual Callers
Labour Contractors
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(i) Direct Recruitment:
Under the direct recruitment, a notice is placed on the noticeboard of the enterprise specifying the details of the jobs available, job seekers assemble outside the premises of the organisation on the specified date and selection is done on the spot.
The practice of direct recruitment is followed usually for casual workers for unskilled or semiskilled jobs, who are paid remuneration on daily wage basis.
(ii) Casual Callers:
A database of unsolicited applicants is kept in the offices. A list of job seekers can be prepared and screened to fill the vacancies as they arise.
It reduces the cost of recruiting workforce in comparison to other sources.
(iii) Labour Contractors:
Labour contractors, who may be employees of the organisation, maintain close contacts with labourers and provide the required number of unskilled workers at short notice.
However, when the contractor himself decides to leave the organisation, all the workers employed through him will follow suit.
[2 × 3 = 6 marks]
Q502.2026 Main 66/5/1 · Q336 marks
‘Yummi Foods’, a fast-growing snacks chain has been in business for the last 13 years. Realising that there is a growing demand for nutritious food, the company planned to enter the healthy snacks segment. They decided to hire a Marketing Manager with an experience in this segment. For this, they gave an advertisement in a leading newspaper and received more than 200 applications.
The Human Resource Manager carefully went through all the application forms and removed the application forms of those applicants who did not meet the basic qualifications. Short introductory interactions were also held to filter out candidates who did not match the job requirements. The shortlisted candidates were then asked to take a test designed to measure their intelligence, personality traits, etc. Candidates who performed well in the test were invited for a formal in-depth conversation to be evaluated on their suitability for the job. A job offer was made to a candidate for the role of a Marketing Manager through an appointment letter mentioning the joining date.
But before the job offer was made, ‘Yummi Foods’ had performed three steps in the process of selection which are not mentioned above. Identify and explain the steps.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/5/1
Steps in the process of selection performed by ‘Yummi foods’:
(i) Reference and Background Checks:
Employers request names, addresses, and telephone numbers of references for the purpose of verifying information and gaining additional information of an applicant.
References may include previous employers, known persons, teachers and university professors, etc.
(ii) Selection Decision:
The final decision has to be made from among the candidates who pass the tests, interviews and reference checks.
The views of the concerned manager will be generally considered in the final selection because it is he/she who is responsible for the performance of the new employee.
(iii) Medical Examination:
After the selection decision and before the job offer is made, the candidate is required to undergo a medical fitness test.
The job offer is given to the candidate being declared fit after the medical examination.
[½ mark for identification + 1½ mark for explanation; 2 × 3 = 6 marks]
Q503.2026 Supp. 66/7/1 · Q34(a)6 marks
Explain the following steps of the staffing process:
Estimating Manpower Requirements
Performance Appraisal
Compensation
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/7/1
Steps of Staffing process:
(i) Estimating Manpower Requirements:
Understanding manpower requirement is not merely a matter of knowing how many persons but also what type. It includes workload analysis and workforce analysis. Workload analysis is an assessment of the number and types of human resources necessary for the performance of various jobs and workforce analysis reveal the number and type available.
This exercise would reveal whether we are understaffed, overstaffed or optimally staffed.
[2 marks]
(ii) Performance Appraisal
Performance appraisal means evaluating an employee’s current and/or past performance as against certain predetermined standards.
The performance appraisal process includes defining the job, appraising performance and providing feedback.
[2 marks]
(iii) Compensation
Compensation refers to all forms of pay or rewards going to employees. It may be in the form of direct financial payments like wages, salaries, incentives, commissions and bonuses and indirect payments like employer paid insurance and vacations.
Direct financial payments are of two types: time based or performance based. Certain pay plans can be created which are a combination of time based pay plus incentives for higher performance.
[2 marks; total = 6 marks]
Q504.2026 Supp. 66/7/1 · Q34(b)6 marks
Explain the following external sources of recruitment:
Casual Callers
Employment Exchange
Advertisement
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/7/1
External sources of recruitment:
(i) Casual Callers:
Many reputed business organisations keep a database of unsolicited applicants and can be screened to fill the vacancies as they arise.
This source of recruitment reduces the cost of recruiting workforce in comparison to other sources.
[2 marks]
(ii) Employment Exchange:
Employment exchanges run by the Government are regarded as a good source of recruitment for unskilled and skilled operative jobs.
Employment exchanges help to match personnel demand and supply by serving as link between job-seekers and employers.
[2 marks]
(iii) Advertisement:
Advertisement in newspapers or trade and professional journals is generally used when a wider choice of candidates is required, especially for filling senior positions in industry and commerce.
Advertising vacancies provides more information about the organisation and the job.
[2 marks; total = 6 marks]
Q505.2025 Main 66/2/1 · Q31(a)6 marks
Explain the following steps in the process of selection:
Preliminary Screening
Selection Tests
Employment Interview
Reference and Background Checks
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(i) Preliminary Screening
Preliminary screening helps the manager eliminate unqualified or unfit job seekers based on the information supplied in the application forms.
Preliminary interviews help reject misfits for reasons, which did not appear in the application forms.
(ii) Selection Tests
An employment test is a mechanism (either a paper and pencil test or an exercise) that attempts to measure certain characteristics of individuals.
These characteristics range from aptitudes, such as manual dexterity, to intelligence to personality. For this, various tests are used which may be Intelligence tests, Aptitude tests, Personality tests etc.
(iii) Employment Interview
Interview is a formal, in-depth conversation conducted to evaluate the applicant’s suitability for the job.
The role of the interviewer is to seek information and that of the interviewee is to provide the same.
(iv) Reference and Background Checks
Many employers request names, addresses, and telephone numbers of references for the purpose of verifying information and, gaining additional information on an applicant.
Previous employers, known persons, teachers and university professors can act as references.
[1½ × 4 = 6 marks]
Q506.2025 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q33(b)6 marks
Explain the following steps in the process of staffing :
Estimating the Manpower Requirements
Recruitment
Performance Appraisal
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
Steps in the process of staffing
(i) Estimating the manpower requirements[2 marks]
Estimating the manpower requirement includes knowing how many persons are needed and of what type, i.e. understanding workload analysis as well as workforce analysis.
It reveals whether an organisation is understaffed, overstaffed and optimally staffed.
(ii) Recruitment[2 marks]
Recruitment is the process of searching for prospective employees and stimulating them to apply for jobs in the organisation.
It involves creating a pool of the prospective job candidates.
(iii) Performance Appraisal[2 marks]
Performance appraisal means evaluating an employee’s current and/or past performance as against certain predetermined standards.
The performance appraisal process includes defining the job, appraising performance and providing feedback.
[= 6 marks]
Q507.2024 Main 66/1/1 · Q34(a)6 marks
Give the meaning of ‘Training’. Explain the following methods of training : (i) Apprenticeship Training, (ii) Internship Training
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/1/1
Training:
Training is any process by which the aptitudes, skills and abilities of employees to perform specific jobs are increased.
OR
It is a process of learning new skills and application of knowledge in order to improve the performance of employees on the current job or prepare them for any intended job.
(Or any other suitable meaning)
(i) Apprenticeship Training:
Under this method of training, the trainee is put under the guidance of a master worker, in order to acquire a higher level of skill.
It is useful for people to become, for example, plumbers, electricians, etc.
(ii) Internship Training:
It is a joint programme of training, in which educational institutions and business firms cooperate.
Selected candidates work in some factory or office to acquire practical knowledge and skill, along with their regular studies.
[2 + 2 + 2 = 6 marks]
Q508.2023 Supp. 66/C/1 · Q33(a)6 marks
Explain the steps in the staffing process of management after ‘Placement and Orientation’.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/C/1
Steps in staffing process of management after ‘Placement and Orientation’:
Training and Development
Performance Appraisal
Promotion and Career Planning
Compensation
[½ mark for naming + 1 mark for explanation = 1½ × 4 = 6 marks]
Q509.2023 Supp. 66/C/1 · Q33(b)6 marks
Explain the steps in the selection process of staffing function of management after ‘Reference and Background checks’.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/C/1
Steps in the selection process of staffing function of management after ‘Reference and Background checks’:
Selection Decision
Medical Examination
Job Offer
Contract of Employment
[½ mark for naming + 1 mark for explanation = 1½ × 4 = 6 marks]
Part A · Principles and Functions of Management
7. Directing
Q510.2026 Main 66/1/1 · Q41 mark
[Picture: a man shouting through a megaphone at another man, who covers his ears; a speech cloud of jumbled symbols (!*%+×) and zigzag lines surround them.]
Identify the element of communication process from the above picture :
Feedback
Media
Noise
Decoding
For Visually Impaired Candidates :
The element of communication process that converts the message into communication symbols is :
Feedback
Media
Decoding
Encoding
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(C) Noise [1 mark]
For Visually Impaired Candidates:(D) Encoding [1 mark]
Q511.2026 Main 66/1/1 · Q201 mark
Which of the following is NOT an organisational barrier to communication ?
Status
Organisational facilities
Lack of proper incentives
Rules and regulations
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(C) Lack of proper incentives [1 mark]
Q512.2026 Main 66/2/1 · Q21 mark
The question mark in the picture given below represents a financial incentive. Identify the incentive :
[Picture: a circle with a “?” in the centre, with arrows pointing to four items: “Housing” (Company-Provided Housing: Housing + Salary = Boost your Take-home Pay), “Car Allowance”, “Medical Aid” (Medical Benefits Claim Form) and “Education to Children”.]
Pay and allowances
Retirement benefits
Productivity linked wage incentives
Perquisites
For Visually Impaired Candidates :
Authority, responsibility, rewards, perquisites and prestige of job etc. indicate which of the following non-financial incentives given to a person holding a managerial position ?
Job Enrichment
Job security
Status
Organisational climate
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(D) Perquisites [1 mark]
For Visually Impaired Candidates:(C) Status
Q513.2026 Main 66/2/1 · Q41 mark
Match the non-financial incentives given in Column I with their meaning given in Column II :
Column I
Column II
a. Employee participation
i. It indicates the characteristics which describe an organization and distinguish one organization from the other.
b. Organisational climate
ii. It means ranking of positions in the organisation.
c. Employee empowerment
iii. It means giving more autonomy and powers to subordinates.
d. Status
iv. It means involving employees in decision making of the issues related to them.
Choose the correct option from the options given below :
a
b
c
d
(A)
ii
iii
i
iv
(B)
i
iv
ii
iii
(C)
iv
i
iii
ii
(D)
iii
ii
iv
i
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(C) iv i iii ii [1 mark]
Q514.2026 Main 66/4/1 · Q31 mark
Read the following statements : Assertion (A) and Reason (R).
Assertion (A): Motivation can be either positive or negative.
Reason (R): Individuals are heterogeneous in their expectations, perceptions and reactions.
Choose the correct alternative from the options given below :
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true, but Reason (R) is not the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are false.
Assertion (A) is true, but Reason (R) is false.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(B) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true, but Reason (R) is not the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
[1 mark]
Q515.2026 Main 66/4/1 · Q141 mark
Identify the incorrect statement with respect to the feature of Directing function of management :
Directing is a continuous process
Directing flows from top to bottom
Directing takes place at top level of management only
Directing initiates action
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(C) Directing takes place at top level of management only
[1 mark]
Q516.2026 Main 66/4/1 · Q151 mark
Match the incentives given in Column I with their meanings given in Column II.
Column I
Column II
1. Job Security
(i) Involving employees in decision-making of the issues related to them
2. Job Enrichment
(ii) Providing opportunities to employees to improve their skills and be promoted to higher level jobs
3. Career Advancement Opportunity
(iii) Stability about future income and work
4. Employee Participation
(iv) Designing jobs that include greater variety of work content and higher levels of knowledge and skill
Choose the correct option from the following :
1-(iii), 2-(iv), 3-(ii), 4-(i)
1-(iii), 2-(i), 3-(ii), 4-(iv)
1-(iv), 2-(iii), 3-(ii), 4-(i)
1-(i), 2-(ii), 3-(iii), 4-(iv)
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(A) 1-(iii), 2-(iv), 3-(ii), 4-(i)
[1 mark]
Q517.2026 Main 66/5/1 · Q71 mark
Which of the following statements is incorrect with reference to Maslow’s Need Hierarchy Theory of motivation?
People’s behaviour is based on their needs.
People’s needs are in hierarchical order, starting from basic needs to other higher-level needs.
Only a satisfied need can motivate a person.
A person moves to the next higher level of the hierarchy only when the lower need is satisfied.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(C) Only a satisfied need can motivate a person
[1 mark]
Q518.2026 Main 66/5/1 · Q141 mark
A leading newspaper company noticed that many of its talented editors were resigning despite being paid competitive salaries. On conducting an internal survey, it was revealed that employees were dissatisfied as they were not being offered benefits over and above the salary, like the employees of other competitive firms. Realising that such additional benefits play an important role in motivating employees, the management decided to provide car allowance, housing facilities, medical benefits, etc. to retain employees in the organisation and improve their satisfaction.
Identify the incentive that the newspaper company decided to provide to their employees:
Bonus
Retirement benefits
Perquisites
Profit sharing
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(C) Perquisites
[1 mark]
Q519.2026 Main 66/5/1 · Q191 mark
Read the following statements carefully:
Statement I: In democratic leadership style, the followers are given a high degree of independence to formulate their own objectives and ways to achieve them.
Statement II: In autocratic leadership style, communication is only one-way, with the subordinates only acting according to the command given by their managers.
In the light of the given statements, choose the correct alternative from the following:
Statement I is true and Statement II is false.
Statement I is false and Statement II is true.
Both Statement I and Statement II are true.
Both Statement I and Statement II are false.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(B) Statement I is false and Statement II is true
[1 mark]
Q520.2026 Supp. 66/7/1 · Q31 mark
According to Maslow, within every human being, there exists a hierarchy of five needs. Identify the correct sequence of these needs from the lowest level to the highest level:
The process of converting the message into communication symbols such as words, pictures, gestures etc. is known as __________.
Feedback
Media
Encoding
Decoding
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/7/1
(C) Encoding
[1 mark]
Q522.2026 Supp. 66/7/1 · Q101 mark
Read the following statements carefully:
Statement I: In Laissez-faire leadership style, the leader develops action plans and makes decisions in consultation with his subordinates.
Statement II: In Autocratic leadership style, communication is only oneway, with the subordinate only acting according to the command given by the manager.
In light of the given statements, choose the correct alternative from the following:
Both Statement I and Statement II are true.
Both Statement I and Statement II are false.
Statement I is true and Statement II is false.
Statement I is false and Statement II is true
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/7/1
(D) Statement I is false and Statement II is true.
[1 mark]
Q523.2026 Supp. 66/7/1 · Q201 mark
‘There are various measures to overcome communication barriers and improve communication effectiveness.’ Which one of the following is not a correct measure?
Communicate according to the needs of the receiver
Success of communication is not dependent upon proper feedback
Consult others before communicating
Be aware of language, tone and content of the message
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/7/1
(B) Success of communication is not dependent upon proper feedback
[1 mark]
Q524.2025 Main 66/1/1 · Q131 mark
Statement-I: Motivation is a complex process as individuals are heterogeneous in their expectations, perceptions and reactions.
Statement-II: Motivation can be either positive or negative.
Choose the correct option from the following:
Statement I is true and Statement II is false.
Statement II is true and Statement I is false.
Both Statement I and Statement II are true.
Both Statement I and Statement II are false.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(C) Both Statement I and Statement II are true. [1 mark]
Q525.2025 Main 66/2/1 · Q31 mark
Given below are two statements, Assertion (A) and Reason (R):
Assertion (A): Directing facilitates introduction of needed changes in the organization.
Reason (R): Directing increases resistance to changes in the organization.
Choose the correct alternative from the alternatives given below:
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
Assertion (A) is true, but Reason (R) is false.
Assertion (A) is false, but Reason (R) is true.
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true, but Reason (R) is not the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(B) Assertion (A) is true, but Reason (R) is false. [1 mark]
Q526.2025 Main 66/2/1 · Q71 mark
Atul was working as an employee in a readymade garments factory. He was very sincere and dedicated and always completed his work in time. It pained him to see that his colleagues were reluctant to do the work even though they had the ability to do it.
Due to his good behaviour and willingness to work, he was promoted to the post of the supervisor of the same team in which he was a worker earlier. He understood very well that it was not always possible to get the best of work from employees merely by exercising formal authority. He had insights into the causes of behaviour of people. He knew how to get the work done by the workers in a desired manner to achieve the organizational objectives. Under his supervision even the workers who were reluctant to work started working efficiently and effectively.
From the following, identify the concept used by Atul, as a supervisor to get the work completed:
Leadership
Financial Incentives
Motivation
Non-financial Incentives
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(C) Motivation [1 mark]
Q527.2025 Main 66/2/1 · Q111 mark
Nimesh was working as a Production Manager in H.L. Ltd., an electrical wire manufacturing company. One of the vendors who was supplying copper to H.L. Ltd. wanted to close down his business within 15 days as he had to go abroad to live with his son. The vendor was selling all his stocks at 60% discount. Nimesh wrote a letter to the General Manager to seek approval for procurement of this material. But due to rigid rules and cumbersome procedures there was delay in getting sanction and order could not be placed.
The type of communication barrier that led to procedural delay was:
Semantic barrier
Psychological barrier
Organizational barrier
Personal barrier
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(C) Organizational barrier [1 mark]
Q528.2025 Main 66/4/1 · Q11 mark
The leadership style in which subordinates act according to the command given by the manager and the communication is one way, is known as:
Autocratic leadership style
Democratic leadership style
Free-rein leadership style
None of the above
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(A) Autocratic leadership style
Q529.2025 Main 66/4/1 · Q131 mark
'Homely Space' is a home decor company providing interior design services. The company lacks facilities like frequent meetings, suggestion box, complaint box, social and cultural gatherings, etc. This causes hindrance in achieving the objectives. Identify the type of communication barrier discussed above from the following:
Semantic barrier
Psychological barrier
Organisational barrier
Personal barrier
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(C) Organisational barrier
Q530.2025 Main 66/4/1 · Q191 mark
'A poor telephone connection' is an example of which of the following element of communication process?
Message
Media
Decoding
Noise
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(D) Noise
Q531.2025 Main 66/6/1 · Q131 mark
Identify the incorrect statement with respect to importance of ‘Directing’:
It helps to initiate action.
It helps to bring stability and balance in the organisation.
It facilitates introduction of needed changes in the organisation.
It establishes standards for controlling.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/6/1
(D) It establishes standards for controlling.
Q532.2025 Main 66/6/1 · Q171 mark
Identify the financial incentive shown in the picture given below:
[Picture not reproduced: rupee coins move on a conveyor from the employer (a building) to the employee, with coins dropping into a piggy bank labelled ‘EPF’.]
Stock option
Perquisites
Productivity-linked wage incentive
Retirement benefits
Note: The following question is for the Visually Impaired Candidates only in lieu of Q. No. 17.
An incentive offered over and above the wages/salary to the employees is known as:
Productivity-linked wage incentive
Bonus
Profit sharing
Stock option
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/6/1
(D) Retirement benefits
Visually Impaired Candidates:
(B) Bonus
Q533.2025 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q151 mark
Match the concepts given in Column-II with their meanings given in Column-I.
Column-I
Column-II
(a) It is the activity of influencing people to strive willingly for group objectives.
(i) Communication
(b) It is the process of exchange of ideas, views, facts, feelings, etc. between or among people to create a common understanding.
(ii) Leadership
(c) It is the process of instructing, guiding, counselling, motivating and leading people in the organization to achieve its objectives.
(iii) Motivation
(d) It is the process of stimulating people to action to accomplish desired goals.
(iv) Directing
Choose the correct option from the following :
(a)-(ii), (b)-(iii), (c)-(iv), (d)-(i)
(a)-(ii), (b)-(i), (c)-(iv), (d)-(iii)
(a)-(iv), (b)-(iii), (c)-(ii), (d)-(i)
(a)-(iii), (b)-(i), (c)-(ii), (d)-(iv)
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
For taking the company out of losses, Ravi Kumar took over as the Managing Director of the struggling ‘Vova Watch Company’ in January 2020. As soon as he joined, he tried to find out the reason for the company not doing well. He found that the employees were not involved in decision-making and they had to just follow orders, resulting in low morale of employees.
Recognising the need for change, Ravi Kumar started on a journey to bring back the enthusiasm and motivation of the employees. He initiated open dialogues and encouraged them to actively participate in decision-making. Together, they developed action plans to address the company’s challenges regarding outdated designs and inefficient production processes etc.
As time passed, ‘Vova Watch Company’ transformed from a struggling enterprise to a profit making enterprise. Identify the leadership style of Ravi Kumar :
Autocratic leadership style
Democratic leadership style
Free-rein leadership style
Both (A) and (B)
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(B) Democratic leadership style
[1 mark]
Q535.2024 Main 66/2/1 · Q21 mark
Akash Mehra is the Marketing Manager of ‘Kedanta Enterprises’. He gives orders and expects his subordinates to obey those orders. Communication is only one-way with the subordinates only acting according to the command given by him.
Identify the leadership style of Akash Mehra :
Authoritative
Participative
Free-rein
Pragmatic
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(A) Authoritative
[1 mark]
Q536.2024 Main 66/2/1 · Q31 mark
From the following, choose the incorrect statement about the importance of ‘Directing’ function of management :
Directing helps to initiate action by people in the organization towards attainment of desired objectives.
Directing integrates employees’ efforts in the organization in such a way that every individual effort contributes to the organization’s performance.
Directing facilitates introduction of needed changes in the organization.
Directing helps in estimating manpower requirements for the organization.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(D) Directing helps in estimating manpower requirements for the organization.
[1 mark]
Q537.2024 Main 66/2/1 · Q101 mark
‘Lack of confidence of superior in his subordinates’ is one of the barriers of communication. Identify the communication barrier :
Personal barrier
Psychological barrier
Semantic barrier
Organizational barrier
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(A) Personal barrier
[1 mark]
Q538.2024 Main 66/3/1 · Q21 mark
_______________ is concerned with designing jobs that include greater variety of work content, require higher level of knowledge and skill, and give workers more autonomy and providing them opportunity for personal growth and a meaningful work experience.
Job security
Perquisites
Employee recognition programme
Job enrichment
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(D) Job Enrichment
[1 mark]
Q539.2024 Main 66/3/1 · Q41 mark
To motivate its employees on one side, ‘Harshita Pearls’ rewards them with increase in pay, promotion, recognition, etc. whereas on the other side it stops increments, gives punishment, threatens employees so that they may act in a desired manner.
Which feature of motivation is being highlighted in the above case ?
Motivation is a complex process.
Motivation is an internal feeling.
Motivation can be either positive or negative.
Motivation produces goal-directed behaviour.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(C) Motivation can be either positive or negative.
[1 mark]
Q540.2024 Main 66/3/1 · Q71 mark
‘Maslow’s Need Hierarchy theory’ is based on certain assumptions. Identify the incorrect statement with respect to these assumptions :
People’s behaviour is based on their needs.
A satisfied need can no longer motivate a person.
People’s needs are in a hierarchical order, starting from basic needs to higher level needs.
A person moves to lower level of need only when a higher level need is satisfied.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(D) A person moves to lower level of need only when a higher-level need is satisfied.
[1 mark]
Q541.2024 Main 66/3/1 · Q131 mark
Statement I : Leadership indicates the ability of an individual which influences the behaviour of others.
Statement II : Leadership is exercised to achieve personal goals of the leader.
Choose the correct option from the following :
Statement I is true and Statement II is false.
Statement II is true and Statement I is false.
Both the Statements are true.
Both the Statements are false.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(A) Statement I is true and Statement II is false.
[1 mark]
Q542.2024 Main 66/4/1 · Q71 mark
Which of the following is NOT a feature of ‘Directing’ function of management ?
Directing initiates Action.
Directing takes place at every level of management.
Directing ensures that activities are performed as per plans.
Directing flows from top to bottom.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(C) Directing ensures that activities are performed as per plans.
[1 mark]
Q543.2024 Main 66/5/1 · Q21 mark
‘Child-O’ is a garment manufacturing company which makes clothes with unique and stylish designs for children. Naisha was working as the Human Resource Manager with ‘Child-O’. Inspite of good pay and many other benefits offered, the company is facing problem of high turnover of its employees. Naisha tried to find out the reason but could not. She appointed a person with the permission of the Chief Executive Officer to find out the reason. It was found that other organisations were giving more autonomy and authority to their employees which made them feel that their jobs were important.
This was attracting the employees of ‘Child-O’ to other organisations. The incentive which attracted the employees of ‘Child-O’ to other organisations is :
Employee Recognition programmes
Employee Participation
Career Advancement Opportunity
Employee Empowerment
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(D) Employee Empowerment [1 mark]
Q544.2024 Main 66/5/1 · Q41 mark
Naman and Vineet were childhood friends and both were working in ‘Sunshine Crockery.’ Naman was working as the Chief Executive Officer while Vineet was the Production Manager. They would generally discuss company related issues over lunch-time or while travelling together.
The company had recently received an order for supply of 5,000 dinner sets from Shaurya Hotel. It was an unexpected order and would increase the revenue of the company. This order was communicated by Naman to Vineet over intercom. Vineet executed the order within the given time period. For this, he was appreciated by Naman.
The type of communication used by Naman to communicate the order to Vineet was :
Formal Communication
Informal Communication
Online Communication
Visual Communication
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(A) Formal communication [1 mark]
Q545.2024 Main 66/5/1 · Q71 mark
Statement-I : Motivation can be either positive or negative.
Statement-II : Motivation is a complex process as the individuals are heterogeneous in their expectations, perceptions and reactions.
Choose the correct option from the following :
Statement-I is true and Statement-II is false.
Statement-II is true and Statement-I is false.
Both the Statements are true.
Both the Statements are false.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(C) Both the statements are true. [1 mark]
Q546.2023 Main 66/2/1 · Q91 mark
Gitanjali Makan is a successful business leader. She believes that if jobs are made interesting by including greater variety of work content and providing a meaningful work experience, the jobs themselves become a source of motivation to individuals.
The non-financial incentive that has been discussed in the above case is:
Employee participation
Job Enrichment
Career Advancement Opportunity
Job Security
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(B) Job Enrichment
[1 mark]
Q547.2023 Main 66/3/1 · Q201 mark
Match the various communication barriers given in Column II with their respective categories given in Column I:
Column I
Column II
P. Semantic Barriers
(i) Distrust
Q. Psychological Barriers
(ii) Lack of proper incentives
R. Organisational Barriers
(iii) Symbols with different meanings
S. Personal Barriers
(iv) Status
P-(i), Q-(ii), R-(iii), S-(iv)
P-(iv), Q-(iii), R-(i), S-(ii)
P-(iii), Q-(i), R-(iv), S-(ii)
P-(iii), Q-(ii), R-(iv), S-(i)
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(C) P-(iii), Q-(i), R-(iv), S-(ii)
Q548.2023 Supp. 66/C/1 · Q91 mark
Providing job security and pension plan, etc. will satisfy which of the following needs of employees?
Basic physiological needs
Safety/Security needs
Belongingness needs
Esteem needs
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/C/1
(B) Safety/ Security needs
Q549.2023 Supp. 66/C/1 · Q191 mark
Which of the following statements is Incorrect with respect to Autocratic Leadership style?
Subordinates are expected to obey the orders of the leader.
An autocratic leader does not wish to be contradicted.
Subordinates are given high degree of independence.
Quick decision-making is facilitated.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/C/1
(C) Subordinates are given high degree of independence.
Q550.SQP 2025-26 · Q31 mark
Read the following statements: Assertion (A) and Reason (R). Choose the correct alternative from those given below:
ASSERTION (A): Maslow’s need hierarchy theory of motivation is widely recognised and appreciated yet criticised.
REASON (R): Even though Maslow's theory focuses on needs as a basis of motivation and helps to develop understanding about the motivation phenomenon, his propositions are questioned on their classification and hierarchy.
Alternatives:
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true.
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are false.
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true, but Reason (R) is not the correct explanation of the Assertion.
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true, and Reason (R) is the correct explanation of the Assertion.
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2025-26 · Marking Scheme
(D) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true, and Reason (R) is the correct explanation of the Assertion.
[1 mark]
Q551.SQP 2025-26 · Q51 mark
Manu Priya is working as the Human Resource Manager of EDT Limited at an annual salary of ₹ 8 lakh per annum and is also offered shares of the company at a set price which is lower than the market price. The method being used to calculate the compensation provided to her is ______.
Time based direct financial payment
Indirect financial payment
Time based Pay Plus incentives
Performance based direct financial payment
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2025-26 · Marking Scheme
(C) Time based pay plus incentives
[1 mark]
Q552.SQP 2025-26 · Q101 mark
Arrange the following elements of communication process in the correct sequence:
Media
Message
Sender
Decoding
Receiver
Feedback
Encoding
Choose the correct option:
iii,i,vii,ii,v,iv,vi
iii,ii,vii,i,iv,v,vi
ii,iii,vii,vi,iv,v,i
ii,i,vii,iii,v,iv,vi
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2025-26 · Marking Scheme
(B) iii,ii,vii,i,iv,v,vi
[1 mark]
Q553.2022 Main 66/1/1 · Q32 marks
Give the meaning of ‘Communication’ as an element of directing.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/1/1
Communication is the process of exchange of information between two or more persons to reach common understanding.
[2 marks]
Q554.2022 Main 66/3/1 · Q32 marks
Give the meaning of ‘Autocratic style of Leadership’.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/3/1
In autocratic leadership, the leader gives orders and expects his subordinates to obey those orders. In this leadership style, the communication is one-way with the subordinate.
(or any other correct meaning)
[2 marks for meaning]
Q555.2026 Main 66/1/1 · Q23(a)3 marks
State any three measures to improve communication effectiveness.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/1/1
Measures to improve the communication effectiveness (Any THREE)
Clarify the ideas before communication which should be studied in depth, analysed and stated in such a manner that is clearly conveyed to subordinates.
To communicate according to the needs of receiver the manager should adjust his communication according to the education and understanding levels of subordinates.
Consulting others before communicating may help to gain ready acceptance and willing cooperation of subordinates.
Manager should be aware of languages, tone and content of message so that it is understandable to the receiver and does not offend the sentiments of listeners.
To convey things of help and value to listeners as it is better to know the interests and needs of the people with whom you are communicating.
Ensure proper feedback by asking questions regarding the message conveyed.
Communicate for present as well as future as it is needed to meet the existing commitments, to maintain consistency and to aim at future goals of the enterprise also.
Follow up communications on the instructions given to subordinates which help in removing hurdles if any in implementing the instructions.
Manager should be a good listener as a patient and attentive listening solves half of the problems.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
[1 x 3 = 3 marks]
Q556.2026 Main 66/1/1 · Q23(b)3 marks
State any three features of leadership.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/1/1
Features of leadership ( Any THREE)
Leadership indicates ability of an individual to influence others.
Leadership tries to bring change in the behaviour of others.
Leadership indicates interpersonal relations between leaders and followers.
Leadership is exercised to achieve common goals of the organisation.
Leadership is a continuous process.
[(1 x 3) = 3 marks]
Q557.2025 Main 66/1/1 · Q22(a)3 marks
Give meaning of ‘Communication’. State first two elements in the process of communication.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/1/1
Meaning of ‘Communication’
Communication is the process of exchange of ideas, views, facts, feelings, etc., between or among people to create common understanding. [1 mark]
(or any other correct meaning)
First two elements in the process of communication are:
Sender: The person who conveys his thoughts or ideas to the receiver.
Message: It is the content of ideas, feelings, suggestions, order etc. intended to be communicated.
(If an examinee has only given the name of the two elements, ½ mark for each correct element is to be awarded)
[1 × 2; 1 + 2 = 3 marks]
Q558.2025 Main 66/1/1 · Q22(b)3 marks
State any three ‘Organisational barriers’ to Communication.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/1/1
Organisational barriers to communication: (Any three)
Rigid Rules and regulations may delay communication.
Status of the superior may not allow his subordinates to express their feelings freely.
Complexity in organization structure leads to delayed and distorted communication.
Lack of organizational facilities like frequent meetings, suggestion box etc. may discourage free flow of communication.
(If an examinee has given only the heading, ½ mark for each correct heading should be awarded)
[1 × 3 = 3 marks]
Q559.2025 Main 66/2/1 · Q223 marks
Radhika started a business of supplying high class facial kits to beauty parlours in various cities of the country. Initially, the business was doing well and her products were popular. Despite the high quality of the products, Radhika faced difficulties in certain parlours, especially in Kagpur city, where her products failed to gain a strong market presence.
To understand the cause, she appointed a qualified marketing manager. The marketing manager discovered that there was no proper exchange of facts, ideas and views etc. between the incharge of Kagpur city and the employees at different parlours at Kagpur. Vicky, who was the incharge and responsible for overseeing all parlours in Kagpur, was unable to effectively foster a common understanding of the product among the employees. As a result, the employees did not grasp the key benefits and features of the high class facial kits. In turn, the employees were not able to convince potential clients about the product’s value.
Identify the concept discussed in the above case.
The concept identified in (i) above can be defined as a process having various elements. State first five elements of this process.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(i) Communication[½ mark]
(ii) First five elements involved of the communication process are:
Sender: The person who conveys his thoughts or ideas to the receiver
Message: It is the content of ideas, feelings, suggestions, order etc. intended to be communicated
Encoding : It is the process of converting the message into communication symbols such as words, pictures, gestures etc.
Media : It is the path through which encoded message is transmitted to receiver. The channel may be in written form, face to face, phone call, Internet etc.
Decoding: It is the process of converting encoded symbols of the sender.
[(½ × 5); ½ + 2½ = 3 marks]
Q560.2025 Main 66/7/1 · Q233 marks
'Capro Ltd.', an IT services firm was perceived as a passive provider focusing on fulfilling clients' orders without much innovation. In an attempt to change its image, the Chief Technical Officer of 'Capro Ltd.' called a meeting of technical heads in the conference room. The meeting was important as it was regarding launching programmes to encourage employees to generate ideas for value addition that their clients would appreciate and would help in changing the company's image.
Shrinivas, a technical head was last to enter the conference room for the meeting and got a seat near the door of the conference room. As there was constant movement near the conference room, he could not attentively focus on the meeting, missing out on important points discussed in the meeting.
Identify and state the elements in the communication process that led to Shrinivas missing out on important points discussed in the meeting.
State any two other elements of the communication process other than the one identified in (a) above.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/7/1
(a) The element in the communication process that led to Shrinivas missing out on important points discussed in the meeting is Noise.
Noise means some obstruction or hindrance caused to sender, message or receiver in the process of communication.
[½ mark for identifying + ½ mark for statement = 1 mark]
(b) Other elements of the communication process are: (Any two)
Sender is the person who conveys his thoughts or ideas to the receiver.
Message is the content of ideas, feelings, suggestions, order, etc., intended to be communicated.
Encoding is the process of converting the message into communication symbols such as words, pictures, gestures etc.
Media is the path through which encoded message is transmitted to receiver.
Decoding is the process of converting encoded symbols of the sender.
Receiver is the person who receives communication of the sender.
Feedback includes all those actions of receiver indicating that he has received and understood message of the sender.
[1×2 = 2 marks] = 3 marks
(If an examinee has only listed the underlined points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
Q561.2025 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q24(a)3 marks
State the three leadership styles.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
Leadership Styles
Autocratic or Authoritarian leadership is a style of leadership in which the leader gives orders and expects his subordinates to obey those orders.
Democratic or Participative Leadership is one in which the leader develops action plans and takes decisions in consultation with his subordinates.
Laissez faire or Free-rein leadership is a style of leadership in which the followers are given a high degree of independence to formulate their own objectives and ways to achieve them.
[1 x 3 = 3 marks]
(If an examinee has only listed the styles, ½ mark for each style should be awarded.)
Q562.2025 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q24(b)3 marks
State any three financial incentives which may be used to motivate people.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
Financial incentives (any three)
Pay and allowances include basic pay, dearness allowance and other allowances given to employees.
Productivity linked wage incentives aim at linking payment of wages to increase in productivity at individual or group level.
Bonus is an incentive offered over and above the wages/salaries to the employees for higher performance.
Profit- sharing means providing a share to employees in the profits of the organisation.
Co-partnership/stock option is an incentive in which employees are offered company shares at a set price, which is lower than market price, to create a feeling of ownership and make them contribute for the growth of the organisation.
Retirement benefits such as provident fund, pension and gratuity, which provide financial security to employees after their retirement, act as an incentive when they are in service in the organisation.
Perquisites such as car allowance, housing and medical aid, etc., are offered to employees over and above the salary to provide motivation to them.
[1 x 3 = 3 marks]
(If an examinee has only listed the incentives, ½ mark for each incentive should be awarded)
Q563.2024 Main 66/3/1 · Q22(a)3 marks
Explain any three psychological barriers to communication.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/3/1
Psychological barriers to communication (any three with explanation)
1) Premature evaluation
2) Lack of attention
3) Loss by transmission and poor retention
4) Distrust
(If an examinee has not given the heading as above but has given the correct explanation, full credit should be given.)
[½ mark for heading + ½ mark for explanation; 1 × 3 = 3 marks]
Q564.2024 Main 66/3/1 · Q22(b)3 marks
‘Directing helps in effective and efficient functioning of the organization.’ Explain this statement by giving any three points.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/3/1
Importance of directing (any three points)
Directing helps to initiate action: Directing helps to initiate action by people in the organisation towards attainment of desired objectives.
Directing integrates employees’ efforts: Directing integrates employees’ efforts in the organisation in such a way that every individual effort contributes to the organisational performance. Thus, it ensures that the individuals work for organisational goals.
Directing guides employees to fully realise their potential : Directing guides employees to fully realise their potential and capabilities by motivating and providing effective leadership..
Directing facilitates introduction of needed changes in the organisation: Effective directing through motivation, communication and leadership helps to reduce such resistance.
Effective directing helps to bring stability: Effective directing helps to bring stability and balance in the organisation since it fosters cooperation and commitment among the people and helps to achieve balance among various groups, activities and the departments.
(If an examinee has not given the heading as above but has given the correct explanation, full credit should be given.)
[1 × 3 = 3 marks]
Q565.2024 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q213 marks
A popular magazine published an article on job cuts across the globe. It stated that due to reasons like cost cutting, market conditions and technological advancement, almost two lakh people in the IT sector have lost their jobs during the last year.
This was read and discussed by employees of Techwire Ltd. a software development company in India. It created a lot of unrest among them and their morale came down. The productivity of the employees started declining. The Chief Executive Officer of the company observed the insecurity among the staff about their jobs. Understanding his role as the leader, he wrote an e-mail to all the employees assuring them about the stability of their future income and job.
This communication gave the employees psychological and emotional satisfaction and showed positive results in terms of their performance. The Chief Executive Officer was able to make the subordinates act in a desired manner to achieve the organizational goals, without giving them any monetary incentives.
Identify and explain the incentive used by the Chief Executive Officer to improve the performance of the employees.
State the need of the employees as per Maslow’s Hierarchy of Needs theory which was satisfied in the above case.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
(i) Job Security[1 mark for identifying the incentive]
It is a non-monetary incentive in which employees are given certain stability about the future income and work so that they do not feel worried on these aspects and work with greater zeal. [1 mark for explanation]
(ii) As per Maslow’s Need Hierarchy theory, Safety and Security needs of the employees were satisfied in the above case which include providing security and protection from physical and emotional harm. [1 mark for stating the need]
[1 + 1 + 1 = 3 marks]
Q566.2024 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q22(a)3 marks
Explain ‘Democratic (Participative style of leadership’.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
Democratic (Participative) style of leadership
Democratic style of leadership is one in which the leader develops action plans and takes decisions in consultation with his subordinates.
A democratic leader will encourage the subordinates to participate in decision-making.
He exercises control by using forces within the group.
[1 × 3 = 3 marks]
Q567.2024 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q22(b)3 marks
‘An intelligent manager should make use of positive aspects of informal channels and minimise the use of negative aspects of this channel of communication.’
In the light of the above statement, explain any one positive and any two negative aspects of informal channels of communication.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
Positive aspects of informal channel of communication (any one)
Informal channels carry information rapidly and may be useful to the manager at times.
Informal channels are used by the managers to transmit information and know the reactions of his/her subordinates.
[1 mark]
Negative aspects of informal channel of communication (any two)
The informal communication spreads rapidly but sometimes gets distorted.
It is very difficult to detect the source of such communication.
It also leads to generate rumours and sometimes may hamper work environment.
[1 × 2 marks]
[1 + 2 = 3 marks]
Q568.2023 Main 66/2/1 · Q223 marks
Keshav Bannerjee is the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) of ‘Das Networking Ltd.’, a leading IT company in Bengaluru. He believes that if needs of employees are taken care of, the employees take good care of the customers. In this company various benefits are provided to the employees to help them meet their medical and housing needs etc., while in job. It is also providing benefits like gratuity at the time of their retirement. The employees are provided various opportunities to attend skill development programmes to improve their skills and be promoted to the higher level jobs.
Identify and state the three incentives offered by the company in the above para to improve the performance of its employees.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/2/1
Incentives offered by the company
Perquisites Perquisites such as car allowance, housing and medical aid etc., are offered to employees over and above the salary to provide motivation to them.
Retirement benefits Retirement benefits such as provident fund, pension and gratuity, which provide financial security to employees after their retirement, act as an incentive when they are in service in the organisation.
Career Advancement Opportunity Career Advancement Opportunity includes opportunities provided to employees to improve their skills and be promoted to the higher-level jobs.
[½ mark for identification of each incentive + ½ mark for its statement = 1×3 = 3 marks]
Q569.2023 Main 66/4/1 · Q23(a)3 marks
Explain any two features of Directing function of management.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/4/1
Features of Directing: (Any two)
Directing initiates action.
Directing takes place at every level of management.
Directing is a continuous process.
Directing flows from top to bottom.
[½ mark for the heading + 1 mark for correct explanation = 1½ × 2 = 3 marks]
Q570.2023 Main 66/4/1 · Q23(b)3 marks
Explain any two features of ‘Motivation’ as an element of Directing.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/4/1
Features of Motivation: (Any two)
Motivation is an internal feeling.
Motivation produces goal-directed behaviour.
Motivation can be either positive or negative.
Motivation is a complex process.
(If an examinee has given only the heading, ½ mark for each heading should be awarded)
[½ mark for the heading + 1 mark for correct explanation = 1x3 = 3 marks]
Q571.2023 Supp. 66/C/1 · Q22(b)3 marks
Explain any two features of ‘directing’ function of management.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/C/1
Features of ‘directing’ function of management (any two):
Directing initiates action. Planning, organising, staffing and controlling functions prepare a setting for action, whereas, directing initiates action in the organisation.
Directing takes place at every level of management. Every manager, from top executive to supervisor performs the function of directing. It takes place wherever superior-subordinate relations exist.
Directing is a continuous process. It takes place throughout the life of the organisation irrespective of people occupying managerial positions.
Directing flows from top to bottom. Directing initiates at top level and flows to the bottom through organisational hierarchy.
[= 1½ × 2 = 3 marks]
Q572.2022 Main 66/1/1 · Q6(a)3 marks
What is meant by non-monetary incentives? State any two non-monetary incentives.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/1/1
Non-monetary incentives mean those incentives which emphasise on providing psychological and emotional satisfaction rather than money-driven satisfaction to employees.
Non-monetary incentives (any two):
(i) Status refers to the ranking of positions in the organization indicated by authority, responsibility, rewards, recognition, perquisites and prestige of job given to a person holding a managerial position.
(ii) Organisational climate indicates the characteristics which describe an organisation and influence the behaviour of individuals in the organisation.
(iii) Career Advancement Opportunity includes opportunities provided to employees to improve their skills and be promoted to the higher level jobs.
(iv) Job Enrichment is concerned with designing jobs that include greater variety of work content, requiring higher level of knowledge and skill to provide a meaningful work experience.
(v) Employee Recognition Programmes means appreciating the work performed by employees so that they feel motivated and perform at higher level.
(vi) Job Security involves giving stability about future income and work to an employee so that he does not feel worried on these aspects and works with greater zeal.
(vii) Employee Participation means involving employees in decision-making of the issues related to them.
(viii) Employee Empowerment means giving more autonomy and powers to subordinates to make people feel that their jobs are important.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded.)
[1 mark for meaning + 1 mark for each incentive = 1×2 = 2 marks; = 1+2 = 3 marks]
Q573.2022 Main 66/2/1 · Q53 marks
Tanushree is working in a multinational company. Her performance is appreciated by everyone in the company. As an incentive, the company offered her to buy the shares of the company at a price that is less than the market price.
Name and give the meaning of the incentive offered to Tanushree.
State any two more incentives of the same type.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/2/1
The incentive offered to Tanushree by the company was Co-partnership/ Stock option. [1 mark for naming the incentive]
It is an incentive under which the employees are offered company shares at a set price which is lower than market price. [1 mark for meaning]
Two more incentives of the same type are: (Any two)
(i) Pay and allowances which includes basic pay, dearness allowance and other allowances
(ii) Productivity linked wage incentive involves linking payment of wages of employees to the increase in their productivity at individual or group level.
(iii) Bonus involves offering an amount of funds over and above the wages/ salary to the employees.
(iv) Profit Sharing involves providing a share in the profits of the organization to employees.
(v) Retirement Benefits include benefits such as provident fund, pension and gratuity that provide financial security to employees after their retirement.
(vi) Perquisites include incentives such as car allowance, housing, medical aid and education to the children etc., which are offered over and above the salary.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
[½ mark for stating each incentive = ½×2 = 1 mark; = 1+1+1 = 3 marks]
Q574.2022 Main 66/2/1 · Q6(a)3 marks
What is meant by ‘Leadership’ ? State any two leadership styles.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/2/1
Leadership is the process of influencing people so that they strive willingly and enthusiastically towards the achievement of group goals.
(Or any other correct meaning)
The various leadership styles are: (Any two)
(i) Autocratic or Authoritarian leadership style in which an autocratic leader gives orders and insists that they are obeyed. He does not give the subordinates any freedom to influence his decision.
(ii) Democratic or Participative leadership style in which the democratic leader favours decision making by the group and allows them (subordinates) to become part of the team and helps leaders (seniors) to make better decisions.
(iii) Laissez Faire or Free –rein leadership style in which the leader gives complete freedom to the subordinates and depends largely upon the group to establish its own goals and work out its own problems.
(Or any other explanation which clarifies the meaning of leadership styles)
[1 mark for meaning + 1 mark for stating each leadership style = 1×2 = 2 marks; = 1+2 = 3 marks]
Q575.2022 Main 66/3/1 · Q6(a)3 marks
What is meant by financial incentives ? State any two financial incentives.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/3/1
Financial incentives refer to incentives which are in direct monetary form or measurable in monetary terms and serve to motivate people for better performance.
Financial incentives (any two):
(i) Pay and allowances include basic pay, dearness allowance and other allowances given to employees.
(ii) Productivity linked wage incentives aim at linking payment of wages to increase in productivity at individual or group level.
(iii) Bonus is an incentive offered over and above the wages/salaries to the employees for higher performance.
(iv) Profit- sharing means providing a share to employees in the profits of the organisation.
(v) Co-partnership/stock option is an incentive in which employees are offered company shares at a set price, which is lower than market price, to create a feeling of ownership and make them contribute for the growth of the organisation.
(vi) Retirement benefits such as provident fund, pension and gratuity, which provide financial security to employees after their retirement, act as an incentive when they are in service in the organisation.
(vii) Perquisites such as car allowance, housing and medical aid, etc., are offered to employees over and above the salary to provide motivation to them.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded.)
[1 mark for the meaning + 1 mark for each financial incentive = 1×2 = 2 marks; = 1+2 = 3 marks]
Q576.2022 Main 66/4/1 · Q53 marks
GDFS Limited are the manufacturers of consumer goods. The demand for their products was continuously declining after the outbreak of COVID-19. In spite of fall in demand, the company assured its employees that no worker will be retrenched from the job. Name the category of incentive and the incentive offered to the employees. Also explain any two more incentives of the same category.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/4/1
The category of incentive offered to the employees by the GDFS limited is Non- financial and the incentive offered is Job Security. [½ mark for naming the category + ½ mark for the incentive]
(If an examinee has not given the headings as above but has given the correct explanation, full credit should be given)
[½ mark for naming each incentive + ½ mark for its explanation = 1×2 = 2 marks; = 1+2 = 3 marks]
Q577.2022 Main 66/4/1 · Q7(a)3 marks
State any three features of motivation.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/4/1
Features of motivation: (Any three)
(i) It is an internal feeling as the urges, drives or needs of human beings which influence human behaviour are internal.
(ii) It produces goal directed behaviour as it stimulates people to accomplish desired goals.
(iii) It can be positive in the form of positive rewards or negative like punishment, stopping increments etc.
(iv) It is a complex process as any type of motivation may not have a uniform effect on all the members.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
[1×3 = 3 marks]
Q578.2022 Main 66/4/1 · Q7(b)3 marks
Identify the function of management which is concerned with instructing, guiding, counselling, motivating and leading people in the organisation to achieve its objectives. Also, state any two features of the identified function of management.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/4/1
The function of management is Directing. [1 mark for identifying the function]
The two features of directing are: (Any two)
(i) Directing initiates action: While other functions prepare a setting for action, directing implements it in the organisation
(ii) Directing takes place at every level of management wherever superior- subordinate relations exist.
(iii) Directing is a continuous process as it takes place throughout the life of the organisation irrespective of people occupying managerial positions.
(iv) Directing flows from top to bottom through organisational hierarchy as every manager can direct his immediate subordinate and take instructions from his immediate boss.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
[1×2 = 2 marks; = 1+2 = 3 marks]
Q579.2022 Main 66/5/1 · Q53 marks
Agrima, Arunima and Avika are pursuing MBA from a reputed institution. Now it is the time of their placement.
Agrima wants to work in a company which would provide her more authority for fulfilling her duties and will give recognition, rewards, perquisites and prestige of job.
Arunima wants to work in an organisation in which behaviour of individuals is influenced by its characteristics like autonomy, reward orientation, consideration to employees, risk taking etc.
Avika wants to join the organisation which has appropriate skill development programmes and sound promotion policy that encourages employees to exhibit improved performance.
Identify and state the incentives about which Agrima, Arunima and Avika are talking about.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/5/1
Agrima is talking about ‘Status’ which means ranking of positions in the organization.
Arunima is talking about ‘Organizational climate’ which indicates the characteristics describing an organization and distinguish one organization from the other.
Avika is talking about ‘Career Advancement Opportunity’ which means managers should provide opportunity to employees to improve their skills and be promoted to the higher-level jobs.
[½ mark for identifying each incentive + ½ mark for stating the incentive = 1×3 = 3 marks]
Q580.2022 Main 66/5/1 · Q6(b)3 marks
State any three points of importance of ‘Directing’ function of management.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/5/1
Importance of Directing function (any three points):
Directing helps to initiate action by people in the organization towards attainment of desired objectives by guiding the people and clarifying the doubts in performing a task.
Directing integrates employees’ efforts in the organization in such a way that every individual effort contributes to the organizational performance.
Directing guides employees to fully realize their potential and capabilities by motivating and providing effective leadership.
Directing facilitates introduction of needed changes in the organization through effective motivation, communication and leadership.
Directing helps to bring stability and balance in the organization by fostering co-operation and commitment among the people.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded.)
[1 mark for stating each point = 1×3 = 3 marks]
Q581.2022 Supp. 66/6/1 · Q6(a)3 marks
Give the meaning of formal and informal communication.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/6/1
Formal communication means the communication that flows through official channels designed in the organisation chart and may be oral or written but generally recorded and filed in the office. [1½ marks]
Informal communication is the communication that takes place without following the formal lines of communication and spreads throughout the organisation in all directions without regard to the levels of management. [1½ marks]
[= 3 marks]
Q582.SQP 2026-27 · Q223 marks
After completing a diploma in sales and marketing, Supreet joined as a tele sales representative in a French Insurance Company in Paris. Although he was fluent in English language and a friendly, knowledgeable person, he was unable to meet the sales target. Mr. Pierre, his supervisor, called a meeting to discuss the reason for his under performance. Mr. Pierre came to know that Supreet had only done a basic course in French language and therefore, due to lack of proficiency in the French language he made mistakes while communicating with French clients.
Name the barrier of communication due to which Supreet was unable to meet the target.
Apart from the barrier identified in part a) briefly explain any two barriers of communication from the same group.
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2026-27 · Marking Scheme
a) The barrier of communication due to which Supreet was unable to meet the target is Faulty Translation.
[1 mark]
b) The barriers under the group Semantic Barriers are: (any two)
(i) Badly expressed message: Sometimes intended meaning may not be conveyed by a manager to his subordinates. These badly expressed messages may be an account of inadequate vocabulary, usage of wrong words, omission of needed words, etc.
(ii) Symbols with different meanings: A word may have several meanings. The receiver has to perceive one such meaning for the word used by the communicator. Wrong perception leads to communication problems
(iii) Unclarified assumptions: Some communications may have certain assumptions which are subject to different interpretations.
(iv) Technical jargon: It is usually found that specialists use technical jargon while explaining to persons who are not specialists in the concerned field. Therefore, they may not understand the actual meaning of many such words.
(v) Body language and gesture decoding: Every movement of the body communicates some meaning. The body movement and gestures of the communicator matters so much in conveying the message. If there is no match between what is said and what is expressed in body movements, communications may be wrongly perceived.
[1 × 2 = 2 marks (½ mark for each heading + ½ mark for each explanation); total = 3]
Q583.2026 Main 66/3/1 · Q254 marks
‘GW Textiles’ was facing rising competition, inefficiencies on the shop floor and declining revenues. To address these problems, Leena was appointed as the new Factory Manager. In the first few weeks, Leena walked around the factory and watched how work was actually being done. She noticed that some workers were sincere and focused, while others showed little interest and avoided responsibility.
To overcome this problem Leena began spending time on the shop floor every week, interacting closely with the workers and was able to make them act in the desired manner to achieve organisational goals. Her approach helped create a positive work environment where employees felt encouraged to perform better, leading to improved efficiency on the shop floor and improved revenues.
Identify the element of directing highlighted in the above case.
State any three features of the element identified in (i) above.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(i) The element of directing highlighted is Motivation[1 mark]
(ii) Features of Motivation (Any THREE):[1 x 3 = 3 marks]
Motivation is an internal feeling, as urges, drives, desires, aspirations, striving, or needs of human beings, which are internal, influence their behaviour.
Motivation produces goal directed behaviour resulting in improved performance.
Motivation can be either positive in the form of increase in pay, promotion, recognition etc. or negative in the form of punishment, stopping increments, threatening etc.
Motivation is a complex process as the individuals are heterogeneous in their expectations, perceptions and reactions.
[= 4 marks]
Q584.2026 Main 66/3/1 · Q27(a)4 marks
State any four psychological barriers to communication.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/3/1
Psychological barriers to communication:
Pre-mature evaluation acts as a barrier when people evaluate the meaning of message before sender completes his message due to pre-conceived notions or prejudices.
Lack of attention due to preoccupied mind of receiver and the resultant non-listening of message acts as a psychological barrier
Loss of transmission and poor retention due to successive transmission of the message through various levels and inattentiveness or lack of interest of listeners acts as a barrier to communication.
Distrust between communicator and communicatee leads to lack of understanding each other’s message in its original sense.
(If the examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded.)
[1 x 4 = 4 marks]
Q585.2026 Main 66/3/1 · Q29(b)4 marks
Explain the following non-financial incentives :
Status
Organisational climate
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/3/1
Non-financial incentives:
(i) Status:
In the organisational context, status means ranking of positions in the organisation. The authority, responsibility, rewards, recognition, perquisites and prestige of job indicate the status given to a person holding a managerial position.
Psychological, social and esteem needs of an individual are satisfied by status given to their job.
(ii) Organisational climate:
Organisational climate indicates the characteristics which describe an organisation and distinguish one organisation from the other.
These characteristics such as individual autonomy, reward orientation, consideration to employees, risk-tasking, etc., influence the behaviour of individuals in the organisation and helps to develop better organisational climate.
[2 x 2 = 4 marks]
Q586.2026 Supp. 66/7/1 · Q304 marks
Sakshi is a high performing software engineer working in Bolera Ltd. She received a job offer with a significantly higher pay package from a competing firm. Though the offer was financially very attractive, she did not want to leave her present job because she felt valued in the organization and liked its work-climate like individual autonomy, consideration to employees, etc. So, Sakshi approached her manager and told him about this job offer. Her manager did not want to lose her. Although the competing firm was offering a higher salary, the manager of Bolera Ltd. assured her to provide many other benefits. Over the next few weeks, her existing job was redesigned by the manager to make it more interesting. Her job now included a greater variety of work content, requiring higher level of knowledge and skill, which motivated Sakshi. Not only this, her name was also displayed on the notice-board of the company, highlighting her achievements. In addition, she was given the status of a ‘Technical Head’ for a major upcoming project, which carried more authority, responsibility, autonomy and powers. The management also provided her with opportunities to improve her skills by offering her training in advanced tools and technologies, so that she would be promoted to higher level jobs in the future. All these measures satisfied her psychological, social and esteem needs. Sakshi now felt confident about her growth and future with Bolera Ltd. Now she no more wanted to look for other competitive packages in other firms.
Identify and explain four non-financial incentives provided to Sakshi.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/7/1
Non- financial incentives provided to Sakshi are:
1. Status: Status refers to the ranking of positions in an organisation, as reflected by the authority, responsibility, rewards, recognition, perquisites, and prestige associated with a managerial position.
2. Employee Recognition programmes: Recognition means acknowledgment with a show of appreciation. When such appreciation is given to the work performed by employees, they feel motivated to perform/work at higher level.
3. Job Enrichment: Job enrichment is concerned with designing jobs that include greater variety of work content, require higher level of knowledge and skill; give workers more autonomy and responsibility; and provide the opportunity for personal growth and a meaningful work experience.
4. Career Advancement Opportunity: Appropriate skill development programmes, and sound promotion policy will help employees to achieve promotions which works as a tonic and encourages employees to exhibit improved performance.
[½ mark for naming the incentive + ½ mark for its explanation = 1 × 4 = 4 marks]
Q587.2025 Main 66/1/1 · Q25(a)4 marks
State any four points of importance of ‘Directing’ function of Management.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/1/1
Importance of Directing function (Any four):
Directing helps to initiate action by people in the organization towards attainment of desired objectives by guiding the people and clarifying the doubts in performing a task.
Directing integrates employees’ efforts in the organization in such a way that every individual effort contributes to the organizational performance.
Directing guides employees to fully realize their potential and capabilities by motivating and providing effective leadership.
Directing facilitates introduction of needed changes in the organization through effective motivation, communication and leadership.
Directing helps to bring stability and balance in the organization by fostering co-operation and commitment among the people.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
[1 × 4 = 4 marks]
Q588.2025 Main 66/1/1 · Q26(b)4 marks
Explain the following non-financial incentives which motivate employees for higher performance:
Employee participation
Organisational climate
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(i) Employee Participation
It refers to involving employees in decision-making of the issues related to them.
Employee participation may be in the form of joint management committees, work committees, etc.
[2 marks]
(ii) Organisational climate
It indicates the characteristics which describe an organisation and distinguish one organisation from the other.
Individual autonomy, reward orientation, consideration to employees, risk-taking, etc. are the characteristics which help in developing better organisational climate.
[2 marks]
[2 + 2 = 4 marks]
Q589.2025 Main 66/1/1 · Q294 marks
Ganesh Jain is the Marketing Manager at ‘KL Foods Ltd’. He has a team of four employees working under him-Kavya, Ritesh, Pooja and Madhav. Kavya and Ritesh are temporary employees while Pooja and Madhav’s job is permanent. All four of them have been working hard and consistently met all targets. Ganesh Jain wanted to reward them for their good performance. He understood that in all human beings, there exists a hierarchy of needs. So, he identified the need level of each of the employees to provide motivation to them.
Kavya and Ritesh were made permanent in the job with a good pension plan while Pooja and Madhav were given an autonomy status.
Identify and state the need of employees recognized by Ganesh Jain in the above case.
State any two assumptions on which Maslow’s Need Hierarchy Theory is based on.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(i) Needs of employees recognized by Ganesh Jain in the above case is:
Need of Kavya and Ritesh- Safety and Security Needs
These needs provide security and protection from physical and emotional harm.
Need of Pooja and Madhav- Esteem Needs
These needs refer to the need for self-respect, autonomy status, recognition and attention.
[(½ mark for identifying the need + ½ mark for stating the need) × 2]
(ii) Assumptions on which Maslow’s Need Hierarchy Theory is based on: (Any two)
People’s behaviour is based on their needs. Satisfaction of such needs influences their behaviour.
People’s needs are in hierarchical order, starting from basic needs to other higher level needs.
A satisfied need can no longer motivate a person; only next higher level need can motivate him.
A person moves to the next higher level of the hierarchy only when the lower need is satisfied.
[1 × 2; 2 + 2 = 4 marks]
Q590.2025 Main 66/6/1 · Q29(a)4 marks
State any four features of ‘Motivation’ as an element of Directing.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/6/1
Features of ‘Motivation’ as an element of Directing:
Motivation is an internal feeling because the urge, drives, desires, aspirations, striving or needs of human being influence human behaviour.
Motivation produces goal directed behaviour, with the objective of improving employees performance.
Motivation can be either positive like increase in pay, promotion, etc. or negative like punishment, stopping increments, etc.
Motivation is a complex process as any type of motivation may not have uniform effect on all the members because they are heterogeneous in their expectations, perceptions and reactions.
[1×4 = 4 marks]
(If an examinee has only listed the underlined points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
Q591.2025 Main 66/6/1 · Q29(b)4 marks
Explain the following non-financial incentives:
Job enrichment
Employee participation
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/6/1
(i) Job enrichment
It is concerned with designing jobs that include a greater variety of work content, require higher level of knowledge and skill, gives workers more autonomy and responsibility and provides opportunity for personal growth.
If jobs are enriched and made interesting, the job itself becomes a source of motivation to the individual.
[2 marks]
(ii) Employee participation
It refers to involving employees in decision-making of the issues related to them.
Employee participation may be in the form of joint management committees, work committees, etc.
[2 marks] = 4 marks
Q592.2025 Main 66/7/1 · Q27(a)4 marks
Explain ‘Organisational Climate’ and ‘Employee Recognition’ as non-financial incentives.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/7/1
Organisational Climate:
It indicates the characteristics which describe an organisation and distinguish one organisation from the other.
Individual autonomy, reward orientation, consideration to employees, risk-taking, etc. are the characteristics which help in developing better organisational climate.
[2 marks]
Employee Recognition:
It means acknowledging and appreciating the work performed by the employees by congratulating them, giving them awards etc.
When such appreciation is given to the work performed by employees, they feel motivated to perform/work at higher level.
[2 marks] = 4 marks
Q593.2025 Main 66/7/1 · Q27(b)4 marks
Explain any two psychological barriers to effective communication.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/7/1
Psychological barriers to effective communication (Any two with suitable explanation):
Premature evaluation
Lack of attention
Loss by transmission and poor retention
Distrust
[½ mark for naming the barrier + 1½ marks for explanation; 2×2 = 4 marks]
(If an examinee has not given the headings as above but has given the correct explanation, full credit should be given)
Q594.2025 Main 66/7/1 · Q28(a)4 marks
State any four features of 'Motivation' as an element of Directing.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/7/1
Features of ‘Motivation’ as an element of Directing are:
Motivation is an internal feeling as the urge, drives, desires, aspirations, striving or needs of human being influence human behaviour.
Motivation produces goal directed behaviour, with the objective of improving employees’ performance.
Motivation can be either positive like increase in pay, promotion, recognition etc. or negative like punishment, stopping increments, threatening etc.
Motivation is a complex process as any type of motivation may not have uniform effect on all the members because they are heterogeneous in their expectations, perceptions and reactions.
[1×4 = 4 marks]
(If an examinee has only listed the underlined points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
Q595.2025 Main 66/7/1 · Q28(b)4 marks
State any four points of importance of ‘Directing’ function of management.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/7/1
Importance of Directing function (Any four)
Directing helps to initiate action by people in the organisation towards attainment of desired objectives by guiding the people and clarifying the doubts in performing a task.
Directing integrates employees’ efforts in the organisation in such a way that every individual effort contributes to the organisational performance.
Directing guides employees to fully realise their potential and capabilities by motivating and providing effective leadership.
Directing facilitates introduction of needed changes in the organisation by reducing resistance to change through motivation, communication and leadership.
Effective directing helps to bring stability and balance in the organisation by fostering cooperation and commitment among the people.
[1×4 = 4 marks]
(If an examinee has only listed the underlined points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
Q596.2025 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q254 marks
Kapila is working at ‘Cresa Engineering Solutions’, an engineering consultancy firm. Despite being frequently enticed by many competitive companies offering her a higher pay package, Kapila chooses to stay with ‘Cresa Engineering Solutions’. She enjoys her work as her job is designed with greater variety of work content requiring higher level of knowledge and skill and provides the opportunity for personal growth. The company has appropriate skill development programmes and a sound promotion policy due to which Kapila has been getting promotions year after year. Not only this, Kapila’s work is being appreciated by the management from time to time. She always gives valuable suggestions and is being rewarded for that also. Over and above, the company implements measures to ensure stability of the employees in the organisation. All these factors motivate Kapila to continue to work in ‘Cresa Engineering Solutions’.
Identify and explain the four non-financial incentives discussed in the above case.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
Non- Financial Incentives
(i) Job Enrichment
It is concerned with designing jobs that include greater variety of work content, requiring higher level of knowledge and skill to provide a meaningful work experience.
(ii) Career Advancement Opportunity includes opportunities provided to employees to improve their skills and be promoted to the higher level jobs.
(iii) Employee Recognition Programmes means appreciating the work performed by employees so that they feel motivated and perform at higher level.
(iv) Job Security involves giving stability about future income and work to an employee so that he does not feel worried on these aspects and works with greater zeal.
[(½ mark for identification + ½ mark for explanation) x 4 = 4 marks]
Q597.2024 Main 66/2/1 · Q254 marks
‘Inaya Ltd.’ is a multinational technology company focusing on artificial intelligence, online advertising and search engine technology. The company is generating good profits and takes care of the well-being of its staff.
The company offers benefits like car allowance, medical aid and allowance for children’s education to all employees above the Manager’s level. It regularly contributes towards the Employees’ Provident Fund and pays gratuity on retirement to its employees. Under a special incentive scheme, the employees are offered shares of ‘Inaya Ltd.’ at a set price which is lower than the market price. Each year, the company keeps aside funds to pay one percent of base salary as bonus to its employees. No wonder 90% of the employees would recommend working at ‘Inaya Ltd.’ to a friend.
Explain four incentives being provided by ‘Inaya Ltd.’ to motivate their employees for better performance.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/2/1
Incentives provided by ‘Inaya Ltd.’ to motivate their employees for better performance are:
(i) Perquisites: Perquisites such as car allowance, housing and medical aid etc., are offered to employees over and above the salary to provide motivation to them.
(ii) Retirement benefits: Retirement benefits such as provident fund, pension and gratuity, which provide financial security to employees after their retirement, act as an incentive when they are in service in the organisation.
(iii) Stock option/Co-partnership: Co-partnership/stock option is an incentive in which employees are offered company shares at a set price, which is lower than market price, to create a feeling of ownership and make them contribute for the growth of the organisation.
(iv) Bonus: Bonus is an incentive offered over and above the wages/salaries to the employees for higher performance.
(If an examinee has not given the headings as above but has given the correct explanation, full credit should be given.)
[½ mark for heading and ½ mark for explanation: 1 × 4 = 4 marks]
Q598.2024 Main 66/4/1 · Q25(a)4 marks
State any four features of directing function of management.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/4/1
Features of Directing:
1. Directing initiates action as when a manager performs functions of planning, organising, staffing and controlling it prepares a setting, for action
2. Directing takes place at every level of Management as directing takes place wherever superior – subordinate relations exist.
3. Directing is a continuous process as it takes place throughout the life of the organization irrespective of people occupying managerial positions.
4. Directing flows from top to bottom as it is initiated at the top level and flows to the bottom through organisational hierarchy.
(If an examinee has not given the heading, full marks will be awarded)
[1 × 4 = 4 marks]
Q599.2024 Main 66/4/1 · Q25(b)4 marks
Explain the following ‘Semantic barriers’ to communication :
Technical jargon
Body language and gesture decoding
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(i) Technical jargon:
It is usually found that specialists use technical jargon while explaining to persons who are not specialists in the concerned field.
They may not understand the actual meaning of many such words.
(ii) Body language and gesture decoding:
Every movement of body communicates some meaning.
If there is no match between what is said and what is expressed in body movements, communications may be wrongly perceived.
[2 + 2 = 4 marks]
Q600.2024 Main 66/4/1 · Q274 marks
‘Shanta Enterprises’ was in the business of manufacturing solar panels for the last fifteen years. With their expertise now they were able to manufacture good quality solar panels at lower cost. As a result ‘Shanta Enterprises’ was flooded with orders and was able to generate a good profit margin.
To motivate the employees the company decided to compensate some of them for their hard work. Arvind and Yogesh, who were working on contract basis, were absorbed permanently in the company. Both were happy as now there was stability about their future income. Ekta, a regular employee of the company, working as Research and Development Head, was awarded the ‘Best Employee of the year Award’.
Identify and explain the incentives given by Shanta Enterprises to its employees.
State the needs of the employees being met by such incentives as per Maslow’s Need Hierarchy Theory.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(a) Incentives given by Shanta Enterprises to its employees:
1. Job security: It refers to stability about future income and work so that the employees do not feel worried on these aspects and work with greater zeal.
2. Employee Recognition programmes: It refers to acknowledgment with a show of appreciation so that the employees feel motivated to perform/work at higher level.
[½ mark for identification + ½ mark for explanation: 1 + 1 = 2 marks]
(b) The needs of the employees being met by such incentives as per Maslow’s Need Hierarchy Theory:
(i) Safety/Security needs provide security and protection from physical and emotional harm.
(ii) Esteem needs include factors such as self-respect, autonomy status, recognition and attention
(If an examinee has only listed the underlined points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
[1 + 1 = 2 marks; 2 + 2 = 4 marks]
Q601.2024 Main 66/5/1 · Q264 marks
A Business Process Outsourcing centre, ‘Chromosome’ which deals in conversion of voice reports dictated by physicians and other healthcare providers into text format has 40 employees. They ensure that their employees are well versed in at least one foreign language and one Indian language. The employees are also given the required training to ensure that the reports are processed correctly as they are the backbone of the patients’ medical history. On frequent complaints about some of its employees, it was observed that they were facing problems in decoding the message as they were not very proficient with the language in which the voice message was received. As a result, they would make mistakes causing different meaning to the message. Not only this, sometimes there were technical words used in voice reports, the actual meaning of which was also not understood by the employees. Due to this, ‘Chromosome’ was slowly losing its business to competitors.
The above case highlights two communication barriers. Identify and explain these barriers.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/5/1
Two communication barriers discussed in the above case are:
(i) Faulty Translations
Sometimes the communications originally drafted in one language need to be translated to the language understandable to workers.
If the translator is not proficient with both the languages, mistakes may creep in causing different meanings to the communication.
(ii) Technical Jargon
Specialists sometimes use technical jargon while explaining to persons who are not specialists in the concerned field.
Therefore, they may not understand the actual meaning of many such words.
(If an examinee has identified the barrier as ‘Semantic barrier’, only ½ mark is to be given)
[1 mark for identifying each barrier + 1 mark for each explanation = 2 + 2 = 4 marks]
Q602.2024 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q30(b)4 marks
Explain any four features of ‘Directing’ function of management.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
Features of ‘Directing’ function of management:
Initiates action
Takes place at every level of management
Continuous process
Flows from top to bottom
(If an examinee has not given the headings as above but has given the correct explanations, full credit should be given)
[½ mark for naming + ½ mark for its explanation = 1 × 4 = 4 marks]
Q603.2023 Main 66/1/1 · Q254 marks
Nitya is a student of class XII of a well-known school. She has a preconceived notion that her teacher always finds fault in her work. One day while checking the project work of class XII, her teacher wanted to appreciate Nitya for her hard work and good performance, but before she could complete her sentence, Nitya left the room without listening to her teacher.
Identify the ‘barrier to communication’ and also the type/category of barrier to which it is related.
Explain two other communication barriers of the type/category identified in (a) above.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(a) Premature Evaluation and Psychological Barriers [½×2 = 1 mark]
(b) Any two of the following:
Lack of Attention: The pre-occupied mind of receiver and the resultant non listening of message acts as a major psychological barrier.
Loss by transmission and poor retention: When communication passes through various levels, successive transmissions of the message results in loss of, or transmission of inaccurate information.
Distrust: Distrust between communicator and communicatee acts as a barrier. If the parties do not believe each other, they cannot understand each others message in its original sense.
[½ mark for heading and 1 mark for explanation = 1½×2 = 3 marks]
[1 + 3 = 4 marks]
Q604.2023 Main 66/1/1 · Q274 marks
‘Zeto Ltd.’ offers its employees shares at a price which is less than the market price.
Identify the incentive offered by the company and state the type of incentive discussed above.
State two other incentives of the type of incentive identified in (a) above.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(a) Co-partnership/ Stock option [1]
Financial incentives are the incentives measurable in direct monetary form/term which serve to motivate people for better performance. [+1 = 2 marks]
(If the examinee has listed the type of incentive only, ½ mark to be awarded)
(b) Two other financial incentives are: (Any 2)
Pay and allowances include basic pay, dearness allowance and other allowances.
Productivity linked wage incentive aims at linking payment of wages to increase in productivity at individual or group level.
Bonus is an incentive offered over and above the wages/ salary to the employees.
Sharing profit with employees serves to motivate the employees to improve their performance and contribute to increase in profits
Retirement benefits such as provident fund, pension, and gratuity provide financial security to employees after their retirement.
Perquisites and fringe benefits are offered such as car allowance, housing, medical aid, and education to the children etc., over and above the salary.
(If the examinee has listed the points only, ½ mark each to be awarded)
[1×2 = 2 marks]
[2 + 2 = 4 marks]
Q605.2023 Main 66/2/1 · Q274 marks
Balvinder is the Production Manager of ‘Pramod Tea Company’ in Guwahati. He gives orders to his subordinates and expects that they obey those orders. He does not consult them nor encourage them to participate in decision making.
Identify and state the leadership style adopted by Balvinder.
When can this style be effectively used by a manager? State.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(i) Autocratic or Authoritarian style
An autocratic leader gives orders and expects his subordinates to obey those orders.
(ii) Autocratic style can be effectively used by a manager in the following situations:
Where the supervisor is responsible for production on time and has to ensure labour productivity.
where quick decision-making is needed.
[1 mark for identification + 1 mark for its statement + 1 mark for each situation = 1+1+2 = 4 marks]
Q606.2023 Main 66/3/1 · Q26(a)4 marks
Identify and state any three features of the process of influencing people so that they strive willingly and enthusiastically towards the achievement of group goals.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/3/1
Leadership
Features of Leadership (any three):
Leadership indicates ability of an individual to influence others.
Leadership tries to bring change in the behaviour of others.
Leadership indicates interpersonal relations between leaders and followers.
Leadership is exercised to achieve common goals of the organisation.
Leadership is a continuous process.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded.)
[1 mark for identification + 1 mark for each feature = 1 + 3 = 4 marks]
Q607.2023 Main 66/3/1 · Q26(b)4 marks
The process of stimulating people to action to accomplish desired goals is based on certain assumptions. State four such assumptions.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/3/1
Assumptions:
People’s behaviour is based on their needs. Satisfaction of such needs influences their behaviour.
People’s needs are in hierarchical order, starting from basic needs to other higher level needs.
A satisfied need can no longer motivate a person; only next higher level need can motivate him.
A person moves to the next higher level of the hierarchy only when the lower need is satisfied.
[1 mark for each assumption = 1 × 4 = 4 marks]
Q608.2023 Main 66/3/1 · Q274 marks
Managers in ‘Galaxy Enterprises’ faced lot of issues due to barriers in communication leading to creation of an environment of distrust and misunderstanding.
Suggest any four measures to improve communication effectiveness in ‘Galaxy Enterprises’.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/3/1
Measures to improve communication effectiveness (any four):
Clarify the ideas before communication.
Communicate according to the needs of receiver.
Consult others before communicating.
Be aware of languages, tone and content of message.
Convey things of help and value to listeners.
Ensure proper feedback to make communication process more responsive.
Communicate for present as well as future.
Follow up communication.
Be a good listener.
[1 mark for each measure = 1 × 4 = 4 marks]
Q609.2023 Main 66/4/1 · Q26(a)4 marks
State any four features of ‘Leadership’.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/4/1
Features of Leadership: (Any four)
Leadership indicates ability of an individual to influence others.
Leadership tries to bring change in the behaviour of others.
Leadership indicates interpersonal relations between leaders and followers.
Leadership is exercised to achieve common goals of the organisation.
Leadership is a continuous process.
[1 × 4 = 4 marks]
Q610.2023 Main 66/4/1 · Q26(b)4 marks
Give the meaning of ‘Autocratic’ and ‘Democratic’ style of Leadership.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/4/1
Autocratic Leadership
In autocratic leadership, a leader gives orders and expects his subordinates to obey those orders.
In this style of leadership, communication is only one way. The subordinate only acts according to the command given by the manager.
(Or any other correct explanation) [2 marks]
Democratic Leadership
In democratic leadership, a leader will develop action plans and makes decisions in consultation with his subordinates. He encourages them to participate in decision-making.
In this style of leadership, both senior and subordinate respect each other’s opinion to accomplish organisational objectives.
(Or any other correct explanation) [2 marks]
[= 4 marks]
Q611.2023 Main 66/4/1 · Q274 marks
Considering the inadequate job opportunities and too many aspirants for jobs, ‘Alen Pvt. Ltd.’ decided to give its employees certain stability about future income and work so that they do not feel worried on these aspects. As a result, the employees of ‘Alen Pvt. Ltd.’ are now working with greater zeal.
Identify the incentive discussed in the above lines and state three more incentives of the same type.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/4/1
Type of incentives discussed in the above lines is Non-financial/Job security. (Any one) [1 mark]
Any three incentives of this type are:
Status It means ranking of positions in the organisation. The authority, responsibility, rewards, recognition, perquisites and prestige of job indicates the status given to a person holding a managerial position.
Organisational Climate It indicates the characteristics which describe an organisation and distinguish one organisation from the other. Individual autonomy, reward orientation, consideration to employees, risk-taking, etc. are the characteristics which help in developing better organisational climate.
Career Advancement Opportunity Managers should provide opportunity to employees to improve their skills and be promoted to the higher level jobs. Promotions work as a tonic and encourage employees to exhibit improved performance.
Job Enrichment It is concerned with designing jobs that include greater variety of work content, require higher level of knowledge and skills, give workers more autonomy and responsibility and provide the opportunity for personal growth and a meaningful work experience.
Employee Recognition Programmes People need evaluation of their work and due recognition. They feel that what they do should be recognised by others concerned. Recognition means acknowledgement with a show of appreciation.
Employee Participation It refers to involving employees in decision-making of the issues related to them. It may be in the form of joint management committees, work committees, etc.
Employee Empowerment It means giving more autonomy and powers to subordinates. Empowerment makes people feel that their jobs are important and with this feeling they contribute positively.
(If an examinee has given the correct statement without giving the headings, full marks for each statement is to be awarded)
[½ mark for naming each incentive + ½ mark for its correct explanation = 1 × 3 = 3 marks; = 1 + 3 = 4 marks]
Q612.2023 Main 66/5/1 · Q26(a)4 marks
State any four elements involved in the communication process.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/5/1
Elements involved in communication process are: (Any four)
Sender: The person who conveys his thoughts or ideas to the receiver
Message: It is the content of ideas, feelings, suggestions, order etc. intended to be communicated
Encoding: It is the process of converting the message into communication symbols such as words, pictures, gestures etc.
Media: It is the path through which encoded message is transmitted to receiver. The channel may be in written form, face to face, phone call, Internet etc.
Decoding: It is the process of converting encoded symbols of the sender.
Receiver: The person who receives communication of the sender.
Feedback: It includes all those actions of the receiver indicating that he has received and understood message of sender.
Noise: It means some obstruction or hindrance to communication. This hindrance may be caused to sender, message or receiver.
(If an examinee has only listed the elements, ½ mark for each element should be awarded)
[1 × 4 = 4 marks]
Q613.2023 Main 66/5/1 · Q26(b)4 marks
State any four semantic barriers of communication.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/5/1
Semantic barriers to communication: (Any four)
Badly expressed message in which the intended meaning may not be conveyed on account of inadequate vocabulary, usage of wrong words, omission of needed words etc.
Symbols with different meanings where a word may have several meanings and receiver has to perceive one such meaning for the word used by communicator.
Faulty translations where the communication drafted in one language is not properly translated in a language understandable to workers.
Unclarified assumptions where communication may have certain assumptions which are subject to different interpretations.
Technical jargon where the specialists use it to explain something to persons who are not specialists in the concerned field as a result of which it is not understood clearly by the receiver.
Body language and gesture decoding becomes a barrier when there is no match between what is said and what is expressed in body movements.
(If an examinee has only listed the barriers, ½ mark for each barrier should be awarded)
[1 × 4 = 4 marks]
Q614.2023 Main 66/5/1 · Q274 marks
Mahamana Enterprises is not only giving salary to its employees but it also offers bonus to them over and above the salary. To further encourage the employees, it announced that it will provide a share in the profits of the company to them. These incentives are helpful in increasing the purchasing power of the employees.
State four other incentives of the type of incentive discussed in the above para.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/5/1
Four other incentives of the type of incentive discussed in the above para are as follows:
Productivity linked wage incentive involves linking payment of wages of employees to the increase in their productivity at individual or group level.
Co-partnership/Stock option is an incentive under which the employees are offered company shares at a set price which is lower than market price.
Retirement Benefits include benefits such as provident fund, pension and gratuity that provide financial security to employees after their retirement.
Perquisites include incentives such as car allowance, housing, medical aid and education to the children etc., which are offered over and above the salary.
(If an examinee has only listed the incentives, ½ mark for each incentive should be awarded)
[1 × 4 = 4 marks]
Q615.2023 Supp. 66/C/1 · Q26(a)4 marks
Explain any two features of ‘motivation’ as an element of directing function of management.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/C/1
Features of ‘motivation’ as an element of directing function of management (any two):
Motivation is an internal feeling. The urges or needs of human being which influence human behaviour are internal.
Motivation produces goal directed behaviour. It helps to produce a behaviour in the employee to improve his performance.
Motivation can be either positive or negative. Positive motivation provides positive rewards like increase in pay, promotion, recognition etc., Negative motivation uses negative means like punishment, stopping increments, threatening etc. which also may induce a person to act in the desired way.
Motivation is a complex process Any type of motivation may not have uniform effect on all the members.
[= 2 × 2 = 4 marks]
Q616.2023 Supp. 66/C/1 · Q26(b)4 marks
Explain the following as elements of communication process:
Message
Encoding
Media
Decoding
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/C/1
Elements of communication process:
Message: It is the content of ideas, feelings, suggestions, order, etc., intended to be communicated.
Encoding: It is the process of converting the message into communication symbols such as words, pictures, gestures etc.
Media: It is the path through which encoded message is transmitted to receiver. The channel may be in written form, face to face, phone call, Internet etc.
Decoding: It is the process of converting encoded symbols of the sender.
[= 1 × 4 = 4 marks]
Q617.SQP 2026-27 · Q28(a)4 marks
‘Leaders play a key role in the success and excellence of any organisation’.
Elucidate the term ‘leadership’.
Explain any two styles of leadership based on the use of authority.
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2026-27 · Marking Scheme
a) Leadership is the process of influencing the behaviour of people by making them strive voluntarily towards achievement of organisational goals.
b) Any two styles of leadership depending on the use of authority-
(i) Autocratic or Authoritarian leader An autocratic leader gives orders and expects his subordinates to obey those orders. If a manager is following this style, then communication is only one-way with the subordinate only acting according to the command given by the manager. This leader is dogmatic, i.e., does not change or wish to be contradicted. His following is based on the assumption that reward or punishment both can be given depending upon the result. This leadership style is effective in getting productivity in many situations like in a factory where the supervisor is responsible for production on time and has to ensure labour productivity. Quick decision-making is also facilitated.
(ii) Democratic or Participative leader A democratic leader will develop action plans and make decisions in consultation with his subordinates. He will encourage them to participate in decision-making. This kind of leadership style is more common now-a-days, since leaders also recognise that people perform best if they have set their own objectives. They also need to respect the other’s opinion and support subordinates to perform their duties and accomplish organisational objectives. They exercise more control by using forces within the group.
(iii) Laissez faire or Free-rein leader Such a leader does not believe in the use of power unless it is absolutely essential. The followers are given a high degree of independence to formulate their own objectives and ways to achieve them. The group members work on their own tasks resolving issues themselves. The manager is there only to support them and supply them the required information to complete the task assigned.
[1 + 1½ × 2 = 4 marks (1 mark for elucidating + ½ mark for the heading + 1 mark for the explanation)]
Q618.SQP 2026-27 · Q28(b)4 marks
‘Maslow’s Need Hierarchy Theory of Motivation is based on human needs. He felt that within every human being, there exists a hierarchy of needs’
Define the term motivation.
Explain any two needs of human beings that according to Maslow formed part of the hierarchy.
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2026-27 · Marking Scheme
a) Motivation means incitement or inducement to act or move. In the context of an organisation, it means the process of making subordinates to act in a desired manner to achieve certain organisational goals.
b) Maslow’s theory was based on human needs. He felt that within every human being, there exists a hierarchy of five needs. These are: (Any two)
(i) Basic Physiological Needs: These needs are most basic in the hierarchy and correspond to primary needs. Hunger, thirst, shelter, sleep and sex are some examples of these needs. In the organisational context, basic salary helps to satisfy these needs.
(ii) Safety/Security Needs: These needs provide security and protection from physical and emotional harm. Examples: job security, stability of income, Pension plans etc.,
(iii) Affiliation/Belonging Needs: These needs refer to affection, sense of belongingness, acceptance and friendship.
(iv) Esteem Needs: These include factors such as self-respect, autonomy status, recognition and attention.
(v) Self Actualisation Needs: It is the highest level of need in the hierarchy. It refers to the drive to become what one is capable of becoming. These needs include growth, self-fulfillment and achievement of goals.
[1 + 1½ × 2 = 4 marks (1 mark for defining + ½ mark for the heading + 1 mark for the explanation)]
Q619.2022 Supp. 66/6/1 · Q115 marks
Riya was working as a manager in a hotel. During COVID-19 she lost her job. Now she has started her own restaurant which was providing immunity-boosting food. Her restaurant was a success and she was earning a good profit. To benefit the people of other areas with her immunity-boosting food, she thought of starting three restaurants in three different cities. For this, she appointed three managers. She told all the managers that to be successful it is necessary that they should guide the people working in their respective teams about the work to be done by them, when they should do it and how they should do it. She also added that mere transfer of views or information is not sufficient, it is necessary that their instructions are implemented in the proper perspective, so that the organisation may achieve its objectives. To improve the performance level of employees, she suggested that they develop insights into causes of behaviour of people. They have to make subordinates act in a desired manner to achieve organisational goals.
Identify and state the function of management discussed in the above para.
State any three points of importance of the function identified in (a) above.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/6/1
(a) Directing
Directing is the process of instructing, guiding, communicating, counselling, motivating and leading people in the organisation to achieve its objectives.
[1 mark for identification + 1 mark for the statement = 2 marks]
(b) Importance of Directing function (any three)
Directing helps to initiate action by people in the organisation towards attainment of desired objectives.
Directing integrates employees’ efforts in the organisation in such a way that every individual effort contributes to the organisational performance.
Directing guides employees to fully realise their potential and capabilities by motivating and providing effective leadership.
Directing facilitates introduction of needed changes in the organisation.
Effective directing helps to bring stability and balance in the organisation by fostering cooperation and commitment among the people.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
[1 mark for stating each point of importance = 1×3 = 3 marks]
[= 2 + 3 = 5 marks]
Q620.2026 Main 66/1/1 · Q32(b)6 marks
Explain the following non-financial incentives :
Status
Organisational climate
Job security
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(i) Status:[2 marks]
It means ranking of positions in the organisation. The authority, responsibility, rewards, recognition etc. of a job indicate the status given to a person holding a managerial position.
Psychological, social and esteem needs of an individual are satisfied by status given to their job.
(ii) Organisational climate:[2 marks]
It indicates the characteristics which describe an organisation and distinguish one organisation from the other.
Individual autonomy, reward orientation, consideration to employees, risk-taking, etc. are the characteristics which help in developing better organisational climate.
(iii) Job security[2 marks]
Employees want stability about future income and work so that they do not feel worried on these aspects and work with greater zeal.
This becomes more important where there are inadequate job opportunities and too many aspirants for these.
[= 6 marks]
Q621.2026 Main 66/2/1 · Q34(a)6 marks
Explain any four semantic barriers to communication.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/2/1
Semantic barriers to communication: (Any FOUR)
(i) Badly expressed message
Sometimes, intended meaning may not be conveyed by a manager to his subordinates.
These may be an account of inadequate vocabulary, usage of wrong words, omission of needed words, etc.
(ii) Symbols with different meanings
A word may have several meanings.
Receiver has to perceive one such meaning for the word used by communicator.
(iii) Faulty translations
Sometimes the communications originally drafted in one language need to be translated to the language understandable to workers.
If the translator is not proficient with both the languages, mistakes may creep in causing different meanings to the communication.
(iv) Unclarified assumptions
Some communications may have certain assumptions which are subject to different interpretations.
These unclarified assumptions act as a communication barrier.
(v) Technical jargon
It is usually found that specialists use technical jargon while explaining to persons who are not specialists in the concerned field.
Therefore, they may not understand the actual meaning of many such words.
(vi) Body language and gesture decoding
The body movement and gestures of communicator matters so much in conveying the message.
If there is no match between what is said and what is expressed in body movements, communications may be wrongly perceived.
[(½ mark for the heading + 1 mark for its explanation) = 1½ x 4 = 6 marks]
Q622.2026 Main 66/2/1 · Q34(b)6 marks
Explain any four points of importance of directing function of management.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/2/1
Importance of directing function of management: (Any FOUR)
(i) Initiates action
Directing helps to initiate action by people in the organisation towards attainment of desired objectives
A superior guides his subordinates and clarifies their doubts in performing a task and helps them to achieve work targets given to them.
(ii) Integrates employees- efforts
Directing integrates employees- efforts in the organisation in such a way that every individual effort contributes to the organisational performance
It ensures that the individuals work for organisational goals
(iii) Guides employees to fully realise their potential and capabilities
Directing guides employees to fully realise their potential and capabilities by motivating and providing effective leadership
A good leader identifies the potential of his employees and motivates them to extract work up to their full potential.
(iv) Facilitates introduction of needed changes
Generally people have a tendency to resist changes in the organisation.
Effective directing through motivation, communication and leadership helps to reduce such resistance and develop required cooperation in introducing changes in the organisation.
(v) Helps to bring stability and balance in the organisation
Effective directing helps to bring stability and balance in the organisation as it fosters cooperation and commitment among the people
It helps to achieve balance among various groups, activities and the departments.
[(½ mark for the heading + 1 mark for its explanation) = 1½ x 4 = 6 marks]
Q623.2026 Main 66/4/1 · Q316 marks
‘Alpha Electronics’ had recently received a large order for the supply of electronic control panels. The management was under pressure to deliver it on time. When one of the production lines started malfunctioning, the Production Manager, Suresh, was concerned. Although ‘Alpha Electronics’ was an organisation with highly centralised pattern where free communication was not encouraged. Suresh, still decided to call his senior technician, Manoj, to understand the problem. Suresh had the reputation of being unapproachable. He was conscious of his seniority and position so he rarely encouraged his subordinates to speak freely. Manoj was nervous as the production line was damaged due to his own negligence and he thought sharing it with his senior, Suresh, would adversely affect his interests. Anyhow, he had to go to Suresh’s office. When Manoj entered Suresh’s office, he saw that Suresh was pre-occupied with an important file before him. Suresh asked Manoj to explain what the problem was. Manoj reluctantly started explaining, but he felt that Suresh wasn’t listening to him. So Manoj did not share the complete information and the problem in the production line could not be rectified on time.
Identify and explain four communication barriers discussed in the above case.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/4/1
Communication barriers discussed above are:
(i) Organisational policy: If the organisational policy, explicit or implicit, is not supportive to free flow of communication, it may hamper effectiveness of communications.
(ii) Status: Status of superior may create psychological distance between him and his subordinates. A status conscious manager also may not allow his subordinates to express their feelings freely.
(iii) Lack of attention: The preoccupied mind of receiver and the resultant non-listening of message acts as a major psychological barrier.
(iv) Unwillingness to communicate: Sometimes, subordinates may not be prepared to communicate with their superiors, if they perceive that it may adversely affect their interests.
[½ mark for identifying and 1 mark for explanation; 1½ × 4 = 6 marks]
Q624.2026 Main 66/5/1 · Q32(a)6 marks
Explain any four points of importance of directing function of management.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/5/1
Importance of directing function of management: (Any FOUR)
(i) Initiates action:
Directing helps to initiate action by people in the organisation towards attainment of desired objectives.
A superior guides his subordinates and clarifies their doubts in performing a task and helps them to achieve work targets given to them.
(ii) Integrates employees’ efforts:
Directing integrates employees' efforts in the organisation in such a way that every individual effort contributes to the organisational performance.
It ensures that the individuals work for organisational goals.
(iii) Guides employees to fully realise their potential and capabilities:
Directing guides employees to fully realise their potential and capabilities by motivating and providing effective leadership.
A good leader identifies the potential of his employees and motivates them to extract work up to their full potential.
(iv) Facilitates introduction of needed changes:
Directing facilitates introduction of needed changes in the organisation.
Generally, people have a tendency to resist changes in the organisation. Effective directing through motivation, communication and leadership helps to reduce such resistance and develop required cooperation in introducing changes in the organisation.
(v) Brings stability and balance:
Effective directing helps to bring stability in the organisation since it fosters cooperation and commitment among the people.
It also helps to achieve balance among various groups, activities and the departments.
[½ mark for naming + 1 mark for explanation; 1½ × 4 = 6 marks]
Q625.2026 Main 66/5/1 · Q32(b)6 marks
Explain any four psychological barriers of communication.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/5/1
Psychological barriers of communication: (Any FOUR)
(i) Premature evaluation:
Premature evaluation is when people evaluate the meaning of a message before the sender completes his message.
This may be due to pre-conceived notions or prejudices against the communication.
(ii) Lack of attention:
The preoccupied mind of the receiver and the resultant non-listening of messages acts as a major psychological barrier.
This may lead to disappointment.
(iii) Loss by transmission and poor retention:
When communication passes through various levels, successive transmissions of the message results in loss of, or transmission of inaccurate information.
Poor retention is another barrier as people cannot retain the information for a long time if they are inattentive or not interested.
(iv) Distrust:
Distrust between communicator and communicatee acts as a barrier.
If the parties do not believe each other, they cannot understand each other’s message in its original sense.
[½ mark for naming + 1 mark for explanation; 1½ × 4 = 6 marks]
Q626.2025 Main 66/2/1 · Q31(b)6 marks
Explain the following non-financial incentives:
Status
Organisational climate
Job Enrichment
Employee participation
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(i) Status
Status means ranking of positions in the organisation.
The authority, responsibility, rewards, recognition, perquisites and prestige of job indicate the status given to a person holding a managerial position.
(ii) Organisational climate
It indicates the characteristics which describe an organisation and distinguish one organisation from the other.
Individual autonomy, reward orientation, consideration to employees, risk-taking, etc. are the characteristics which help in developing better organisational climate.
(iii) Job Enrichment
It is concerned with designing jobs that include a greater variety of work content, require higher level of knowledge and skill, gives workers more autonomy and responsibility and provides opportunity for personal growth.
If jobs are enriched and made interesting, the job itself becomes a source of motivation to the individual.
(iv) Employee participation
It refers to involving employees in decision-making of the issues related to them.
It may be in the form of joint management committees, work committees etc.
[1½ × 4 = 6 marks]
Q627.2025 Main 66/4/1 · Q326 marks
Ankita was the Managing Director at ‘Tech Smart’, an IT company. She was facing problems in retaining the employees in the company. While discussing this problem with her friend, Prachi, who had recently completed her MBA in Human Resource Management, she shared that employees in her company are not motivated enough even though the company was offering them good salaries and stability of income.
Prachi explained to Ankita that all the needs of the employees are not satisfied by money alone. Psychological, social and emotional factors also play an important role in providing motivation.
Explain any four such incentives which may help the company in retaining its employees and provide motivation as suggested by Prachi.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/4/1
Incentives which may help the company in retaining its employees and provide motivation as suggested by Prachi: (Any four)
Status
Organisational Climate
Career Advancement Opportunity
Job Enrichment
Employee Recognition Programmes
Job Security
Employee Participation
Employee Empowerment
[½ mark each for heading and 1 mark each for explanation; 1½×4 = 6 marks]
(If an examinee has not given the headings as above but has given the correct explanation, full credit should be given)
Q628.2025 Main 66/5/1 · Q326 marks
Identify and explain the communication barrier discussed in each of the following cases and name the broad category of each communication barrier to which they relate:
‘MNB Ltd.’ launches a new software programme using Artificial Intelligence. Ajit, the Project Manager, explains the new software system to employees in the organisation, using terms like 'cloud computing', 'machine learning', etc. Since the employees are not specialists in this field, they cannot understand the actual meaning of many words used by the Project Manager.
Rajesh, working as Production Manager in 'KLM Ltd.', approaches the General Manager, Kumar to discuss the problems he is having at work. Rajesh tells him about the increasing workload and the need for additional support. However, Kumar who is working on an important file, keeps glancing at it while nodding occasionally. He does not make eye contact with Rajesh or stop reading the file. He responds saying “Okay Rajesh, just try to manage”. Rajesh leaves the office feeling disappointed.
Suresh is a senior technician at a company manufacturing spare parts of a car. He suggests a new method for reducing the idle time on machines to increase efficiency. He presents his idea during a team meeting and is appreciated by everyone. But the manager Pankaj, does not offer any appreciation award for his brilliant idea.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/5/1
Technical jargon – Semantic Barrier Generally specialists use technical jargon while explaining to persons who are not specialists in the concerned field. Therefore, they may not understand the actual meaning of many such words.
Lack of attention – Psychological Barrier The preoccupied mind of receiver and the resultant non-listening of message acts as a major psychological barrier.
Lack of proper incentives – Personal Barrier If there is no motivation or incentive for communication, subordinates may not take initiative to communicate.
[½ mark for identification + ½ mark for naming the category + 1 mark for explanation; 2×3 = 6 marks]
Q629.2025 Main 66/5/1 · Q33(a)6 marks
Explain any four features of 'Directing' function of management.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/5/1
FEATURES OF DIRECTING (with explanation)
Directing initiates action
Directing takes place at every level of Management
Directing is a continuous process
Directing flows from top to bottom
[½ mark for heading + 1 mark for explanation; 1½×4 = 6 marks]
(If an examinee has not given the headings as above but has given the correct explanation, full credit should be given)
Q630.2025 Main 66/5/1 · Q33(b)6 marks
Explain any four features of 'Motivation', an element of directing.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/5/1
FEATURES OF MOTIVATION (with explanation)
Motivation is an internal feeling.
Motivation produces goal directed behaviour.
Motivation can be either positive or negative.
Motivation is a complex process.
[½ mark for heading + 1 mark for explanation; 1½×4 = 6 marks]
(If an examinee has not given the headings as above but has given the correct explanation, full credit should be given)
Q631.2025 Main 66/6/1 · Q316 marks
Sara recently received her degree in automobile engineering and decided to join her father's electric vehicle business. They were not only selling electric vehicles but also providing related services like charging vehicles and their maintenance, etc. Sara had worked on a practical project related to electric vehicles during her automobile engineering course and won first prize for it. She was impressed by electric vehicles because of their potential to revolutionize the automotive industry as these are more sustainable and eco-friendly alternative to traditional vehicles.
She was exploring the possibility of entering into partnerships with the government for electric vehicle charging stations. This could be shared investment, with the government providing land and incentives and her company contributing technical expertise and operational management. Sara shared her thoughts and ideas with her father. She prepared a proposal to collaborate with the government for setting up electric vehicle charging stations. The proposal contained her ideas, feelings and suggestions which she intended to convey to the government. She then converted her ideas, feelings and suggestions into words and pictures. She used clear concise language and visual aids such as charts and graphs, to make complex information more understandable. She now had to choose a path through which her proposal would be transmitted to the government. Sara had a face-to-face meeting with the government and presented her ideas directly.
The above case highlights an element of one of the functions of management. Identify and explain the element.
Quoting lines from the above case, name the four elements of the concept identified in (a) above.
State three other elements of the concept identified in (a) above, not discussed in the above case.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/6/1
(a) Communication- Communication is the process of transferring information from the sender to the receiver with the information being understood by the receiver.
(or any other correct meaning)
[½ mark for identification + ½ mark for explanation = 1 mark]
(b) Elements of the concept identified in (a) above: (Any four)
Sender “Sara shared her thoughts and ideas with her father.”
Message “The proposal contained her ideas, feelings and suggestions which she intended to convey to the government.”
Encoding “She then converted her ideas, feelings and suggestions into words and pictures.” or “She used clear concise language and visual aids such as charts and graphs, to make complex information more understandable.”
Media “Sara had a face-to-face meeting”
Receiver “Sara…….with the government”
[(½ mark each for quoting and identification) × 4 = 2 marks]
(An examinee should be awarded marks for identification only when correct lines are quoted.)
(c) Three other elements of the concept identified above are-
Decoding is the process of converting encoded symbols of the sender.
Feedback includes actions/response of the receiver on receiving and understanding the message of the sender.
Noise means some obstruction or hindrance caused to sender, message or receiver in the process of communication.
[1×3 = 3 marks] = 6 marks
(If an examinee has only listed the underlined points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
Q632.2025 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q33(a)6 marks
Explain any four psychological barriers to communication.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
Psychological Barriers (with explanation)
Premature evaluation
Lack of attention
Loss by transmission and poor retention
Distrust
[(½ mark for naming + 1 mark for explanation) x 4 = 6 marks]
Q633.2024 Main 66/1/1 · Q34(b)6 marks
Explain any four points of importance of ‘Directing’ function of management.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/1/1
Importance of directing: ( Any four)
(i) Initiates action: Directing helps to initiate action among people in an organisation towards attainment of desired objectives.
(ii) Integrates employees’ efforts: Directing integrates employees’ efforts in the organisation in such a way that every individual effort contributes to the organizational performance. Thus, it ensures that the individuals work for organisation’s goals.
(iii) Guides employees to fully realise their potential: Directing guides employees to fully realise their potential and capabilities by motivating and providing effective leadership.
(iv) Facilitates introduction of needed changes: A manager reduces resistance to change through motivation, communication and leadership, and develop required cooperation in introducing changes in the organisation.
(v) Brings stability and balance in the organisation: It fosters cooperation and commitment among the people and helps to achieve balance among various groups, activities and the departments.
(If an examinee has not given the headings as above but has given the correct explanation, full credit should be given)
[½ mark for heading and 1 mark for explanation: 1½ × 4 = 6 marks]
Q634.SQP 2025-26 · Q326 marks
Mr Pankaj Kumar is working as the Human Resource Manager in Alankaar Fabrics Limited heading a team of fifteen people in his department. He has played a key role in the success of his organisation by maintaining good interpersonal relations with his subordinates and influencing their behaviour. The subordinates willingly cooperate with him and his working style to increase the output of the organisation.
Identify and explain the element involved in one of the functions of management discussed in the above case.
State any four features of the element identified in part a).
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2025-26 · Marking Scheme
a) Leadership- Leadership is the process of influencing the behaviour of people by making them strive voluntarily towards achievement of organisational goals.
[1 + 1 = 2 marks]
b) Any four features:
Leadership indicates the ability of an individual to influence others.
Leadership tries to bring change in the behaviour of others.
Leadership indicates interpersonal relations between leaders and followers.
Leadership is exercised to achieve common goals of the organisation.
Leadership is a continuous process.
[1 × 4 = 4 marks; total = 6]
Part A · Principles and Functions of Management
8. Controlling
Q635.2026 Main 66/1/1 · Q171 mark
The step of controlling process which reveals the deviation between actual performance and desired results is :
Setting performance standards
Analysing deviations
Taking corrective action
Comparing actual performance with the standards
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(D) Comparing actual performance with the standards [1 mark]
Q636.2026 Main 66/1/1 · Q191 mark
Read the following statements carefully :
Statement – I : Control should focus on key result areas which are critical to the success of an organization.
Statement – II : Only significant deviations which go beyond the permissible limit should be brought to the notice of management.
With reference to the given statements, choose the correct alternative from the following :
Both the statements are true.
Both the statements are false.
Statement I is true and Statement II is false.
Statement I is false and Statement II is true.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(A) Both the statements are true. [1 mark]
Q637.2026 Main 66/2/1 · Q131 mark
There are two statements, Assertion (A) and Reason (R).
Assertion (A) : Controlling should not be misunderstood as the last function of management.
Reason (R) : Controlling is a function that brings the management cycle back to the planning function.
Choose the correct alternative from those given below :
Assertion (A) is false and Reason (R) is true.
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are false.
Assertion (A) is true and Reason (R) is false.
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(D) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanation of Assertion (A) [1 mark]
Q638.2026 Main 66/3/1 · Q101 mark
‘RAVL’ is a company manufacturing LED bulbs. To ensure efficiency in production, the workers are given monthly targets. For the month of October 2025, the workers were given a target to produce 8,000 bulbs. At the end of the month, it was found that actual production was only 6,000 bulbs. After investigation, it was found that the target was not met due to shortage of trained workers. To resolve the problem, the Production Manager arranged training programmes for workers and also hired additional workers.
Which step of the controlling process was followed by the Production Manager to resolve the problem of shortage of trained workers ?
Setting performance standards
Measurement of actual performance
Comparing actual performance with standards
Taking corrective action
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(D) Taking corrective action [1 mark]
Q639.2026 Main 66/4/1 · Q171 mark
Read the following statements carefully :
Statement I: Planning and controlling are both forward-looking as well as backward-looking.
Statement II: Planning is evaluative, whereas controlling is prescriptive.
In the light of the given statements, choose the correct alternative from the following :
Statement I is true and Statement II is false.
Statement I is false and Statement II is true.
Both Statement I and Statement II are true.
Both Statement I and Statement II are false.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(A) Statement I is true and Statement II is false.
[1 mark]
Q640.2026 Main 66/4/1 · Q201 mark
‘The first step in the controlling process is setting up of performance standards.’
Identify the correct order of the subsequent steps of the controlling process.
Comparing actual performance with standards, Taking corrective action, Analysing deviations, Measurement of actual performance
Measurement of actual performance, Comparing actual performance with standards, Analysing deviations, Taking corrective action
Measurement of actual performance, Taking corrective action, Comparing actual performance with standards, Analysing deviations
Analysing deviations, Measurement of actual performance, Comparing actual performance with standards, Taking corrective action
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(B) Measurement of actual performance, Comparing actual performance with standards, Analysing deviations, Taking corrective action
[1 mark]
Q641.2025 Main 66/1/1 · Q121 mark
HG Air Conditioner Pvt. Ltd. is lagging behind its scheduled production target by a month. Despite a high demand, the company is struggling to meet its production target. Even after taking measures like training of employees and assigning additional workers and equipment to the project, the targets could not be met. The Production Manager, now, decided to revise the standards.
Identify the step of the controlling process under which the Production Manager decided to revise the standards.
Setting performance standards
Measurement of actual performance
Analysing deviations
Taking corrective action
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(D) Taking corrective action [1 mark]
Q642.2025 Main 66/4/1 · Q171 mark
Read the following statements: Assertion (A) and Reason (R).
Assertion (A): A good control system motivates employees and helps them to give better performance.
Reason (R): It ensures that employees know well in advance what they are expected to do and what the standards of performance are, on the basis of which they will be appraised.
Choose the correct alternative from the options given below:
Assertion (A) is true, but Reason (R) is false.
Assertion (A) is false, but Reason (R) is true.
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true, but Reason (R) is not the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(C) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
Q643.2025 Main 66/5/1 · Q171 mark
‘XYZ Ltd.’ is using registers to record attendance of the employees even in this new tech era. The Human Resource Manager is facing problems due to the dishonest behaviour of employees as they are writing wrong working hours. Not only this, the Production Manager is also reporting about the theft of raw materials every day. To resolve these types of problems, the company started using biometric attendance system and installed cameras at important areas to keep an eye on the activities of the employees. This helped in reducing dishonest behaviour of the employees to a large extent.
The point of importance of controlling highlighted in the above case is:
Improving employee motivation
Ensuring order and discipline
Making efficient use of resources
Accomplishing organisational goals
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(B) Ensuring order and discipline
Q644.2025 Main 66/5/1 · Q201 mark
'Maira Electronics' is a manufacturer of smartphones and famous for its quality. It is a large organisation, so each and every piece produced cannot be checked. So the company made a policy that out of 500 smartphones produced a day, 20 smartphones would be randomly selected for a quality check.
Identify the step of controlling process discussed above:
Setting performance standards
Measurement of actual performance
Comparing actual performance with standards
Taking corrective action
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(B) Measurement of actual performance
Q645.2025 Main 66/6/1 · Q161 mark
Read the following statements carefully:
Statement I: Planning and Controlling are both backward-looking as well as forward-looking functions.
Statement II: Planning is prescriptive whereas Controlling is evaluative.
In light of given statements, choose the correct alternative from the following:
Statement I is true and Statement II is false.
Statement I is false and Statement II is true.
Both Statement I and Statement II are true.
Both Statement I and Statement II are false.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/6/1
(C) Both Statement I and Statement II are true.
Q646.2025 Main 66/6/1 · Q201 mark
‘Alpha Manufacturing Ltd.’ is a company manufacturing high quality car spare parts. The company has a well-established production line and its products are highly demanded in the market. However, it was noticed that the defect rate in the manufacturing process was higher than the standard of 10 per 1,000 pieces produced. In spite of best efforts, the Production Manager was not able to reduce the defect rate. So, he decided to revise the standards.
The step of the controlling process, followed by the Production Manager after not being able to reduce the defect rate, will be:
Taking corrective action
Measurement of actual performance
Analysing deviations
Comparing actual performance with standards
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/6/1
(A) Taking corrective action
Q647.2025 Main 66/7/1 · Q31 mark
Read the following statements carefully:
Statement I: Any deviation, whether significant or insignificant, should be brought to the notice of the management.
Statement II: Control should focus on those Key Result Areas which are critical to the success of an organisation.
In the light of the above statements, choose the correct alternative from the options given below:
Statement I is true and Statement II is false.
Statement I is false and Statement II is true.
Both Statement I and Statement II are false.
Both Statement I and Statement II are true.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/7/1
(B) Statement I is false and Statement II is true.
Q648.2025 Main 66/7/1 · Q101 mark
A garment manufacturing firm had set a target of manufacturing 1000 garments per day. The manager of the firm saw that the production consistently fell short of the target. It was observed that employees were spending too much time taking lunch, reporting late and leaving early on one pretext or the other.
A control mechanism was installed to address the issue. Card punching was implemented in the organisation. It was made mandatory for employees to record their entry or exit every time they enter or leave. Their working hours were monitored and irregularities addressed. This helped the organisation to meet its daily production targets.
Identify the point of importance of 'Controlling’ highlighted in the above case.
Judging accuracy of standards
Accomplishing organisational goals
Making efficient use of resources
Ensuring order and discipline
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/7/1
(D) Ensuring order and discipline
Q649.2025 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q101 mark
‘Green Tech Solutions’, a renewable energy company, set a target of reducing its production cost by 15% in the current financial year. After a few months, the management reviews the progress and finds that the cost reduction measures implemented have not been as effective as planned. By reviewing the progress ‘Green Tech Solutions’ has completed one of the steps of controlling process.
Identify the step of controlling process from the following :
Setting performance standards
Comparing actual performance with standards
Analysing deviations
Taking corrective actions
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
(B) Comparing actual performance with standards [1 mark]
Q650.2024 Main 66/2/1 · Q121 mark
Statement I : Controlling ensures that activities in an organization are performed as per the plans.
Statement II : Controlling function of a manager is a pervasive function.
Choose the correct option from the options given below :
Statement I is true and Statement II is false.
Statement II is true and Statement I is false.
Both the Statements are true.
Both the Statements are false.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(C) Both the Statements are true.
[1 mark]
Q651.2024 Main 66/4/1 · Q41 mark
______ is the step in the controlling process where standards may have to be revised in case the deviation can not be corrected through managerial action.
Setting Performance Standards
Measurement of Actual performance
Comparing Actual Performance with standards and analysing deviations
Taking corrective action
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(D) Taking corrective action
[1 mark]
Q652.2023 Main 66/1/1 · Q41 mark
Umang was working as a ‘Production Manager’ at ‘LG Papers Ltd.’ The company had launched new eco-friendly paper straws in the market. He was given a target of producing 5,000 straws a day, by the General Manager. In spite of making the employees work overtime, Umang could not meet the target.
On investigation, it was found that the employees had not received the right training to manufacture these eco-friendly paper straws. So the employees were sent for special training.
The function of management which helped Umang in identifying that he could not meet the target is:
Planning
Organising
Directing
Controlling
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(D) Controlling
[1 mark]
Q653.2023 Main 66/1/1 · Q61 mark
Which of the following is not a step in the process of ‘Controlling’ function of management?
Setting performance standards
Assignment of duties
Taking corrective action
Comparing actual performance with standards
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(B) Assignment of duties
[1 mark]
Q654.2023 Main 66/3/1 · Q91 mark
Keya Ltd. is a large organisation manufacturing a popular brand of desi ghee and supplying it to various states of India. They manufacture 10,000 litres of desi ghee every day and pack in cartons of 250 ml, 500 ml and 1 litre sizes. The production manager ensures that one out of every ten cartons of each size is checked for quality control everyday.
The step of the controlling process discussed in the above para is:
Setting performance standards
Measurement of actual performance
Comparison of actual performance with standards
Analysing deviations
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(B) Measurement of actual performance
Q655.2023 Main 66/4/1 · Q91 mark
Which of the following function of management measures the progress of objectives and guides the organisation to keep it on the right track so that organizational goals might be achieved?
Planning
Staffing
Directing
Controlling
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(D) Controlling
Q656.2023 Main 66/4/1 · Q101 mark
‘AN Stationery Ltd.’ is manufacturing various items of stationery like pencils, erasers, gel-pens, ball-pens, etc. The Production Manager, Ghanshyam is very particular about the efficiency of production, which he measures by counting the number of pieces produced and number of defective pieces in a batch. By doing this he is performing an important function of management which is:
Directing
Controlling
Organising
Planning
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(B) Controlling.
Q657.2023 Main 66/5/1 · Q91 mark
‘Whether the decisions have been translated into desired actions or not’ can be confirmed by performing which of the following function of management?
Planning
Organising
Directing
Controlling
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(D) Controlling
Q658.2023 Main 66/5/1 · Q101 mark
Himanshu is working as a ‘Marketing Manager’ in ‘Suvidit-Air-Conditioners’, a well known brand in the field of air-conditioners. Till last month the company was able to achieve its sales targets. But this month Himanshu observed that targets were not being met and the number of air-conditioners sold was decreasing. He analysed the situation and found that the new salesman appointed last month was not good and for this he took necessary action.
Which of the following function of management helped Himanshu to identify the decrease in sale?
Planning
Organising
Directing
Controlling
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(D) Controlling
Q659.2023 Supp. 66/C/1 · Q81 mark
Which of the following functions of management completes one cycle of management process and improves planning in the next cycle?
Organising
Staffing
Directing
Controlling
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/C/1
(D) Controlling
Q660.SQP 2025-26 · Q81 mark
Choose the correct statement about the controlling function of management.
No corrective action is required when the deviation goes beyond the acceptable range in important areas.
Deviations should be analysed for their causes.
Measurement of actual performance should be done only after the task is complete.
Managers must keep a check on each and every activity, otherwise the entire organisation may suffer.
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2025-26 · Marking Scheme
(B) Deviations should be analysed to find out the causes.
[1 mark]
Q661.SQP 2026-27 · Q61 mark
Choose the correct statement about controlling function of management:
Controlling completes one cycle of management process and improves planning in the next cycle.
Controlling is the function of management that initiates action by people in the organisation.
Controlling involves only looking back and not looking ahead.
Standards in the Controlling process must be set in quantitative terms only.
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2026-27 · Marking Scheme
(A) Controlling completes one cycle of management process and improves planning in the next cycle.
[1 mark]
Q662.SQP 2026-27 · Q201 mark
The management of Pure Foods Pvt.Ltd. noticed that in spite of timely salaries and satisfactory working conditions, employees seemed disengaged and less committed to their work.
The management conducted regular performance reviews and introduced a system where supervisors monitored work progress closely. Thus, the employees knew well in advance the standards of performance on the basis of which they will be appraised. Feedback was provided regularly, and employees who performed well were appreciated publicly during monthly meetings. Underperforming employees were given guidance and training instead of punishment.
After a few months, employee confidence improved, and performance levels increased significantly.
Identify the point of importance of controlling function discussed in the above case.
Judging accuracy of standards
Improving employee motivation
Ensuring order and discipline
Both A and B
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2026-27 · Marking Scheme
(B) Improving employee motivation
[1 mark]
Q663.2022 Main 66/1/1 · Q42 marks
Identify and state the function of management which ensures that the organisational resources are being used effectively and efficiently for the achievement of pre-determined goals.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/1/1
Controlling
Controlling is the function of management which ensures that the activities in an organisation are performed as per plans by comparing actual performance with the standards, finding out deviations and taking corrective action, if required.
(or any other correct statement)
[1 mark for identifying + 1 mark for statement = 2 marks]
Q664.2022 Main 66/2/1 · Q42 marks
How does ‘Controlling’ function of management motivate the employees and help them in giving better performance ? State.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/2/1
Controlling helps in improving employees’ motivation as:
the employees know well in advance what they are expected to do and
the basis on which they will be appraised.
This helps them to give better performance.
[2 marks]
Q665.2022 Main 66/3/1 · Q42 marks
One of the functions of management completes one cycle of management process and improves planning in the next cycle in the light of the problems that were identified in the existing plans.
Identify and state the function of management discussed above.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/3/1
Controlling
Controlling means ensuring that the activities in an organisation are performed as per plans by comparing actual performance with the standards, finding out deviations and taking corrective action, if required.
(or any other correct statement)
[1 mark for identification + 1 mark for the statement = 2 marks]
Q666.2022 Main 66/4/1 · Q42 marks
‘Analysing deviations’ and ‘taking corrective actions’ are the steps in the process of one of the significant functions of management. Identify the function and list the first three steps of the process of the function identified.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/4/1
Function of management referred here is Controlling. [½ mark for identifying the function]
First three steps of the process of controlling are:
(i) Setting performance standards (ii) Measurement of actual performance (iii) Comparing actual performance with standards
[½ mark for listing each step = ½×3 = 1½ marks; = ½ + 1½ = 2 marks]
Q667.2022 Main 66/5/1 · Q42 marks
‘The final step in the controlling process is taking corrective action, but when deviations are within acceptable limits no corrective action is required.’
When and why corrective action is required? State.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/5/1
When deviations go beyond the acceptable range, especially in the important areas, corrective action is required. [1 mark]
Corrective action is required so that deviations do not occur again, and standards are accomplished. [1 mark]
[=1 +1 = 2 marks]
Q668.2022 Supp. 66/6/1 · Q42 marks
Identify and give the meaning of the function of management that helps in verifying whether the standards set are accurate and objective or not.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/6/1
Controlling
Controlling is the function of management which ensures that the activities in an organisation are performed as per plans by comparing actual performance with the standards, finding out deviations and taking corrective action, if required.
(or any other correct meaning)
[1 mark for identifying + 1 mark for meaning = 2 marks]
Q669.2026 Main 66/1/1 · Q213 marks
‘Riya Mart’ is a company manufacturing disposable crockery. They have been in business for the past five years, but were not earning good profits. Concerned about this, the Chief Executive Officer (CEO), Verma, ordered an internal audit. The audit uncovered several issues like inventory pilferage, employees coming late and their performance not upto the mark. To stop inventory pilferage, Verma, the CEO, introduced surprise stock checks and installed an automated inventory management system to track stock movements. A biometric attendance system was also setup to keep a check on employees coming late. In addition to this, to motivate employees for better performance, they were told in advance what they are expected to do and what are their standards of performance. As a result of these steps, the inventory pilferage reduced, employees became more punctual and their performance improved.
Identify and state the function of management performed by Verma, the Chief Executive Officer of the company.
State any two points of importance of the function identified in (i) above, which are not discussed in the above para.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(i) The function of management performed by Verma is Controlling. [½ mark for identification and ½ mark for statement]
Controlling implies the measurement of accomplishment against the standard and the correction of deviations to assure attainment of objectives according to plans.
(ii) Importance of controlling which are not discussed in the above para are (Any TWO) [1 x 2 = 2 marks]
It helps in accomplishing organisational goals as it measures progress towards the organisational goals and brings to light the deviations, if any.
It facilitates coordination in action as each department and employee is governed by predetermined standards.
It helps in judging accuracy of standards by reviewing and revising the standards in the light of changes taking place in the organisation and in the environment
By ensuring that each activity is performed in accordance with predetermined standards and norms, a manager makes efficient use of resources
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
[(1 + 2) = 3 marks]
Q670.2026 Main 66/4/1 · Q213 marks
‘Delicious Salads’ was a company that supplied packaged salads to the supermarkets. Recently, the management noticed that a large amount of vegetables were getting spoiled every week. This was increasing the costs and reducing the profits because of which the company was not able to achieve its goals. To solve this, the Production Manager, Meera was asked to take charge of the situation and bring the wastage under control. Meera found that the vegetable cleaning, cutting and packing departments were working at their own pace, leading to the spoilage of vegetables.
Meera started out by setting standards for each of the departments, which were well coordinated with one another. Each activity would be performed in accordance with those standards. Within a month, ‘Delicious Salads’ was able to supply the salads with minimum wastage and achieve its goals.
Explain the two points of importance of the controlling function of management discussed in the above case.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/4/1
Importance of the controlling function of management discussed in the above case are: (Any TWO)
(i) Accomplishing organisational goals:
The controlling function measures progress towards the organisational goals and brings to light the deviations, if any, and indicates corrective action.
It guides the organisation and keeps it on the right track so that organisational goals might be achieved.
(ii) Making efficient use of resources:
A manager seeks to reduce wastage and spoilage of resources as each activity is performed in accordance with predetermined standards and norms.
It ensures that resources are used in the most effective and efficient manner.
(iii) Facilitating coordination in action:
Each department and employee is governed by pre-determined standards which are well coordinated with one another.
Controlling provides direction to all activities and efforts for achieving organisational goals.
[½ mark for the heading + 1 mark for explanation; 1½ × 2 = 3 marks]
Q671.2026 Main 66/5/1 · Q233 marks
‘DF Telecom Ltd.’, which produces a range of mobile phones for the Indian market, set a target to produce 30,000 units of mobile phones in the month of December 2025. This was the benchmark against which actual performance would be measured. At the end of the month, it was found that only 27,000 units were produced.
Concerned with the shortfall, the General Manager asked the Production Manager to find out and resolve the problem.
State the steps related to the process of one of the functions of management which the Production Manager has to take to find out and resolve the problem.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/5/1
The steps related to the process of Controlling function which the production manager has to take to find out and resolve the problem:
(i) Analysing Deviations which involves using ‘management by exception’ to determine the acceptable range of deviations and ‘Critical Point Control’ to attend to the deviations in key areas of business more urgently than in insignificant areas and analysing their causes.
[1½ marks]
(ii) Taking corrective action when the deviations go beyond the acceptable range, especially in the important areas, so that deviations do not occur again and standards are accomplished.
[1½ marks; total = 3 marks]
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
Q672.2025 Main 66/4/1 · Q223 marks
Sameer is a wholesaler, who deals in cricket equipment. He collects cricket equipment like bats, balls, helmets, gloves, stumps, etc. from different manufacturers and assembles them in a kit for the convenience of customers. He sets a standard target to assemble 100 kits a day. During the first week of the month the workers assembled 92-96 kits a day, which was lower than the set standard. On investigation, it was found that the variation in assembly of kits was due to an irregular supply of helmets. Workers had to wait for helmets to assemble the kits.
State the function of management discussed in the above case.
State the steps of the function identified in (i) above, which are discussed in the above paragraph.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(i) Controlling is the process which involves the measurement of accomplishment against the standard and the correction of deviations to assure attainment of objectives according to plans. [1 mark]
(If an examinee has only identified the function of management correctly ½ mark should be awarded)
(ii) Steps of Controlling:
The standards of performance are set which serve as the criteria against which actual performance will be measured.
Measurement of actual performance in an objective and reliable manner in the same units in which the standards are set.
Comparison of Actual performance with the standards to reveal the deviations.
Analysing deviations through Critical Point Control and Management by Exception to find out the causes of deviation.
[½×4 = 2 marks]
(If an examinee has given only the headings, ½ mark for each heading should be awarded)
Q673.2025 Main 66/6/1 · Q21(a)3 marks
Explain the following points of importance of ‘Controlling’ function of management:
Ensuring order and discipline
Judging accuracy of standards
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/6/1
(i) Ensuring order and discipline
Controlling creates an atmosphere of order and discipline in the organisation.
It helps to minimise dishonest behaviour on the part of the employees by keeping a close check on their activities.
[1½ marks]
(ii) Judging accuracy of standards
Controlling enables management to verify whether the standards set are accurate and objective.
It keeps a careful check on the changes taking place in the organisation and in the environment and helps to review and revise the standards in light of such changes.
[1½ marks] = 3 marks
Q674.2024 Main 66/2/1 · Q213 marks
Piyush is the Production Manager of a shoe company called ‘Comforty’. He has 1000 workers working under him in his department. Piyush booked a special order for 300 pairs of gents shoes at an estimated cost price of ₹ 500 per pair plus 20% profit margin. The order is to be completed within 10 days. After completion of the order, Piyush found out that the production cost of one pair of shoes was ₹ 600. He tried to find out the reason, but he couldn’t. He reported it to the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer appointed Abhay to find out the cause. Abhay was not only a specialized Cost Accountant, but also a qualified Human Resource Manager. After two days, Abhay reported that the set targets could be completed with the help of only 800 workers, which revealed that there was overmanning in the organization. The organization was not utilizing the human resources optimally, which had led to higher labour cost.
The above case highlights one of the points of importance of an important function of management.
Identify the function of management.
State any two points of importance of the function of management identified in part (i), except the one discussed in the above case.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(i) Controlling[1 mark]
(ii) Importance of controlling: (Any two)
(a) It ensures order and discipline among employees by keeping a close check on their activities.
(b) It improves employee motivation as the employees’ know well in advance the standards of performance on the basis of which they will be appraised.
(c) It facilitates coordination in action as each department in governed by pre-determined standards which are well coordinated with one another.
(If an examinee has only listed the underlined points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
[1 × 2 = 2 marks; 1 + 2 = 3 marks]
Q675.2024 Main 66/2/1 · Q22(a)3 marks
Explain any three points of importance of ‘Controlling’ function of management.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/2/1
Importance of Controlling : (Any three with explanation)
(i) Accomplishing organisational goals.
(ii) Making efficient use of resources.
(iii) Ensuring order and discipline.
(iv) Improving employee motivation.
(v) Judging accuracy of standards.
(vi) Facilitating coordination in action.
(If an examinee has not given the heading as above but has given the correct explanation, full credit should be given.)
[½ mark for heading + ½ mark for explanation = 1 × 3 = 3 marks]
Q676.2024 Main 66/2/1 · Q22(b)3 marks
Explain the relationship between ‘Planning’ and ‘Controlling’ functions of management with the help of any three points.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/2/1
Relationship between Planning and Controlling : (Any three)
Planning and controlling are inseparable twins of management
1. Planning without controlling is meaningless and Controlling is blind without planning.
Once a plan becomes operational, controlling is necessary to monitor the progress, measure it, discover deviations and initiate corrective measures to ensure that events conform to plans. So, Planning without controlling is meaningless. A system of control presupposes the existence of certain standards which are provided by planning. Therefore, controlling is blind without planning
2. Planning is a prerequisite for controlling while controlling seeks to compel events to conform to plans.
Without planning there is no predetermined understanding of the desired performance while controlling seeks to compel events to conform to plans
3. Planning is prescriptive while controlling is evaluative.
Planning is basically an intellectual process involving thinking, articulation and analysis to discover and prescribe an appropriate course of action for achieving objectives. Controlling, on the other hand, checks whether decisions have been translated into desired action.
4. Planning is forward-looking while controlling is looking back.
Planning involves looking ahead as plans are prepared for future and are based on forecasts about future conditions. On the contrary, controlling is like a postmortem of past activities to find out deviations from the standards. In that sense, controlling is looking back.
5. Controlling is forward-looking while planning is looking back.
The corrective action in controlling seeks to improve the performance in the future or to revise future plans. So, controlling is also forward looking. However, planning is guided by past experiences and the corrective action initiated by control function aims to improve future performance. Thus, planning is also looking back.
[1 × 3 = 3 marks]
Q677.2024 Main 66/4/1 · Q24(a)3 marks
‘Planning and controlling are inseparable twins of management’. Explain with the help of any three points.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/4/1
Planning and controlling are inseparable twins of management (any three )
1. Planning without controlling is meaningless and Controlling is blind without planning
Once a plan becomes operational, controlling is necessary to monitor the progress, measure it, discover deviations and initiate corrective measures to ensure that events conform to plans. So, Planning without controlling is meaningless. A system of control presupposes the existence of certain standards which are provided by planning. Therefore, controlling is blind without planning
2. Planning is a prerequisite for controlling while controlling seeks to compel events to conform to plans
Without planning there is no predetermined understanding of the desired performance while controlling seeks to compel events to conform to plans
3. Planning is prescriptive while controlling is evaluative
Planning is basically an intellectual process involving thinking, articulation and analysis to discover and prescribe an appropriate course of action for achieving objectives. Controlling, on the other hand, checks whether decisions have been translated into desired action.
4. Planning is forward-looking while controlling is looking back
Planning involves looking ahead as plans are prepared for future and are based on forecasts about future conditions. On the contrary, controlling is like a postmortem of past activities to find out deviations from the standards. In that sense, controlling is looking back.
5. Controlling is forward-looking while planning is looking back
The corrective action in controlling seeks to improve the performance in the future or to revise future plans. So, controlling is also forward looking. However, it should be understood that planning is guided by past experiences and the corrective action initiated by control function aims to improve future performance. Thus, planning is also looking back.
(If an examinee has not given the headings as above but has given the correct explanation, full credit should be given)
[1 × 3 = 3 marks]
Q678.2024 Main 66/4/1 · Q24(b)3 marks
Explain ‘Critical point control’ and ‘Management by exception’ as discussed in the controlling process.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/4/1
1. Critical Point Control:
Control should focus on key result areas (KRAs) which are critical to the success of an organisation. These KRAs are set as the critical points. If anything goes wrong at the critical points, the entire organisation suffers.
[1½ marks]
2. Management by Exception:
Management by exception, also known as control by exception, is based on the belief that an attempt to control everything results in controlling nothing. Thus, only significant deviations which go beyond the permissible limit should be brought to the notice of management.
[1½ marks; 1½ + 1½ = 3 marks]
Q679.2023 Main 66/1/1 · Q24(a)3 marks
Explain the following as points of importance of ‘Controlling’ function of management:
Judging accuracy of standards
Making efficient use of resources
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(i) Judging accuracy of standards:
A good control system enables management to verify whether the standards set are accurate and objective.
It keeps a careful check on the changes taking place in the organisation and in the environment and helps to review and revise the standards in light of such changes.
[1½ marks]
(ii) Making efficient use of resources:
By exercising control, a manager seeks to reduce wastage and spoilage of resources.
Each activity is performed in accordance with predetermined standards and norms.
[1½ marks]
[= 3 marks]
Q680.2023 Main 66/1/1 · Q24(b)3 marks
Explain the relationship between ‘Planning’ and ‘Controlling’ with the help of any three points.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/1/1
Relationship between planning and controlling (Any three with explanation)
Controlling takes place on the basis of standards developed by planning.
Planning without controlling is meaningless as controlling ensures that the events conform to plans.
Planning prescribes an appropriate course of action for achieving objectives whereas controlling evaluates whether decisions have been translated into desired actions.
Planning and controlling are both forward looking as well as looking back.
[1×3 = 3 marks]
Q681.2023 Main 66/3/1 · Q23(a)3 marks
Explain any three points of importance of ‘Controlling’ function of management.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/3/1
Importance of Controlling (any three):
Accomplishing organisational goals
Judging accuracy of standards
Making efficient use of resources
Improving employee motivation
Ensures order and discipline
Facilitating coordination in action
[½ mark for naming + ½ mark for its explanation = 1 × 3 = 3 marks]
Q682.2023 Main 66/3/1 · Q23(b)3 marks
‘Planning and Controlling are inseparable twins of management.’ Explain the relationship between planning and controlling with the help of any three points.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/3/1
Relationship between planning and controlling (Any three with explanation):
Controlling takes place on the basis of standards developed by planning.
Planning without controlling is meaningless as controlling ensures that the events conform to plans.
Planning prescribes an appropriate course of action for achieving objectives whereas controlling evaluates whether decisions have been translated into desired actions or not.
Planning and controlling are both forward-looking as well as looking back.
[= 1 × 3 = 3 marks]
Q683.2023 Main 66/5/1 · Q23(a)3 marks
Explain – (i) Accomplishing organisational goals and (ii) Judging accuracy of standards as importance of controlling function of management.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(i) Accomplishing organisational goals
The controlling function measures progress towards the organisational goals and brings to the light the deviations, if any.
It indicates corrective action.
It thus guides the organisation and keeps it on the right track so that organisational goals might be achieved.
[1½ marks]
(ii) Judging Accuracy of standards
A good control system enables mgt. to verify whether the standards set are accurate or not.
It keeps a careful check on the changes taking place in the organisation.
Then it helps to review and revise the standards in light of such changes.
[1½ marks]
(Or any other correct explanation)
[= 3 marks]
Q684.2023 Main 66/5/1 · Q23(b)3 marks
Explain the following as steps in the process of controlling:
Setting performance Standards
Measurement of actual performance
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(i) Setting Performance Standards
Standards are the criteria against which actual performance would be measured.
Standards can be set in both quantitative as well as qualitative terms.
It is important that standards should be flexible enough to be modified whenever required.
[1½ marks]
(ii) Measurement of Actual Performance
Performance should be measured in an objective and reliable manner.
Performance should be measured in the same units in which standards are set as this would make their comparison easier.
There are various techniques for measurement of performance like personal observation, sample checking, performance reports etc. Wherever possible, measurement of work should be done during the performance not after the task is completed.
[1½ marks]
(Or any other correct explanation)
[= 3 marks]
Q685.2023 Supp. 66/C/1 · Q22(a)3 marks
Explain the first two steps in the process of ‘controlling’ function of management.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/C/1
First two steps in the process of ‘controlling’ function of management:
(i) Setting performance standards:
Performance standards are the criteria against which the actual performance would be measured.
Standards can be set in both quantitative and qualitative terms.
(ii) Measurement of actual performance
Measurement of actual performance should be done in an objective and reliable manner.
Performance should be measured in the same units in which the standards are set to make comparison easier.
[½ mark for naming + 1 mark for its explanation = 1½ × 2 = 3 marks]
Q686.2022 Main 66/1/1 · Q83 marks
Explain how controlling helps in ‘accomplishing organisational goals’ and ‘judging accuracy of standards’.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/1/1
Controlling helps in ‘accomplishing organisational goals’ by bringing to light the deviations and indicating corrective action. It guides the organisation and keeps it on the right track so that organisational goals might be achieved. [1½ marks]
Controlling helps in ‘judging accuracy of standards’ by reviewing and revising them in the light of organisational and environmental changes. [1½ marks]
[1½ + 1½ = 3 marks]
Q687.2022 Main 66/2/1 · Q6(b)3 marks
State the last two steps in the process of ‘Controlling’ function of management.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/2/1
The last two steps in the process of ‘Controlling’ function of management are:
(i) Analysing deviations[2 marks]
Deviations are analysed for their causes through Critical Point Control and Management by Exception.
Critical Point Control focuses on control of Key Result Areas which are critical to the success of the organisation.
Management by exception is based on the belief that an attempt to control everything results in controlling nothing. Thus, only significant deviations which go beyond the permissible limit should be brought to the notice of the management.
(ii) Taking corrective action[1 mark]
Corrective action is taken if deviations go beyond the acceptable limits.
In case the deviation cannot be corrected through managerial action, the standards may have to be revised.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
[2 + 1 = 3 marks]
Q688.2022 Main 66/3/1 · Q83 marks
Explain how controlling helps in ‘making efficient use of resources’ and ‘improving employee motivation’.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/3/1
Controlling helps in making efficient use of resources as each activity is performed in accordance with predetermined standards, thereby, reducing wastage and spoilage of resources. [1½ marks]
Controlling helps in improving employee motivation by ensuring them in advance what they are expected to do and what are the standards of performance on the basis of which they will be appraised. [1½ marks]
[1½ + 1½ = 3 marks]
Q689.2022 Main 66/4/1 · Q83 marks
Abhishek Limited is engaged in manufacturing of Air Purifiers. The target production is 500 Air Purifiers in a week. Over the last few months, it has been observed by the Production Manager that the weekly production target was not achieved.
Identify the function and explain any two points of its importance.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/4/1
The function is Controlling. [1 mark for identifying the function]
Importance of controlling: (Any two)
(i) Accomplishing organisational goals. (ii) Making efficient use of resources. (iii) Ensuring order and discipline. (iv) Improving employee motivation. (v) Judging accuracy of standards. (vi) Facilitating co-ordination in action.
(If an examinee has not given the headings as above but has given the correct explanation, full credit should be given)
[½ mark for the heading + ½ mark for its explanation = 1×2 = 2 marks; = 1+2 = 3 marks]
Q690.2022 Main 66/5/1 · Q6(a)3 marks
State any three points of importance of ‘Controlling’ function of management.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/5/1
Importance of Controlling function (any three points):
Controlling measures progress towards the organizational goals and brings to light the deviations, if any, and indicates corrective action, thereby, helping in accomplishing organizational goals.
Controlling helps in judging the accuracy of standards by keeping a careful check on the changes taking place in the organization and in the environment and reviewing and revising the standards in light of such changes.
Controlling helps in making efficient use of resources as each activity is performed in accordance with predetermined standards, thereby, reducing wastage and spoilage of resources.
Controlling helps in improving employee motivation by ensuring them in advance what they are expected to do and what are the standards of performance on the basis of which they will be appraised.
Controlling ensures order and discipline in the organisation by minimizing dishonest behaviour on the part of employees by keeping a close check on their activities.
Controlling facilitates co-ordination in action by directing all activities and efforts for achieving organizational goals as each department and employee is governed by pre-determined standards which are well co-ordinated with one another.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded.)
[1 mark for stating each point = 1×3 = 3 marks]
Q691.2022 Supp. 66/6/1 · Q6(b)3 marks
Explain the first two steps in the process of controlling.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/6/1
First two Steps in the process of controlling
Setting Performance Standards
Standards are the criteria against which actual performance would be measured.
Standards can be set in both quantitative as well as qualitative terms.
Measurement of Actual Performance
Performance should be measured in an objective and reliable manner.
There are several techniques for measurement of performance like personal observation, sample checking, etc.
[½ mark for naming the step + 1 mark for its explanation = 1½×2 = 3 marks]
Q692.2026 Main 66/3/1 · Q29(a)4 marks
Explain the following points of importance of controlling function of management :
Accomplish organisational goals
Making efficient use of resources
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/3/1
Importance of Controlling:
(i) Accomplishing organisational goals:
The controlling function measures progress towards the organisational goals and brings to light the deviations, if any, and indicates corrective action.
It, thus, guides the organisation and keeps it on the right track so that organisational goals may be achieved.
(iii) Making efficient use of resources:
By exercising control, a manager seeks to reduce wastage and spoilage of resources.
Each activity is performed in accordance with predetermined standards and norms which ensures that resources are used in the most effective and efficient manner.
[2 x 2 = 4 marks]
Q693.2025 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q264 marks
‘Pestle’, is the country’s largest biscuit manufacturing company, that makes high quality biscuits with focus on customer satisfaction. The company strives to understand what people want and provides tasty and healthy biscuits. To ensure the quality, a robust control system has been installed by the company. This helps the organisation to measure progress towards its goals and brings to light the deviations, if any. It also enables the management to verify whether the standards set are accurate and objective or not.
The above para highlights the importance of the Controlling function of management.
Identify and explain any two points of importance of the Controlling function discussed above.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
Importance of controlling function
(i) Accomplishing organizational goals
Controlling helps in accomplishing organisational goals by bringing to light the deviations and indicating corrective action. It guides the organisation and keeps it on the right track so that organisational goals might be achieved.
(ii) Judging accuracy of standards
Controlling helps in judging the accuracy of standards by reviewing and revising them in the light of organisational and environmental changes.
[(1 mark for identification + 1 mark for explanation) x 2 = 4 marks]
Q694.2024 Main 66/1/1 · Q294 marks
Piyush is the Production Manager of a shoe company ‘Comforty’. He has 1000 workers under him in his department. Piyush booked a special order for 300 pairs of gents shoes at an estimated cost price of ₹ 500 per pair plus a 20% profit margin. This order is to be completed within 10 days. After completion of the order, Piyush found out that the production cost of one pair of shoes was ₹ 700. He tried to find out the reason but he couldn’t. He reported it to the Chief Executive Officer. For this the Chief Executive Officer appointed Abhay, who was not only a specialized Cost Accountant, but also a qualified Human Resource Manager. After two days, Abhay reported that the set target could have been completed by only 800 workers. This revealed that there was overmanning in the organization. The organization was not utilizing the human resources optimally which had led to high labour cost.
The above case highlights an important function of management.
Identify the function of management discussed above.
State any three points of importance of the function identified in (i) above.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(i) Controlling[1 mark for identifying]
(ii) Importance of Controlling : ( Any three)
(1) It helps in accomplishing organisational goals by bringing to light the deviations, if any, and indicating corrective action.
(2) It helps in judging accuracy of standards in the light of changes taking place in the organization and environment.
(3) It helps in making efficient use of resources by ensuring that each activity is performed in accordance with pre-determined standards.
(4) It improves employee motivation as the employees know well in advance the standards of performance on the basis of which they will be appraised.
(5) It ensures order and discipline among employees by keeping a close check on their activities.
(6) It facilitates coordination in action as each department is governed by pre-determined standards which are well coordinated with one another.
(If an examinee has only listed the underlined points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
[1 + (1 × 3) = 4 marks]
Q695.2024 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q264 marks
Anmol Pathak, a restaurant owner, observed that over a period of one year, the costs of raw material, transportation and packaging had increased. As a result the total cost had increased by 15%. He thought that it was not easy to keep a check on each and every activity in the organisation, so he decided to study deeply the increase in these three costs. He prepared a table of acceptable and actual increase in cost as given below :
S.No.
Expense
Acceptable increase in cost
Actual increase in cost
1.
Raw material
4%
7%
2.
Transportation
10%
8%
3.
Packaging
10%
20%
Explain the two concepts related to a function of management that will be used by Anmol Pathak to analyse the deviations.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
(a) Critical Point Control
Critical Point Control focuses on key result areas which are critical to the success of an organisation since it is neither economical nor easy to keep a check on each and every activity of the organisation.
(b) Management by Exception
Management by Exception states that only significant deviations which go beyond the permissible limit should be brought to the notice of the management for corrective action.
[1 mark for naming + 1 mark for explanation = 2 × 2 = 4 marks]
Q696.2024 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q28(a)4 marks
Explain any four points of importance of ‘Controlling’ function of management.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
Importance of ‘Controlling’ function of management (any four):
Accomplishes organizational goals
Makes efficient use of resources
Ensures order and discipline
Improves employes motivation
Judges the accuracy of standards
Facilitates coordination
(If an examinee has not given the headings as above but has given the correct explanations, full credit should be given)
[½ mark for naming + ½ mark for explanation = 1 × 4 = 4 marks]
Q697.2024 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q28(b)4 marks
Explain the relationship between ‘Planning’ and ‘Controlling’ with the help of any four points.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
Relationship between ‘Planning’ and ‘Controlling’
Controlling takes place on the basis of standards developed by planning because if the standards are not set in advance, managers have nothing to control.
Planning without controlling is meaningless because once a plan becomes operational, controlling ensures that events conform to the plans.
Planning is prescriptive whereas controlling is evaluative because planning prescribes an appropriate course of action while controlling evaluates whether decisions have been translated into desired actions.
Planning and controlling both are forward looking and looking back. They are forward looking because while plans are prepared for the future, controlling seeks to improve the future on the basis of the past experience. They both are looking back because as while planning is guided by past experiences, controlling compares the actual performance with the standards set in the past.
(If an examinee has not given the headings as above but has given the correct explanation, full credit should be given)
[1 mark each = 1 × 4 = 4 marks]
Q698.2023 Main 66/2/1 · Q26(a)4 marks
Explain any two points highlighting the importance of ‘controlling’ function of management.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/2/1
Importance of Controlling Function (any two with explanation):
Accomplishing organisational goals
Judging accuracy of standards
Making efficient use of resources
Improving employee motivation
Ensuring order and discipline
Facilitating coordination in action
[1 mark for naming + 1 mark for its explanation = 2×2 = 4 marks]
Q699.2023 Main 66/2/1 · Q26(b)4 marks
Explain any two points describing the relationship between ‘planning’ and ‘controlling’.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/2/1
Relationship between ‘planning’ and ‘controlling’ (Any two with explanation):
Controlling takes place on the basis of standards developed by planning.
Planning without controlling is meaningless as controlling ensures that the events conform to plans.
Planning prescribes an appropriate course of action for achieving objectives whereas controlling evaluates whether decisions have been translated into desired actions or not.
Planning and controlling are both forward-looking as well as looking back.
[2 marks for each point = 2+2 = 4 marks]
Q700.SQP 2025-26 · Q284 marks
‘A good control system helps the organisation in various ways’. State any four points to support the statement.
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2025-26 · Marking Scheme
A good control system helps the organisation in the following ways:
(i) Accomplishing organisational goals: The controlling function measures progress towards the organisational goals and brings to light the deviations, if any, and indicates corrective action. It, thus, guides the organisation and keeps it on the right track sothat organisational goals might be achieved.
(ii) Judging accuracy of standards: A good control system enables management to verify whether the standards set are accurate and objective. An efficient control system keeps a careful check on the changes taking place in the organisation and in the environment and helps to review and revise the standards in light of such changes.
(iii) Making efficient use of resources: By exercising control, a manager seeks to reduce wastage and spoilage of resources. Each activity is performed in accordance with predetermined standards and norms. This ensures that resources are used in the most effective and efficient manner.
(iv) Improving employee motivation: A good control system ensures that employees know well in advance what they are expected to do and what are the standards of performance on the basis of which they will be appraised. It, thus, motivates them and helps them to give better performance.
(v) Ensuring order and discipline: Controlling creates an atmosphere of order and discipline in the organisation. It helps to minimise dishonest behaviour on the part of the employees by keeping a close check on their activities.
(vi) Facilitating coordination in action: Controlling provides direction to all activities and efforts for achieving organisational goals. Each department and employee is governed by pre- determined standards which are well coordinated with one another. This ensures that overall organisational objectives are accomplished.
[1 × 4 = 4 marks (any 4)]
Q701.SQP 2026-27 · Q274 marks
HK Metals Limited has set clear standards for production output, defect rate and operating costs. During a monthly review, Mr Himank, the Chairman, received a report from the Accounts Manager, Mr Akhil. He reported that most expenses were within the approved budget. However, the maintenance expenses had exceeded the permissible limit set by management.
Mr Himank did not interfere in routine matters but instructed Mr Akhil to investigate the cause of increase in maintenance expenses.
Name and explain the principle of managerial control applied by Mr Himank in the above case.
Identify and state the subsequent step in the controlling process that must be undertaken by Mr Akhil to ensure that standards are accomplished.
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2026-27 · Marking Scheme
A) The principle of managerial control applied by Mr Himank in the case is Management by Exception. Management by exception, which is often referred to as control by exception, is an important principle of management control based on the belief that an attempt to control everything results in controlling nothing. Thus, only significant deviations which go beyond the permissible limit should be brought to the notice of management.
[1 mark for naming and 1 mark for explanation]
B) The subsequent step in the controlling process that must be undertaken by Mr Akhil to ensure that standards are accomplished is- Taking Corrective Action: No corrective action is required when the deviations are within acceptable limits. However, when the deviations go beyond the acceptable range, especially in the important areas, it demands immediate managerial attention so that deviations do not occur again and standards are accomplished. In case the deviation cannot be corrected through managerial action, the standards may have to be revised.
[1 mark for identification and 1 mark for explanation; 2 + 2 = 4]
Q702.2026 Supp. 66/7/1 · Q326 marks
‘Spice and Taste Ltd.’ was a leading company of spice mixes and curry powders. It had a strong foothold in both national and international markets. The company had laid down clear quality standards for each of its products. However, in the last two quarters, the company began receiving an increasing number of complaints regarding the quality of its products. This led to a decline in export orders as well as domestic demand. Recognising the threat to its brand reputation, the management decided to closely monitor the production process to investigate the cause of the problem. For this purpose, the company initiated sample checking and conducted stringent quality checks on nearly 500 packets every week.
Identify the function of management highlighted above.
Explain the steps of this function discussed above.
Also explain the steps which are required to complete the process of the function identified in (i) above.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/7/1
(i) The function of management highlighted is Controlling.
[1 mark]
(ii) Steps of controlling discussed in the above para:
1. Setting Performance Standards
Standards are the criteria against which actual performance would be measured. Standards can be set in both quantitative as well as qualitative terms.
2. Measurement of Actual Performance
Performance should be measured in an objective and reliable manner and in the same units in which standards are set. Measurement of work should be done during the performance, wherever possible.
[½ mark for identifying + ½ mark for explaining each step = 1 × 2]
(iii) Steps which are required to complete the process of the controlling function:
1. Comparing Actual Performance with Standards
This involves comparison of actual performance with the standard to reveal the deviations.
2. Analysing Deviations
Analysing deviations involves identifying the exact cause of deviations. Deviations in key areas of business (critical point control) and the deviations which go beyond the acceptable range (management by exception), need to be attended more urgently as compared to the deviations in certain insignificant areas.
3. Taking Corrective Action:
Taking corrective action requires immediate managerial attention when deviations go beyond acceptable limits, especially in the important areas, or revising standards, if deviations cannot be corrected through managerial action.
[½ mark for identifying + ½ mark for explaining each step = 1 × 3; 1 + 2 + 3 = 6 marks]
Q703.2025 Main 66/2/1 · Q326 marks
Asha was running a business of producing and selling pickles, murabbas and papad etc. She was earning a good profit for the last many years. Now, she wanted to add some new products in her product line. Seeing the growing demand of millets, she decided to add some millet products.
After doing a lot of market research, she found out that the demand for millet noodles, pasta and ready to eat millet cereals was increasing day-by-day. To give a different taste and to have uniqueness in her products, she prepared a new tasty herb based sauce for cooking these products and decided to launch this along with millet products in the market.
For this Asha hired 10 additional women workers specially trained for the same. However, despite adding more workers, to her surprise, production was not upto the mark.
Concerned about this and to ensure that the activities were performed as per the plans, and that the resources were being used effectively and efficiently for the achievement of predetermined goals, Asha appointed a supervisor Nabita. Nabita monitored the activities and discovered that two of the newly hired workers were spending their whole day gossiping and distracting the other workers. As a result the production was low.
Identify and state the function of management discussed above.
State any five points of importance of the function identified in (i) above.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(i) Controlling is the process of measurement of accomplishment against the standard and correction of deviations to assure attainment of objectives according to plans. [1 mark]
(ii) Importance of controlling: (any five)
It helps in accomplishing organisational goals by measuring progress, bringing to light deviations, if any, and indicating corrective action.
It helps in judging accuracy of standards by verifying whether the standards set are accurate and objective or not, and reviewing and revising standards in the light of change staking place in the organisation and in the environment.
It helps in making efficient use of resources by reducing wastage and spoilage and ensuring that each activity is performed in accordance with pre-determined standards.
It improves employee motivation and helps them to give better performance as they know well in advance what they are expected to do and what are the standards of performance on the basis of which they will be appraised.
It ensures order and discipline among employees and minimises dishonest behaviour on the part of the employees by keeping a close check on their activities.
It facilitates coordination in action as each department in governed by pre-determined standards which are well coordinated with one another, thereby providing direction to all activities and efforts for achieving organisational goals.
(If an examinee has given only the headings , ½ mark for each heading should be awarded)
[1 × 5; 1 + 5 = 6 marks]
Q704.2024 Main 66/3/1 · Q346 marks
Nishtha runs a chain of famous restaurants, ‘Indian Kitchen’, in different parts of Delhi. The restaurant chain was known for good quality food and quick service. ‘Indian Kitchen’ was generating good revenue and had goodwill in the market. Nishtha would take a weekly report from all the Restaurant Managers and take necessary action to resolve the problems, if any. Nishtha noticed a sudden decline in sales in one of the restaurants. She questioned the Restaurant Manager who mentioned that the restaurant is seeing a gradual decrease in the number of customers, but could not provide a clear explanation for it. So, Nishtha formed a team to find out the causes of the declining customers as this is the key area for restaurant business and is critical to the success of business. By doing this, Nishtha is performing a step of the process of a function of management.
Identify and explain the function of management discussed above.
Explain the step of the function identified in (i) above, followed by Nishtha to find out the causes of declining revenue.
Explain the step Nishtha will take after she gets the report from the team formed to find out the causes of declining revenue.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(i) Controlling
Controlling means ensuring that activities in an organisation are performed as per the plans.
(any other suitable meaning)
[1 mark for identification + 1 mark for explanation]
(ii) Analysing Deviations:
Some deviation in performance can be expected in all activities. Critical point control and management by exception should be used by a manager in this regard.
1. Critical Point Control: Control should, therefore, focus on key result areas (KRAs) which are critical to the success of an organization. If anything goes wrong at the critical points, the entire organisation suffers.
2. Management by Exception: An attempt to control everything results in controlling nothing. Thus, significant deviations which go beyond the permissible limits should be brought to the notice of management.
However, in case of major deviation from the standard the matter has to receive immediate action of management on a priority basis.
[2 marks]
(iii) Taking Corrective Action:
When the deviations go beyond the acceptable range, especially in the important areas, it demands immediate managerial attention so that deviations do not occur again and standards are accomplished.
[2 marks; = 6 marks]
Q705.2024 Main 66/5/1 · Q346 marks
‘Memo Builders’ was constructing a five star hotel for a leading hotel chain. The hotel had to be given possession by next year but the construction of the hotel was running six months behind schedule. The Chief Executive Officer of ‘Memo Builders’ was concerned as Memo Builders was known for its quality and timely completion of projects. He asked Nitin, the senior of the Project Head for a thorough investigation. Nitin investigated and reported to the Chief Executive Officer that inspite of huge absenteeism of workers, additional workers were not called. Nitin also reported to the Chief Executive Officer that three of the ten machines being used by the workers were defective. Nitin ordered for repair of the machines and asked the Project Head to appoint additional workers with attractive wages to ensure that the deadline is met.
Identify the function of management. Quoting the lines from the above para, explain the steps of the process of the function of management discussed.
Also explain any two points of importance of the function of management identified in (a) above.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(a) The function of management is Controlling.[1 mark for identifying the function]
Steps of controlling process discussed in the above case are:
(i) Comparison of actual performance with standards
Actual performance is compared with the standards to find out the deviation.
‘The hotel had to be given possession by next year but the construction of the hotel was running six months behind schedule’
(ii) Analysing deviations
Deviations are analysed for their causes through Critical Point Control and Management by Exception.
‘Nitin investigated and reported to the Chief Executive Officer that inspite of huge absenteeism of workers, additional workers were not called’
Or
‘Nitin also reported to the Chief Executive Officer that three of the ten machines being used by the workers were defective’
(iii) Taking corrective action
Corrective action is taken if deviations go beyond the acceptable limits.
‘Nitin ordered for repair of the machines and asked the Project Head to appoint additional workers with attractive wages to ensure that the deadline is met’
[½ mark for identifying and quoting each step + ½ mark for each explanation = (1 × 3); 1 + 3 = 4 marks]
(b) Importance of Controlling: (Any two)
Accomplishing organisational goals
Judging accuracy of standards
Making efficient use of resources
Improving employee motivation
Ensuring order and discipline
Facilitating coordination in action
[½ mark for each heading + ½ mark for each explanation = 1 × 2 = 2 marks]
(If an examinee has not given the headings as above but has given the correct explanation, full credit should be given)
[4 + 2 = 6 marks]
Part B · Business Finance and Marketing
9. Financial Management
Q706.2026 Main 66/1/1 · Q121 mark
A position when a company is unable to meet its fixed financial charges like interest payment, dividend on preference shares and repayment obligations is referred to as __ .
Trading on equity
Financial risk
Business risk
Operating risk
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(B) Financial risk [1 mark]
Q707.2026 Main 66/1/1 · Q181 mark
‘Certain provisions of the Companies Act place restrictions on payouts as dividend. Such provisions must be adhered to while declaring the dividend.’
The factor affecting dividend decision discussed above is :
Access to capital market
Contractual constraints
Legal constraints
Stock market reaction
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(C) Legal constraints [1 mark]
Q708.2026 Main 66/2/1 · Q51 mark
The process of estimating the fund requirements of a business and specifying the sources of funds is called ___.
Trading on Equity
Capital Budgeting decision
Financial Management
Financial Planning
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(D) Financial Planning [1 mark]
Q709.2026 Main 66/2/1 · Q151 mark
There are two statements, Assertion (A) and Reason (R).
Assertion (A) : The dividend in growth companies is more than that in the non-growth companies.
Reason (R) : Companies having good growth opportunities retain more money out of their earnings so as to finance the required investment.
Choose the correct alternative from those given below :
Assertion (A) is false and Reason (R) is true.
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are false.
Assertion (A) is true and Reason (R) is false.
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(A) Assertion (A) is false and Reason (R) is true. [1 mark]
Q710.2026 Main 66/2/1 · Q161 mark
Alka Motors is one of the leading automobile companies in India. Due to growing demand for electric vehicles, Alka Motors planned to expand its business and for this, it wanted to raise funds. The finance manager suggested that it should raise funds through equity as the market was bullish. As per the suggestion of finance manager, the company decided to raise ₹ 3,500 crore from equity for its expansion plan for electric vehicles.
The factor that the finance manager took into consideration to raise funds through equity was :
Cash flow position
Flexibility
Cost of debt
Stock-market conditions
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(D) Stock-market conditions [1 mark]
Q711.2026 Main 66/3/1 · Q91 mark
‘Radhe Textiles’, a children’s garment manufacturing business, and Ghanshyam Garments, a home furnishing manufacturing business operate in the same industrial area. Both companies jointly set up a common dyeing and finishing plant. This was because the scale of operations of each of them was not sufficient to make full use of the plant. With both of them jointly using the plant, the requirement of fixed capital for each company will now be :
Higher than earlier
Lower than earlier
Same as earlier
Nil
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(B) Lower than earlier [1 mark]
Q712.2026 Main 66/3/1 · Q151 mark
The number of times earnings before interest and taxes of a company cover the interest obligation is referred to as :
Capital structure
Financial leverage
Interest Coverage Ratio
Debt-Service Coverage Ratio
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(C) Interest Coverage Ratio [1 mark]
Q713.2026 Main 66/3/1 · Q171 mark
Read the following statements carefully :
Statement I : Higher fixed operating costs result in higher business risk.
Statement II : If the firm’s business risk is lower, the firm’s capacity to use debt is higher.
In light of the given statements, choose the correct alternative from the following :
Statement I is true and Statement II is false.
Statement I is false and Statement II is true.
Both Statement I and Statement II are true.
Both Statement I and Statement II are false.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(C) Both Statement I and Statement II are true. [1 mark]
Q714.2026 Main 66/3/1 · Q191 mark
‘Bright Appliances Ltd.’ plans to launch a new product line of energy-efficient air purifiers. To ensure a smooth launch of the air purifiers, the company needs to arrange adequate funds. For this, the Finance Manager estimates the fund requirements and specifies the source of funds the company should use. The process followed by the Finance Manager is called :
Financial planning
Financial management
Financial leverage
Investment decision
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(A) Financial planning [1 mark]
Q715.2026 Main 66/4/1 · Q81 mark
Read the following statements : Assertion (A) and Reason (R).
Assertion (A): The cost of debt is higher than the cost of equity for a firm.
Reason (R): The lender’s risk is lower than the equity shareholder’s risk, since the lender earns an assured return and repayment of capital.
Choose the correct alternative from the options given below :
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true, but Reason (R) is not the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
Assertion (A) is true, but Reason (R) is false.
Assertion (A) is false, but Reason (R) is true.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(D) Assertion (A) is false, but Reason (R) is true.
[1 mark]
Q716.2026 Main 66/4/1 · Q161 mark
‘The larger the lead time, the larger the quantity of material to be stored, and the larger shall be the amount of working capital required.’
The factor affecting the requirement of working capital discussed in the above statement is :
Operating efficiency
Inflation
Availability of raw material
Production cycle
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(C) Availability of raw material
[1 mark]
Q717.2026 Main 66/5/1 · Q21 mark
‘Tangy Beverages Ltd.’ was known for its popular tangy fruit drinks. It had recently introduced a new range of fruit drinks that became an instant hit among consumers and led to a significant increase in the company’s profits. As a result, the Board of Directors wanted to declare a higher dividend for the year. The Chief Finance Officer suggested that they should evaluate the impact of dividend on the share price of previous years before taking a decision. An analysis was done, which showed how the company’s share price had risen in previous years whenever the dividend was increased. On the other hand, even a small decrease in dividend had led to a noticeable dip in the share price.
Which of the following factors affecting dividend decision was suggested by the Chief Finance Officer to the Board of Directors in the above case?
Access to capital market
Stock market reaction
Shareholders preference
Cash flow position
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(B) Stock market reaction
[1 mark]
Q718.2026 Main 66/5/1 · Q81 mark
Which of the following is not a factor affecting capital structure of a company?
Cash flow position
Return on investment
Financing alternatives
Stock market conditions
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(C) Financing alternatives
[1 mark]
Q719.2026 Main 66/5/1 · Q181 mark
Which of the following will require higher working capital?
Trading organisations
Short processing cycles
High level of competition
Strict credit policy towards debtors
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(C) High level of competition
[1 mark]
Q720.2026 Supp. 66/7/1 · Q61 mark
Read the following statements: Assertion (A) and Reason (R).
Assertion (A): Financial planning makes the firm better prepared to face the future.
Reason (R): It helps in forecasting what may happen in future under different business situations.
Choose the correct alternative from the following:
Assertion (A) is true, but Reason (R) is false.
Assertion (A) is false, but Reason (R) is true.
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are false.
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/7/1
(D) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
[1 mark]
Q721.2026 Supp. 66/7/1 · Q121 mark
Akki, the Chief Executive Officer of Atria Ltd., a company engaged in manufacturing consumer electrical appliances, was planning to expand his business. For that, large amount of funds were required. He was evaluating different sources of finance and the best mix of funds. Akki approached his friend, Pranav, a Chartered Accountant for guidance. During their discussion, Pranav talked about financial leverage and advised Akki to use more of debt for expansion. Pranav explained that as the financial leverage increases, the cost of funds declines because of increased use of cheaper debt, though the financial risk increases. However, Akki was unable to clearly understand the meaning of financial leverage.
Which of the following statements best explains the meaning of financial leverage with reference to the above case?
It is the chance that a firm would fail to meet its payment obligations.
It relates to how the firm’s funds are invested in different assets.
It is the proportion of debt in the overall capital.
It is the increase in profit earned by the equity shareholders due to the presence of fixed financial charges like interest.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/7/1
(C) It is the proportion of debt in the overall capital.
[1 mark]
Q722.2025 Main 66/1/1 · Q11 mark
The risk related to inability to meet fixed financial charges like interest payment and other repayment obligations is known as:
Operating risk
Financial risk
Business risk
None of the above
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(B) Financial risk [1 mark]
Q723.2025 Main 66/1/1 · Q81 mark
There are two Statements, Assertion (A) and Reason (R).
Assertion (A): Larger the lead time, larger is the quantity of material required to be stored and larger shall be the amount of working capital required.
Reason (R): If the raw material do not have a record of un-interrupted availability, higher stock levels may be required.
Choose the correct alternative from the alternatives given below:
Assertion (A) is false and Reason (R) is true.
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are false.
Assertion (A) is true and Reason (R) is false.
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(D) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanation of Assertion (A). [1 mark]
Q724.2025 Main 66/2/1 · Q41 mark
CVX Ltd. was a leading company, manufacturing home appliances like food processors, juicers and mixer grinders. The company was earning good profits and was paying high dividends to its shareholders consistently. The company now decided to manufacture soup-making machines, pop-up toasters and electric irons. The company wanted to enter into emerging markets out of India also. Entering these markets will require additional capital investment which will facilitate in production and distribution infrastructure etc. For this, the management decided to retain money out of their earnings to finance the required investment and distribute smaller dividend to the shareholders.
The factor affecting dividend decision which was kept in mind by the management of CVX Ltd. for entering into emerging markets and launching new products was:
Amount of Earnings
Stability of Earnings
Stability of Dividends
Growth Opportunities
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(D) Growth Opportunities [1 mark]
Q725.2025 Main 66/2/1 · Q81 mark
‘Isha Sweets’ was set by Isha Sharma to prepare and sell organic, vegan and healthy sweets alternatives like hazelnuts date ladoos, dry fruit date burfi, stuffed mejdool date etc. For the last many years, the demand for her products was very high as people these days prefer to buy healthier alternatives for consumption as well as gifting purposes. But this year suddenly, the cost of dates, dry fruits and other ingredients used for preparing these healthy sweets had increased. With rising prices of raw materials, larger amounts of funds were required to maintain a constant volume of production and sales. As a result, the working capital requirement of ‘Isha Sweets’ became higher.
The factor which led to an increase in the working capital requirements of ‘Isha Sweets’ was:
Availability of raw material
Inflation
Scale of business
Production cycle
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(B) Inflation [1 mark]
Q726.2025 Main 66/2/1 · Q181 mark
‘Increase in the profit earned by the equity shareholders due to the presence of fixed financial charges like interest’ is called:
Financial planning
Dividend decision
Financing decision
Trading on equity
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(D) Trading on equity [1 mark]
Q727.2025 Main 66/2/1 · Q191 mark
Read the following statements carefully:
Statement-I: The cost of debt is more than the cost of equity.
Statement-II: Lenders risk is lower than the equity shareholders risk.
In the light of the given statements, choose the correct alternative from the following:
Both the Statements are true.
Both the Statements are false.
Statement I is true, Statement II is false.
Statement I is false, Statement II is true.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(D) Statement I is false, Statement II is true. [1 mark]
Q728.2025 Main 66/2/1 · Q201 mark
‘To ensure that enough funds are available at right time to honour the commitments and to carry out the plans’ is discussed in which of the following concepts?
Capital Structure
Financial Leverage
Financial Planning
Investment Decision
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(C) Financial Planning [1 mark]
Q729.2025 Main 66/4/1 · Q201 mark
KJ Ltd. is a tile manufacturing company in Udaipur having its own stores in various cities of Rajasthan. Instead of having its own trucks, the company decides to use trucks on lease to transport its tiles to various stores. Identify how the company's decision to lease trucks will affect its capital requirements.
Decrease the fixed capital requirements
Increase the fixed capital requirements
Will not affect the fixed capital requirements
Decrease the working capital requirements
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(A) Decrease the fixed capital requirements.
Q730.2025 Main 66/5/1 · Q131 mark
'If the shareholders in general desire that at least a certain amount is paid as dividend, the companies are likely to declare the same.'
The above statement highlights which of the following factors affecting dividend decision?
Amount of Earning
Shareholders' Preference
Stability of Earnings
Stability of Dividends
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(B) Shareholders' Preference
Q731.2025 Main 66/5/1 · Q191 mark
'Payal Ltd.' plans to start manufacturing solar panels which will require a significant amount of investment in machinery. The machinery which they intend to purchase is newly launched in the market. It will not only reduce the cost per unit, but also double the production as compared to the machines used by other solar panel manufacturers already existing in this business.
The Chief Executive Officer of 'Payal Ltd.' asked the finance manager to forecast the fund requirements for purchasing the above machinery to ensure that enough funds are available at the right time.
From the following, identify the concept about which the Chief Executive Officer is discussing with the finance manager:
Capital Budgeting
Trading on Equity
Financial Planning
Wealth Maximisation
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(C) Financial Planning
Q732.2025 Main 66/6/1 · Q61 mark
The increase in profit earned by the equity shareholders due to the presence of fixed financial charges is known as:
Trading on equity
Financial risk
Financial planning
Financial leverage
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/6/1
(A) Trading on equity
Q733.2025 Main 66/7/1 · Q41 mark
Read the following statements: Assertion (A) and Reason (R).
Assertion (A): The cost of debt is lower than the cost of equity for a firm.
Reason (R): Lender's risk is lower than the shareholder's risk. Additionally, interest paid on debt is a deductible expense for computation of tax liability, whereas dividends are paid out of after tax profit.
Choose the correct alternative from the options given below:
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true, but Reason (R) is not the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
Assertion (A) is true, but Reason (R) is false.
Assertion (A) is false, but Reason (R) is true.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/7/1
(A) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
Q734.2025 Main 66/7/1 · Q161 mark
Identify the incorrect statement with respect to financial leverage.
The proportion of debt in the overall capital is called financial leverage.
With the increase in financial leverage, the financial risk increases.
The proportion of equity in the overall capital is called financial leverage.
As the financial leverage increases, the cost of funds declines.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/7/1
(C) The proportion of equity in the overall capital is called financial leverage.
Q735.2025 Main 66/7/1 · Q171 mark
Which of the following factors affect the capital budgeting decision of a company?
Investment criteria involved
Floatation costs
Tax Rate
State of Capital Market
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/7/1
(A) Investment criteria involved
Q736.2025 Main 66/7/1 · Q191 mark
Which of the following factors affect the fixed capital requirements of a company?
Financing alternatives
Level of collaboration
Production cycle
Choice of technique
Seasonal factors
Level of competition
Choose the correct alternatives from the following:
2, 3 and 6
3, 4 and 5
3, 4 and 6
1, 2 and 4
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/7/1
(D) 1, 2 and 4
Q737.2025 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q71 mark
Read the following statements : Assertion (A) and Reason (R).
Assertion (A) : The dividend in growth companies is smaller than that in the non-growth companies.
Reason (R) : Companies having good growth opportunities retain more money out of their earnings so as to finance the required investment.
Choose the correct alternative from the options given below :
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true, but Reason (R) is not the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
Assertion (A) is true, but Reason (R) is false.
Assertion (A) is false, but Reason (R) is true.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
(A) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanation of Assertion (A). [1 mark]
Q738.2025 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q181 mark
Which of the following is not a factor affecting investment decision ?
Investment criteria involved
Control considerations
Cash flows of the project
Rate of return
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
(B) Control considerations [1 mark]
Q739.2024 Main 66/1/1 · Q51 mark
‘Dovex’ was a large company with a renowned name in healthcare industry, specialising in the development and production of life saving medications and medical devices. With a strong reputation for ethical practices, ‘Dovex’ attracted a large number of investors who had great faith in the company’s future. This allowed ‘Dovex’ to raise capital easily from the market whenever expansion or new projects were to be undertaken. As a result, it could pay high dividends to the shareholders.
The factor affecting dividend decision discussed above, which allowed ‘Dovex’ to pay high dividends to the shareholders is :
Cash flow position
Stock market reaction
Legal constraints
Access to capital market
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(D) Access to capital market
[1 mark]
Q740.2024 Main 66/1/1 · Q91 mark
The process of estimating fund requirements of a business and specifying the sources of funds is called :
Capital structure
Financial planning
Financial management
Capital budgeting
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(B) Financial planning
[1 mark]
Q741.2024 Main 66/2/1 · Q111 mark
A public issue of equity may reduce the management holding in the company and make it vulnerable to takeover. This factor also influences the choice between debt and equity, especially in companies in which the current holding of management is on a lower side.
The factor affecting choice of capital structure discussed in the above case is :
Flexibility
Cost of debt
Cost of equity
Control
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(D) Control
[1 mark]
Q742.2024 Main 66/2/1 · Q191 mark
‘Increase in profit earned by equity shareholders due to the presence of fixed financial charges like interest’ is referred to as :
Capital structure
Financing decision
Return on Investment
Trading on equity
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(D) Trading on equity
[1 mark]
Q743.2024 Main 66/3/1 · Q51 mark
‘Mudro Infratech’ got a short-term contract for building two villas within a period of ten months with the expectation to earn a huge amount of profit. The Works Manager accepted this challenge and completed the work within the given time period. The profit of the company went up by 40% due to this temporary order. The Finance Manager was aware that the company would not earn this huge profit in the near future. So, he decided not to increase dividend per share as earnings for the year had gone up, but not the earning potential of the company. He also knew that this increase in earnings was temporary in nature.
The factor affecting Dividend Decision being highlighted above is :
Cash flow position
Shareholders’ preference
Growth opportunities
Stability of dividends
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(D) Stability of dividends
[1 mark]
Q744.2024 Main 66/3/1 · Q161 mark
Statement I : The objective of financial management is to maximize shareholders’ wealth.
Statement II : The shareholders gain if the value of shares in the market increases.
Choose the correct option from the following :
Statement I is true and Statement II is false.
Statement II is true and Statement I is false.
Both the Statements are true.
Both the Statements are false.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(C) Both the Statements are true.
[1 mark]
Q745.2024 Main 66/3/1 · Q201 mark
Which of the following statements is not highlighting the importance of financial planning :
It helps in forecasting what may happen under different business situations.
It helps in avoiding business shocks and surprises and helps the company in preparing for the future.
It provides a link between investment and financing decisions on a continuous basis.
Detailed plans of action prepared under financial planning increases waste, duplication of efforts and gaps in planning.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(D) Detailed plans of action prepared under financial planning increases waste, duplication of efforts and gaps in planning.
[1 mark]
Q746.2024 Main 66/4/1 · Q51 mark
Read the following statements Assertion (A) and Reason (R). Choose the correct option from the given options.
Assertion (A) : Amount of Earnings is a major determinant of the decision about dividend.
Reason (R) : Dividends are paid out of current and past earnings.
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is correct explanation of Assertion (A).
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true but Reason (R) is not the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
Assertion (A) is true but Reason (R) is false.
Assertion (A) is false but Reason (R) is true.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(A) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is correct explanation of Assertion (A).
[1 mark]
Q747.2024 Main 66/5/1 · Q101 mark
Read the following statements :
Assertion (A) and Reason (R). Choose the correct alternative from those given below :
Assertion (A) : Availability of leasing facilities may reduce the funds required to be invested in fixed assets thereby reducing the fixed capital requirements.
Reason (R) : When an asset is taken on lease, the firm pays lease rentals to use it and avoids to invest huge sums required to purchase it.
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true but Reason (R) is not the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
Assertion (A) is true but Reason (R) is false.
Assertion (A) is false but Reason (R) is true.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(A) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanation of Assertion (A) [1 mark]
Q748.2024 Main 66/5/1 · Q121 mark
‘Kanand Ltd.’ is an automobile manufacturing company started in 2014 under ‘Make in India’ initiative of the Government of India. Expecting higher growth in future, it developed higher capacity in the current year taking advantage of the subsidies provided by the government. This would enable ‘Kanand Ltd.’ to meet anticipated higher demand quickly, For this, ‘Kanand Ltd.’ invested large amounts in fixed assets leading to higher requirements of fixed capital. Identify the factor affecting fixed capital requirements which ‘Kanand Ltd.’ kept in mind to meet higher anticipated demand quicker.
Scale of operations
Nature of business
Diversification
Growth prospects
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(D) Growth prospects [1 mark]
Q749.2024 Main 66/5/1 · Q151 mark
Which of the following is NOT a factor affecting ‘financing decision’ ?
Fixed operating costs
Cash flow position
Control considerations
Diversification
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(D) Diversification [1 mark]
Q750.2024 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q91 mark
Which of the following statements is correct for ‘short term investment decisions’ ?
They affect the earning capacity of a business in the long run.
These decisions normally involve huge amounts of investment.
These decisions affect the liquidity as well as profitability of a business.
They are irreversible except at a huge cost.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
(C) These decisions affect the liquidity as well as profitability of a business. [1 mark]
Q751.2024 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q111 mark
Statement I : Shareholders’ funds involve commitment regarding the payment of returns or the repayment of capital.
Statement II : Debt is considered to be the cheapest of all the sources of funds and tax deductability of interest makes it still cheaper.
Choose the correct option from the following :
Statement I is true and Statement II is false.
Statement II is true and Statement I is false.
Both the Statements are true.
Both the Statements are false.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
(B) Statement II is true and Statement I is false. [1 mark]
Q752.2024 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q141 mark
Read the following statements : Assertion (A) and Reason (R). Choose the correct alternative from the options given below :
Assertion (A) : While taking dividend decision, the extent of retained earnings also influences the financing decision of the firm.
Reason (R) : The firm does not require funds to the extent of re-invested retained earnings.
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true, but Reason (R) is not the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
Assertion (A) is true, but Reason (R) is false.
Assertion (A) is false, but Reason (R) is true.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
(A) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanation of Assertion (A). [1 mark]
Q753.2024 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q171 mark
Prashant started a grocery retail business. Due to increasing popularity of online shopping, the degree of competition is very high in this business. His requirement of working capital will be high as he would have to hold larger stocks of finished goods to meet urgent orders from customers. The factor affecting the requirement of working capital is :
Availability of raw material
Scale of operations
Level of competition
Inflation
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
(C) Level of competition [1 mark]
Q754.2023 Main 66/1/1 · Q131 mark
During the Covid-19 pandemic, the restaurant industry faced many challenges. The slowdown led to huge decrease in demand. From April 2022, the effect of Covid started reducing. The economy started picking up and a boom was noticed in the restaurant industry. As a result, larger amount of working capital was required with increased production and sales.
The factor affecting the working capital requirement discussed above is:
Seasonal factor
Production cycle
Operating efficiency
Business cycle
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(D) Business cycle
[1 mark]
Q755.2023 Main 66/1/1 · Q161 mark
Which of the following statements does not highlight the importance of financial planning?
Detailed plans of action prepared under financial planning increase waste, duplication of efforts and gaps in planning.
It helps in forecasting what may happen in future under different business situations.
It provides a link between investment and financing decisions on a continuous basis.
It helps in avoiding business shocks and surprises and helps the company in preparing for the future.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(A) Detailed plans of action prepared under financial planning increase waste, duplication of efforts and gaps in planning.
[1 mark]
Q756.2023 Main 66/2/1 · Q141 mark
When the proportion of debt and equity is such that it results in an increase in the value of equity share the ______ is/are said to be optimal.
working capital
fixed capital
capital structure
Both (a) and (b)
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(C) Capital structure
[1 mark]
Q757.2023 Main 66/4/1 · Q171 mark
The use of debt increases the financial risk of a business. The factor determining the choice of an appropriate capital structure of a company highlighted in the above statement is:
Debt Service Coverage Ratio
Risk consideration
Cost of debt
Flexibility
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(B) Risk consideration
Q758.2023 Main 66/4/1 · Q201 mark
Which of the following is not a factor affecting ‘Financing Decision’ of a Company:
Cost
Risk
Cash flow position of a company
Growth opportunities
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(D) Growth opportunities
Q759.2023 Main 66/5/1 · Q131 mark
Match the factors affecting fixed capital requirements given in the Column-I with their explanations given in Column-II:
Column-I
Column-II
a.
Nature of Business
i. A trading organisation needs lower investments in fixed assets as compared to a manufacturing organisation.
b.
Technology upgradation
ii. A textile manufacturing company is installing a cement manufacturing plant and thus its investments in fixed assets is increasing.
c.
Diversification
iii. A capital-intensive organisation requires higher investments in fixed assets as compared to labour-intensive organisation.
d.
Choice of Technique
iv. Mobile phones became obsolete faster and are replaced much sooner than furniture or many other assets. Hence these type of businesses require more fixed capital.
a-i, b-iv, c-ii, d-iii
a-ii, b-iii, c-iv, d-i
a-iii, b-ii, c-i, d-iv
a-iv, b-i, c-iii, d-ii
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(A) a-i, b-iv, c-ii, d-iii
Q760.2023 Main 66/5/1 · Q141 mark
___________ refers to the increase in profit earned by the equity shareholders due to the presence of fixed financial charges like interest.
Capital structure
Earning per share
Trading on equity
Return on investment
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(C) Trading on equity
Q761.2023 Main 66/5/1 · Q201 mark
Which of the following is NOT a factor affecting capital structure of a company?
Cost of Debt
Growth Opportunities
Cash Flow Position
Interest Coverage Ratio
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(B) Growth opportunities
Q762.2023 Supp. 66/C/1 · Q51 mark
From the following, identify the statement which is correct about capital budgeting decision:
These decisions are reversible.
These decisions include committing huge amounts of finance on a long-term basis, therefore need to be taken with utmost care.
These decisions do not affect the earning capacity of the business in the long run.
Size of assets, profitability and competitiveness are not affected by capital budgeting decisions.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/C/1
(B) These decisions include committing huge amounts of finance on a long-term basis, therefore need to be taken with utmost care.
Q763.2023 Supp. 66/C/1 · Q101 mark
Statement I: Financial planning is essentially the preparation of financial blueprint of an organisation’s future operations.
Statement II: Financial planning is done only for long-term and focuses on capital expenditure programmes only.
Choose the correct option from the options given below:
Statement I is true and Statement II is false.
Statement II is true and Statement I is false.
Both the statements are true.
Both the statements are false.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/C/1
(A) Statement I is true and Statement II is false.
Q764.SQP 2025-26 · Q161 mark
‘Game of Clones’, a reputed amusement company has decided to run an advertising campaign for which it is hiring various celebrities. The campaign involves an expenditure of ₹ 150 Crores. Identify the financial decision involved in the above case.
Long term investment decision
Financing decision
Working capital decision
Dividend decision
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2025-26 · Marking Scheme
(A) Long term investment decision
[1 mark]
Q765.SQP 2025-26 · Q171 mark
Arth Nivesh Limited has a high fixed operating cost. The Finance Manager informs the Chief Finance Officer that, in case the company decides to take a loan, for its future financial needs, its fixed financial cost will also increase leading to an overall increase in cost. Identify the factor affecting choice of capital structure discussed above.
Cost of debt
Floatation cost
Risk consideration
Control
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2025-26 · Marking Scheme
(C) Risk consideration
[1 mark]
Q766.SQP 2025-26 · Q191 mark
‘Companies are required to ensure that the dividend does not violate the terms of loan agreement.’ Identify the relevant factor affecting dividend decisions being discussed above.
Access to capital market
Legal constraints
Stock market reaction
Contractual constraints
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2025-26 · Marking Scheme
(D) Contractual constraints
[1 mark]
Q767.SQP 2025-26 · Q201 mark
Read the following statements carefully:
Statement I: The objective of financial management is to maximize the wealth of directors of the company
Statement II: The financing decision of the company is unaffected by the extent of retained earnings.
In the light of given statements, choose the correct alternative from the following:
Both the statements are true.
Both the statements are false.
Statement I is true, Statement II is false.
Statement II is true, Statement I is false.
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2025-26 · Marking Scheme
(B) Both the statements are false.
[1 mark]
Q768.SQP 2026-27 · Q101 mark
Assertion (A): Capital budgeting decisions have a long-term impact on the profitability and growth of a business.
Reason (R): Capital budgeting decisions deal only with short-term revenue expenditures.
Choose the correct options:
Both A and R are true and R is the correct explanation of A.
Both A and R are true but R is not the correct explanation of A.
A is true but R is false.
A is false but R is true.
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2026-27 · Marking Scheme
(C) A is true but R is false.
[1 mark]
Q769.SQP 2026-27 · Q121 mark
Select the statement that does not correctly describe working capital.
It consists of funds invested in current assets of the business.
It helps in carrying out regular business activities smoothly.
It is calculated as the difference between current assets and current liabilities.
It is usually less liquid but contributes more to the profits than fixed assets.
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2026-27 · Marking Scheme
(D) It is usually less liquid but contributes more to the profits than fixed assets.
[1 mark]
Q770.SQP 2026-27 · Q151 mark
Astrio Ltd. is a fast-growing company engaged in manufacturing consumer goods. The management noticed that despite good demand for its products, the company often faced delays in certain activities, while at other times money remained unused for long periods. To address this issue, the finance department decided to prepare a comprehensive plan before undertaking future activities. The company carefully assessed its upcoming business requirements and tried to determine how much money would be needed for different activities and at what stage these requirements would arise. At the same time, the management examined various ways through which funds could be arranged so that financial requirements could be met without disruption. Identify the concept discussed in the above lines.
Capital structure
Financial control
Investment
Financial planning
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2026-27 · Marking Scheme
(D) Financial planning
[1 mark]
Q771.SQP 2026-27 · Q171 mark
Delicious Beverages Ltd. is a company manufacturing packaged fruit juices. Initially, the company enjoyed a monopoly in the local market, and customers readily bought its products. However, in recent years, several new beverage companies have entered the market. To retain customers, Delicious Beverages Ltd. started offering attractive credit terms, discounts, and promotional schemes. The company also increased its inventory to ensure uninterrupted supply. Identify the factor affecting the working capital requirement of Delicious Beverages Ltd. being discussed above:
Growth prospects
Level of competition
Production Cycle
Scale of operations
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2026-27 · Marking Scheme
(B) Level of competition
[1 mark]
Q772.SQP 2026-27 · Q191 mark
A company has an existing equity share capital of ₹20,00,000. It proposes to raise an additional ₹10,00,000 either by issuing equity shares or by issuing 10% debentures. If the Earnings Before Interest and Tax (EBIT) of the company is ₹4,50,000 and the corporate tax rate is 30%, which of the following financing options will result in a higher Earnings Per Share (EPS)?
Issue of equity shares
Issue of debentures
Both financing options will result in the same EPS
EPS cannot be determined with the given information
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2026-27 · Marking Scheme
(B) Issue of debentures
[1 mark]
Q773.2026 Main 66/4/1 · Q24(b)3 marks
Explain how the following factors affect the requirements of fixed capital of a company :
Nature of the business
Technology upgradation
Level of collaboration
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(i) Nature of the business:
The type of business has a bearing upon the fixed capital requirements.
A trading concern needs lower investment in fixed assets compared with a manufacturing organisation, since it does not require to purchase plant and machinery, etc.
(ii) Technology upgradation:
Industries or organisations which use assets which are prone to obsolescence require higher fixed capital to purchase fixed assets.
This is so because replacement of fixed assets becomes due faster.
(iii) Level of collaboration:
Certain business organisations share each other’s facilities when the scale of operations of each one of them is not sufficient to make full use of the facility.
Such collaboration reduces the level of investment in fixed assets for each one of the participating organisations.
[1 × 3 = 3 marks]
Q774.2026 Main 66/5/1 · Q22(a)3 marks
State any three points of importance of Financial Planning.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/5/1
Importance of Financial Planning: (Any THREE)
It helps in forecasting what may happen in future under different business situations to enable the firms to face the eventual situation in a better way.
It helps in avoiding business shocks and surprises and helps the company in preparing for the future.
If helps in co-ordinating various business functions, e.g., sales and production functions, by providing clear policies and procedures.
Detailed plans of action prepared under financial planning reduce waste, duplication of efforts and gaps in planning.
It tries to link the present with the future.
It provides a link between investment and financing decisions on a continuous basis.
By spelling out detailed objectives for various business segments, it makes the evaluation of actual performance easier.
[1 × 3 = 3 marks]
Q775.2026 Main 66/5/1 · Q22(b)3 marks
State any three factors that determine the requirement of fixed capital of a company.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/5/1
Factors affecting Requirement of Fixed Capital: (Any THREE)
Nature of business as a trading concern needs lower investment in fixed assets compared with a manufacturing organisation.
Scale of operation as a large organisation operating at a higher scale needs higher investment in fixed assets as compared to a small organisation.
The choice of technique is a factor affecting requirement of fixed capital as a capital- intensive organisation requires higher investment in plant, whereas a labour-intensive organisation requires less investment in fixed assets.
Higher investment in fixed assets may be required in certain industries where assets become obsolete sooner and need to be replaced faster due to technology upgradation.
Higher growth of an organisation generally requires higher investment in fixed assets, consequently larger fixed capital.
With diversification, fixed capital requirement increases as more investment is to be made in fixed assets.
The financing alternatives affect the requirement of fixed capital as availability of leasing facilities may reduce the funds required to be invested in fixed assets as compared to buying an asset.
Collaboration reduces the level of investment in fixed assets as organisations share each other’s facilities.
[1 × 3 = 3 marks]
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
Q776.2025 Main 66/1/1 · Q24(a)3 marks
State any three points of importance of Financial Planning.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/1/1
Importance of Financial Planning (any three):
It helps in forecasting what may happen in future under different situations and face the eventual situation in a better way.
It helps in avoiding business shocks and surprises and helps the company in preparing for the future.
It helps in co-ordinating various business functions, like sales and production functions, by providing clear policies and procedures.
It helps to reduce waste, duplication of efforts and gaps in planning.
It tries to link the present with the future.
It provides a link between investment and financing decisions on a continuous basis.
It makes the evaluation of actual performance easier by spelling out detailed objectives for various business segments.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
[1 × 3 = 3 marks]
Q777.2025 Main 66/1/1 · Q24(b)3 marks
State any three factors that affect the fixed capital requirements of a company.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/1/1
Factors affecting Requirement of Fixed Capital (Any three):
Nature of business affects the fixed capital requirement as a trading concern needs lower investment in fixed assets compared with a manufacturing organisation.
Scale of operation affects the fixed capital requirement as a large organisation operating at a higher scale needs higher investment in fixed assets as compared to a small organisation.
The choice of technique affects the fixed capital requirement as a capital intensive organisation requires higher investment in plant and machinery, whereas a labour intensive organisation requires less investment in fixed assets.
Industries requiring technology upgradation need a higher investment in fixed assets as their assets become obsolete sooner and need to be replaced faster.
Higher growth of an organisation generally requires higher investment in fixed assets, consequently larger fixed capital.
With diversification, fixed capital requirement increases as more investment is to be made in fixed assets.
Financing alternatives affect the requirement of fixed capital as availability of leasing facilities may reduce the funds required to be invested in fixed assets as compared to buying an asset.
Collaboration reduces the level of investment in fixed assets as organisations share each other’s facilities.
(If an examinee has given only the heading, ½ mark for each heading should be awarded)
[1 × 3 = 3 marks]
Q778.2025 Main 66/4/1 · Q233 marks
Abhinav is working as a production manager in a steel manufacturing plant, 'KPG Ltd.' To compete in the market, he thought of replacing the existing machinery with new high-tech machinery. Abhinav discussed his idea with the Chief Executive Officer who asked him to prepare a proposal for the same and sent it to the finance manager. The finance manager said that this decision had to be evaluated carefully as it involved a huge amount of investment and was irreversible except at a huge cost.
Identify the decision which the finance manager would like to evaluate.
State any two factors which may affect this decision.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/4/1
Factors affecting capital budgeting decision are: (any two)
Cash flows of the project in the form of series of cash receipts and payments should be carefully analysed before considering this decision.
Rate of return of the project i.e., the expected returns from each proposal and the assessment of the risk involved should be taken into consideration.
Investment criteria involves a number of calculations regarding the cash flows, rate of return, amount of investment and interest rate which should be evaluated and applied to each proposal.
[1×2 = 2 marks]
(If an examinee has given only the headings, ½ mark for each heading should be awarded)
Q779.2025 Main 66/5/1 · Q23(a)3 marks
Explain the following factors affecting the fixed capital requirements of a company:
Nature of Business
Choice of Technique
Growth Prospects
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/5/1
Factors affecting the fixed capital requirements of a company:
(i) Nature of Business:
A trading concern needs lower investment in fixed assets compared with a manufacturing organization.
As a trading concern does not require to purchase plant and machinery etc.
(ii) Choice of Technique:
A capital-intensive organisation requires higher investment in plant and machinery, thus the requirement of fixed capital for such organisations would be higher.
Labour intensive organisations on the other hand require less investment in fixed assets. Hence, their fixed capital requirement is lower.
(iii) Growth Prospects:
When a company expects higher growth in the future, it creates higher capacity in order to meet the anticipated higher demand quicker.
This requires larger investment in fixed capital.
[1×3 = 3 marks]
Q780.2025 Main 66/5/1 · Q23(b)3 marks
Explain the following factors affecting financing decision of a company:
Fixed Operating Costs
Control Considerations
State of Capital Market
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/5/1
Factors affecting financing decision of a company:
(i) Fixed Operating Costs:
If a business has high fixed operating cost it must reduce fixed financing costs. Hence, lower debt financing is better.
Similarly, if fixed operating cost is less, more of debt financing may be preferred.
(ii) Control Considerations:
Issue of more equity may lead to dilution of management’s control over the business.
Debt financing has no such implication.
(iii) State of Capital Market:
During the period when stock market is rising, more people invest in equity.
However, depressed capital market may make issue of equity shares difficult for any company.
[1×3 = 3 marks]
Q781.2025 Main 66/7/1 · Q243 marks
Amrit Ltd. and Nimrit Ltd. are two companies manufacturing automotive parts for automobile companies. Amrit Ltd. had a capital employed of ₹80 lakhs comprising of equity share capital of ₹40 lakhs divided into 40,000 shares of ₹ 100 each and debt of ₹40 lakhs at 6%. Nimrit Ltd. also had capital employed of ₹80 lakhs divided into 80,000 equity shares of ₹100 each.
Return on Investment (ROI) of both the companies is 10% and tax rate is 50%
Calculate Earning Per Share (EPS) for both the companies.
Which of the two companies has better Earning Per Share and why?
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/7/1
(a) Calculation of Earning Per Share
Particulars
Amrit Ltd.
Nimrit Ltd.
Capital employed
₹80 lakhs
₹80 lakhs
Equity share capital
₹40 lakhs (40,000 shares @₹100 each)
₹80 lakhs (80,000 shares @ ₹100 each)
6% Debt
₹40 lakhs
---------
ROI
10%
10%
Earnings Before Interest and Tax (EBIT)
₹8,00,000
₹8,00,000
Less: Interest on debt (6%)
₹2,40,000
----------
Earnings Before Tax (EBT)
₹5,60,000
₹8,00,000
Less: Tax @50%
₹2,80,000
₹4,00,000
Earnings After Tax (EAT)
₹2,80,000
₹4,00,000
Earning Per Share (EPS) = EAT/Number of equity shares
₹7 per share (2,80,000/40,000)
₹5 per share (4,00,000/80,000)
[1½ marks]
(If an examinee has shown calculations in any other way, full credit should to be given)
(b) Amrit Ltd has better Earning Per Share as compared with Nimrit Ltd. The use of debt by Amrit Ltd. has increased the EPS because ROI of Amrit Ltd. is 10%, which is greater than its rate of interest on debt (6%).
[½ for the name of the company + 1 mark for reason = 1½ marks] = 3 marks
Q782.2024 Main 66/1/1 · Q223 marks
Kanav, after passing out of college with specialization in renewable energy, was determined to start a solar power plant. The venture required heavy investment in plant and machinery and less on manual labour. Kanav invested in the latest solar panel technology and infrastructure and purchased the latest solar panels, inverters and battery storage systems.
Despite the high risk and substantial investment, Kanav’s business had good expansion possibilities. The world was increasingly moving towards clean energy solutions, and there was a growing demand for sustainable power sources. So, Kanav decided to create a higher capacity to meet the anticipated demand quickly. This entailed further investment in fixed assets which Kanav was able to arrange.
As the years passed, the solar power plant did very well and played a pivotal role in the city’s transition towards a greener and more sustainable future.
Identify and explain the two factors affecting the fixed capital requirements discussed in the above case.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/1/1
Factor affecting the fixed capital requirements in the case are:
(i) Choice of technique:
A capital-intensive organisation requires higher investment in plant and machinery as it relies less on manual labour, thus higher fixed capital.
Labour intensive organisations require less investment in fixed assets. Hence, their fixed capital requirement is lower.
(ii) Growth prospects:
When growth is expected, a company may choose to create higher capacity in order to meet anticipated higher demand quicker.
This entails larger investment in fixed assets and consequently larger fixed capital.
[½ mark for identifying and 1 mark for explanation: 1½ × 2 = 3 marks]
Q783.2024 Main 66/4/1 · Q22(a)3 marks
Explain the following as factors affecting ‘Financing Decision’ :
Fixed operating costs and
Cash flow position of the company
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(i) Fixed Operating Costs:
If a business has high fixed operating costs, it must reduce fixed financing costs. Hence, lower debt financing is better.
Similarly, if fixed operating cost is less, more of debt financing may be preferred.
[2 marks]
(ii) Cash Flow Position of the Company:
A stronger cash flow position may make debt financing more viable than funding through equity.
[1 mark; 2 + 1 = 3 marks]
Q784.2024 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q24(a)3 marks
State any three factors affecting financing decision.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
Factors affecting financing decision (any three):
Cost: The cost of raising funds through different sources are different and a prudent financial manager would normally opt for a source which is the cheapest.
Risk: The risk associated with each of the sources is different.
Floatation Cost: Higher the floatation cost, less attractive the source.
Cash Flow Position: A stronger cash flow position may make debt financing more viable than funding through equity.
Fixed operating costs: If a business has high fixed operating costs, it must reduce fixed financing costs, thus, lower debt financing is better.
Control Considerations: Issues of more equity may lead to dilution of management’s control over the business while debt financing has no such implication.
State of capital market: State of the capital market may also affect the choice of source of fund as during the period when stock market is rising, more people invest in equity, whereas depressed capital market may make issue of equity shares difficult for any company.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded.)
[1 × 3 = 3 marks]
Q785.2023 Main 66/1/1 · Q23(b)3 marks
State any three factors affecting the dividend decision.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/1/1
Factors affecting dividend decision are (Any three):
Amount of earnings are a major determinant of dividend decision as dividends are paid out of current and past earnings.
Stability of earnings is another factor affecting dividend decision as a company having stable earnings is in a position to declare higher dividends.
Companies generally prefer to maintain stability of dividends while taking dividend decision.
If a company has good growth opportunities, it pays out less dividend.
A good cash flow position is necessary for declaration of dividend.
Shareholders’ preference is kept in mind by the management before declaring dividends.
Taxation policy affects the dividend decision as a higher dividend distribution tax will lead to lesser dividend payout.
The possible stock market reaction of dividend policy on the share price is one of the important factors affecting dividend decision.
While taking dividend decision, companies take into consideration their access to capital market.
Certain provisions of the Companies Act i.e. legal constraints place restrictions on payout of dividend.
While taking dividend decision, companies keep in mind the restrictions imposed by the lenders i.e. contractual constraints.
(If the examinee has listed the points only, ½ mark each to be awarded)
[1×3 = 3 marks]
Q786.2023 Main 66/2/1 · Q24(a)3 marks
State any three points of importance of Financial Planning.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/2/1
Importance of Financial Planning (any three):
It helps in forecasting what may happen in future under different situations and face the eventual situation in a better way.
It helps in avoiding business shocks and surprises and helps the company in preparing for the future.
It helps in co-ordinating various business functions, like sales and production functions, by providing clear policies and procedures.
It helps to reduce waste, duplication of efforts and gaps in planning.
It tries to link the present with the future.
It provides a link between investment and financing decisions on a continuous basis.
It makes the evaluation of actual performance easier.
[1×3 = 3 marks]
Q787.2023 Main 66/2/1 · Q24(b)3 marks
State any three factors that determine the requirement of fixed capital of a company.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/2/1
Factors affecting Requirement of Fixed Capital (Any three):
Nature of business as a trading concern needs lower investment in fixed assets compared with a manufacturing organisation.
Scale of operation as a large organisation operating at a higher scale needs higher investment in fixed assets as compared to a small organisation.
The choice of technique is a factor affecting requirement of fixed capital as a capital- intensive organisation requires higher investment in plant, whereas a labour-intensive organisation requires less investment in fixed assets.
Higher investment in fixed assets may be required in certain industries where assets become obsolete sooner and need to be replaced faster due to technology upgradation.
Higher growth of an organisation generally requires higher investment in fixed assets, consequently larger fixed capital.
With diversification, fixed capital requirement increases as more investment is to be made in fixed assets.
The financing alternatives affect the requirement of fixed capital as availability of leasing facilities may reduce the funds required to be invested in fixed assets as compared to buying an asset.
Collaboration reduces the level of investment in fixed assets as organisations share each other’s facilities.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded.)
[1×3 = 3 marks]
Q788.2023 Main 66/4/1 · Q24(a)3 marks
State any three points that highlight the importance of financial planning.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/4/1
Importance of financial planning: (Any three)
It helps in forecasting what may happen in future under different business situations. By doing so it helps the firms to face the eventual situation in a better way.
It helps in avoiding business shocks and surprises and helps the company in preparing for the future.
It helps in co-ordinating various business functions by providing clear policies and procedures.
Detailed plans prepared under financial planning reduce waste, duplication of efforts and gaps in planning.
It tries to link the present with the future.
It provides a link between investment and financing decisions on a continuous basis.
By spelling out detailed objectives for various business segments, it makes the evaluation of actual performance easier.
[1 × 3 = 3 marks]
Q789.2023 Main 66/4/1 · Q24(b)3 marks
State how the following factors affect the working capital requirements of a company:
Seasonal Factors
Production Cycle
Operating Efficiency
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(i) Seasonal Factors
In peak season, because of higher level of activity larger amount of working capital is required whereas the level of activity as well as the requirement for working capital will be lower during the lean season. [1 mark]
(ii) Production Cycle
It is the time span between the receipt of raw material and their conversion into finished goods. Duration and the length of production cycle, affects the amount of funds required for raw materials and expenses. Working capital requirement is higher in firms with longer processing cycle and lower in firms with shorter processing cycle. [1 mark]
(iii) Operating Efficiency
Firms manage their operations with varied degrees of efficiency. Better sales efforts may reduce the average time for which finished goods inventory is held. Such efficiencies may reduce the level of raw materials, finished goods and debtors resulting in lower requirement of working capital. [1 mark]
[= 3 marks]
Q790.2023 Main 66/5/1 · Q24(b)3 marks
State any three factors that affect the working capital requirements of a company.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/5/1
Factors affecting working capital requirements of a company: (Any three)
Nature of business as trading organisation requires smaller amounts of working capital than manufacturing organisations as there is no processing. Service industries require less working capital as they do not have to maintain inventory.
Scale of operations as firms operating on a higher scale require more working capital as their quantum of inventory and debtors is generally high.
Business cycle as in case of boom, larger working capital is required as the sales and production are more.
Seasonal factors as peak season requires higher working capital than lean season due to higher level of activity.
Production Cycle as working capital requirement is higher in firms with longer processing cycle.
Credit allowed to customers results in higher amount of debtors, increasing the working capital requirement.
Credit availed from suppliers reduces the working capital requirement.
Operating efficiency as firms managing their raw materials efficiently require lesser working capital.
Free and continuous availability of raw materials enables the firms to keep lesser stock and hence work with smaller working capital.
Higher Growth prospects will require larger amounts of working capital so that the firm is able to meet higher production and sales targets
Level of competition as higher competition requires larger stocks to meet urgent orders from customers and thus higher working capital.
Inflation increases the working capital requirements as larger amount of money is required to maintain a constant volume of production and sales.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
[1 × 3 = 3 marks]
Q791.2022 Main 66/1/1 · Q73 marks
State any three factors affecting working capital requirements of a company.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/1/1
Factors affecting working capital requirements of a company (any three)
(i) The nature of a business influences the amount of working capital required as a trading organisation usually needs a smaller amount of working capital compared to a manufacturing organisation. Service industries which usually do not have to maintain inventory require less working capital.
(ii) Scale of operation is a factor affecting working capital as organisations which operate on a higher scale of operation require large amount of working capital as compared to the organisations which operate on a lower scale.
(iii) Different phases of business cycles affect the requirement of working capital by a firm as in case of a boom, the sales as well as production are likely to be larger and, therefore, larger amount of working capital is required while during depression, the requirement of working capital will be comparatively low.
(iv) Seasonality in operations affects working capital requirements as in peak season, larger amount of working capital is required while the requirement for working capital will be lower during the lean season.
(v) Working capital requirement is higher in firms with longer production cycle and lower in firms with shorter production cycle.
(vi) A liberal credit policy results in higher amount of debtors, increasing the requirement of working capital.
(vii) To the extent a firm avails the credit on purchases from its suppliers, the working capital requirement is reduced.
(viii) Operating efficiency affects the requirement of working capital as firms which manage their operations efficiently may reduce the level of raw materials, finished goods and debtors resulting in lower requirement of working capital.
(ix) Free and continuous availability of raw material will reduce the requirement of working capital whereas larger time lag between placement of order and receipt of material will lead to requirement of larger working capital.
(x) If a firm has higher growth prospects, it will require larger amount of working capital so that it is able to meet higher production and sales target whenever required.
(xi) Higher level of competition may necessitate larger stocks of finished goods to meet urgent orders from customers, thereby, increasing the working capital requirement.
(xii) The working capital requirement of a business become higher with higher rate of inflation.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded.)
[1 mark for each factor = 1×3 = 3 marks]
Q792.2022 Main 66/3/1 · Q73 marks
State any three factors affecting dividend decision of a company.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/3/1
Factors affecting dividend decision are (any three):
(a) Amount of earnings: Earnings is a major determinant of the decision about dividend as dividends are paid out of current and past earnings.
(b) Stability of Earnings: A company which has stable earnings is in a better position to declare higher dividends in comparison of those companies with unstable earnings.
(c) Stability of Dividends: The companies having policy of stabilizing dividend per share, do not alter if the change in earnings is small or seen to be temporary in nature.
(d) Growth Opportunities: Companies having good growth opportunities retain more money out of their earnings to finance the required investment, therefore, the dividend in growth companies is smaller than that in the non–growth companies.
(e) Cash Flow position: Availability of enough cash in the company is necessary for declaration of dividend because a company may be profitable but short on cash.
(f) Shareholders Preference: While declaring dividends, managements must keep in mind the preferences of the shareholders in this regard and if the shareholders in general desire that at least a certain amount is paid as dividend, the companies are likely to declare the same.
(g) Taxation Policy: If tax on dividend is higher, it is better to pay less by way of dividends, whereas higher dividends may be declared if tax rates are relatively lower.
(i) Stock Market Reaction: The possible impact of dividend policy on the equity share price is one of the important factors considered by the management while taking a decision about it, as investors, view an increase in dividend as good news and stock prices react positively to it.
(j) Access to the capital market: Large and reputed companies which have easy access to the capital market, depend less on retained earnings to finance their growth and thus, tend to pay higher dividends than smaller companies which have relatively low access to the market.
(j) Legal constraints: Certain provisions of the Companies Act place restrictions on pay-outs as dividend which must be adhered to while declaring the dividend.
(k) Contractual constraints: The companies are required to ensure that the payment of dividend does not violate the terms of any contract entered by the company.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded.)
(No marks to be deducted if headings are not given)
[1 mark for each factor = 1×3 = 3 marks]
Q793.2022 Main 66/4/1 · Q63 marks
State any three factors affecting the capital budgeting decision of a company.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/4/1
Factors affecting capital budgeting decision of a company are:
(i) Cash flows of the project in the form of series of cash receipts and payments over the life of an investment.
(ii) Rate of return of the project i.e., expected returns from each proposal and the assessment of the risk involved.
(iii) Investment criteria involved i.e., calculations regarding the amount of investment, interest rate etc.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
[1×3 = 3 marks]
Q794.SQP 2026-27 · Q23(a)3 marks
Explain the following factors affecting financing decision of a company:
Control considerations
State of capital market
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2026-27 · Marking Scheme
(a) Control considerations- Issue of more equity may lead to dilution of management’s control over the business. Debt financing has no such implication. Companies afraid of a takeover bid would prefer debt to equity.
(b) State of capital market- Health of the capital market may also affect the choice of source of fund. During the period when the stock market is rising, more people invest in equity. However, a depressed capital market may make the issue of equity shares difficult for any company.
[1½ + 1½ = 3 marks (½ mark for each heading + 1 mark for each explanation)]
Q795.SQP 2026-27 · Q23(b)3 marks
Explain the following factors affecting the fixed capital requirements of a company:
Choice of technique
Growth prospects
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2026-27 · Marking Scheme
(a) Choice of technique- Some organisations are capital intensive whereas others are labour intensive. A capital-intensive organisation requires higher investment in plant and machinery as it relies less on manual labour. The requirement of fixed capital for such organisations would be higher. Labour intensive organisations on the other hand require less investment in fixed assets. Hence, their fixed capital requirement is lower.
(b) Growth prospects- Higher growth of an organisation generally requires higher investment in fixed assets. Even when such growth is expected, a company may choose to create higher capacity in order to meet the anticipated higher demand quicker. This entails larger investment in fixed assets and consequently larger fixed capital.
[1½ + 1½ = 3 marks (½ mark for each heading + 1 mark for each explanation)]
Q796.2026 Main 66/3/1 · Q304 marks
‘Suruchi Textiles Ltd.’ is a reputed textile manufacturing company with stable earnings. It has been paying regular dividends for the last seven years, which has helped it to build a loyal investor base. It has a large number of its shareholders who depend on regular income from their investment and therefore expect at least a minimum dividend every year. To meet these expectations and maintain shareholders confidence, the company has followed a high dividend policy.
During the current year, the company planned further expansion, which required additional funds. However, since a major portion of its earnings had been distributed as dividends in earlier years, the company had retained limited funds. But, since ‘Suruchi Textiles Ltd.’ had a strong reputation in the capital market, it was able to raise the required capital from the capital market to finance its expansion plans.
Identify and explain four factors affecting the dividend decision discussed in the above case.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/3/1
Factors affecting Dividend Decision: (Any FOUR)
1. Stability of Earnings
A company having stable earnings is in a better position to declare higher dividends against a company having unstable earnings
2. Stability of Dividends:
Companies generally follow a policy of stabilising dividend per share and the increase in dividends is generally made when there is confidence that their earning potential has gone up.
3. Shareholders’ Preference
If the shareholders depend upon a regular income from their investments and desire that at least a certain amount is paid as dividend, the companies are likely to declare the same.
4. Growth Opportunities
Companies having good growth opportunities retain more money out of their earnings to finance the required investment and thus declare smaller dividends.
5. Access to Capital market
Large and reputed companies generally have easy access to the capital market and, therefore, may depend less on retained earnings to finance their growth and tend to pay higher dividends than the smaller companies.
[(½ mark for identifying the factor + ½ mark for explanation) 1 x 4 = 4 marks]
Q797.2026 Main 66/5/1 · Q274 marks
‘Ratan Ltd.’ and ‘Lara Ltd.’ are two companies with each having a capital employed of ₹ 20,00,000. ‘Ratan Ltd.’ had raised funds by issuing shares whereas ‘Lara Ltd.’s’ capital has 60% equity (in shares of ₹ 100 each) and 40% debt (comprising of 8% debentures). Both the companies have a Return on Investment of 10% and the tax rate is 40%.
State with reason which company will be able to give a better return to the shareholders. Show your calculations clearly.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/5/1
Workings:
Details
Ratan Ltd. (₹)
Lara Ltd. (₹)
Share Capital (of ₹100 each)
20,00,000
12,00,000
8% Debentures
-
8,00,000
Capital Employed
20,00,000
20,00,000
Details
Ratan Ltd. (₹)
Lara Ltd. (₹)
Earnings Before Interest and Tax
2,00,000
2,00,000
Less: Interest @ 8% p.a.
-
(64,000)
Earnings Before Tax
2,00,000
1,36,000
Less: Tax @ 40%
(80,000)
(54,400)
Earnings After Tax
1,20,000
81,600
Earnings Per Share = Earnings After Tax ÷ No. of shares
= 1,20,000 ÷ 20,000 = 6
= 81,600 ÷ 12,000 = 6.8
[3 marks]
Lara Ltd. will be able to give better returns to the shareholders.
[½ mark]
Reason: Due to presence of debt in capital structure and Return On Investment being higher than the cost of debt, Lara Ltd. will be able to give higher returns to its shareholders.
[½ mark; total = 4 marks]
Q798.2026 Supp. 66/7/1 · Q26(a)4 marks
Explain the following factors affecting the fixed capital requirements of a company:
Choice of technique
Growth prospects
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/7/1
Factors affecting the fixed capital requirements of a company
(i) Choice of technique
A capital-intensive organisation requires higher investment in plant and machinery as it relies less on manual labour. The requirement of fixed capital for such organisations would be higher.
Labour intensive organisations require less investment in fixed assets. Hence, their fixed capital requirement is lower.
[2 marks]
(ii) Growth prospects
Higher growth of an organisation generally requires higher investment in fixed assets.
A company may create higher capacity in order to meet the anticipated higher demand quicker. This entails larger investment in fixed assets and consequently larger fixed capital.
[2 marks; total = 4 marks]
Q799.2026 Supp. 66/7/1 · Q26(b)4 marks
Explain the following factors affecting the choice of capital structure of a company:
Interest coverage ratio
Cost of debt
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/7/1
Factors affecting the choice of capital structure of a company
(i) Interest coverage ratio
The interest coverage ratio refers to the number of times earnings before interest and taxes of a company covers the interest obligation. This may be calculated as follows: ICR = EBIT / Interest
The higher the ratio, lower shall be the risk of company failing to meet its interest payment obligations.
[2 marks]
(ii) Cost of debt
A firm’s ability to borrow at a lower rate increases its capacity to employ higher debt.
More debt can be used if debt can be raised at a lower rate.
[2 marks; total = 4 marks]
Q800.2026 Supp. 66/7/1 · Q294 marks
Arjun ran a successful retail store specialising in organic products. Over the last few years, his business had been doing very well and the number of customers visiting the store had increased significantly. To meet the growing demand, he decided to expand his business. He was evaluating two investment options:
Option A : Open a new store in the city.
Option B : Launch an online e-commerce platform.
Both the options would involve a huge amount of investment and once made, it would be almost impossible for him to wriggle out of such a decision. Therefore, this decision needed to be taken with utmost care. Arjun was proceeding very carefully as one wrong decision could severely damage the financial fortune of his business.
Identify the financial decision to be taken by Arjun.
Explain any three factors which would affect this decision.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/7/1
(i) Investment decision (Long Term Investment decision/ Capital Budgeting decision)
[1 mark]
(ii) Factors affecting Investment decision/ Capital Budgeting decision
(a) Cash flows of the project: When a company takes an investment decision involving huge amount it expects to generate some cash flows over a period in the form of a series of cash receipts and payments. The amount of these cash flows should be carefully analysed before considering a capital budgeting decision.
(b) Rate of return: The rate of return of the project is based on the expected returns from each proposal and the assessment of the risk involved.
(c) Investment criteria involved: There are different techniques to evaluate investment proposals which involve a number of calculations regarding the amount of investment, interest rate, cash flows and rate of return. These techniques are applied to each proposal before selecting a particular project.
[½ mark for naming the factor + ½ mark for its explanation = 1 × 3; 1 + 3 = 4 marks]
Q801.2025 Main 66/1/1 · Q304 marks
VK Ltd. is a fast moving consumer goods company. It has shareholders spread all over India. Most of its shareholders depend upon a regular income from their investment.
VK Ltd. has been earning consistent profits. The management of the company keeps in mind the preference of the shareholders regarding payment of dividend. Since its shareholders, in general, desire that at least a certain amount is paid as dividend to them every year, the company declares dividend every year.
Atul, the Finance Manager of the company identified promising growth opportunities. He suggested to the Chief Executive Officer to retain the earnings to finance the required investments instead of declaring dividend every year. For this, the Chief Executive Officer decided to call a General Body Meeting of the shareholders.
Identify two factors affecting dividend decision discussed above.
State two other factors that affect the dividend decision of a company.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(i) Two factors affecting dividend decision discussed above are:
Shareholders’ Preference
Growth Opportunities
[½ × 2]
(ii) Other factors that affect the dividend decision of a company are: (Any two)
Amount of Earnings affect dividends as they are paid out of current and past earnings.
Stability of earnings affects dividends as a company having stable earnings is in a better position to declare higher dividends as compared to a company with unstable earnings.
Stability of dividends also affects dividend decision as companies generally follow a policy of stabilising dividend per share and the increase in dividend is generally made when the earning potential goes up.
Cash Flow position affects the dividend decision as availability of enough cash in the company is necessary for declaration of dividend.
Taxation policy affects the tax treatment of dividend and capital gains as when tax on dividend is higher, it is better to pay less by way of dividends
As stock markets react positively to increase in dividend, it is an important factor considered by the management while taking a decision about it.
Large and reputed companies generally have easy access to the capital market, and therefore, may depend less on retained earnings to finance their growth, and therefore, pay high dividends.
Certain legal constraints like provisions of the Companies Act place restrictions on payouts as dividends, which must be adhered to while declaring the dividend.
Contractual constraints affect the dividend decision as companies are required to ensure that the dividend does not violate the terms of the loan agreement.
[1½ × 2]
(If an examinee has given only the heading, ½ mark for each heading should be awarded)
[1 + 3 = 4 marks]
Q802.2025 Main 66/2/1 · Q304 marks
The demand for take away food business is increasing day-by-day. People working in multi-national companies have to work till night very often and they are reluctant to cook food. Taking advantage of this opportunity, Amit and Bijoy started ‘Langar’, a take away food business. The food became famous because of its good quality and standards of hygiene followed by them.
Over the years, the business became very profitable. They decided to expand the business by opening more branches in different cities. To ensure consistent food quality at all branches and to maintain the hygiene and quality they planned to import machines with advanced technology. The cost of each machine was Rs. 12 crores. They knew that this decision has to be taken very carefully, as it involves a huge cost and that the decision, once taken is irreversible.
Identify and state the financial decision discussed in the above para.
Explain any two factors affecting the decision identified in (i) above.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(i) Investment decision/ Capital budgeting decision[½ mark for identifying]
The investment decision relates to how the firm’s funds are invested in different assets so that they are able to earn the highest possible return for their investors [½ mark for stating]
(ii) Factors affecting capital budgeting decision: (Any two)
Cash flows of the project
Rate of return of the project
Investment criteria involved
[(½ mark for the heading + 1 mark for the explanation) × 2]
(If an examinee has not given the headings as above but has given the correct explanation, full credit should be given)
[1 + 3 = 4 marks]
Q803.2025 Main 66/4/1 · Q304 marks
After seeing an overwhelming response from people for their homes, Arun, the owner of a leading construction company 'Luxury At Home' decided to launch new projects in eight more cities across India. This decision would require additional investment of Rs.150 crores. Shyam, the finance manager advised Arun that instead of raising the entire amount through equity, it would be better to raise funds with a judicious mix of 40% equity and 60% debt.
Shyam explained that since the company was earning sufficient profits, they could also take advantage of trading on equity to maximise earning per share. He also suggested that raising this debt through a loan from a financial institution would be better as this would involve a lower cost. He further added that debt was also beneficial as it would not dilute the management's holding in the company.
After giving due thought, Arun agreed to Shyam's suggestions.
State the concept of financial management suggested by Shyam to Arun.
State any three factors discussed by Shyam in the above paragraph, affecting the concept identified in (i) above.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(i) The concept of financial management suggested by Shyam to Arun is: Capital Structure which refers to the mix between owners and borrowed funds. [1 mark]
(If an examinee has only only identified the concept, ½ mark should be awarded)
(ii) The three factors discussed by Shyam are:
If the Return on Investment (ROI) of the company is higher, it can choose to use Trading on Equity to increase its Earning Per Share (EPS) i.e., its ability to use debt is greater.
Public issue of shares and debentures require high floatation cost whereas getting a loan from a financial institution may not cost so much.
Debt does not cause dilution of control whereas a public issue of equity may reduce the management’s holding in the company.
[1×3 = 3 marks] = 4 marks
Q804.2025 Main 66/5/1 · Q264 marks
‘Omara Ltd.’, is a garments company that produces jackets from organic, recycled and sustainable materials. The sourcing of eco-friendly fabrics, slower production process and focus on ethical labour practices result in big time gap between receipt of fabrics and their conversion into jackets. Since 'Omara Ltd.' faces intense competition in the garment industry, it has to hold large stocks of jackets to meet urgent orders from customers. To further attract and retain customers, 'Omara Ltd.' offers liberal credit terms to them. Thus 'Omara Ltd.' is able to perform much better than its competitors.
State whether the total working capital requirement of 'Omara Ltd.' will be high or low.
Justify your answer given in (i) above by identifying and stating any three factors affecting working capital requirements discussed in the above case.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(i) The total working capital requirement of 'Omara Ltd.' will be high. [1 mark]
(ii) Factors affecting working capital requirements:
Production Cycle: The working capital requirement of ‘Omara Ltd.’ would be high as there is a big time gap between receipt of fabrics and their conversion into jackets
Level of Competition: 'Omara Ltd.' faces intense competition in the garment industry, it has to hold large stocks of jackets to meet urgent orders from customers, the working capital requirement would be high.
Credit Allowed: The working capital requirement of ‘Omara Ltd. is high as it is offering liberal credit terms to it’s customers.
[½ mark for identification + ½ mark for statement; 1×3 = 3 marks] (1+3 = 4 marks)
Q805.2024 Main 66/1/1 · Q28(a)4 marks
Explain how the following factors affect the working capital requirement of a business :
Operating efficiency
Credit availed
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/1/1
Factors affecting working capital requirement of a business:
(i) Operational efficiency:
Firms manage their operations with varied degrees of efficiency.
Such efficiencies may reduce level of raw material, finished goods and debtors, resulting in lower working capital.
(ii) Credit availed:
A firm allows credit to its customers and also gets credit from its suppliers.
To the extent the firm avails credit on purchases, the working capital requirement is reduced.
[2 + 2 = 4 marks]
Q806.2024 Main 66/1/1 · Q28(b)4 marks
Explain how the following factors affect the choice of capital structure of a company :
Flexibility
Cost of equity
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/1/1
Factors affecting choice of capital structure:
(i) Flexibility:
If a firm uses its debt potential to the full, it loses flexibility to issue further debt.
It must maintain some borrowing power to take care of unforeseen circumstances.
(ii) Cost of equity:
When a company increases debt, the financial risk faced by the equity holders, increases. Consequently, their desired rate of return may increase.
If debt is used beyond a level, cost of equity may go up and share price may decrease sharply inspite of increased earning per share(EPS).
[2 + 2 = 4 marks]
Q807.2024 Main 66/2/1 · Q27(a)4 marks
Explain the following factors affecting the requirements of fixed capital :
Scale of operations
Financing alternatives
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(i) Scale of operations
A larger organisation operating at a higher scale needs bigger plant, more space etc. and therefore, requires higher investment in fixed assets when compared with the small organisation.
(ii) Financing Alternatives
Availability of leasing facilities, may reduce the funds required to be invested in fixed assets, thereby reducing the fixed capital requirements. When an asset is taken on lease, the firm pays lease rentals and uses it. By doing so, it avoids huge sums required to purchase it.
[2 + 2 = 4 marks]
Q808.2024 Main 66/2/1 · Q27(b)4 marks
Explain the following factors affecting dividend decision :
Cash flow position
Growth opportunities
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(i) Cash flow position
The payment of dividend involves an outflow of cash. A company may be earning profit but may be short on cash. Availability of enough cash in the company is necessary for declaration of dividend.
(ii) Growth opportunities
Companies having good growth opportunities retain more money out of their earnings to finance the required investment. The dividend in growth companies is, therefore, smaller, than that in the non-growth companies.
[2 + 2 = 4 marks]
Q809.2024 Main 66/4/1 · Q284 marks
Explain the following factors affecting the working capital requirements of a company :
Level of competition
Inflation
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(i) Level of Competition:
Higher level of competitiveness may necessitate higher stocks of finished goods to meet urgent orders from customers increasing the working capital requirement.
Competition may also force the firm to extend liberal credit terms.
(ii) Inflation:
With rising prices, higher amounts are required even to maintain a constant volume of production and sales.
The working capital requirement of a business thus, become higher with higher rate of inflation
[2 + 2 = 4 marks]
Q810.2024 Main 66/4/1 · Q304 marks
Kaysons Ltd. was a reputed company manufacturing automotive parts for electric vehicles. As the demand for the electric vehicles grew, Kaysons Ltd. needed more capital to keep up with the demand for automotive parts. Atul, the Finance Manager of Kaysons Ltd. suggested that the company should raise funds through a public issue of shares as the stock market was bullish. The Chief Executive Officer fully understood that this process of raising funds would not only reduce the managements’ holding in the company but would also require considerable expenditure. Even then he agreed with the Finance Manager and the public issue of shares was made complying with the guidelines of Securities and Exchange Board of India.
Identify and state four factors affecting choice of capital structure being discussed above.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(i) Stock Market Conditions: If the stock markets are bullish, use of equity is preferred as they are more easily sold even at a higher price and in bearish conditions, it’s better to opt for debt
(ii) Control: Issue of more equity may lead to dilution of management’s control over the business.
(iii) Floatation Costs: Process of raising resources also involves some cost. These considerations may also affect the choice between debt and equity
(iv) Regulatory Framework: While deciding the capital structure, the regulatory framework provided by law e.g. SEBI should be considered.
[½ mark for identification + ½ mark for statement; 1 × 4 = 4 marks]
Q811.2024 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q294 marks
Silk Ltd. had an EPS of ₹ 1. It raised a loan of ₹ 10 lakhs at an interest rate of 10% p.a. from a bank. After one year, the results were as follows :
Details
Amount
Equity (Shareholders’ Funds (2,00,000 shares of ₹ 10 each)
₹ 20 Lakh
10% Loan
₹ 10 Lakh
Earning Before Interest and Tax (EBIT)
₹ 6 Lakh
Earning Per Share (EPS)
₹ 2
Tax rate 20%.
Why did EPS in Silk Ltd. rise with the use of debt ?
If EBIT of the company would have been ₹ 3 lakh, would using debt still be favourable for the company ? Explain.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
(i) The EPS in Silk Ltd. rose with the use of debt because the cost of debt is lower than the return that the company is earning on funds employed (ROI) which is known as Trading on Equity/ Favourable Financial Leverage. [1 mark]
(ii) If EBIT of the company would have been ₹3 lakhs, using debt would not have been favourable for the company. [1 mark]
Explanation[2 marks for explanation]
It is unfavourable for the company because the company’s rate of return on investment (ROI) is not more than the cost of debt.
The ROI of the company is (3 lakh/ 30 lakh) x 100 i.e. 10 %, and the interest rate on debt is also 10%.
In such a case, the EPS will be reduced to ₹0.8. This is a situation of unfavourable financial leverage.
Alternative explanation
EBIT
3,00,000
Less: Interest @ 10%
(1,00,000)
EBT
2,00,000
Less: Tax@20 %
(40,000)
EAT
1,60,000
No. of shares
2,00,000
EPS
₹ 0.8
Since EPS is falling, it is unfavourable.
[1 + 1 + 2 = 4 marks]
Q812.2023 Main 66/1/1 · Q264 marks
‘X Ltd.’ issued 14% Debentures of ₹ 4,00,000 and 10,000 Equity shares of ₹ 60 each. This investment resulted in a net profit of ₹ 2,00,000 before interest and tax. The tax rate was 50%.
Calculate the ‘Return on Investment’ and ‘Earning per Share’ of ‘X Ltd.’
State with reason whether the above example is that of favourable or unfavourable financial leverage.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(a) Return on Investment = (Profit before interest and tax or EBIT ÷ Capital employed or Total Investment) × 100
= (2,00,000 ÷ 10,00,000) × 100
= 20% [1½ marks]
Earning per share = Profit after interest and tax ÷ Number of equity shares
= (2,00,000 – 56,000 – 72,000) ÷ 10,000
= ₹ 7.20 per share [1½ marks]
(b) It is a case of favourable financial leverage as the ROI > Rate of interest. [½ mark + ½ mark for reason = 1]
[1½ + 1½ + 1 = 4 marks]
Q813.2023 Main 66/2/1 · Q284 marks
Identify the financial decision that is concerned with deciding how much of the profit earned by a company is to be distributed to shareholders and how much should be retained in the business. Also state any three factors affecting the identified decision.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/2/1
Dividend Decision
Factors affecting Dividend Decision (Any three):
Amount of Earnings affect dividend as they are paid out of current and past earnings.
A company having stable earnings is in a better position to declare higher dividends as compared to a company with unstable earnings.
Companies generally follow a policy of stabilising dividend per share and the increase in dividend is generally made when the earning potential goes up.
Companies having good growth opportunities retain more money out of their earnings so as to finance the required investment and the dividend is, therefore, smaller.
Availability of enough cash in the company is necessary for declaration of dividend.
If shareholders prefer that at least a certain amount is paid as dividend, the companies are likely to declare the same.
If tax on dividend is higher, it is better to pay less by way of dividends as compared to low Dividend Distribution Tax.
The possible impact of dividend policy on the equity share price or the way the stock market will react to it is an important factor considered by the management while taking a decision about it.
Large and reputed companies generally have easy access to the capital market, and therefore, may depend less on retained earnings to finance their growth, and therefore, pay high dividends.
Certain legal constraints like provisions of the Companies Act place restrictions on payouts as dividends, which must be adhered to while declaring the dividend.
The companies are required to ensure that the dividend payout does not violate the terms of any contract, like a loan agreement, in this regard.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded.)
[1 mark for identification + 1 mark for each factor = 1+3 = 4 marks]
Q814.2023 Main 66/2/1 · Q294 marks
‘Zenith Mall’ is a famous shopping mall in Mumbai, owned by ‘Pinnacle Group’. It is very popular for its international and national brands of fashionable clothes, restaurants, cinema halls and food courts.
The management of Pinnacle Group has decided to open a new branch of the mall in Pune. This decision was very crucial for the management as it involves huge amounts.
Identify and state the financial decision involved in the above case.
State any two factors affecting the decision identified in (i) above.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(i) Investment decision
The investment decision relates to how the firm’s funds are invested in different assets.
(ii) Factors affecting Investment decision (any two):
A company should carefully analyse the cash flows that will be generated over the period as a series of cash receipts and payments over the life of an investment.
The rate of return expected from a proposal involving huge sums is a factor affecting investment decision.
There are different investment criteria involved with each proposal like the amount of investment, interest rate, etc. which should be considered before selecting a particular project.
[1 mark for identification + 1 mark for the statement + 1 mark for each factor = 2+2 = 4 marks]
Q815.2023 Main 66/3/1 · Q284 marks
State any four factors affecting the decision which relates to how much of the profits earned by a company will be distributed and how much will be retained in the business.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/3/1
Factors affecting the decision (any four):
Amount of Earnings are a major determinant of the decision about dividend as dividends are paid out of current and past earnings.
Stability of Earnings is another factor affecting dividend decision as a company having stable earnings is in a position to declare higher dividends.
Companies generally prefer to maintain stability of dividends while taking dividend decision.
If a company has good growth opportunities, it pays out less dividend.
A good cash flow position is necessary for declaration of dividend.
Shareholders Preference is kept in mind by the management before declaring dividends.
Taxation Policy affects the dividend decision as a higher dividend distribution tax will lead to lesser dividend payout.
The possible stock market reaction to dividend policy on the share price is one of the important factors affecting dividend decision.
While taking dividend decision, companies take into consideration their access to capital market.
Certain provisions of the Companies Act, i.e. legal constraints place restrictions on pay-outs as dividend.
While taking dividend decision, companies keep into mind the restrictions imposed by the lenders i.e., contractual constraints.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded.)
[1 mark for each factor = 1 × 4 = 4 marks]
Q816.2023 Main 66/3/1 · Q294 marks
Kaveri is busy in preparing the financial blueprint for her organisation’s future operations. She feels that detailed plans of action reduce waste and duplication of efforts. However, her friend, Sana feels that in an uncertain and dynamic world, this type of planning may not work. Kaveri again stresses on her statement and explains why this financial blueprint is important.
Identify the concept and state three points of its importance in addition to those explained in the above para.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/3/1
Financial Planning
Importance of Financial Planning (any three):
It helps in forecasting what may happen in future under different situations and face the eventual situation in a better way.
It helps in avoiding business shocks and surprises and helps the company in preparing for the future.
It helps in co-ordinating various business functions, like sales and production functions, by providing clear policies and procedures.
It tries to link the present with the future.
It provides a link between investment and financing decisions on a continuous basis.
It makes the evaluation of actual performance easier.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded.)
[1 mark for identification + 1 mark for each statement = 1 + 3 = 4 marks]
Q817.2023 Main 66/5/1 · Q284 marks
State any four factors affecting the decision that determines the overall cost of capital and the financial risk of the enterprise.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/5/1
The four factors affecting the decision that determines the overall cost of capital and the financial risk of the enterprise (Financing decision) are:
Cost of different sources of finance as some sources may be cheaper than others.
Risk associated with different sources of finance is different.
Higher the floatation costs, less attractive the source.
A stronger cash flow position may make debt financing more viable than funding through equity.
With higher fixed operating costs, lower fixed financing costs should be opted for.
Issue of more equity may lead to dilution of management’s control over the business.
State of the capital market is considered while taking financing decision as in a depressed capital market, issue of equity shares may be difficult.
(If an examinee has given only the heading, ½ mark for each heading should be awarded)
[1 × 4 = 4 marks]
Q818.2023 Main 66/5/1 · Q294 marks
Harish is working as a finance manager in ‘Kozee Softwares Ltd.’ He has been awarded ‘Best employee of the year Award’ because of his foresightedness. He always aims at smooth operations of all the financial activities by focusing on fund requirements and their availability in the light of financial decisions. He takes into consideration the growth, performance, investments and requirement of funds for a given period so that financial resources are not left idle and don’t unnecessarily add to the cost.
By doing all this Harish strives to achieve the two main objectives of an important concept of financial management.
Identify the concept and explain its two objectives.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/5/1
The important concept of financial management discussed is Financial Planning.
Two objectives are:
(i) To ensure availability of funds whenever required:
This includes a proper estimation of the funds required for different purposes such as for the purchase of long-term assets or to meet day-to-day expenses of business etc.
To estimate the time at which these funds are to be made available and to specify possible sources of these funds.
(ii) To see that the firm does not raise resources unnecessarily:
Financial planning ensures that enough funds are available at right time.
If adequate funds are not available the firm will not be able to honour its commitments and carry out its plans.
On the other hand, if excess funds are available, it will unnecessarily add to the cost.
[1 mark for identifying the concept + ½ mark for each heading + 1 mark for each explanation = 1 + 1 + 2 = 4 marks]
Q819.2023 Supp. 66/C/1 · Q274 marks
Explain the following as factors affecting the working capital requirements of a business:
Nature of business
Credit availed
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/C/1
Factors affecting working capital requirements of a business
(i) Nature of business
A trading organisation usually needs a smaller amount of working capital compared to a manufacturing organisation because usually there is no processing of materials.
In a manufacturing business, raw material needs to be converted into finished goods before any sales become possible.
Service industries usually do not have to maintain inventory require, less working capital. [2 marks]
(ii) Credit availed
A firm may get credit from its suppliers. To the extent it avails the credit on purchases, the working capital requirement is reduced. [2 marks]
[= 4 marks]
Q820.2023 Supp. 66/C/1 · Q304 marks
Srijan, after completing his bachelor’s degree in culinary arts from a reputed institute, took over his family restaurant specialising in South Indian dishes. This business was promoted by his grandfather many years back in the form of a company. Now he wants to get the restaurant renovated to open a special section for bakery products. It is estimated that an investment of ₹5 crore will be required to execute this plan. At present the cash flow position of the company is not strong and fixed operating costs of business are also high.
Keeping in view the above situation, name with two reasons, the source of finance which Srijan should choose for modernization and expansion of his business. Also explain one more factor, apart from those stated above which Srijan should keep in mind while taking this decision.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/C/1
Equity
Reasons
Cash Flow Position: Cash flow position of the company is not strong, thus, company is not in a position to repay the principle along with interest.
Fixed Operating Cost: Fixed operating costs of business are high which result in higher business risk and in this situation, its capacity to use debt is low.
While taking the decision to raise finance through Equity, the company has to take into consideration the following factor: (any one)
Cost: The cost of raising funds through different sources are different. A prudent financial manager would normally opt for a source which is the cheapest.
Risk: The risk associated with each of the sources is different.
Floatation Costs: Higher the floatation cost, less attractive the source.
Stock Market Conditions: If the stock markets are bullish, equity shares are more easily sold even at high price.
Control: Control also influences the choice between debt and equity especially in companies in which the current holding of management is on a lower side.
[1 mark for naming the source + 1 mark for each reason (1 × 2) + ½ mark for naming another factor + ½ mark for explanation = 4 marks]
Q821.2022 Main 66/1/1 · Q12(a)5 marks
Anurag Tiwari is a famous news reader. He has recently started a news company ‘Axis Media Corporation Ltd.’. The aim of this company is to launch a 24-hour Hindi news channel to broadcast latest news from India and around the world.
For this new venture, the company will have to decide how to invest funds in different assets. The purchase of few assets like equipment, computers, vehicles, etc. will involve committing the finance on a long-term basis. It will affect earning capacity of the business in the long run. Therefore, the company needs to take the decision to invest in such assets with utmost care.
Identify and state the type of investment decision discussed in the above paragraph.
State any three factors which affect the decision identified in (a) above.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(a) Long Term Investment Decision/Capital Budgeting:
A long-term investment decision (also called capital budgeting) involves committing funds on a long-term basis and affect its earning capacity in the long run.
[1 mark for identifying + 1 mark for stating = 2 marks]
(i) The amount of cash flows of the project should be carefully analysed before considering a capital budgeting decision, which may be in the form of a series of cash receipts and payments over the life of an investment.
(ii) The expected rate of return from each proposal and the assessment of risk involved are important factors while taking capital budgeting decisions.
(vii) Several investment criteria may be used to evaluate investment proposals regarding the amount of investment, interest rate, cash flows and rate of return, etc., before taking the decision to invest in a particular project.
[1 mark for each factor = 1×3 = 3 marks]
[= 2+3 = 5 marks]
Q822.2022 Main 66/1/1 · Q12(b)5 marks
‘Reliable Labs Ltd.’ is a trusted name in diagnostic services with seven branches spread across the city of Pune. The directors of this company have projected that with the rise in health consciousness in the society and the rising burden of chronic diseases, the demand for diagnostic tests is expected to grow in future. Considering this, they decided to open branches of their diagnostic labs in Ahmedabad.
It was estimated that it will require ₹ 100 crore of additional funds. The directors have to take the decision about how much funds should be raised from equity capital and how much from debt. It will affect the overall cost of capital and the financial risk of the company.
Identify and state the financial decision discussed in the above paragraph.
State any three factors that should be kept in mind by the Board of Directors of ‘Reliable Labs Ltd.’, while taking the decision identified in (a) above.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(a) Financing decision
Financing decision involves decision about the quantum of finance to raise from various long-term sources.
[1 mark for identifying + 1 mark for stating = 2 marks]
(b) Factors that should be kept in mind by the Board of Directors of ‘Reliable Labs Ltd’ while taking the above decision (any three):
(i) The cost of raising funds through different sources are different and a prudent financial manager would normally opt for a source which is the cheapest.
(ii) The risk associated with each of the sources is different.
(iii) Higher the floatation cost, less attractive the source.
(iv) A stronger cash flow position may make debt financing more viable than funding through equity.
(v) If a business has high fixed operating costs, it must reduce fixed financing costs, thus, lower debt financing is better.
(vi) Issues of more equity may lead to dilution of management’s control over the business while debt financing has no such implication.
(vii) State of the capital market may also affect the choice of source of fund as during the period when stock market is rising, more people invest in equity, whereas depressed capital market may make issue of equity shares difficult for any company.
[1 mark for each factor = 1×3 = 3 marks]
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded.)
[= 2+3 = 5 marks]
Q823.2022 Main 66/2/1 · Q12(a)5 marks
Sahil is the Finance Manager of ‘Knitwear Ltd’. The company is engaged in the manufacturing of woolen clothes. The demand of the company’s products is seasonal, whereas the production continues throughout the year. Due to the quality of its products, the company’s business is spreading across the country. The company is operating at a large scale having its regional offices in Northern, Southern, Eastern and Western India. The performance of its each division is of very high level. For uninterrupted availability of raw materials, the company requires high stock levels. Not only this, to face the competition and to meet the urgent orders of the customers, the company also needs enough stock of finished goods.
Considering the above discussion, state five factors affecting working capital requirements of ‘Knitwear Ltd’.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/2/1
Factors affecting working capital requirements of ‘Knitwear Ltd.’:
(i) Nature of business affects working capital requirement as trading organisation requires smaller amounts of working capital than manufacturing organisations as there is no processing. Service industries require less working capital as they do not have to maintain inventory.
(ii) Scale of operations affects working capital requirement as firms operating on a higher scale require more working capital as their quantum of inventory and debtors is generally high.
(iii) Seasonal factors affects working capital requirement as peak season requires higher working capital than lean season due to higher level of activity.
(iv) Free and continuous availability of raw materials enables the firms to keep lesser stock and hence work with smaller working capital.
(v) Level of competition affects working capital requirement as higher competition requires larger stocks to meet urgent orders from customers and thus higher working capital
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
[1×5 = 5 marks]
Q824.2022 Main 66/2/1 · Q12(b)5 marks
‘Abhishek Engineering Ltd.’, a leading manufacturer of steel rods wants to enter into the business of manufacturing trucks. For this, the Finance Manager has to ensure the availability of funds whenever required and its possible sources. He has to see that the company does not raise funds unnecessarily. In this way he has to match the funds requirement and their availability.
Identify and give the meaning of the concept discussed in the above para which will help the Finance Manager to achieve his objectives.
Also, state any three points of importance of the concept identified in (i) above.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/2/1
The concept discussed in the above para is Financial Planning. [1 mark for identifying]
The process of estimating the fund requirements of a business and specifying the sources of funds is called financial planning.
OR
Financial planning is the preparation of a financial blueprint of an organisation’s future operations. [1 mark for meaning]
Importance of Financial planning: (Any three)
(i) It helps the company to prepare for the future.
(ii) It helps in avoiding business shocks and surprises.
(iii) It helps in co-ordinating various business functions.
(iv) It helps in reducing waste, duplication of efforts, gaps in planning and confusion.
(v) It links the present with the future.
(vi) It provides a link between investment and financing decisions.
(vii) It makes evaluation of actual performance easier by spelling out detailed objectives for various business segments.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
[1 mark for each statement = 1×3 = 3 marks; = 1+1+3 = 5 marks]
Q825.2022 Main 66/3/1 · Q12(a)5 marks
NB Ltd. is India’s largest manufacturer of cement. Its operations are spread throughout the country with 17 modern cement factories. It has a work force of 9,000 persons.
Since its inception, the company has been a trendsetter for the cement industry. The company is planning to grow in the long-run and wants to double its capacity in the next 3 years.
For this the Finance Manager has to decide about the quantum of finance to be raised from various long-term sources. For this he needs to identify various available sources of funds and the proportion of funds from each source.
Identify the financial decision to be taken by the Finance Manager.
State any four factors which would affect the decision identified in (i) above.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(b) The cost of raising funds through different sources are different and a prudent financial manager would normally opt for a source which is the cheapest.
(c) The risk associated with each of the sources is different.
(d) Higher the floatation cost, less attractive the source.
(e) A stronger cash flow position may make debt financing more viable than funding through equity.
(f) If a business has high fixed operating costs, it must reduce fixed financing costs, thus, lower debt financing is better.
(g) Issues of more equity may lead to dilution of management’s control over the business while debt financing has no such implication.
(h) State of the capital market may also affect the choice of source of fund as during the period when stock market is rising, more people invest in equity, whereas depressed capital market may make issue of equity shares difficult for any company.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
[1 mark for identification + 1 mark for each factor = 1×4 = 4 marks; = 1+4 = 5 marks]
Q826.2022 Main 66/3/1 · Q12(b)5 marks
Myra Ltd., manufacturing televisions, is planning to expand its business and requires ₹ 250 crore for the same. A number of projects are available to the company to invest in and each project has to be evaluated carefully. The Finance Manager of the company, has assessed the projects in terms of the rate of return from each project and wanted to select the one with the higher rate of return. But before selecting the project he has to take into consideration other factors also.
Identify and state the financial decision discussed in the above para graph.
Explain two other factors that the Finance Manager should consider before selecting the project.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(i) Investment decision
The investment decision relates to how the firm’s funds are invested in different assets.
[1 mark for identification + 1 mark for statement = 2 marks]
(ii) Two other factors that Dheeraj needs to consider before selecting / rejecting any project:
Cash flows of the project
Investment criteria involved
[½ mark for naming each factor + 1 mark for its explanation = 3 marks]
[= 2+3 marks = 5 marks]
Q827.2022 Main 66/4/1 · Q11(a)5 marks
‘Technology upgradation’ and ‘Level of collaboration’ affect one of the types of capital requirements of the company. Identify the type of capital requirement affected with reference to the above statement. Also, explain any other two factors, apart from the ones stated above affecting the type of capital requirement identified.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/4/1
Fixed capital requirement. [1 mark for identifying]
Other factors affecting fixed capital requirement are:
Factors affecting the requirements of fixed capital: (Any two)
(i) Nature of business (ii) Scale of operations (iii) Choice of technique (iv) Technology upgradation (v) Higher growth prospects (vi) Availability of financing alternatives (vii) Level of Collaboration (viii) Diversification
(If an examinee has not given the headings as above but has given the correct explanation, full credit should be given)
[½ mark for naming the factor + 1½ mark for its explanation = 2 + 2 = 4 marks; = 1+4 = 5 marks]
Q828.2022 Main 66/4/1 · Q11(b)5 marks
When the ‘Return on Investment’ of the company is higher than ‘Interest Rate on debt’, it can use more debt in the capital structure of the company in order to increase its ‘Earning Per Share’. Explain the given situation with the help of a suitable example.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/4/1
When the Return on Investment of the company is higher than rate of interest on debt, it can use more debt to increase its Earning Per Share as not only does debt carry fixed amount of interest but is also tax deductible.
Example: Suppose a company has a Capital Employed of ₹60 lakhs and assuming the Tax rate is 50%.
Situation I: The company has a Debt of ₹20 lakhs @10% p.a. and Return on Investment of 8%.
Situation II: The company has a Debt of ₹20 lakhs @10% p.a. and Return on Investment of 15%
Situation III: The company has a Debt of ₹30 lakhs @10% p.a. and a Return on Investment of 15%.
EBIT-EPS analysis
Situation I (₹)
Situation II (₹)
Situation III (₹)
Share Capital
40,00,000
40,00,000
30,00,000
Debt
20,00,000
20,00,000
30,00,000
Total Capital Employed
60,00,000
60,00,000
60,00,000
Earning before Interest and Tax
4,80,000
9,00,000
9,00,000
Less: Interest @ 10% p.a.
2,00,000
2,00,000
3,00,000
Earning before Tax
2,80,000
7,00,000
6,00,000
Less: Tax @50%
1,40,000
3,50,000
3,00,000
Earning after Tax
1,40,000
3,50,000
3,00,000
No. of shares of (₹100 each)
40,000
40,000
30,000
Earning Per Share
3.5
8.75
10
In Situation II, where the Return on Investment (15%) is higher than Situation I (8%) with a rate of interest on debt (10% p.a.), the Earning per share is higher in the former.
In Situation III, where the company uses more debt (₹30 lakhs), the Earning per Share further increases to ₹10 per share.
(Or any other correct example)
(If an examinee has compared only two situations with no debt and with debt or with less debt and more debt, full credit be given)
[5 marks]
Q829.2022 Main 66/5/1 · Q12(a)5 marks
Ananta Ltd. is a company dealing in ready-made garments from last many years. Recently the profit of the company have started increasing. The finance manager decided to retain the profit instead of distributing it among shareholders.
Identify and state the financial decision taken by finance manager in the above case.
State any three factors affecting the decision identified in (i) above.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(i) Dividend Decision
Dividend decision is concerned with the decision about how much of the profit earned by company is to be distributed to the shareholders and how much of it should be retained in the business.
[1 mark for identification + 1 mark for stating it = 2 marks]
(ii) Factors affecting dividend decision are (any three):
Amount of earnings: Earnings is a major determinant of the decision about dividend as dividends are paid out of current and past earnings.
Stability of Earnings: A company which has stable earnings is in a better position to declare higher dividends in comparison of those companies with unstable earnings.
Stability of Dividends: The companies having policy of stabilizing dividend per share, do not alter if the change in earnings is small or seen to be temporary in nature.
Growth Opportunities: Companies having good growth opportunities retain more money out of their earnings to finance the required investment, therefore, the dividend in growth companies is smaller than that in the non–growth companies.
Cash Flow position: Availability of enough cash in the company is necessary for declaration of dividend because a company may be profitable but short on cash.
Shareholders’ Preference: While declaring dividends, managements must keep in mind the preferences of the shareholders and if the shareholders in general desire that at least a certain amount is paid as dividend, the companies are likely to declare the same.
Taxation Policy: If tax on dividend is higher, it is better to pay less by way of dividends, whereas higher dividends may be declared if tax rates are relatively lower.
Stock Market Reaction: The possible impact of dividend policy on the equity share price is one of the important factors considered by the management while taking a decision about it as investors, view an increase in dividend as good news and stock prices react positively to it.
Access to the capital market: Large and reputed companies which have easy access to the capital market, depend less on retained earnings to finance their growth and, thus, tend to pay higher dividends than smaller companies which have relatively low access to the market.
Legal constraints: Certain provisions of the Companies Act place restrictions on payouts as dividend which must be adhered to while declaring the dividend.
Contractual constraints: The companies are required to ensure that the payment of dividend does not violate the terms of any contract entered by the company.
(If an examinee has given only the heading, ½ mark for each heading should be awarded)
[1 mark for stating each factor = 1×3 = 3 marks]
[= 2 + 3 = 5 marks]
Q830.2022 Main 66/5/1 · Q12(b)5 marks
Ravi has joined as a finance manager in MTA Ltd. He had to arrange funds of rupees one crore for the company. The Chief Executive Officer of the company wants to arrange the funds by a public issue whereas the finance manager wants to have a mix of debt and equity as this will determine the overall cost of capital and the financial risk of the enterprise.
Identify and give the meaning of the financial decision suggested by the finance manager in the above case.
State any three factors affecting the decision identified in (i) above.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(i) Financing Decision.
The Financing Decision is concerned with the decisions about the quantum of finance to be raised from various long-term sources.
[1 mark for identification + 1 mark for stating it = 2 marks]
(ii) Factors affecting Financing Decision (any three points):
The cost of raising funds through different sources are different and a prudent financial manager would normally opt for a source which is the cheapest.
The risk associated with each of the sources is different as debt is riskier than equity.
Higher the floatation cost, less attractive the source.
A stronger cash flow position may make debt financing more viable than funding through equity.
If a business has high fixed operating costs, it must reduce fixed financing costs, thus, lower debt financing is better.
Issue of more equity may lead to dilution of management’s control over the business while debt financing has no such implication.
State of the capital market may also affect the choice of source of fund as during the period when stock market is rising, more people invest in equity, whereas depressed capital market may make issue of equity shares difficult for any company.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded.)
[1 mark for stating each factor = 1×3 = 3 marks]
[= 2 + 3 = 5 marks]
Q831.2022 Supp. 66/6/1 · Q12(a)5 marks
‘A.M. Motors Ltd.’ is a leading company in car manufacturing. Due to the changing environment and initiatives taken by the Government of India, the company wants to enter into manufacturing of e-cars also. For this project the company requires ₹ 2,000 crore. But before purchasing the machines and other assets, the finance manager has to assess the degree of risk involved in the project as this type of decision affects the earning capacity of the business over the long run. Besides this, there are various other factors which may affect this decision of the finance manager.
Identify and state the financial decision discussed in the above para.
State any two factors that may affect the decision of the finance manager identified in (i) above.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/6/1
(i) Investment decision
The investment decision relates to how the firm’s funds are invested in different assets.
[1 mark for identifying + 1 mark for stating = 2 marks]
(ii) Factors affecting Long term Investment decision/ Capital Budgeting Decision (any two):
(a) The amount of cash flows of the project should be carefully analysed before considering a capital budgeting decision, which may be in the form of a series of cash receipts and payments over the life of an investment.
(ii) The expected rate of return from each proposal and the assessment of risk involved are important factors while taking capital budgeting decisions.
(i) Several investment criteria may be used to evaluate investment proposals regarding the amount of investment, interest rate, cash flows and rate of return, etc., before taking the decision to invest in a particular project.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
[1 mark for each factor = 1×3 = 3 marks]
[= 2 + 3 = 5 marks]
Q832.2022 Supp. 66/6/1 · Q12(b)5 marks
‘R.K. Fertilisers Ltd.’ has planned to set up a plant for manufacturing urea fertiliser which has very high market potential as there is excess demand as compared to supply. The company is planning to operate at a higher scale which will require a bigger plant, more space, etc. The company has also planned to replace its plant and machinery as the same are prone to obsolescence with the change in technology. To meet the growing demand of fertilisers that may result in increase in profits, the company is also planning to diversify its operations. It wants to enter in the area of cement manufacturing. Thus, it is a capital intensive project involving an investment of ₹ 3,000 crore.
Identify and state any five factors affecting the fixed capital requirements of ‘R.K. Fertilisers Ltd.’ discussed in the above para.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/6/1
Factors affecting the Requirement of Fixed Capital (any five):
Nature of Business: The type of business has a bearing upon the fixed capital requirements as a trading concern needs lower investment in fixed assets compared with a manufacturing organisation since it does not require to purchase plant and machinery, etc.
Scale of Operations: A larger organisation operating at a higher scale needs bigger plant, more space etc. and therefore, requires higher investment in fixed assets when compared with the small organisation.
Technology Upgradation: In certain industries, assets become obsolete sooner and need to be replaced faster, resulting in higher investment in fixed assets.
Growth Prospects: Higher growth of an organisation generally requires higher investment in fixed assets to meet the anticipated higher demand quicker.
Diversification: A firm may choose to diversify its operations leading to higher investment in fixed capital.
Choice of Technique: A capital-intensive organisation requires higher investment in plant and machinery as it relies less on manual labour resulting in higher requirement of fixed capital as compared to a labour-intensive organisation.
[½ mark for identifying + ½ mark for stating each factor = 1×5 = 5 marks]
Q833.2026 Main 66/1/1 · Q316 marks
‘Koka Manufacturing Ltd.’ is a large scale manufacturer in the electronics industry. In this industry assets are prone to obsolescence and their replacement becomes due faster with change in technology. The company is constantly under pressure to upgrade its machinery and equipment as it would help company to stay competitive, improve its product quality and reduce production costs. So instead of purchasing the machinery, company decides to lease the required machinery, giving it flexibility to upgrade equipment at the end of lease term. This helps company to maintain operational efficiency, technological competitiveness and financial flexibility.
Identify and explain four factors that would affect the fixed capital requirements of ‘Koka Manufacturing Ltd.’.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/1/1
The four factors affecting fixed capital requirements of Koka Manufacturing Ltd. are as follows:
(i) Nature of business
A trading concern needs lower investment in fixed assets compared with a manufacturing organisation; since it does not require to purchase plant and machinery, etc.
(ii) Scale of operation
A larger organisation operating at a higher scale needs a bigger plant, more space etc. and therefore, requires higher investment in fixed assets when compared with the small organisation.
(iii) Technology upgradation
In certain industries, assets become obsolete sooner. Consequently, their replacement become due faster. Higher investment in fixed assets may, therefore, be required in such cases.
(iv) Financing alternatives
When an asset is taken on lease, the firm pays lease rentals and uses it. Availability of leasing facilities may reduce the funds required to be invested in fixed assets, thereby reducing the fixed capital requirements.
[(½ mark for identification + 1 mark for explanation) 1½ x 4 = 6 marks]
Q834.2026 Main 66/2/1 · Q326 marks
‘Freshju’ is a trading company, selling bottled juices made by other manufacturers. Now, it planned to sell its juices across India. For this, ‘Freshju’ decided to enter into ‘Juice manufacturing’. It also has ambitious plans to export its juices to other countries in the future. To meet anticipated higher demand in future, the company set-up a larger manufacturing unit. The Chief Executive Officer, Ravinder, ordered automatic juice-filling and bottling machines to increase speed, improve hygiene and for consistency in production. Since the investment was huge, instead of buying all new machinery ‘Freshju’ took some expensive machines on lease.
They also collaborated with a nearby packaging unit to use their packing machines during peak-season. This helped ‘Freshju’ to manage seasonal surges in demand without investing in additional equipment that would remain underutilized during off season.
Quoting lines from the above, identify and explain any four factors that will affect the fixed capital requirements of ‘Freshju’.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/2/1
Factors that will affect the fixed capital requirements of ‘Freshju’: (Any FOUR)
(i) ‘For this, ‘Freshju’ decided to enter into ‘Juice manufacturing.’
Nature of Business
A trading concern needs lower investment in fixed assets compared with a manufacturing organization since it does not require to purchase plant and machinery etc.
(ii) ‘To meet anticipated higher demand in future, the company set-up a larger manufacturing unit.’ Or ‘It also has ambitious plans to export its juices to other countries in the future’
Growth Prospects
When a company expects higher growth in the future, it creates higher capacity in order to meet the anticipated higher demand quicker. This entails larger investment in fixed capital.
(iii) ‘To meet anticipated higher demand in future, the company set-up a larger manufacturing unit.’
Scale of Operations
A larger organisation operating at a higher scale needs bigger plant, more space etc. and therefore, requires higher investment in fixed assets when compared with the small organisation.
(iv) ‘The Chief Executive Officer, Ravinder, ordered automatic juice-filling and bottling machines to increase speed, improve hygiene and for consistency in production.’
Choice of Technique
A capital-intensive organisation requires higher investment in plant and machinery, thus higher fixed capital than a labour intensive organisation.
(v) ‘Since the investment was huge, instead of buying all new machinery ‘Freshju’ took some expensive machines on lease.’
Financing Alternatives
Availability of leasing facilities, may reduce the funds required to be invested in fixed assets, thereby reducing the fixed capital requirements.
(vi) ‘They also collaborated with a nearby packaging unit to use their packing machines during peak-season.’
Level of Collaboration
Collaboration reduces the level of investment in fixed assets when the organisations share each other’s facilities in case the scale of operations of each one of them is not sufficient to make full use of the facility.
[(½ mark for quoting + ½ mark for identifying the factor + ½ mark for its explanation) = 1½ x 4 = 6 marks]
Q835.2026 Main 66/4/1 · Q336 marks
‘Quality Foods Ltd.’, a company manufacturing packaged snacks has been in business for the last 10 years. It enjoys a good reputation and has a loyal customer base. This financial year, the profits of the company increased manifold as the company introduced a new range of baked snacks that became very popular. As the year came to an end, the company had to decide how much dividend to pay to its shareholders. In view of the above and with the understanding that investors, in general, view an increase in dividend as good news and stock prices react positively to it, the Board of Directors were keen on declaring a high dividend. However, the Chief Finance Officer of the company pointed out that they need to keep many considerations in mind before declaring dividend. He drew the attention of the Board of Directors to the loan that the company has taken, containing a clause that imposes restriction on the payment of dividend. Further, he pointed out that even though the profits were high, a large amount of money was tied to the amounts receivables from the debtors. Without enough cash in hand, announcing a high dividend may not be practical. He also reminded the Board of Directors that ‘Quality Foods Ltd.’ was planning to expand into the breakfast cereal market. Since this new project will require a huge investment, the company will need to retain more money out of their earnings to finance it.
Identify and explain any two factors affecting dividend decision that would have influenced the decision of the Board of Directors to pay a high dividend.
Identify and explain any two factors to which the Chief Finance Officer drew the attention of the Board of Directors.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(a) Two factors affecting dividend decision that would have influenced the decision of the Board of Directors to pay a high dividend are:
(i) Amount of Earnings: [½ mark]
Dividends are paid out of current and past earnings.
Therefore, earnings is a major determinant of the decision about dividend. [1 mark]
(ii) Stock Market Reaction: [½ mark]
Investors, generally, view an increase in dividend as a good news and stock prices react positively to it.
A decrease in dividend may have a negative impact on the share prices in the stock market. [1 mark]
(b) Two factors to which the Chief Finance Officer drew the attention of the Board of Directors are: (Any Two)
(i) Contractual Constraints: The companies are required to ensure that the dividend does not violate the terms of the loan agreement which may impose restrictions on payment of dividend in future.
(ii) Cash Flow Position: The payment of dividend involves an outflow of cash. Availability of enough cash in the company is necessary for declaration of dividend.
(iii) Growth Opportunities: The dividend in growth companies is smaller than that in the non growth companies because companies having good growth opportunities retain more money out of their earnings so as to finance the required investment.
[½ mark for identifying and 1 mark for explanation; 1½ × 2 = 3 marks; 3 + 3 = 6 marks]
Q836.2025 Main 66/6/1 · Q32(a)6 marks
Explain the following factors affecting working capital requirements of a business:
Nature of business
Credit availed
Operating efficiency
Seasonal factors
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/6/1
(i) Nature of business:
A trading organisation needs a smaller amount of working capital as compared to a manufacturing organization as there is no processing.
In a manufacturing business, higher working capital is required as raw material needs to be converted into finished goods before any sales become possible.
Service industries which do not have to maintain inventory require less working capital.
[1½ marks]
(ii) Credit availed:
Just as a firm allows credit to its customers it also may get credit from its suppliers.
To the extent it avails the credit on purchases, the working capital requirement is reduced.
[1½ marks]
(iii) Operating efficiency:
Firms manage their operations with varied degrees of efficiency in managing raw material, sales etc.
Operating efficiency reduces the level of raw materials, finished goods and debtors resulting in lower requirement of working capital.
[1½ marks]
(iv) Seasonal Factors:
In peak season, because of higher level of activity, larger amount of working capital is required by the business.
As against this, the level of activity as well as the requirement for working capital will be lower during the lean season by the business.
[1½ marks] = 6 marks
Q837.2025 Main 66/6/1 · Q336 marks
After completing his civil engineering degree, Sankalp decided to start his own business. He started a construction company ‘Sankalp Builders’. He entered into an agreement for construction of residential flats on a land of 30 acres. Building of the flats on such a large scale required expensive machinery like bulldozers, excavators, etc. He had the option to buy the machinery or take it on lease. Though Sankalp was in favour of buying, his father advised him to take the decision with caution as construction machinery becomes outdated very fast and needs to be replaced. He also told Sankalp that in future he may think of diversifying his operations and would need funds for that too.
Identify and state any four factors discussed above affecting the fixed capital requirements of ‘Sankalp Builders'.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/6/1
Factors affecting the fixed capital requirement are- (Any four)
Nature of business: A trading concern needs a lower investment in fixed assets as compared to a manufacturing concern since it doesn’t require to purchase plant and machinery.
Scale of Operations: A larger organisation operating at a higher scale needs bigger plant, more space etc. and therefore, requires higher investment in fixed assets when compared with the small organisation.
Technology Upgradation: In industries where assets become obsolete sooner, higher investment in fixed assets would be required.
Financing Alternatives: Availability of leasing facilities, may reduce the funds required to be invested in fixed assets, thereby reducing the fixed capital requirements.
Diversification: A firm may choose to diversify its operations which results in increase in fixed capital requirements.
[½ mark for identifying + 1 mark for stating; 1½×4 = 6 marks]
Q838.2025 Main 66/7/1 · Q33(a)6 marks
Explain the following factors affecting requirements of working capital of a company:
Nature of business
Inflation
Seasonal factors
Growth prospects
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/7/1
Factors affecting requirements of working capital of a company:
(i) Nature of business:
A trading organisation usually needs a smaller amount of working capital as compared to a manufacturing organisation because there is usually no processing.
Service industries which usually do not have to maintain inventory require less working capital.
[1½ marks]
(ii) Inflation:
With rising prices, larger amounts are required even to maintain a constant volume of production and sales.
The working capital requirement of a business becomes higher with higher rate of inflation.
[1½ marks]
(iii) Seasonal factors:
In peak season, because of higher level of activity, larger amount of working capital is required by the business.
As against this, the level of activity as well as the requirement for working capital will be lower during the lean season by the business.
[1½ marks]
(iv) Growth prospects:
If the growth potential of a concern is higher, it will require larger amount of working capital.
This is to enable it to meet higher production and sales target whenever required.
[1½ marks] = 6 marks
Q839.2025 Main 66/7/1 · Q33(b)6 marks
Explain the following factors affecting dividend decisions of a company:
Stability of dividend
Shareholders' preference
Access to capital market
Legal constraints
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/7/1
(i) Stability of dividend:
Companies generally follow a policy of stabilising dividend per share.
The increase in dividends is generally made when there is confidence that their earning potential has gone up and not just the earnings of the current year.
[1½ marks]
(ii) Shareholders’ preference:
If the shareholders desire that at least a certain amount is paid as dividend, in general the companies are likely to declare the same.
There are always some shareholders who depend upon a regular income from their investments.
[1½ marks]
(iii) Access to capital market:
Large and reputed companies depend less on retained earnings to finance their growth as they have easy access to the capital market.
Such companies pay higher dividends than the smaller companies which have relatively low access to the market.
[1½ marks]
(iv) Legal constraints:
Certain provisions of the Companies Act place restrictions on payouts as dividend.
Such provisions must be adhered to while declaring the dividend.
[1½ marks] = 6 marks
Q840.2025 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q316 marks
A company, ‘SK Energy Ltd.’ is providing solar energy solutions in some states of the country. Now it wants to expand its operations in some other states also. It needs ₹ 30,00,000 for its expansion. The Chief Financial Officer suggested two options for this.
Option I : To raise the entire funds through issue of shares of ₹ 10 each.
Option II : To raise ₹ 10,00,000 through issue of shares of ₹ 10 each and ₹ 20,00,000 by raising debt @ 10% p.a.
The return on investment of the firm is 12% and tax rate is 30%.
Which of the two options will maximise shareholders’ wealth ? Give reason in support of your answer.
Will the earning per share improve if return on investment of the company is 8% ? Give reason in support of your answer. Show your working clearly.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
(i) Option II will maximise shareholders’ wealth. [1 mark for correct option]
Reason: Earnings Per Share is higher in Option II as ROI (12%) is more than interest rate (10% p.a.) [1 mark for reason]
Workings: [1 mark for workings]
DETAILS
OPTION I
OPTION II
Equity share Capital (₹10 per share)
₹30,00,000
₹10,00,000
Debt
NIL
₹20,00,000
TOTAL FUNDS
₹30,00,000
₹30,00,000
DETAILS
OPTION I
OPTION II
Earnings Before Interest and Tax (12% of ₹30,00,000)
₹3,60,000
₹3,60,000
Less: Interest @10%
-
₹2,00,000
Earnings Before Tax
₹3,60,000
₹1,60,000
Less: Tax @30%
(₹1,08,000)
(₹48,000)
Earnings After Tax
₹2,52,000
₹1,12,000
No. of equity shares
3,00,000
1,00,000
Earnings Per Share (Earnings After Tax / No. of shares)
₹0.84
₹1.12
(ii) If Return on Investment of the company is 8%, the earning per share will decrease in case of Option II. [1 mark]
Reason: As ROI (8%) is less than interest rate (10% p.a.), EPS will decrease. [1 mark for reason]
Workings: [1 mark for workings]
DETAILS
OPTION I
OPTION II
Equity share Capital (₹10 per share)
₹30,00,000
₹10,00,000
Debt
NIL
₹20,00,000
TOTAL FUNDS
₹30,00,000
₹30,00,000
DETAILS
OPTION 1 (₹)
OPTION II (₹)
Earnings Before Interest and Tax (8% of ₹30,00,000)
₹2,40,000
₹2,40,000
Less: Interest @10%
-
₹2,00,000
Earnings Before Tax
₹2,40,000
₹40,000
Less: Tax @30%
(₹72,000)
(₹12,000)
Earnings After Tax
₹1,68,000
₹28,000
No. of equity shares
3,00,000
1,00,000
Earnings Per Share (Earnings After Tax / No. of shares)
₹0.56
₹0.28
[= 6 marks]
Q841.2024 Main 66/3/1 · Q32(a)6 marks
Explain the following factors affecting the requirement of fixed capital of a company :
Choice of technique
Financing alternatives
Growth prospects
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/3/1
Factors affecting the Requirement of Fixed Capital:
(i) Choice of Technique:
A capital-intensive organisation requires higher investment in plant and machinery as it relies less on manual labour.
Labour intensive organisations on the other hand require less investment in fixed assets. Hence, their fixed capital requirement is lower.
(ii) Financing Alternatives:
When an asset is taken on lease, the firm pays lease rentals and uses it. By doing so, it avoids huge sums required to purchase it.
Availability of leasing facilities, thus, may reduce the funds required to be invested in fixed assets, thereby reducing the fixed capital requirements.
(iii) Growth Prospects:
Higher growth of an organisation generally requires higher investment in fixed assets.
When such growth is expected, a company may choose to create higher capacity in order to meet the anticipated higher demand quicker. This entails larger investment in fixed assets and consequently larger fixed capital.
[2 + 2 + 2 = 6 marks]
Q842.2024 Main 66/3/1 · Q32(b)6 marks
Explain the following factors affecting choice of capital structure of a company :
Cost of equity
Control
Stock market conditions
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(i) Cost of Equity:
When a company increases debt, the financial risk faced by the equity holders increases, so their desired rate of return may increase. It is for this reason that a company cannot use debt beyond a point.
If debt is used beyond that point, cost of equity may go up sharply and share price may decrease inspite of increased earning per share (EPS)
(ii) Control:
Debt normally does not cause a dilution of control.
A public issue of equity may reduce the management’s holding in the company and make it vulnerable to takeover.
(iii) Stock market conditions:
If the stock markets are bullish, equity shares are more easily sold even at a higher price.
During a bearish phase, a company, may find raising of equity capital more difficult and it may opt for debt.
[2 + 2 + 2 = 6 marks]
Q843.2024 Main 66/5/1 · Q32(a)6 marks
Explain the following factors affecting the working capital requirements of a business :
Operating efficiency
Credit availed
Level of competition
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(i) Operating Efficiency
Firms manage their operations with varied degrees of efficiency.
These efficiencies may reduce the level of raw materials, finished goods and debtors resulting in lower requirement of working capital.
[2 marks]
(ii) Credit availed
A firm allows credit to its customers and also may get credit from its suppliers.
To the extent the firm avails credit on purchases, the working capital requirement is reduced.
[2 marks]
(ii) Level of competition
Level of competition affects the working capital requirement of an organisation as higher competition requires larger stocks to meet urgent orders from customers which results into requirement of more working capital.
Competition may also force the firm to extend liberal credit terms.
[2 marks]
[= 6 marks]
Q844.2024 Main 66/5/1 · Q32(b)6 marks
Explain the following factors affecting the dividend decision of a company :
Stability of dividends
Contractual constraints
Stock market reaction
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(i) Stability of dividends
Companies follow a policy of stabilizing dividend per share. The increase in dividend is generally made when there is confidence that their earning potential has gone up and not just the earning of the current year.
Companies do not alter dividend per share if the change in earnings is small or seen to be temporary in nature.
[2 marks]
(ii) Contractual constraints
Sometimes the lenders may impose some restrictions on the payment of dividend in future.
The companies are required to ensure that the payment of dividend does not violate the terms of the loan agreement entered by the company.
[2 marks]
(iii) Stock market reaction
Investors, in general, view an increase in dividend as good news and stock prices react positively to it.
The possible impact of dividend policy on the equity share price is one of the important factors considered by the management while taking a decision about dividend.
[2 marks]
[= 6 marks]
Q845.SQP 2025-26 · Q316 marks
Satya Prakash has been successfully running a dry fruit wholesale business in Rajasthan for the past five years. He makes sufficient investments in current assets in order to facilitate smooth day-to-day operations of the business. The company has recently sold dry fruits worth ₹ 50 lakhs to one of its corporate customers, ‘Deshmukh Pure Grains’ on a strict credit policy. Satya Prakash then immediately placed an additional order for replenishment of stock. However, he received the dry fruits from his supplier after a large time lag.
State the concept of Financial Management discussed above.
Briefly explain the factors highlighted above that will affect the requirement of the concept identified in part a).
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2025-26 · Marking Scheme
a) The concept of Financial Management discussed is Working Capital Decision.
Working capital decisions are concerned with the decisions about the levels of cash, inventory and receivables. These decisions affect the day-to-day working of a business.
[1 mark for identification + 1 mark for stating]
b) The factors that will affect the choice of Working capital are:
1. Credit Allowed: Different firms allow different credit terms to their customers. These depend upon the level of competition that a firm faces as well as the credit worthiness of their clientele. A liberal credit policy results in a higher amount of debtors, increasing the requirement of working capital.
2. Availability of Raw Material: if the raw materials and other required materials are available freely and continuously, lower stock levels may suffice. The time lag between the placement of order and the actual receipt of the materials (also called lead time) is also relevant. Larger the lead time, larger the quantity of material to be stored and larger shall be the amount of working capital required.
[2 × 2 = 4 marks; total = 6]
Part B · Business Finance and Marketing
10. Financial Markets
Q846.2026 Main 66/1/1 · Q71 mark
Read the following statements – Assertion (A) and Reason (R) :
Assertion (A) : Money market instruments have a higher degree of liquidity as compared to capital market securities.
Reason (R) : Money market instruments are traded on the stock exchanges.
Choose the correct alternative from the alternatives given below :
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true, but Reason (R) is not the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
Assertion (A) is true and Reason (R) is false.
Assertion (A) is false and Reason (R) is true.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(C) Assertion (A) is true and Reason (R) is false. [1 mark]
Q847.2026 Main 66/2/1 · Q101 mark
In the ‘Primary Market’ prices of securities are determined by :
Management of the company
Demand and supply of the security
Employees of the company
Only demand for the security
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(A) Management of the company [1 mark]
Q848.2026 Main 66/2/1 · Q121 mark
Statement – I : Capital market instruments are safer than money market instruments both with respect to returns and principal repayment.
Statement – II : The capital market deals in medium and long-term securities such as equity shares and debentures etc.
Choose the correct option from the following :
Statement I is true and Statement II is false.
Statement I is false and Statement II is true.
Both Statement I and Statement II are true.
Both Statement I and Statement II are false.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(B) Statement I is false and Statement II is true. [1 mark]
Q849.2026 Main 66/2/1 · Q201 mark
‘Stock Exchange is playing a vital role in ensuring wider share ownership by regulating new issues, better trading practices and taking effective steps in educating the public about investments.’
The above lines highlight which function of stock exchange from the following ?
Providing Scope for Speculation
Spreading of Equity Cult
Safety of Transactions
Contributes to Economic Growth
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(B) Spreading of Equity Cult [1 mark]
Q850.2026 Main 66/3/1 · Q11 mark
____ serves as an intermediary between the investor and the depository who is authorised to maintain the accounts of dematerialised shares.
Depository Participant
National Securities Depository Limited
Central Depository Services Limited
Stock Exchange
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(A) Depository Participant [1 mark]
Q851.2026 Main 66/3/1 · Q31 mark
Read the following statements : Assertion (A) and Reason (R).
Assertion (A) : Holding shares in demat form is very convenient as it is just like a bank account.
Reason (R) : Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI) has made it mandatory for the settlement procedures to take place in demat form.
Choose the correct alternative from the following :
Assertion (A) is false and Reason (R) is true.
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are false.
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true, but Reason (R) is not the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(C) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true, but Reason (R) is not the correct explanation of Assertion (A) [1 mark]
Q852.2026 Main 66/3/1 · Q141 mark
The market where existing securities are traded is known as :
Both Primary and Secondary Market
Primary Market
Secondary Market
Money Market
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(C) Secondary Market [1 mark]
Q853.2026 Main 66/3/1 · Q181 mark
Shikha, a first-time investor, was excited yet nervous about investing in the stock market as she felt it was risky. She sought guidance from her friend, Rama, who was an experienced investor. Rama assured Shikha that it is safe to invest in the stock market as the membership of stock exchange is regulated by Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI). She also told Shikha that SEBI performs various functions to protect the rights and interests of investors.
Which of the following functions mentioned by Rama is not a protective function of SEBI ?
Prohibition of fraudulent and unfair trade practices like making misleading statements, manipulations, price rigging, etc.
Conducting research and publishing information useful to all market participants.
Controlling insider trading and imposing penalties for such practices.
Promotion of fair practices and code of conduct in the securities market.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(B) Conducting research and publishing information useful to all market participants. [1 mark]
Q854.2026 Main 66/5/1 · Q161 mark
The purpose of opening a Demat Account with a Depository Participant (DP) is:
For holding and transferring securities in the Demat form
For entering into an agreement with broker
For making payment to stock exchange for any purchase of securities
For enabling cash transactions in the securities market
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(A) For holding and transferring securities in the Demat form
[1 mark]
Q855.2026 Main 66/5/1 · Q201 mark
Read the following statements: Assertion (A) and Reason (R).
Assertion (A): The investing public gets a safe and fair deal on the stock market.
Reason (R): The membership of stock exchange is well regulated and its dealings are well defined according to the existing legal framework.
Choose the correct alternative from the following:
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are correct and Reason (R) is the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are correct, but Reason (R) is not the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are incorrect.
Assertion (A) is correct, but Reason (R) is incorrect.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(A) Both assertion (A) and Reason (R) are correct and Reason (R) is the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
[1 mark]
Q856.2026 Supp. 66/7/1 · Q81 mark
Kavita was gifted a lot of equity shares of different companies by her grandfather on her birthday. The shares were in the form of physical share certificates. Although, the certificates were legally valid, they were difficult to store, manage and trade. So, Kavita got the shares converted into an electronic form.
The process followed by Kavita to get the shares converted into electronic form is known as:
Dematerialisation
Materialisation
Depository
Rematerialisation
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/7/1
(A) Dematerialisation
[1 mark]
Q857.2025 Main 66/1/1 · Q71 mark
Which of the following is not a protective function of Securities and Exchange Board of India:
Prohibition of fraudulent and unfair trade practices.
Controlling insider trading and imposing penalties for such practices.
Promotion of fair practices and code of conduct in securities market.
Undertaking measures to develop the capital markets by adapting a flexible approach.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(D) Undertaking measures to develop the capital markets by adapting a flexible approach. [1 mark]
Q858.2025 Main 66/1/1 · Q161 mark
Statement-I: Regulation of takeover bids by companies is one of the Regulatory functions of Securities and Exchange Board of India.
Statement-II: Training of intermediaries of securities market is one of the Development functions of Securities and Exchange Board of India.
Choose the correct option from the following:
Statement I is correct and Statement II is incorrect.
Statement II is correct and Statement I is incorrect.
Both Statement I and Statement II are correct.
Both Statement I and Statement II are incorrect.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(C) Both Statement I and Statement II are correct. [1 mark]
Q859.2025 Main 66/4/1 · Q61 mark
Which of the following functions of the Stock Exchange gives investors the chance to disinvest and re-invest in securities?
Pricing of securities
Safety of transactions
Providing liquidity and marketability to existing securities
Providing scope for speculation
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(C) Providing liquidity and marketability to existing securities
Q860.2025 Main 66/4/1 · Q91 mark
'Calling for information by undertaking inspection, conducting enquiries and audits of stock exchanges and intermediaries' is ………………… of Securities and Exchange Board of India.
Regulatory Function
Development Function
Protective Function
Both (B) and (C)
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(A) Regulatory Function
Q861.2025 Main 66/4/1 · Q151 mark
Radhika wants to sell 20,000 shares of ‘Tara Ltd.' held by her. In which of the following market can she sell these shares?
Primary Market
Secondary Market
Money Market
All of the above markets
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(B) Secondary Market
Q862.2025 Main 66/5/1 · Q111 mark
_________ is the instrument, which is traded in Money Market.
Equity share
Debenture
Commercial paper
Bond
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(C) Commercial paper
Q863.2025 Main 66/5/1 · Q121 mark
The process of holding securities in an electronic form is known as:
Rolling settlement
Registration
Dematerialization
Depository
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(C) Dematerialization
Q864.2025 Main 66/5/1 · Q181 mark
Veena received ₹ 40 lakhs as a gift from her father. She was discussing various avenues of investing her money with her brother. He advised Veena to invest her money in shares of Moreso Ltd., a reputed company. He further added that it would not only generate good returns over the long term, but could easily be sold whenever required.
Identify the function of stock exchange being highlighted by Veena's brother in the above case:
Pricing of securities
Providing liquidity and marketability to existing securities
Safety of transactions
Providing scope for speculation
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(B) Providing liquidity and marketability to existing securities
Q865.2025 Main 66/6/1 · Q91 mark
If an investor wishes to buy or sell any security, he/she has to first approach a registered broker or sub-broker and enter into an agreement with him. An investor has to sign a broker-client agreement and a client registration form before placing an order to buy or sell securities. Thereafter, the investor has to open a ‘Demat’ account or ‘Beneficial owner’ account with a depository participant for holding and transferring securities in the demat form and a bank account for cash transactions in the securities market. The first two steps of ‘Trading and Settlement procedure’ in stock market have been discussed in the above lines.
Place the next four steps in the correct order:
The broker will then go online and connect to the main stock exchange and match the share and best price available.
After the trade has been executed, within 24 hours the broker issues a contract note.
The investor then places an order with the broker to buy or sell shares. Clear instructions have to be given about the number of shares and the price at which the shares should be bought or sold.
When the shares can be bought or sold at the price mentioned, it will be communicated to the broker's terminal and the order will be executed electronically.
Choose the correct option from the following:
(iii), (i), (iv), (ii)
(i), (ii), (iii), (iv)
(iv), (ii), (iii), (i)
(iii), (iv), (i), (ii)
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/6/1
(A) (iii), (i), (iv), (ii)
Q866.2025 Main 66/6/1 · Q191 mark
Which of the following is a regulatory function of Securities and Exchange Board of India?
Registration of brokers and sub-brokers and other players in the market
Training of intermediaries of the securities market
Promotion of fair practices and code of conduct in securities market.
Conducting research and publishing information useful to all market participants
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/6/1
(A) Registration of brokers and sub-brokers and other players in the market.
Q867.2025 Main 66/7/1 · Q11 mark
Which of the following is not a protective function of Securities and Exchange Board of India?
Controlling insider trading and imposing penalties for such practices
Training of intermediaries of securities market
Prohibition of fraudulent and unfair trade practices like making misleading statements, manipulation, etc.
Promotion of fair practices and code of conduct in securities market
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/7/1
(B) Training of intermediaries of securities market
Q868.2025 Main 66/7/1 · Q131 mark
‘An institution constituted for the purpose of assisting, regulating or controlling the business of buying and selling or dealing in existing securities' is known as:
Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI)
Stock Exchange
Capital Market
Money Market
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/7/1
(B) Stock Exchange
Q869.2025 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q31 mark
‘Through the process of disinvestment and reinvestment, savings get channelized into their most productive investment avenues.’
The function of the stock exchange highlighted above is :
Spreading of equity cult
Providing liquidity and marketability to existing securities
Contributing to economic growth
Providing scope for speculation
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
(C) Contributing to economic growth [1 mark]
Q870.2025 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q131 mark
The process of holding securities in an electronic form is known as :
Dematerialisation
Rematerialisation
Depository
Capitalisation
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
(A) Dematerialisation [1 mark]
Q871.2025 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q171 mark
__ is a legally enforceable document issued by the broker to the investor within 24 hours of executing trade which helps to settle disputes/claims between the investor and the broker.
Contract note
Order confirmation slip
Unique order code
Client registration form
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
(A) Contract note [1 mark]
Q872.2025 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q191 mark
Read the following statements carefully :
Statement I : Financial market is the market for the creation and exchange of financial assets.
Statement II : On the basis of “maturity of financial instruments traded”, financial market is classified into money market and capital market.
In the light of the given statements, choose the correct alternative from the following :
Statement I is true and Statement II is false.
Statement I is false and Statement II is true.
Both Statement I and Statement II are false.
Both Statement I and Statement II are true.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
(D) Both Statement I and Statement II are true. [1 mark]
Q873.2024 Main 66/1/1 · Q81 mark
In the ____________ market, prices are determined and decided by the management of the company.
Primary
Secondary
Money
Stock
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(A) Primary
[1 mark]
Q874.2024 Main 66/1/1 · Q101 mark
Statement I : A financial market facilitates the transfer of savings from savers to investors.
Statement II : It gives savers the choice of different investments and helps to channelise surplus funds into the most productive use.
Choose the correct option from the following :
Statement I is true and Statement II is false.
Statement II is true and Statement I is false.
Both the Statements are true.
Both the Statements are false.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(C) Both the Statements are true.
[1 mark]
Q875.2024 Main 66/1/1 · Q111 mark
Choose the incorrect statement from the following about functions of a Stock Exchange :
Provides liquidity and marketability to new securities
Ensures safety of transactions
Contributes to economic growth
Provides scope for speculation
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(A) Provides liquidity and marketability to new securities
[1 mark]
Q876.2024 Main 66/2/1 · Q51 mark
____________ is the process of holding securities in an electronic form.
Rolling Settlement
Registration
Dematerialization
Depository
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(C) Dematerialization
[1 mark]
Q877.2024 Main 66/2/1 · Q171 mark
Financial market allocates or directs funds available for investment into the most productive investment opportunity. In doing so, it performs the _____________ function.
Creative
Exchange
Allocative
Productive
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(C) Allocative
[1 mark]
Q878.2024 Main 66/3/1 · Q101 mark
Read the following statements : Assertion (A) and Reason (R). Choose the correct alternative from the options given below :
Assertion (A) : When the allocative function is performed well, scarce resources are allocated to those firms which have the highest productivity for the economy.
Reason (R) : Allocative function allocates or directs funds into their most productive investment opportunity.
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true, but Reason (R) is not the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
Assertion (A) is true, but Reason (R) is false.
Assertion (A) is false, but Reason (R) is true.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(A) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
[1 mark]
Q879.2024 Main 66/3/1 · Q121 mark
From the following, identify the one which is not a function of stock exchange :
Providing liquidity and marketability to existing securities
Spreading of equity cult
Ensuring safety of transactions
Ensuring that there is no scope for speculation
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(D) Ensuring that there is no scope for speculation.
[1 mark]
Q880.2024 Main 66/3/1 · Q151 mark
In the ____________ a securities account can be opened, all shares can be deposited in it. These can be withdrawn / sold at any time and instruction to deliver or receive shares on behalf of the investor can be given.
Primary market
Stock exchange
Bank
Depository
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(D) Depository.
[1 mark]
Q881.2024 Main 66/4/1 · Q61 mark
‘It is a process that allocates or directs funds available for investment into their most productive instrument opportunity’.
This is known as :
Financial planning
Financial Intermediation
Allocative function
Capital budgeting
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(B) Financial Intermediation
[1 mark]
Q882.2024 Main 66/4/1 · Q111 mark
Match the functions of Securities and Exchange Board of India given in Column-I with their headings given in Column-II :
Column-I
Column-II
A. Training of intermediaries of securities markets
(i) Regulatory function
B. Regulation of takeover bids by companies
(ii) Protective function
C. Controlling insider trading and imposing penalties for such practices
(iii) Development function
Choose the correct alternative :
A(ii); B(iii); C(i)
A(i); B(ii); C(iii)
A(iii); B(i); C(ii)
A(iii); B(ii); C(i)
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(C) A(iii); B(i); C(ii)
[1 mark]
Q883.2024 Main 66/4/1 · Q171 mark
______ is the process of holding securities in electronic form.
Financial Intermediation
Dematerialisation
Allocative function
Mobilisation of securities
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(B) Dematerialisation
[1 mark]
Q884.2024 Main 66/5/1 · Q51 mark
Statement-I : The basic function of a Stock Exchange is the creation of a continuous market where securities are bought and sold.
Statement-II : The Stock Exchange provides both liquidity and easy marketability to already existing securities in the market.
Choose the correct option from the following :
Statement-I is true and Statement-II is false.
Statement-II is true and Statement-I is false.
Both the Statements are true.
Both the Statements are false.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(C) Both the statements are true. [1 mark]
Q885.2024 Main 66/5/1 · Q161 mark
For holding securities in an electronic form, the investor has to open a demat account with an organisation called _________.
Depository
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Stock Exchange
Mutual Fund
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(A) Depository [1 mark]
Q886.2024 Main 66/5/1 · Q201 mark
Choose the incorrect statement about ‘Money market’ :
The main instruments traded in this market are Treasury bills, Trade bills, Commercial paper and Certificates of deposit.
In this market, transactions entail huge sums of money as the instruments are quite expensive.
Participation in this market is by and large undertaken by institutional participants such as the Reserve Bank of India, banks, financial institutions and finance companies.
It deals in medium and long term securities.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(D) It deals in medium and long term securities [1 mark]
Q887.2023 Main 66/1/1 · Q141 mark
Adapting to a change in consumer preference towards online shopping, ‘Fast-Service’ started a grocery delivery app. It is a platform that ensures 10-minute deliveries of groceries. Because of this service ‘Fast-Service’ earned huge profit within a year. It planned to expand its operations and decided to raise funds by directly issuing its securities to investors.
The market through which ‘Fast-Service’ has decided to raise funds for its expansion is:
Money market
Primary market
Secondary market
Both Primary and Secondary markets
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(B) Primary market
[1 mark]
Q888.2023 Main 66/1/1 · Q151 mark
‘Capital Market instruments are riskier both with respect to returns and principal repayment as compared to Money Market instruments.’
This highlights the following point of difference between ‘Capital Market’ and ‘Money Market’:
Instruments
Duration
Safety
Liquidity
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(C) Safety
[1 mark]
Q889.2023 Main 66/2/1 · Q121 mark
Statement – I: Capital market instruments are considered riskier both with respect to returns and principal repayment.
Statement – II: Capital market investment generally yields a higher return for investors.
Choose the correct option from the options given below:
Statement – I is true and II is false.
Statement – II is true and I is false.
Both the statements are true.
Both the statements are false.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(C) Both the statements are true.
[1 mark]
Q890.2023 Main 66/2/1 · Q161 mark
Which of the following statements is Not true for primary market?
There is no fixed Geographical location.
Only buying of securities takes place, securities cannot be sold there.
Prices are determined by demand and supply of the security.
It directly promotes capital formation.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(C) Prices are determined by demand and supply of the security.
[1 mark]
Q891.2023 Main 66/2/1 · Q201 mark
Which of the following is not a function of Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI)?
Training of intermediaries of the securities market
Controlling insider trading
Registration of brokers and sub-brokers and other players in the market
Pricing of securities
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(D) Pricing of securities
[1 mark]
Q892.2023 Main 66/3/1 · Q131 mark
___________ has been established with the specific objective of providing a ready market for money market instruments.
Discount Finance House of India
Securities and Exchange Board of India
Reserve Bank of India
State Bank of India
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(A) Discount Finance House of India
Q893.2023 Main 66/3/1 · Q141 mark
Rahul wants to buy shares of ‘Rexter Ltd.’ which are being traded at the National Stock Exchange. He feels that the share prices will go up in the future. Which market should he approach for this purpose?
Money market
Primary market
Secondary market
Both (b) and (c)
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(C) Secondary market
Q894.2023 Main 66/3/1 · Q161 mark
Which of the following is a development function of Securities and Exchange Board of India?
Training of intermediaries of the securities market
Promotion of fair practices and code of conduct in the securities market
Undertaking steps for investor protection
Prohibition of fraudulent and unfair trade practices
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(A) Training of intermediaries of the securities market
Q895.2023 Main 66/3/1 · Q191 mark
The process of holding securities in electronic form is called dematerialisation. Which of the following statement does not relate to dematerialisation?
Smooth transfer and settlement of trade through a single account in shares
Demat securities can be pledged or hypothecated to get loans
No danger of loss, theft or forgery of share certificates
Existing physical shares cannot be converted into electronic form
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(D) Existing physical shares cannot be converted into electronic form
Q896.2023 Main 66/4/1 · Q141 mark
The function of Stock Exchange which helps in creating a continuous market where securities are bought and sold is:
Safety of transactions
Pricing of securities
Providing liquidity and marketability to existing securities
Contribution to economic growth
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(C) Providing liquidity and marketability to existing securities.
Q897.2023 Main 66/4/1 · Q161 mark
Which of the following statements is incorrect?
The protective functions of the Securities and Exchange Board of India include levying fee or other charges for carrying out the purposes of the Act.
The development functions of the Securities and Exchange Board of India include training of intermediaries of the securities market.
The regulatory functions of the Securities and Exchange Board of India include registration of collective investment schemes and mutual funds.
The objectives of the Securities and Exchange Board of India include protecting the rights and interests of investors, particularly individual investors and to guide and educate them.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(A) The protective functions of the Securities and Exchange Board of India include levying fee or other charges for carrying out the purposes of the Act.
Q898.2023 Main 66/5/1 · Q161 mark
Which of the following statements is incorrect?
Capital Market refers to facilities and institutional arrangements through which long-term funds, both debt and equity are raised and invested.
Secondary market is the market where securities are sold by the company to the investor directly or through an intermediary.
Primary Market is the Market where only buying of securities takes place. Securities can not be sold there.
Money Market is a market for short term funds which deals in monetary assets whose period of maturity is upto one year.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(B) Secondary market is the market where securities are sold by the company to the investor directly or through an intermediary.
Q899.2023 Supp. 66/C/1 · Q161 mark
From 2003, all transactions in securities are to be settled within two days after the trade date. This system is known as:
Rolling settlement system
Rotational settlement system
Automatic settlement system
Mutual settlement system
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/C/1
(A) Rolling settlement system
Q900.SQP 2025-26 · Q111 mark
Choose the correct statement about the meaning of depository.
Depository holds and transfers securities in the Demat Form.
Depository serves as an intermediary and buys and sells securities on the instructions of clients.
Depository is like a bank and keeps securities in electronic form on behalf of investors.
Depository buys securities from a company and sells to the public at a higher price.
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2025-26 · Marking Scheme
(C) Depository is like a bank and keeps securities in electronic form on behalf of investors.
[1 mark]
Q901.SQP 2025-26 · Q181 mark
The Finance Manager of Elle Pharma Limited, Mr Ashish Manjrekar wants to raise funds through debt or equity to the extent of ₹2 crores. For this purpose, he approaches a well regulated financial market that facilitates the mobilisation of long term capital for companies. Identify the market where Mr Ashish Manjrekar can raise the funds.
Money market
Secondary market
Capital market
Wholesale debt market
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2025-26 · Marking Scheme
(C) Capital Market
[1 mark]
Q902.SQP 2026-27 · Q71 mark
Match the terms given in column 1 with their meaning given in column 2:
Column 1
Column 2
1. Financial Intermediation
(i) Facilities and institutional arrangements through which long term funds both equity and debt are raised and invested
2. Primary market
(ii) the process by which allocation of funds is done
3. Capital market
(iii) market for creation and exchange of financial assets
4. Financial market
(iv) Securities are sold by the company to the investor directly (or through an intermediary).
Choose the correct option from the following
1 (i), 2 (ii), 3 (iii), 4 (iv)
1 (ii), 2 (iv), 3 (i), 4 (iii)
1 (ii), 2 (iii), 3 (i), 4 (iv)
1 (iv), 2 (ii), 3 (i), 4 (iii)
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2026-27 · Marking Scheme
(B) 1 (ii), 2 (iv), 3 (i), 4 (iii)
[1 mark]
Q903.2022 Main 66/2/1 · Q22 marks
‘Promotion of fair practices and code of conduct in securities market’ is a function performed by ‘Securities and Exchange Board of India’.
State any two other functions of the same category.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/2/1
Two other Protective functions are: (Any two)
(a) It prohibits fraudulent and unfair trade practices like misleading statements, manipulations, price rigging etc.
(b) It controls insider trading and imposes penalties for such practices.
(c) It undertakes steps for investor protection.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
[1×2 = 2 marks]
Q904.2022 Main 66/3/1 · Q22 marks
‘Gujarat Textiles Ltd.’ needs to raise a fund of ₹ 80 crore. It cannot afford the cost of a public issue, so it was decided to allot its equity shares to institutional investors like LIC and some selected investors.
Identify and explain the method of floating new issues used by ‘Gujarat Textiles Ltd’.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/3/1
Private Placement
Private placement is the allotment of securities by a company to institutional investors and some selected individuals.
[1 mark for identification + 1 mark for its explanation = 2 marks]
Q905.2022 Main 66/5/1 · Q22 marks
‘Due to various malpractices and multiplied investors grievances the Govt. of India decided to set-up a separate regulatory body to protect the interest of investors and to regulate the securities market.’
Identify the regulatory body set-up by Govt. of India for the above stated purpose.
State any one objective of the regulatory body identified in (a) above.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(a) Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI)
(b) Objectives of SEBI (any one):
To regulate the stock exchanges and the securities industry to promote their orderly functioning.
To protect the rights and interest of investors, particularly individual investors and to guide and educate them.
To prevent trading malpractices and achieve a balance between self-regulation by the securities industry and its statutory regulation.
To regulate and develop a code of conduct and fair practices by intermediaries like brokers, merchant bankers, etc. with a view to making them competitive and professional.
[1 mark for identifying + 1 mark for stating the objective = 1+1 = 2 marks]
Q906.2022 Supp. 66/6/1 · Q22 marks
‘Training of intermediaries of the securities market’ is a development function performed by Securities and Exchange Board of India. State two other development functions.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/6/1
Development Functions of Securities and Exchange Board of India:
Conducting research and publishing information useful to all market participants.
Undertaking measures to develop the capital markets by adapting a flexible approach.
[1 mark for stating each function = 1×2 = 2 marks]
Q907.2026 Main 66/2/1 · Q243 marks
Riya, a software engineer wanted to invest a part of her savings in the stock-market. Encouraged by some online discussions, she came across a company ‘Smart-Tech Ltd.’, whose stock price was rising very fast. News began to circulate that company had got a large government contract and she believed that its share price would double soon. Convinced by the positive claims, Riya also invested in the shares of this company. Over the next week, the shares continued to rise but suddenly, the price started crashing. Within days, her investment had lost more than 60% of its value.
Riya started researching and discovered that the news about the government contract was false. Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI) also took immediate notice of the situation and called for detailed trading information and conducted enquiries and inspections. After examining trading information and conducting enquiries, SEBI found that a group of traders had spread false information to artificially boost the stock price. By taking action against the group of traders, SEBI made it clear that fraudulent and unfair trade practices are strictly prohibited.
Quote lines from the above to identify the two functions being performed by SEBI.
Also state one more function of each category of the functions identified in (i) above.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(i) Two functions being performed by SEBI:[(½ mark for quoting + ½ mark for identifying) = 1x2]
‘Securities and Exchange Board of India (SEBI) also took immediate notice of the situation and called for detailed trading information and conducted enquiries and inspections.’ - Regulatory Function
‘By taking action against the group of traders, SEBI made it clear that fraudulent and unfair trade practices are strictly prohibited.’ - Protective Function
(ii) Regulatory function of Securities and Exchange Board of India: (Any ONE)[½ mark]
Registration of brokers and sub brokers and other players in the market.
Registration of collective investment schemes and mutual funds.
Regulation of stock brokers, portfolio exchanges, underwriters and merchant bankers.
Regulation of takeover bids by companies.
Levying fee or other charges for carrying out the purposes of the SEBI Act, 1992.
Performing and exercising such powers under Securities Contract (Regulation) Act 1956 as may be delegated by the Government of India.
Protective function of Securities and Exchange Board of India: (Any ONE)[½ mark]
Controlling insider trading and imposing penalties for such practices.
Undertaking steps for investor protection.
Promotion of fair practices and code of conduct in securities market.
[= 3 marks]
Q908.2026 Main 66/3/1 · Q24(a)3 marks
Distinguish between Capital Market and Money Market on the following basis :
Investment outlay
Duration
Safety
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/3/1
Difference between Capital Market and Money Market
S.No.
Basis
Capital Market
Money Market
(i)
Investment outlay
Investment in the capital market does not necessarily require a huge financial outlay as the value of units of securities is generally low.
Investment in money market requires huge sum of money as the instruments are quite expensive.
(ii)
Duration
Capital market deals in medium and long-term securities such as equity shares and debentures.
Money market instruments have a maximum tenure of one year, and may even be issued for a single day
(iii)
Safety
The instruments are riskier both with respect to returns and principal repayment.
The instruments are generally much safer with a minimum risk of default.
[1 x 3 = 3 marks]
Q909.2026 Main 66/3/1 · Q24(b)3 marks
Give any three differences between Primary Market and Secondary Market.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/3/1
Difference between Primary Market and Secondary Market are: (Any THREE)
S.No.
Primary Market
Secondary Market
1.
In the primary market, there is sale of securities by new companies or new issues of securities by existing companies
In the secondary market, there is trading of existing shares only.
2.
In primary market, securities are sold by the company to the investor directly
In secondary market, ownership of existing securities is exchanged between investors. The company is not involved at all.
3.
The flow of funds is from savers to investors, i.e. the primary market directly promotes capital formation.
Enhances encashability (liquidity) of shares, i.e. the secondary market indirectly promotes capital formation.
4.
Only buying of securities takes place in the primary market, securities cannot be sold there.
Both the buying and the selling of securities can take place in the secondary market.
5.
Prices are determined and decided by the management of the company.
Prices are determined by demand and supply for the security.
6.
It has no fixed geographical location.
It is located at specified places.
[1 x 3 = 3 marks]
Q910.2026 Main 66/4/1 · Q24(a)3 marks
Differentiate between Capital Market and Money Market on the basis of :
Participants
Liquidity
Duration
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/4/1
Difference between Capital Market and Money Market:
Basis
Capital Market
Money Market
(i) Participants
The participants in capital market are financial institutions, banks, corporate entities, foreign investors and ordinary retail investors from members of the public.
Participants in money market are, by and large, institutional participants such as the RBI, banks, financial institutions and finance companies; individual investors although permitted to transact in the secondary money market, do not normally do so.
(ii) Liquidity
Capital market securities are considered liquid investments because they are marketable on the stock exchanges.
Money market instruments enjoy a higher degree of liquidity as there is formal arrangement for this, for example, the Discount Finance House of India (DFHI) has been established for the specific objective of providing a ready market for money market instruments.
(iii) Duration
The capital market deals in medium and long term securities such as equity shares and debentures.
Money market instruments have a maximum tenure of one year, and may even be issued for a single day.
[1 × 3 = 3 marks]
Q911.2026 Main 66/5/1 · Q24(a)3 marks
Differentiate between ‘Capital Market’ and ‘Money Market’ on the basis of the following:
Investment Outlay
Liquidity
Safety
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/5/1
Difference between ‘Capital Market’ and ‘Money Market’
BASIS
CAPITAL MARKET
MONEY MARKET
(i) Investment Outlay
Investment in capital market does not necessarily require a huge financial outlay as the value of units of securities is generally low.
Investment in money market requires huge sums of money as the instruments are quite expensive.
(ii) Liquidity
Capital market securities are considered less liquid.
Money market instruments enjoy a higher degree of liquidity as there is a formal arrangement for it.
(iii) Safety
Capital market instruments are riskier both with respect to returns and principal repayment.
Money market instruments are generally much safer with minimum risk of default.
[1 × 3 = 3 marks]
Q912.2026 Main 66/5/1 · Q24(b)3 marks
State any three development functions of Securities and Exchange Board of India.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/5/1
Development Functions of Securities and Exchange Board of India
Training of intermediaries of the securities market.
Conducting research and publishing information useful to all market participants.
Undertaking measures to develop the capital markets by adapting a flexible approach.
[1 × 3 = 3 marks]
Q913.2025 Main 66/2/1 · Q21(a)3 marks
Explain the following functions of Stock Exchange:
Providing liquidity and marketability to existing securities
Pricing of securities
Safety of transaction
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(i) Providing liquidity and marketability to existing securities
The basic function of a stock exchange is the creation of a continuous market where securities are bought and sold. It gives investors the chance to disinvest and reinvest. [1 mark]
(ii) Pricing of securities
A stock exchange is a mechanism of constant valuation through which the prices of securities are determined by the forces of demand and supply. [1 mark]
(iii) Safety of transaction
The membership of the stock exchange is well regulated and its dealings are well defined according to the existing legal framework. This ensures that the investing public gets a safe and fair deal on the market. [1 mark]
[1 + 1 + 1 = 3 marks]
Q914.2025 Main 66/2/1 · Q21(b)3 marks
Differentiate between ‘Primary Market’ and ‘Secondary Market’ on the basis of any three points.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/2/1
Differences between primary market and secondary market: (Any three)
Primary market
Secondary market
(i)
There is sale of securities by new companies or further (new issues of securities by existing companies to investors).
There is trading of existing shares only.
(ii)
Securities are sold by the company to the investor directly (or through an intermediary).
Ownership of existing securities is exchanged between investors. The company is not involved at all.
(iii)
The flow of funds is from savers to investors, i.e. the primary market directly promotes capital formation
Enhances encashability (liquidity) of shares, i.e. the secondary market indirectly promotes capital formation
(iv)
Only buying of securities takes place in the primary market, securities cannot be sold there
Both the buying and the selling of securities can take place on the stock exchange
(v)
Prices are determined and decided by the management of the company
Prices are determined by demand and supply for the securities
(vi)
There is no fixed geographical location.
These are located at specified places
[1 × 3 = 3 marks]
Q915.2025 Main 66/2/1 · Q23(a)3 marks
Give the meaning of ‘Capital Market’. Differentiate between ‘Capital Market’ and ‘Money Market’ on the basis of:
Participants
Instruments
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/2/1
Meaning of Capital Market
Capital Market means the facilities and institutional arrangements through which long term funds, both debt and equity, are raised and invested. [1 mark]
Difference between Capital Market and Money Market
Basis
Capital Market
Money Market
(i) Participants
The participants in Capital market are financial institutions, banks, corporates, foreign investors and retail investors.
The participants in Money market are RBI, financial institutions, banks, corporates.
(ii) Instruments
Instruments like shares, debentures and bonds are traded in Capital market.
Instruments like treasury bill, commercial paper, certificates of deposit, call money and commercial bill are traded in money market.
[1 × 2; 1 + 2 = 3 marks]
Q916.2025 Main 66/2/1 · Q23(b)3 marks
State any three ‘Regulatory functions’ of Securities and Exchange Board of India.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/2/1
Regulatory functions of Securities and Exchange Board of India are (Any three):
Registration of brokers and sub brokers and other players in the market.
Registration of collective investment schemes and mutual funds.
Regulation of stock brokers, portfolio exchanges, underwriters and merchant bankers.
Regulation of takeover bids by companies.
Calling for information by undertaking inspection, conducting enquiries and audit of stock exchanges and intermediaries.
Levying fee or other charges for carrying out the purposes of the SEBI Act, 1992.
Performing and exercising such powers under Securities Contract (Regulation) Act 1956 as may be delegated by the Government of India.
[1 × 3 = 3 marks]
Q917.2025 Main 66/5/1 · Q21(a)3 marks
Differentiate between 'Primary Market' and 'Secondary Market' on any three basis.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/5/1
Differences between primary market and secondary market: (Any three)
S.No.
Primary market
Secondary market
1
There is sale of securities by new companies or further (new issues of securities by existing companies to investors).
There is trading of existing shares only.
2
Securities are sold by the company to the investor directly (or through an intermediary).
Ownership of existing securities is exchanged between investors. The company is not involved at all.
3
The flow of funds is from savers to investors, i.e. the primary market directly promotes capital formation
Enhances encashability (liquidity) of shares, i.e. the secondary market indirectly promotes capital formation
4
Only buying of securities takes place in the primary market, securities cannot be sold there
Both the buying and the selling of securities can take place on the stock exchange
5
Prices are determined and decided by the management of the company
Prices are determined by demand and supply for the securities
6
There is no fixed geographical location.
Located at specified places
[1×3 = 3 marks]
Q918.2025 Main 66/5/1 · Q21(b)3 marks
Differentiate between 'Capital Market' and 'Money Market' on the following basis:
Duration
Liquidity
Safety
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/5/1
Distinction Between Capital Market and Money Market
BASIS
CAPITAL MARKET
MONEY MARKET
Duration
The Capital Market deals in medium and long term securities such as equity shares and debentures.
Money market instruments have a maximum tenure of one year and may even be issued for a single day.
Liquidity
Capital market securities are comparatively less liquid.
Money market securities are comparatively more liquid.
Safety
Capital market securities generally yield a higher return than money market instruments.
Money market securities yield comparatively less return.
[1×3 = 3 marks]
Q919.2025 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q22(a)3 marks
State any three ‘Protective functions’ of the Securities and Exchange Board of India.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
Protective functions of Securities Exchange Board of India (any three):
It prohibits fraudulent and unfair trade practices like misleading statements, manipulations, price rigging etc.
It controls insider trading and imposes penalties for such practices.
It undertakes steps for investor protection.
It promotes fair practices and code of conduct in securities market.
[(1 mark for stating each function) x 3 = 3 marks]
Q920.2025 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q22(b)3 marks
Give the meaning of ‘Capital Market’. Differentiate between ‘Capital Market’ and ‘Money Market’ on the basis of the following :
Participants
Instruments
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
Meaning of Capital Market[1 mark for the meaning]
Capital Market refers to facilities and institutional arrangements through which long term funds, both debt and equity, are raised and invested.
Difference between Capital Market and Money Market:[(1 mark for each difference) x 2]
Basis
Capital Market
Money Market
(i) Participants
The participants are financial institutions, banks, corporates, foreign investors and retail investors from members of the public.
The participants are RBI, financial institutions, banks and finance companies
(ii) Instruments
Instruments like shares, debentures and bonds are traded in Capital market.
Instruments like treasury bill, commercial paper, certificates of deposit, call money and commercial bill are traded in money market
[= 3 marks]
Q921.2024 Main 66/1/1 · Q24(a)3 marks
State any three protective functions of Securities and Exchange Board of India.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/1/1
Protective functions of Securities and Exchange Board of India are: (Any 3)
(i) It prohibits fraudulent and unfair trade practices like making misleading statements, manipulations, price rigging etc.
(ii) It controls insider trading and imposing penalties for such practices.
(iii) It undertakes steps for investor protection.
(iv) It promotes fair practices and code of conduct in securities market.
[1 × 3 = 3 marks]
Q922.2024 Main 66/1/1 · Q24(b)3 marks
Differentiate between ‘Money Market’ and ‘Capital Market’ on any three bases.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/1/1
Difference between ‘Money Market’ and ‘Capital Market’ (Any three):
Basis
Money market
Capital market
Participants
Participants are by and large, institutional participants such as the RBI, banks, financial institutions and finance companies.
Participants are financial institutions, banks, corporate entities, foreign investors and ordinary retail investors/public.
Instruments
The main instruments traded are short term debt instruments such as T-bills, trade bills reports, commercial paper and certificates of deposit.
The main instruments traded are equity shares, debentures, bonds, preference shares etc.
Investment outlay
Investment in money market entail huge sums of money as instruments are quite expensive
Investment in capital market does not necessarily require a huge financial outlay
Duration
It deals in instruments with maximum tenure of one year
It deals in medium and long term securities
Liquidity
Money market instruments enjoy relatively a higher degree of liquidity as there is formal arrangement for this.
Capital market securities are considered liquid investments because they are marketable on the stock exchanges, however a share may not be actively traded.
Safety
Money market is generally much safer with a minimum risk of default
Capital market instruments are riskier both with respect to returns and principal repayment
Expected return
Investment in money market generally yield relatively lower rate of return
Investment in capital market generally yield higher return for investors.
[1 × 3 = 3 marks]
Q923.2024 Main 66/2/1 · Q23(a)3 marks
State any three regulatory functions of Securities and Exchange Board of India.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/2/1
Regulatory functions of SEBI: (Any three)
1. Registration of brokers and sub-brokers and other players in the market.
2. Registration of collective investment schemes and Mutual Funds.
3. Regulation of stock brokers, portfolio exchanges, underwriters and merchant bankers and the business in stock exchanges and any other securities market.
4. Regulation of takeover bids by companies.
5. Calling for information by undertaking inspection, conducting enquiries and audits of stock exchanges and intermediaries.
6. Levying fee or other charges for carrying out the purposes of the Act.
7. Performing and exercising such power under Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act 1956, as may be delegated by the Government of India.
[1 × 3 = 3 marks]
Q924.2024 Main 66/2/1 · Q23(b)3 marks
State any three objectives of Securities and Exchange Board of India.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/2/1
Objectives of SEBI: (Any three)
1. To regulate stock exchanges and the securities industry to promote their orderly functioning.
2. To protect the rights and interests of investors, particularly individual investors and to guide and educate them.
3. To prevent trading malpractices and achieve a balance between self-regulation by the securities industry and its statutory regulation.
4. To regulate and develop a code of conduct and fair practices by intermediaries like brokers, merchant bankers etc., with a view to making them competitive and professional.
[1 × 3 = 3 marks]
Q925.2024 Main 66/3/1 · Q24(a)3 marks
Give the meaning of ‘Contract Note’ and ‘T+2’ system in the trading procedure in a stock exchange.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/3/1
Contract Note
Contract note is a document that contains details of the number of shares bought or sold, the price, the date and time of deal and the brokerage charges along with a unique order code assigned to each transaction.
After the trade has been executed, within 24 hours the broker issues a Contract Note.
T+2 system
All trading transactions are to be completed within 2 days delivery of shares and payment received from the buyer is on a T+2 basis, settlement period.
Cash is paid or securities are delivered on pay-in day, which is before the T+2 day. On the T+2 day, the exchange will deliver the share or make payment to the other broker. This is called the pay-out day.
[1½ × 2 = 3 marks]
Q926.2024 Main 66/3/1 · Q24(b)3 marks
State any three regulatory functions of Securities and Exchange Board of India.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/3/1
Regulatory Functions (any three)
1. Registration of brokers and sub brokers and other players in the market.
2. Registration of collective investment schemes and Mutual Funds.
3. Regulation of stockbrokers, portfolio exchanges, underwriters and merchant bankers and the business in stock exchanges and any other securities market.
4. Regulation of takeover bids by companies.
5. Calling for information by undertaking inspection, conducting enquiries and audits of stock exchanges and intermediaries.
6. Levying fee or other charges for carrying out the purposes of the Act.
7. Performing and exercising such power under Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act 1956, as may be delegated by the Government of India.
[1 × 3 = 3 marks]
Q927.2024 Main 66/4/1 · Q22(b)3 marks
State any three points of difference between ‘Primary Market’ and ‘Secondary Market’.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/4/1
Distinction between Primary Market and Secondary Market (Any three)
S.NO.
PRIMARY MARKET
SECONDARY MARKET
1
It deals with issue of new securities
It deals with sale and purchase of existing securities only.
2
The company sells securities either directly to the investors or through an intermediary
The ownership of existing securities is exchanged between investors without involvement of company
3
It promotes capital formation directly as funds flow directly from savers to investors
It promotes capital formation indirectly
4
Only buying of securities takes place in the primary market
Both buying and selling of securities can take place
5
Prices are determined by the management of company
Prices are determined by demand and supply for the securities
6
There is no fixed geographical location
It is located at a specified place.
[1 × 3 = 3 marks]
Q928.2024 Main 66/5/1 · Q243 marks
State any three protective functions of ‘Securities and Exchange Board of India’.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/5/1
Protective functions of Securities and Exchange Board of India: (Any three)
It prohibits fraudulent and unfair trade practices like misleading statements, manipulations, price rigging etc.
It controls insider trading and imposes penalties for such practices.
It undertakes steps for investor protection.
It promotes fair practices and code of conduct in securities market.
[1 × 3 = 3 marks]
Q929.2024 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q24(b)3 marks
State any three protective functions of Securities and Exchange Board of India.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
Protective functions of SEBI (any three):
It prohibits fraudulent and unfair trade practices like misleading statements, manipulations, price rigging etc.
It controls insider trading and imposes penalties for such practices.
It undertakes steps for investor protection.
It promotes fair practices and code of conduct in securities market.
(If an examinee has given only the headings, ½ mark for each heading should be awarded)
[1 × 3 = 3 marks]
Q930.2023 Main 66/1/1 · Q23(a)3 marks
Name the process of holding securities in an electronic form.
Name any two participants of Money Market.
Name the depositories that hold securities in electronic form.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(i) Dematerialisation [1 mark]
(ii) RBI, Commercial Banks, NBFCs, State Governments, Large Corporate Houses, Mutual Funds. (Any two) [½×2 = 1 mark]
(iii) National Securities Depositories Limited (NSDL) and Central Depository Services Limited (CDSL) [½×2 = 1 mark]
[= 3 marks]
Q931.2023 Main 66/3/1 · Q24(a)3 marks
Distinguish between ‘Capital market’ and ‘Money market’ on the basis of:
Participants
Investment outlay
Safety
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/3/1
Distinction between ‘Capital market’ and ‘Money market’:
Basis
Capital market
Money market
Participants
The participants in capital market are financial institutions, banks, corporate entities, foreign investors and retail investors.
The money market participants are institutions like RBI, banks, financial institutions and finance companies.
Investment outlay
Investment in capital market does not require huge financial outlays as value of securities is low.
Money market transactions entail huge sums of money as the instruments are quite expensive.
Safety
Capital market instruments are riskier, both with respect to returns and principal repayment.
Money market is much safer due to shorter duration of investing and financial soundness of the issuers.
[= 1 × 3 = 3 marks]
Q932.2023 Main 66/3/1 · Q24(b)3 marks
State any three regulatory functions of the Securities and Exchange Board of India.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/3/1
Regulatory functions of SEBI (any three):
Registration of brokers and sub-brokers and other players in the market.
Registration of collective investment schemes and mutual funds.
Regulation of stock brokers, portfolio exchanges, underwriters, etc.
Regulation of takeover bids by companies.
Calling for information by undertaking inspection, conducting enquiries and audits of the stock exchanges and intermediaries.
Levying fees or other charges for purposes of this act.
Performing and exercising such power under Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act 1956, as may be delegated by the Government of India.
[= 1 × 3 = 3 marks]
Q933.2023 Main 66/5/1 · Q24(a)3 marks
State any three Development functions of Securities and Exchange Board of India.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/5/1
Development functions of Securities and Exchange Board of India:
Training of intermediaries of the securities market.
Conducting research and publishing information useful to all market participants.
Undertaking measures to develop the capital markets by adopting a flexible approach.
[1 × 3 = 3 marks]
Q934.SQP 2025-26 · Q23(a)3 marks
Give any three points of distinction between the money market and capital market.
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2025-26 · Marking Scheme
(i) Participants: The participants in the capital market are financial institutions, banks, corporate entities, foreign investors and ordinary retail investors from members of the public. Participation in the money market is by and large undertaken by institutional participants such as the RBI, banks, financial institutions and finance companies.
(ii) Instruments: The main instruments traded in the capital market are – equity shares, debentures, bonds, preference shares etc. The main instruments traded in the money market are short term debt instruments such as T-bills, trade bills reports, commercial paper and certificates of deposit.
(iii) Investment Outlay: Investment in the capital market i.e. securities does not necessarily require a huge financial outlay. The value of units of securities is generally low i.e. Rs 10, Rs 100 and so is the case with a minimum trading lot of shares which is kept small i.e. 5, 50, 100 or so. This helps individuals with small savings to subscribe to these securities. In the money market, transactions entail huge sums of money as the instruments are quite expensive.
(iv) Duration: The capital market deals in medium and long term securities such as equity shares and debentures. Money market instruments have a maximum tenure of one year, and may even be issued for a single day.
(v) Liquidity: Capital market securities are considered liquid investments because they are marketable on the stock exchanges. However, a share may not be actively traded, i.e. it may not easily find a buyer. Money market instruments on the other hand, enjoy a higher degree of liquidity as there is formal arrangement for this. The Discount Finance House of India (DFHI) has been established for the specific objective of providing a ready market for money market instruments.
(vi) Safety: Capital market instruments are riskier both with respect to returns and principal repayment. But the money market is generally much safer with a minimum risk of default. This is due to the shorter duration of investing and also to financial soundness of the issuers, which primarily are the government, banks and highly rated companies.
(vii) Expected return: The investment in capital markets generally yield a higher return for investors than the money markets. The possibility of earnings is higher if the securities are held for a longer duration.
[1 × 3 = 3 marks (any 3)]
Q935.SQP 2025-26 · Q23(b)3 marks
Give any three protective functions performed by Securities and Exchange Board of India.
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2025-26 · Marking Scheme
Protective functions performed by Securities and Exchange Board of India:
Prohibition of fraudulent and unfair trade practices like making mis- leading statements, manipulations, price rigging etc.
Controlling insider trading and imposing penalties for such practices.
Undertaking steps for investor protection.
Promotion of fair practices and code of conduct in the securities market.
[1 × 3 = 3 marks, any 3]
Q936.2026 Main 66/4/1 · Q304 marks
‘Neo Appliances Ltd.’, a company known for its innovative kitchen devices was established in 2001. Over the years, the company performed well and the market value of its shares increased. Rajan had bought shares of ‘Neo Appliances Ltd.’ many years ago. He sold some of the shares to arrange money for his daughter’s higher education. He shared with his friend Madhur how his investment had multiplied over the years. Madhur was impressed and wanted to start investing in shares. He asked Rajan in which market he had sold his shares and whether it was safe to invest in that market. Rajan said, yes this market provides safety of transactions to investors.
Name the market in which Rajan sold his shares.
Identify and explain the function of the above market which facilitated Rajan in selling his shares.
Explain how the market identified in (a) above provides safety of transactions to investors.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(a) The market in which Rajan sold his shares is Secondary Market/Stock Exchange.
[1 mark]
(b) The function of the above market which facilitated Rajan in selling his shares is ‘Providing Liquidity and Marketability to Existing Securities’.
[1 mark]
It creates a continuous market where securities are bought and sold which provides liquidity to existing securities.
It gives investors the chance to disinvest and reinvest which provides marketability to existing securities.
[1 mark]
(c) Safety of transactions to investors is provided as:
The membership of a stock exchange is well- regulated and its dealings are well defined according to the existing legal framework.
This ensures that the investing public gets a safe and fair deal on the market.
[1 mark; total = 4 marks]
Q937.2026 Supp. 66/7/1 · Q274 marks
Chitra, a software engineer, received a bonus for best performance from her company and wanted to invest it in the stock market. Having researched various companies, she identified XYZ Ltd. as a promising investment opportunity. She approached her registered stock broker and placed an order to buy 100 shares of XYZ Ltd. at ₹ 500 per share. The order was executed electronically and the broker issued a trade confirmation slip to Chitra. After the trade was executed, the broker issued a note which was sent to Chitra electronically within 24 hours, fulfilling regulatory requirements.
Name the note issued by the broker to Chitra.
List the four details which are mentioned in the note identified in (i) above.
Why is the note issued by the broker to Chitra considered an important document? State.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/7/1
(i) Contract Note
[1 mark]
(ii) Details which are mentioned in Contract Note:
Number of shares bought or sold
Price
Date and time of deal
Brokerage charges
[½ mark for each detail = ½ × 4]
(iii) The Contract Note issued by the broker to Chitra is considered an important document as it is legally enforceable and helps to settle disputes/claims between the investor and the broker.
[1 mark; total = 4 marks]
Q938.2025 Main 66/1/1 · Q284 marks
‘Tech Work’ an Artificial Intelligence (AI) startup started in 2024. It was earning good profits. It wanted to expand its business and for its research and development, it required ₹100 crores.
The Chief Executive Officer of ‘Tech Work’ consulted the Finance Manager who suggested that there is a market which facilitates transfer of investible funds from savers to entrepreneurs seeking to establish new enterprises or expand existing ones through the issue of securities.
The management of ‘Tech Work’ decided to raise funds from the investors by issuing equity shares ₹200 per share for the first time.
Name the type of capital market through which ‘Tech Work’ decided to raise funds for its expansion.
State three features of the market identified in (i) above.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(i) Primary Market/ New Issue Market[1 mark]
(ii) Features of the Primary market: (Any three)
There is sale of securities by new companies or further (new issues of securities by existing companies to investors).
Securities are sold by the company to the investor directly (or through an intermediary).
The flow of funds is from savers to investors, i.e. the primary market directly promotes capital formation.
Only buying of securities takes place in the primary market, securities cannot be sold there.
Prices are determined and decided by the management of the company.
There is no fixed geographical location.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
[(1 × 3); 1 + 3 = 4 marks]
Q939.2025 Main 66/4/1 · Q254 marks
Rahul, the Managing Director of 'HariHar Ltd. and Sahil, the finance manager were discussing about avenues of investing the idle funds of the company. Rahul was of the opinion that money should be invested in the capital market whereas Sahil felt that it would be better if the investment was made in the money market.
Explain with the help of any two points, giving reasons, why Sahil felt that investment in the money market is better.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/4/1
Investment in money market is better due to the following reasons (any two)
Liquidity: Money market instruments enjoy a higher degree of liquidity as the Discount Finance House of India (DFHI) has been established for providing a ready market, but in capital market a share may not easily find a buyer.
Safety: Money market is generally much safer with a minimum risk of default whereas capital market instruments are riskier both with respect to returns and principal repayment.
Duration: Money market instruments have a tenure of single day to one year whereas capital market instruments deals in medium and long-term securities.
[½ mark each for heading and 1½ marks each for explanation; 2+2 = 4 marks]
(If an examinee has not given the headings as above but has given the correct explanation, full credit should be given)
Q940.2024 Main 66/2/1 · Q284 marks
Distinguish between Primary Market and Secondary Market on any four bases.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/2/1
Difference between Primary Market and Secondary Market: (Any four)
Primary Market
Secondary Market
i
It involves sale of securities by new companies or new issue of securities by existing company to investors.
There is trading of existing shares only.
ii
Securities are sold by the company to the investors directly.
Ownership of securities is exchanged between investors.
iii
It directly promotes capital formation.
It indirectly promotes capital formation.
iv
Only buying of securities takes place.
Both the buying and selling of securities takes place.
v
Prices are determined and decided by the management of the company.
Prices are determined by demand and supply for the security.
vi
There is no fixed geographical location.
Located at specified places.
[1 × 4 = 4 marks]
Q941.2024 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q274 marks
Give the meaning of Capital Market. Distinguish between Capital Market and Money Market on the basis of the following :
Participants
Duration
Investment outlay
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
Meaning of Capital Market
Capital Market refers to facilities and institutional arrangements through which long term funds, both debt and equity, are raised and invested. [1 Mark]
Distinction between Capital Market and Money Market
Basis
Capital Market
Money Market
(i) Participants
The participants are financial institutions, banks, corporates, foreign investors and retail investors.
The participants are RBI, financial institutions, banks, corporates,
(ii) Duration
It deals in medium term and long term securities.
It deals in short term securities
(iii) Investment outlay
It does not necessarily require a huge financial outlay as the value of units of securities is generally low.
The transactions entail huge sums of money as the instruments are quite expensive.
[1 × 3 = 3 marks]
[1 + 3 = 4 marks]
Q942.2023 Main 66/1/1 · Q29(a)4 marks
‘Stock Exchange not only provides liquidity and marketability to existing securities, but performs many other functions.’
Explain any two such functions of Stock Exchange.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/1/1
Functions performed by Stock Exchange (Any two)
Pricing of securities
Safety of transactions
Contributes to Economic Growth
Spreading of Equity cult
Providing scope for speculation
[½ mark for heading + 1½ mark for explanation = 2×2 = 4 marks]
Q943.2023 Main 66/1/1 · Q29(b)4 marks
Distinguish between primary market and secondary market on any four bases.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/1/1
Differences between primary market and secondary market (Any four)
Primary market
Secondary market
There is sale of securities by new companies or further (new issues of securities by existing companies to investors).
There is trading of existing shares only.
Securities are sold by the company to the investor directly (or through an intermediary).
Ownership of existing securities is exchanged between investors. The company is not involved at all.
The flow of funds is from savers to investors, i.e. the primary market directly promotes capital formation.
Enhances encashability (liquidity) of shares, i.e. the secondary market indirectly promotes capital formation
Only buying of securities takes place in the primary market, securities cannot be sold there.
Both the buying and the selling of securities can take place on the stock exchange
Prices are determined and decided by the management of the company.
Prices are determined by demand and supply for the security.
There is no fixed geographical location.
Located at specified places
[1×4 = 4 marks]
Q944.2023 Main 66/4/1 · Q284 marks
Give the meaning of ‘Capital Market’. Differentiate between ‘Capital Market’ and ‘Money Market’ on the basis of the following:
Participants
Investment Outlay
Duration
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/4/1
Capital Market refers to facilities and institutional arrangements through which long term funds, both debt and equity are raised and invested. [1 mark]
Difference between Capital Market and Money Market
Basis
Capital Market
Money Market
A. Participants
Financial Institutions, Banks, Corporate entities, Foreign Investors and Ordinary Retail Investors from members of the public.
RBI, Banks, Financial institutions, and Finance Companies.
B. Investment outlay
Investment in capital market i.e. securities does not necessarily require a huge financial outlay. The value of units of securities is generally low.
Transactions entail huge sums of money as the instruments are quite expensive.
C. Duration
The Capital Market deals in medium and long term securities such as equity shares and debentures.
Money market instruments have a maximum tenure of one year and may even be issued for a single day.
[1 × 3 = 3 marks; = 1 + 3 = 4 marks]
Q945.2023 Main 66/4/1 · Q294 marks
‘Hitesh Ltd.’ is a well-known company in the cement industry since 1999. The company has an authorised capital of ₹100 crore and is listed with a reputed stock exchange. The value of its shares is increasing day-by-day due to increase in the demand for cement.
Now the company wants to enter into car manufacturing business. For this it requires ₹200 crore. The Finance Manager of the company decides to raise this capital by a public issue.
Identify the market in which the company’s existing securities are being traded.
Name the market through which the company wants to raise its capital of ₹200 crore for its new business.
Distinguish between the markets identified in (a) and (b) above on the basis of any two points.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(a) Secondary Market[1 mark]
(b) Primary Market[1 mark]
(c) Difference between Primary Market and Secondary Market (Any two)
Primary Market
Secondary Market
i
Sale of securities by new companies or new issues of securities by existing companies.
Trading of existing securities only.
ii
Securities are sold by the company to the investor directly (or through an intermediary).
Ownership of existing securities is exchanged between investors. The company is not involved at all.
iii
Flow of funds is from savers to investors, i.e. the Primary Market directly promotes capital formation.
Enhances encashability of shares, i.e. it indirectly promotes capital formation.
iv
Only buying of securities takes place in the Primary Market. Securities can not be sold there.
Both the buying and selling of securities can take place on the stock-exchange.
v
Prices are decided and determined by the management of the company.
Prices are determined by demand and supply of the securities.
vi
There is no fixed geographical location.
Located at specified places.
[1 × 2 = 2 marks; = 1 + 1 + 2 = 4 marks]
Q946.2023 Supp. 66/C/1 · Q28(a)4 marks
State any four objectives of ‘Securities and Exchange Board of India’.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/C/1
Objectives of ‘Securities and Exchange Board of India’
To regulate stock exchanges and the securities industry to promote their orderly functioning.
To protect the rights and interests of investors, particularly individual investors and to guide and educate them.
To prevent trading malpractices and achieve a balance between self regulation by the securities industry and its statutory regulation.
To regulate and develop a code of conduct and fair practices by intermediaries like brokers, merchant bankers etc., with a view to making them competitive and professional.
[= 1 × 4 = 4 marks]
Q947.2023 Supp. 66/C/1 · Q28(b)4 marks
State any four functions of Stock Exchange.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/C/1
Functions of Stock Exchange (any four):
Stock Exchanges provide liquidity and marketability to existing securities by giving investors the chance to disinvest and reinvest.
They help in determining the prices of securities through the forces of demand and supply.
Stock exchanges ensure the investors safety of transactions and fair deal on the market as they are well-regulated and their dealings are well-defined according to the existing legal framework.
Stock exchanges contribute to economic growth through the process of disinvestment and reinvestment and channelising the savings into most productive investment avenues.
Stock exchanges spread equity cult by regulating new issues, better trading practices and taking effective steps in educating the public about investments.
Stock exchanges provide sufficient scope for speculation within the provisions of law in a restricted and controlled manner.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded.)
[= 1 × 4 = 4 marks]
Q948.2022 Main 66/1/1 · Q105 marks
State any five functions of a ‘Stock Exchange’.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/1/1
Functions performed by a Stock Exchange (any five):
(i) Stock Exchanges provide liquidity and marketability to existing securities by giving investors the chance to disinvest and reinvest.
(ii) They help in determining the prices of securities through the forces of demand and supply.
(iii) Stock exchanges ensure the investors safety of transactions and fair deal on the market as they are well-regulated and their dealings are well-defined according to the existing legal framework.
(iv) Stock exchanges contribute to economic growth through the process of disinvestment and reinvestment and channelising the savings into most productive investment avenues.
(v) Stock exchanges spread equity cult by regulating new issues, better trading practices and taking effective steps in educating the public about investments.
(vi) Stock exchanges provide sufficient scope for speculation within the provisions of law in a restricted and controlled manner.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded.)
[1 mark for each function = 1×5 = 5 marks]
Q949.2022 Main 66/2/1 · Q105 marks
What is meant by a ‘Stock Exchange’ ? State any three functions of a ‘Stock Exchange’.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/2/1
Stock Exchange is an institution which provides a platform for buying and selling of existing securities.
(Or any other correct meaning)
Functions of Stock Exchange are: (Any three)
(a) It provides liquidity and marketability to existing securities by allowing the investors a chance to disinvest and reinvest.
(b) It determines the price of securities on the basis of the forces of demand and supply.
(c) It ensures safety of transactions as the transactions carried out within an existing legal framework.
(d) It contributes to economic growth as it indirectly promotes capital formation.
(e) It spreads equity cult and ensures wider share ownership.
(f) It provides scope for speculation within the provisions of law.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
[2 marks for meaning + 1×3 = 3 marks; = 2+3 = 5 marks]
Q950.2022 Main 66/3/1 · Q105 marks
What is meant by ‘financial market’ ? State any four functions of financial market.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/3/1
A financial market is a market for the creation and exchange of financial assets.
Functions of Financial Market:
(i) A financial market facilitates the mobilisation of savings from savers to investors and helps to channelise surplus funds into the most productive use.
(ii) In a financial market, while the households are suppliers of funds and business firms represent the demand, the interaction between them helps to establish a price for the financial asset which is being traded in that market.
(iii) Financial markets facilitate easy purchase and sale of financial assets, thus, providing liquidity to financial assets.
(iv) Financial market helps to save time, efforts and money that both buyers and sellers of a financial asset would have to otherwise spend to try and find each other, thus, reducing the cost of transactions.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded.)
[1 mark for the meaning + 1 mark for stating each function = 1×4 = 4 marks; = 1+4 = 5 marks]
Q951.2022 Main 66/4/1 · Q95 marks
State any five functions of a Stock Exchange.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/4/1
Functions of Stock Exchange are: (Any five)
(a) It provides liquidity and marketability to existing securities by allowing the investors a chance to disinvest and reinvest.
(b) It determines the price of securities on the basis of the forces of demand and supply.
(c) It ensures safety of transactions as the transactions carried out within an existing legal framework.
(d) It contributes to economic growth as it indirectly promotes capital formation.
(e) It spreads equity cult and ensures wider share ownership.
(f) It provides scope for speculation within the provisions of law.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
[1×5 = 5 marks]
Q952.2022 Main 66/5/1 · Q105 marks
What is meant by financial market? State any four functions of financial market.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/5/1
A financial market is a market for the creation and exchange of financial assets. [1 mark]
Functions of Financial Market:
A financial market facilitates the mobilisation of savings from savers to investors and helps to channelise surplus funds into the most productive use.
In a financial market, while the households are suppliers of funds and business firms represent the demand, the interaction between them helps to establish a price for the financial asset which is being traded in that market.
Financial markets facilitate easy purchase and sale of financial assets, thus, providing liquidity to financial assets.
Financial market helps to save time, effort and money that both buyers and sellers of a financial asset would have to otherwise spend to try and find each other, thus, reducing the cost of transactions.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded.)
[1 mark for the meaning + 1 mark for stating each function (1×4) = 1+4 = 5 marks]
Q953.2026 Main 66/1/1 · Q336 marks
Ria ran a small online bakery business. Her business was doing very well. She saved a good amount of money every month and now wanted to invest it wisely. She was in a dilemma to keep her savings in a bank account or to invest it in the stock market. Her friend Aabha, who had done a certification course from National Stock Exchange, encouraged her to invest in the stock market. She explained to Ria that if she invests in the stock market, she could disinvest and reinvest whenever she wanted, which would provide her good liquidity. Aabha also told her that the membership of stock exchange is well regulated and all trading takes place within the legal framework. As a result, investors get a fair and safe deal.
Ria was still apprehensive as she had heard that there is lot of speculation in the stock market. She wanted to be cautious. Aabha clarified that speculation does exist, but it happens in a restricted and controlled way. She also told Ria that the stock exchange is keen to promote wider share ownership and does so by educating public about investments etc. As a result, young people have started investing in the stock market. After all this discussion, Ria felt confident and decided to invest a part of her savings in the stock market.
Quoting lines, identify and explain the four functions of stock exchange highlighted in the above case.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/1/1
Four functions of stock exchange in the above case are as follows:
1. “She explained to Ria that if she invests in the stock market, she could disinvest and reinvest whenever she wanted, which would provide her good liquidity.”
Providing liquidity and marketability to existing securities: The basic function of a stock exchange is the creation of a continuous market where securities are bought and sold which provide liquidity and marketability.
2. “Aabha also told her that the membership of stock exchange is well regulated and all trading takes place within the legal framework. As a result, investors get a fair and safe deal.”
Safety of transactions: The membership of a stock exchange is well- regulated and its dealings are well defined according to the existing legal framework, which ensures that the investing public gets a safe and fair deal on the market.
3. “Aabha clarified that speculation does exist, but it happens in a restricted and controlled way”
Providing scope for speculation: The stock exchange provides sufficient scope within the provisions of law for speculative activity in a restricted and controlled manner.
4. “She also told Ria that the stock exchange is keen to promote wider share ownership and does so by educating the public about investments etc. As a result, young people have started investing in the stock market”
Spreading of equity cult: The stock exchange can play a vital role in ensuring wider share ownership by regulating new issues, better trading practices and taking effective steps in educating the public about investments.
[(½ mark for quoting + ½ mark for identification + ½ mark for explanation) 1½ x 4 = 6 marks]
Q954.2025 Main 66/6/1 · Q32(b)6 marks
Distinguish between ‘Money Market’ and ‘Capital Market’ on any six basis.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/6/1
Difference between Money Market and Capital Market: (Any six)
Basis
Money Market
Capital Market
(i) Participants
The participants are RBI, banks, Financial Institutions, State Governments, Corporate Houses.
The participants are Financial Institutions, banks, corporate entities, foreign investors and retail investors.
(ii) Instruments traded
Instruments traded are Treasury bills, Call money, Certificate of deposit, Commercial paper, Commercial bill.
Instruments traded are shares, debentures and bonds.
(iii) Investment Outlay
Investment Outlay is large.
Investment Outlay is small.
(iv) Duration
It deals in short term securities.
It deals in medium and long term securities.
(v) Liquidity
Money market instruments enjoy a higher degree of liquidity as DFHI provides a ready market for these instruments.
Capital market instruments are less liquid as a share may not be actively traded on stock exchange.
(vi) Safety
Money market is much safer with a minimum risk of default.
Capital market instruments are riskier.
(vii) Expected returns
The investment in money market yields a lesser return for investors.
The investment in capital market generally yields a higher return for investors.
[1×6 = 6 marks]
Q955.SQP 2026-27 · Q326 marks
Astrick Ltd., a fast-growing FMCG company, decided to expand its operations by setting up a new manufacturing unit. To raise funds, the company issued shares to the public. After the issue, the company participated in a market which provided a platform for buying and selling of existing securities.
Soon, Astrick Ltd. noticed that the market price of its shares was constantly changing based on the company’s performance reports, economic conditions, and demand and supply. Investors felt confident because its dealings were well defined according to the existing legal framework. It also ensured that they could easily convert their investment into cash whenever needed and the savings of the investors could get channelised into the most productive investment opportunities.
Name and give a suitable definition of the institution which as a market provides the platform referred to in the above case.
Explain the functions of the institution identified in part a) discussed in the case.
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2026-27 · Marking Scheme
(a) The institution that provides the platform is the Stock Exchange. According to the Securities Contracts (Regulation) Act, 1956, Stock Exchange means anybody of individuals, whether incorporated or not, constituted for the purpose of assisting, regulating or controlling the business of buying and selling or dealing in securities.
[1 mark for naming + 1 mark for definition]
(b) Functions of the institution discussed are:
1. Providing Liquidity and Marketability to existing Securities: The basic function of a stock exchange is the creation of a continuous market where securities are bought and sold. It gives investors the chance to disinvest and reinvest. This provides both liquidity and easy marketability to already existing securities in the market.
2. Pricing of Securities: Share prices on a stock exchange are determined by the forces of demand and supply. A stock exchange is a mechanism of constant valuation through which the prices of securities are determined. Such a valuation provides important instant information to both buyers and Sellers in the market.
3. Safety of Transaction: The membership of a stock exchange is well- regulated and its dealings are well defined according to the existing legal framework. This ensures that the investing public gets a safe and fair deal on the market.
4. Contributes to Economic Growth: Through the process of disinvestment and reinvestment savings get channelised into their most productive investment avenues. This leads to capital formation and economic growth.
[1 × 4 (½ mark each for heading + ½ mark each explanation); 1 + 1 + 4 = 6]
Part B · Business Finance and Marketing
11. Marketing Management
Q956.2026 Main 66/1/1 · Q61 mark
Sudha is a corporate executive and has to attend a felicitation function to be held in her office tomorrow. So she decides to colour her hair. On recommendation of her friend, she purchased ‘NATURO’ hair colour. After reading essential details such as shade, its ingredients, usage instructions and expiry date mentioned on the box, Sudha opened the box. She took out the colour tube and developer bottle from the box and threw away the box.
The level of packaging of box thrown away by Sudha was :
Primary packaging
Transportation packaging
Secondary packaging
General packaging
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(C) Secondary packaging [1 mark]
Q957.2026 Main 66/2/1 · Q81 mark
NV Electronics has an innovative range of smartphones, T.V’s, home entertainment systems, kitchen appliances and air conditioners. Besides supplying quality products, their focus is also on handling customer complaints speedily, providing maintenance services, procuring credit services etc.
The function of marketing discussed above is :
Branding
Marketing Planning
Product designing and development
Customer support services
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(D) Customer support services [1 mark]
Q958.2026 Main 66/2/1 · Q141 mark
‘Lima’ is a global sportswear brand known for shoes, apparel and sports accessories. Customers can recognize Lima’s shoes, t-shirts and bags just by seeing the tiger symbol imprinted on all Lima’s products. Lima has legally registered both its name ‘Lima’ and its tiger symbol so that no other company can legally use the same or similar design in their sportswear.
The tiger symbol is Lima’s :
Brand name
Brand mark
Trade mark
Both Brand mark and Trade mark
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(D) Both Brand mark and Trade mark [1 mark]
Q959.2026 Main 66/3/1 · Q21 mark
On Raksha Bandhan, Reena received a gift from her brother. After removing the gift wrap paper, she saw a decorative cardboard box. Inside the box, she found a small glass bottle containing an expensive face cream. Both the decorative cardboard box and the glass bottle had a beautiful label displaying the brand name, ingredients, expiry date, etc.
Which level of packaging does the glass bottle represent ?
Primary packaging
Transportation packaging
Secondary packaging
General packaging
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(A) Primary packaging [1 mark]
Q960.2026 Main 66/4/1 · Q61 mark
The pouch depicted below contains packets of different flavours of chips. Identify the level of packaging of the pouch :
[Picture not reproduced: a transparent plastic pouch holding many small packets of chips of different flavours.]
Primary
Secondary
Transportation
General
Note: The following question is for the Visually Impaired Candidates only in lieu of Q. No. 6.
‘It involves a variety of programmes designed to promote or protect a company’s image and its individual products in the eyes of the public.’
The promotion tool being referred to in the above statement is :
Advertising
Personal Selling
Sales Promotion
Public Relations
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(B) Secondary
[1 mark]
Visually Impaired alternative:
(D) Public Relations
[1 mark]
Q961.2026 Main 66/4/1 · Q191 mark
Read the following statements carefully :
Statement I: The production concept assumes that the customers will not buy, or not buy enough, unless they are adequately convinced and motivated to do so.
Statement II: The selling concept assumes that the consumers will favour those products which are widely available at an affordable price.
In the light of the given statements, choose the correct alternative from the following :
Statement I is true and Statement II is false.
Statement I is false and Statement II is true.
Both Statement I and Statement II are false.
Both Statement I and Statement II are true.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(C) Both Statement I and Statement II are false.
[1 mark]
Q962.2026 Main 66/5/1 · Q41 mark
One of the factors affecting price determination of a product is ‘Pricing Objectives’. Which of the following pricing objectives will result in a higher price being fixed for the product?
Obtaining market share leadership
Surviving in a competitive market
Attaining product quality leadership
Profit maximisation in the long run
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(C) Attaining product quality leadership
[1 mark]
Q963.2026 Main 66/5/1 · Q91 mark
Identify the shift in the marketing management philosophy from Picture I to Picture II.
[Pictures not reproduced: Picture I – “Mass Production of Televisions”; Picture II – “Use of Television as a Computer Monitor”.]
From Production concept to Product concept
From Production concept to Societal marketing concept
From Societal marketing concept to Production concept
From Product concept to Production concept
Note: The following question is for the Visually Impaired Candidates only in lieu of Q. No. 9.
The process of giving a name or a sign or a symbol etc., to a product is known as:
Brand
Branding
Labelling
Packaging
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(A) From Production concept to Product concept
[1 mark]
Visually Impaired alternative:
(B) Branding
Q964.2026 Supp. 66/7/1 · Q41 mark
Identify the level of packaging that refers to the product’s immediate container:
Primary packaging
Secondary packaging
General packaging
Transportation packaging
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/7/1
(A) Primary packaging
[1 mark]
Q965.2026 Supp. 66/7/1 · Q71 mark
Read the following statements: Assertion (A) and Reason (R).
Assertion (A): Transportation is one of the major elements in the physical distribution of goods.
Reason (R): There may be a difference between the time a product is produced and the time it is required for consumption.
Choose the correct alternative from the following:
Assertion (A) is true, but Reason (R) is false.
Assertion (A) is false, but Reason (R) is true.
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are false.
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/7/1
(A) Assertion (A) is true, but Reason (R) is false.
[1 mark]
Q966.2026 Supp. 66/7/1 · Q141 mark
Identify the marketing function depicted in the picture given below:
[Picture not reproduced: a red truck labelled “DELIVERY VAN”.]
Promotion
Packaging and Labelling
Storage or Warehousing
Transportation
Note: The following question is for the Visually Impaired Candidates only in lieu of Q. No. 14.
Identify the component of physical distribution whose need arises because there may be a difference between the time a product is produced and the time it is required for consumption.
Order processing
Transportation
Warehousing
Inventory control
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/7/1
(D) Transportation
[1 mark]
Visually Impaired alternative:
(C) Warehousing
Q967.2026 Supp. 66/7/1 · Q161 mark
Under the _________ concept, availability and affordability of the product are considered to be the key to the success of a firm.
Marketing
Selling
Product
Production
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/7/1
(D) Production
[1 mark]
Q968.2026 Supp. 66/7/1 · Q171 mark
Match the Element of Promotion Mix given in Column-I with its Explanation given in Column-II:
Column-I
Column-II
1. Public Relations
(i) It is an impersonal form of communication, which is paid for by the marketers (sponsors) to promote some goods or services
2. Sales Promotion
(ii) It involves a variety of programmes designed to promote or protect a company’s image and its individual products in the eyes of the public
3. Advertising
(iii) It involves oral presentation of message in the form of conversation with one or more prospective customers for the purpose of making sales
4. Personal Selling
(iv) It refers to short term incentives, which are designed to encourage the buyers to make immediate purchase of a product or service
Choose the correct option from the following:
1-(ii), 2-(iii), 3-(i), 4-(iv)
1-(i), 2-(iv), 3-(ii), 4-(iii)
1-(iv), 2-(i), 3-(iii), 4-(ii)
1-(ii), 2-(iv), 3-(i), 4-(iii)
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/7/1
(D) 1-(ii), 2-(iv), 3-(i), 4-(iii)
[1 mark]
Q969.2025 Main 66/1/1 · Q41 mark
Shridhan wanted to purchase an electric car. He visited a retail showroom of a car company where these cars were displayed. The Marketing Manager of this showroom told Shridhan that the company offers credit facilities, maintenance services and many other services that help in bringing repeat sales and developing brand loyalty for their cars. The marketing function being discussed by the Marketing Manager in the above case is:
Product Designing and Development
Marketing Planning
Customer Support Services
Branding
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(C) Customer Support Services [1 mark]
Q970.2025 Main 66/1/1 · Q51 mark
Which of the following statement is correct with respect to ‘Exchange Mechanism’, a feature of Marketing?
For an exchange it is necessary that there should be involvement of at least three parties.
The parties do not have the freedom to reject other parties offer.
The acceptance of the offer for each party has to take place on the basis of compulsion.
For an exchange it is necessary that each party should be capable of offering something of value to the other.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(D) For an exchange it is necessary that each party should be capable of offering something of value to the other. [1 mark]
Q971.2025 Main 66/1/1 · Q91 mark
Which of the following statement is correct about personal selling:
It is an impersonal form of communication.
Personal selling does not allow a sales person to develop personal relationships with the prospective customers.
Personal selling involves oral presentation of message in the form of conversation with one or more prospective customers for the purpose of making a sale.
Personal selling refers to short-term incentives, which are designed to encourage the buyers to make immediate purchase of a product or service.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(C) Personal selling involves oral presentation of message in the form of conversation with one or more prospective customers for the purpose of making a sale. [1 mark]
Q972.2025 Main 66/1/1 · Q181 mark
Match the concepts of marketing in Column I with their respective explanations in Column-II:
Column-I
Column-II
(a) Product concept
(i) Its main focus is on quality, performance and feature of the product.
(b) Selling concept
(ii) Its main focus is on satisfaction of customer needs.
(c) Marketing concept
(iii) Its main focus is on aggressively persuading buyer to purchase the existing product.
(d) Societal concept
(iv) Its main focus is on satisfaction of customer needs and society’s well-being.
Choose the correct options from the following:
(a) (iv), (b) (iii), (c) (ii), (d) (i)
(a) (iii), (b) (ii), (c) (i), (d) (iv)
(a) (ii), (b) (i), (c) (iii), (d) (iv)
(a) (i), (b) (iii), (c) (ii), (d) (iv)
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(D) (a) (i) (b) (iii) (c) (ii) (d) (iv) [1 mark]
Q973.2025 Main 66/2/1 · Q101 mark
A buyer buys a product or service for what it does for him/her or the benefit it provides to him/her. There can be three type of benefits, a consumer may seek to satisfy from the purchase of a product: (i) Functional benefits, (ii) Social benefits and (iii) …………………..
Technological benefits
Economic benefits
Psychological benefits.
Environmental benefits
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(C) Psychological benefits. [1 mark]
Q974.2025 Main 66/4/1 · Q81 mark
From the picture given below identify the promotional tool used by the organisation to achieve its communication objectives:
[Picture not reproduced: wrapper of a ‘YUMMY Milk’ chocolate bar carrying a ‘10% Extra’ offer.]
Advertising
Personal Selling
Sales Promotion
Public Relations
Note: The following question is for the Visually Impaired Candidates only in lieu of Q. No. 8.
Which of the following functions of marketing gives detailed information to the consumers about the product, ensures safety of product and also serves as a promotional tool?
Product designing and development
Branding
Marketing planning
Packaging and labelling
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(C) Sales Promotion
Visually Impaired Candidates:
(D) Packaging and labelling
Q975.2025 Main 66/5/1 · Q71 mark
Read the following statements: Assertion (A) and Reason (R).
Assertion (A): Marketing is only a post production activity.
Reason (R): Marketing includes activities like identification of customer needs, collection of information for developing the product, designing suitable product package and giving it a brand name.
Choose the correct alternative from the options given below:
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are false.
Assertion (A) is true, but Reason (R) is false.
Assertion (A) is false, but Reason (R) is true.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(D) Assertion (A) is false, but Reason (R) is true.
Q976.2025 Main 66/6/1 · Q41 mark
‘To identify the needs of the customers and to take various decisions related to successful marketing of the products and services, it is important to make an analysis of the available opportunities and threats, as well as strengths and weaknesses of the organisation and decide what opportunities can be best pursued by it’, highlights one of the functions of marketing, that is:
gathering and analysing market information
marketing planning
product designing and development
branding
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/6/1
(A) gathering and analysing market information
Q977.2025 Main 66/6/1 · Q141 mark
Read the following statements: Assertion (A) and Reason (R).
Assertion (A): A buyer buys a product or service for what it does for him/her or the benefit it provides to him/her.
Reason (R): From the customer's point of view, a product is a bundle of utilities which is purchased because of its capability to provide satisfaction of a certain need.
Choose the correct alternative from the options given below:
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true, but Reason (R) is not the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
Assertion (A) is true, but Reason (R) is false.
Assertion (A) is false, but Reason (R) is true.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/6/1
(A) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
Q978.2025 Main 66/7/1 · Q91 mark
Identify the marketing function displayed in the picture given below:
[Picture not reproduced: a finger pointing at the ‘Nutrition Facts’ label printed on a food container.]
Product designing and development
Branding
Marketing planning
Packaging and labelling
Note: The following question is for the Visually Impaired Candidates only in lieu of Q. No. 9.
Which of the following functions of marketing gives detailed information to the consumers about the product, ensures safety of product and also serves as a promotional tool?
Product designing and development
Branding
Marketing planning
Packaging and labelling
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/7/1
(D) Packaging and labelling
Visually Impaired Candidates:
(D) Packaging and labelling
Q979.2025 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q41 mark
After identifying the needs and wants of the target market and understanding that parents were increasingly looking for eco-friendly and safe toys for their children, a toy manufacturing company ‘Deepak Toys Ltd.’ decides to use eco-friendly materials for their toys. The company also ensures that their manufacturing process will not harm the environment.
The marketing management philosophy that guided the efforts of ‘Deepak Toys Ltd.’ is :
Selling concept
Product concept
Marketing concept
Societal marketing concept
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
(D) Societal Marketing concept [1 mark]
Q980.2025 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q91 mark
Identify the incorrect statement with respect to ‘Product’ as an element of Marketing Mix :
A buyer buys a product or service for what it does or the benefit it provides.
A product is a bundle of utilities, which is purchased because of its capability to provide satisfaction of a certain need.
A customer may seek to satisfy functional, promotional and technological benefits from the purchase of a product.
Product relates to not only the physical product, but also the benefits offered by it from the customer’s view point.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
(C) A customer may seek to satisfy functional, promotional and technological benefits from the purchase of a product. [1 mark]
Q981.2025 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q121 mark
“With the growth of computers, more and more companies are using interactive sites on the Internet, to gather customer views and opinions, before taking important business decisions.”
Identify the marketing function highlighted in the above lines.
Marketing planning
Product designing and development
Branding
Gathering and Analysing Market Information
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
(D) Gathering and Analysing market information [1 mark]
Q982.2025 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q141 mark
Bisphenol A is one of the most harmful chemicals used to make plastic water bottles. Its levels increase when the water is stored in these bottles for a long period of time. Keeping health considerations in mind, Ketan ordered six glass water bottles and decided not to use plastic bottles in the future. On receiving the parcel, he found that two bottles were broken as the container or wrapper was not adequate to protect the bottles.
The product-related decision neglected by the marketer was :
Branding
Packaging
Labelling
Both (B) and (C)
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
(B) Packaging [1 mark]
Q983.2024 Main 66/1/1 · Q151 mark
The marketing management philosophy which uses availability and affordability as a means to achieve the objectives is :
Marketing concept
Selling concept
Product concept
Production concept
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(D) Production concept
[1 mark]
Q984.2024 Main 66/1/1 · Q161 mark
Identify the tool of promotion used by ‘Mehta Sons Garments’ to boost its sales :
[Picture: a garment display captioned “MEHTA SONS GARMENTS” with a placard reading “HURRY UP 50% OFF ONLY FOR 2 days”]
Advertising
Personal selling
Sales promotion
Public relations
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(C) Sales promotion
[1 mark]
Q985.2024 Main 66/1/1 · Q181 mark
Which of the following is not a component of ‘Physical Distribution’ ?
Inventory control
Standardisation and grading
Order processing
Transportation
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(B) Standardisation and grading
[1 mark]
Q986.2024 Main 66/1/1 · Q191 mark
Beenu had a bookstore in Sabad called ‘Book-mark’. For years, the bookstore was doing reasonably well but with the rise of digital books and online retailers, her sales had declined. Beenu’s daughter, who had just completed her MBA with a specialisation in marketing decided to launch a marketing campaign to revive the bookstore. The campaign’s focus was on the joy of reading books in physical form, the joy of turning pages and the warm atmosphere of the bookstore. She organised story writing and other competitions every weekend. The information of these was given to the parents and children through television, radio, children’s magazines, etc. Attractive prizes were offered to the winners. This increased the footfall of the children and their parents and the bookstore soon became popular.
The tool of communication used by Beenu’s daughter to revive the bookstore was :
Advertising
Personal selling
Sales promotion
Public relations
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(D) Public relations
[1 mark]
Q987.2024 Main 66/2/1 · Q71 mark
Match the Marketing Management philosophies given in Column I with their main focus given in Column II :
Column I
Column II
1. Production concept
(i) Customers’ needs
2. Product concept
(ii) Quality, performance and features of product
3. Marketing concept
(iii) Customers’ needs and societal well-being
4. Societal marketing concept
(iv) Quantity of product
Choose the correct option from the following :
1-(i), 2-(ii), 3-(iii), 4-(iv)
1-(ii), 2-(iii), 3-(i), 4-(iv)
1-(iv), 2-(ii), 3-(i), 4-(iii)
1-(ii), 2-(iv), 3-(i), 4-(iii)
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(C) 1-(iv), 2-(ii), 3-(i), 4-(iii)
[1 mark]
Q988.2024 Main 66/2/1 · Q131 mark
‘Lens-o’ was started as an online eyewear company selling glasses and contact lenses on their website. Recently, it set up a uniquely designed offline store, so that customers can also buy their products from the company showroom.
Which channel of distribution is used by the company :
Zero level channel
One level channel
Two level channel
Three level channel
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(A) Zero level channel
[1 mark]
Q989.2024 Main 66/2/1 · Q151 mark
‘JKSD India Ltd.’ recently introduced a new range of ‘fresh from kitchen’ jams, ketchups, salad dressings and peanut butter, etc. They appointed salespersons to contact prospective customers in leading malls to create awareness about their products and develop product preferences with the aim of making sales.
Which tool of promotion is being used by ‘JKSD India Ltd.’ to market its products :
Advertising
Personal Selling
Sales Promotion
Public Relations
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(B) Personal Selling
[1 mark]
Q990.2024 Main 66/2/1 · Q181 mark
A name, term, symbol, design, or some combination of these, used to identify the products, goods or services of one seller or group of sellers and to differentiate them from those of the competitors is known as :
Brand
Trade Mark
Brand Name
Brand Mark
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(A) Brand
[1 mark]
Q991.2024 Main 66/2/1 · Q201 mark
Which of the following is not a feature of marketing :
Needs and wants
Storage and warehousing
Customer value
Creating a market offering
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(B) Storage and warehousing
[1 mark]
Q992.2024 Main 66/3/1 · Q141 mark
Identify from the following what is depicted in the given picture :
[Picture: a box of sweets labelled “Amar Sweets” — “SWEET& SPICY — HANDCRAFTED ASSORTMENT OF INDIAN TREATS” — with an “AS” monogram symbol]
Trade Mark only
Brand Name only
Brand Mark only
Both Brand Name and Brand Mark
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(D) Both Brand Name and Brand Mark.
[1 mark]
Q993.2024 Main 66/4/1 · Q91 mark
‘Marbury biscuits’ launched its new range of oat cookies in three varieties. They decided to distribute free samples of their biscuits in schools as a part of their promotional campaign.
Identify the tool of promotion used by ‘Marbury Biscuits’ :
Advertising
Personal Selling
Sales Promotion
Public Relations
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(C) Sales Promotion
[1 mark]
Q994.2024 Main 66/4/1 · Q191 mark
Statement – I : That part of a brand which can be spoken is called a brand name.
Statement – II : That part of the brand which is given legal protection is called Trademark.
Choose the correct option from the following :
Statement I is true and Statement II is false.
Statement II is true and Statement I is false.
Both the statements are true.
Both the statements are false.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(C) Both the statements are true.
[1 mark]
Q995.2024 Main 66/4/1 · Q201 mark
The picture given below is the package of a perfume bottle :
[Picture: a tall closed rectangular box with a decorative emblem and a blank label panel]
Identify the level of packaging of the box shown above :
Primary package
Secondary packaging
Transportation packaging
Both (A) and (B)
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(B) Secondary packaging
[1 mark]
Q996.2024 Main 66/5/1 · Q111 mark
Match the terms given in Column-I with their meaning in Column-II.
Column-I
Column-II
a.
Trademark
(i)
A name, term, sign, symbol, design or some combination of them used to identify the products and differentiate them from the competitors.
b.
Brand name
(ii)
A brand or a part of the brand that is given legal protection.
c.
Brand
(iii)
That part of the brand which can be recognised but which is not utterable.
d.
Brand mark
(iv)
That part of the brand which can be spoken.
Choose the correct option from the following :
a (i), b (ii), c (iii), d (iv)
a (ii), b (iii), c (i), d (iv)
a (ii), b (iv), c (i), d (iii)
a (ii), b (i), c (iv), d (iii)
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(C) a (ii) b (iv) c (i) d (iii) [1 mark]
Q997.2024 Main 66/5/1 · Q141 mark
Identify from the following – what is shown in the picture of refrigerator given below ?
[Picture: a refrigerator (captioned ‘Refrigerator’) carrying a sticker showing ‘Digital Inverter’, ‘10 Warranty’, a star-rating ‘Power Savings Guide’ and a voltage range]
Brand name
Brand mark
Trademark
Label
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(D) Label [1 mark]
Q998.2024 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q11 mark
The level(s) of packaging shown in the picture given below is/are :
[Picture: a pack of bottles of juice held together with plastic shrink-wrap on a cardboard tray]
Primary level only
Primary and secondary levels
Primary, secondary and transportation packaging levels
Primary and transportation packaging levels
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
(D) Primary and transportation packaging levels [1 mark]
Q999.2024 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q121 mark
Prakhar Ltd. is the manufacturer of life-saving drugs. There was an outbreak of flu two years back that spread quickly and affected many people. Prakhar Ltd. made huge investment on research and development and was able to develop a medicine for the same. The medicine was very effective in controlling the flu and now it has become a necessity for the patients. As a result, the demand for the medicine increased manifold. Considering the demand, the company increased the price of the medicine. The government observed the situation. Since it was the only available medicine to combat flu, the Government declared it as an essential medicine and regulated its price to make it affordable for the public.
From the following, identify the factor(s) affecting the determination of price discussed in the above case :
Product cost
Marketing methods used
Utility and demand
Government and legal regulations
(iv) only
(i), (iii) and (iv)
(iii) and (iv)
(i), (ii) and (iii)
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
(B) (i), (iii) and (iv) [1 mark]
Q1000.2024 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q201 mark
When the products are sold by a manufacturer to the end consumer without involving any intermediary, the type of channel of distribution used is :
Zero level channel
One level channel
Two level channel
Three level channel
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
(A) Zero level channel [1 mark]
Q1001.2023 Main 66/1/1 · Q71 mark
___________ as an element of marketing mix includes the activities that make the firm’s products available to the target customers.
Promotion
Place
Product
Price
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(B) Place
[1 mark]
Q1002.2023 Main 66/1/1 · Q171 mark
‘Roma Ltd.’ identified the needs of the customers for the successful marketing of their products. This was important for making an analysis of the available opportunities, threats, weaknesses and strengths of the organisation and help in deciding what opportunities can best be pursued by it.
By doing so, which of the following functions of marketing is being performed by ‘Roma Ltd.’?
Standardisation and grading
Product designing and development
Marketing planning
Gathering and analysing market information
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(D) Gathering and analysing market information
[1 mark]
Q1003.2023 Main 66/1/1 · Q181 mark
[Picture: front view of a car showing a round logo above a plate reading ‘ELEGANT’]
The symbol which appears on all the ‘Elegant’ cars and which is not utterable is known as its:
Brand
Brand name
Brand mark
Trade mark
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(C) Brand mark
[1 mark]
Q1004.2023 Main 66/1/1 · Q191 mark
‘A good physical distribution system should provide for an accurate and speedy processing of orders in the absence of which goods will reach the customers late or in wrong quantity.’
The component of physical distribution highlighted above is:
Warehousing
Order Processing
Transportation
Inventory Control
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(B) Order Processing
[1 mark]
Q1005.2023 Main 66/1/1 · Q201 mark
________ involves a variety of programmes designed to promote or protect a company’s image and its individual products in the eyes of the public.
Personal selling
Public relations
Sales promotion
Advertising
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(B) Public relations
[1 mark]
Q1006.2023 Main 66/2/1 · Q131 mark
Match the various items of Column – I with the respective statements in Column – II.
Column – I
Column – II
a. Advertising
(i) Creates a positive image about the company and its products.
b. Personal selling
(ii) Paid form of impersonal communication.
c. Public relations
(iii) Develop Personal relationship with the prospective buyer.
a (ii), b (iii), c (i)
a (i), b (iii), c (ii)
a (iii), b (ii), c (i)
a (ii), b (i), c (iii)
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(A) a (ii), b (iii), c (i)
[1 mark]
Q1007.2023 Main 66/2/1 · Q151 mark
The ________ function of marketing ensures the buyers that goods confirm to predetermined standards of quality and reduces the need for inspection. It also ensures that goods belong to a particular quality and helps in realising higher prices for high quality output.
Product Designing and Development
Standardisation and Grading
Marketing Planning
Branding
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(B) Standardisation and Grading
[1 mark]
Q1008.2023 Main 66/2/1 · Q171 mark
In which of the following situations, a company will fix high price for its product?
When firm’s objective is to obtain larger share of the market.
When the firm is facing difficulties in surviving in the market because of intense competition.
When the firm wants to cover high cost of Research and Development to attain product quality leadership.
When the firm wants to maximise its total profit in the long run.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(C) When the firm wants to cover high cost of Research and Development to attain product quality leadership.
[1 mark]
Q1009.2023 Main 66/3/1 · Q101 mark
Prateek Singh opened a jewellery store ‘Fashion Jewels’ offering workwear, light jewellery with modern designs for young working women. Good jewellery designs not only made the jewellery attractive for young working women, but also gave him a competitive edge in the market. The jewellery was a hit with working women and ‘Fashion Jewels’ was able to report a profit of ₹3 crore in the first year itself. The function of marketing performed by Prateek Singh in the above case was:
Packaging and labelling
Promotion
Customer support service
Product designing and development
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(D) Product designing and development
Q1010.2023 Main 66/3/1 · Q121 mark
Identify the correct sequence of two-level-channel of distribution:
Manufacturer → Retailer → Agent → Customer
Manufacturer → Consumer → Retailer → Wholesaler
Manufacturer → Agent → Customer → Retailer
Manufacturer → Wholesaler → Retailer → Consumer
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/3/1
The element of promotion mix which involves a variety of programmes designed to promote or protect a company’s image and its individual products in the eyes of the public is:
Personal selling
Public relations
Marketing
Sales promotion
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(B) Public relations
Q1012.2023 Main 66/3/1 · Q181 mark
The level of packaging of the chocolate shown in the picture below is:
[Picture: a chocolate bar partly unwrapped from its foil wrapper – image not reproduced]
Secondary packaging
Transportation packaging
Designer packaging
Primary packaging
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(D) Primary packaging
Q1013.2023 Main 66/4/1 · Q121 mark
Statement I: For any exchange to take place it is important that there must be at least two parties – a buyer and a seller.
Statement II: Exchange can take place even if the buyers and sellers are not able to communicate with each other.
Choose the correct option from the following:
Both Statement I and Statement II are correct.
Both Statement I and Statement II are incorrect.
Statement I is correct and Statement II is incorrect.
Statement I is incorrect and Statement II is correct.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(C) Statement I is correct and Statement II is incorrect.
Q1014.2023 Main 66/4/1 · Q131 mark
Match the following marketing philosophies given in Column I with their respective meaning given in Column II.
Column I
Column II
P. The Product concept
(i) It emphasises on increasing the profit through increased sales volumes by adopting aggressive selling techniques
Q. The Production concept
(ii) It emphasises on quality performance and features of product and thus profit maximisation through product improvement
R. The Selling concept
(iii) It emphasises on profit maximisation through volume of production, thereby reducing the cost of production
S. The Marketing concept
(iv) It emphasises on profit maximisation through customer satisfaction, i.e. identifying the needs of its present and prospective buyers and satisfying them in an effective manner
P-(ii), Q-(iii), R-(i), S-(iv)
P-(i), Q-(ii), R-(iv), S-(iii)
P-(iii), Q-(i), R-(ii), S-(iv)
P-(iv), Q-(iii), R-(i), S-(ii)
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(A) P-(ii), Q-(iii), R-(i), S-(iv)
Q1015.2023 Main 66/4/1 · Q151 mark
The marketing function which includes plan for increasing the level of production, promotion of the products, etc. and specifies the action programmes to achieve these objectives is:
Gathering and analysing market information
Marketing planning
Product designing and development
Pricing of the product
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(B) Marketing planning
Q1016.2023 Main 66/4/1 · Q181 mark
‘A social process by which individual groups obtain what they need and want through creating offerings and freely exchanging products and services of value with others’ is known as:
Marketing
Marketing mix
Branding
Packaging
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(A) Marketing
Q1017.2023 Main 66/4/1 · Q191 mark
Which of the following statements is incorrect about Sales Promotion?
It includes short-term incentives which are designed to encourage the buyers to make immediate purchase of a product or services.
It includes all promotional efforts other than advertising, personal selling and public relations.
It includes only those activities that are used to provide long-term incentives to boost the sales of a firm.
It includes the activities which are undertaken to supplement other promotional efforts such as advertising and personal selling.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(C) It includes only those activities that are used to provide long-term incentives to boost the sales of a firm.
Q1018.2023 Main 66/5/1 · Q121 mark
Statement-I: The concept of product relates to not only the physical product but also the benefits offered by it from customer’s point of view.
Statement-II: The concept of product does not include the extended product by way of after sale services, availability of spare parts, handling complaints etc.
Choose the correct option from the following:
Both Statement-I and Statement-II are correct.
Both Statement-I and Statement-II are incorrect.
Statement-I is correct and Statement-II is incorrect
Statement-I is incorrect and Statement-II is correct.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(C) Statement-I is correct and Statement-II is incorrect.
Q1019.2023 Main 66/5/1 · Q151 mark
The most commonly used tool of promotion which is a paid form of communication and in which the sponsor bears the cost of communicating with the prospects is
advertising.
personal selling.
sales promotion.
public relations.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(A) advertising.
Q1020.2023 Main 66/5/1 · Q171 mark
A name, term, sign, symbol, design or some combination of them used to identify the products – goods or services of one seller or group of sellers and to differentiate them from those of the competitors is known as
brand.
brand mark.
brand name.
trade mark.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(A) brand.
Q1021.2023 Main 66/5/1 · Q181 mark
From the following, identify the channel of distribution in which goods pass from the manufacturer to the retailers who, in turn, sell them to the final users.
One level channel
Two level channel
Three level channel
Zero level channel
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(A) One level channel
Q1022.2023 Main 66/5/1 · Q191 mark
Which of the following statements is incorrect about Personal Selling?
It is a direct face to face dialogue that involves an interactive relationship between the seller and buyer.
It refers to short-term incentives designed to encourage the buyers to make immediate purchase of a product or service.
It allows a sales-person to develop personal relationship with the prospective customers.
In this it is possible to take a direct feedback from the customer and to adopt the presentation according to the needs of the prospects.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(B) It refers to short-term incentives designed to encourage the buyers to make immediate purchase of a product or service.
Q1023.2023 Supp. 66/C/1 · Q41 mark
In advertising ‘there is no direct face-to-face contact between the prospect and the advertiser’. The feature of advertising stated here is:
Paid form
Impersonality
Economical
Identified sponsor
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/C/1
(B) Impersonality
Q1024.2023 Supp. 66/C/1 · Q111 mark
Which of the following is not a factor affecting price of a product or service?
Product cost
Extent of competition in the market
Government and legal regulations
Standardization and Grading
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/C/1
(D) Standardization and Grading
Q1025.2023 Supp. 66/C/1 · Q151 mark
The picture given below depicts important information related to a decision that a marketer has to take in the area of product.
[Picture of a product label:] Organic Honey Manufacturing Date : 10/3/23 Expiry Date : 10/3/25 Max. Retail Price : ₹500 Quantity : 500 ml No added sugar 100% pure Manufacturer : Organic Agro products ---------- Uttarakhand
Identify from the following the correct option:
Branding
Labelling
Packaging
None of the above
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/C/1
(B) Labelling
Q1026.2023 Supp. 66/C/1 · Q171 mark
‘Managing public opinion of an organisation is an important task performed by the marketing department.’ It is included under which of the following element of marketing mix?
Product mix
Place mix
Price mix
Promotion mix
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/C/1
(D) Promotion Mix
Q1027.SQP 2025-26 · Q71 mark
Name the element of marketing mix which includes deciding about the features, quality, packaging, labelling and branding of goods or services or ‘anything of value’ which is offered to the market for sale.
promotion
place
product
price
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2025-26 · Marking Scheme
(C) product
[1 mark]
Q1028.SQP 2025-26 · Q121 mark
A product will be purchased only if it is perceived to be giving the greatest benefit for the money.
Name the feature of marketing reflected in this statement
Creating a market offering
Customer value
Exchange mechanism
Needs and wants
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2025-26 · Marking Scheme
(B) Customer value
[1 mark]
Q1029.SQP 2026-27 · Q161 mark
Raahat has started a diagnostic centre in Gurgaon and decided to offer a salary of ₹10,000 plus a commission of ₹ 200 for each sample collected, to the employees appointed for the purpose. Name the cost being discussed above.
Fixed cost
Variable cost
Semi Variable cost
Total cost
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2026-27 · Marking Scheme
(C) Semi Variable cost
[1 mark]
Q1030.2026 Main 66/3/1 · Q223 marks
‘KUL’, an eco-friendly stationery brand is expanding its business in three different markets. For this, it uses different promotional strategies in each market.
In the corporate gifting market, the company appoints salespersons to contact prospective corporate clients and create awareness about its eco-friendly stationery with the aim of making a sale. In the international market, the company focuses on managing public opinion and building a positive image for its product. It disseminates information and builds goodwill about the business. In the domestic retail market, the company offers cash discounts, free gifts, etc. to encourage the buyers to make immediate purchase of its product.
Identify and state three different promotion tools used by ‘KUL’ to expand its business in each of the markets.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/3/1
Three promotion tools used by ‘KUL’:
1. Personal Selling for corporate gifting market
Personal selling involves oral presentation of message in the form of conversation with one or more prospective customers for the purpose of making sales.
2. Public Relations for international market
Public relations involve a variety of programmes designed to promote or protect a company’s image and its individual products in the eyes of the public.
3. Sales Promotion for domestic retail market
Sales Promotion refers to short-term incentives, which are designed to encourage the buyers to make immediate purchase of a product service.
[(½ mark for identifying the promotional tool + ½ mark for explanation) 1 x 3 = 3 marks]
Q1031.2026 Main 66/3/1 · Q23(a)3 marks
Explain the following functions of Marketing :
Marketing planning
Customer support services
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/3/1
Functions of Marketing:
(i) Marketing planning:
Marketer is to develop appropriate marketing plans so that the marketing objectives of the organisation can be achieved.
A complete marketing plan covers various important aspects, including the plan for increasing the level of production, promotion of the products, etc., and specify the action programmes to achieve these objectives
(ii) Customer support services:
Customer support services, include activities such as after sales services, handling customer complaints and adjustments, procuring credit services, maintenance services, technical services and consumer information.
All these services provide maximum satisfaction to the customers, effectively bring repeat sales and develop brand loyalty for a product.
[1½ x 2 = 3 marks]
Q1032.2026 Main 66/3/1 · Q23(b)3 marks
Explain the following factors which affect the fixation of price of a product :
Extent of competition in the market
Marketing methods used
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/3/1
Factors affecting the fixation of price of a product:
(i) Extent of competition in the market:
The price will tend to reach the upper limit in case there is lesser degree of competition while under conditions of free competition, the price will tend to be set at the lowest level
Competitors’ prices and their anticipated reactions must be considered before fixing the price of a product. Not only the price but the quality and the features of the competitive products must be examined before fixing the price of a product.
(ii) Marketing methods used:
Price fixation process is affected by other elements of marketing such as distribution system, quality of salesmen employed, quality and amount of advertising, sales promotion efforts, the type of packaging, etc.
Uniqueness of any of the above elements gives the company a competitive freedom in fixing prices of its products.
[1½ x 2 = 3 marks]
Q1033.2026 Main 66/5/1 · Q213 marks
‘Premier Ltd.’ is a clothing company known for its high quality apparel and strong commitment to environment sustainability. The company designs its clothing after carefully understanding the needs of its present and prospective buyers and satisfying them in an effective manner. It assumes that profit can be maximised only when all decisions are taken from the point of view of customer satisfaction. Along with meeting customer needs, ‘Premier Ltd.’ also shows a deep concern for the long-term well-being of the society. To reduce environmental pollution, the company is using organic cotton and recycled polyester. For reducing waste, they run a programme where customers can return old clothes for recycling and get a discount on new clothes. Not only this, they keep aside a portion of its profits for environmental education programmes in local schools.
Identify and explain two marketing management philosophies followed by ‘Premier Ltd.’.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/5/1
Marketing Management Philosophies followed by ‘Premier Ltd.’:
(i) Marketing Concept
The marketing concept implies that an organisation can achieve its objective of maximisation of profit by identifying the needs of its present and prospective buyers and satisfying them in an effective way in the long run.
(ii) Societal Marketing Concept
The societal marketing concept holds that the task of any organisation is to identify the needs and wants of the target market and deliver the desired satisfaction in an effective and efficient manner so that the long term well-being of the consumers and the society is taken care of.
[½ mark for identification + 1 mark for explanation; 1½ × 2 = 3 marks]
Q1034.2025 Main 66/4/1 · Q21(a)3 marks
Explain the following functions of Marketing:
Marketing Planning
Customer support services
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(i) Marketing planning
A marketer has to develop appropriate marketing plans so that the marketing objectives of the organisation can be achieved.
A market plan covers various aspects including the plan for increasing the level of production, promotion of the products etc. and specify the action programmes to achieve these objectives.
[1½ marks]
(ii) Customer support services
Customer support services include after sale services, handling customer complaints, maintenance services etc.
It provides maximum satisfaction to the customers. It is effective in bringing repeat sales and developing brand loyalty for a product.
[1½ marks] = 3 marks
Q1035.2025 Main 66/4/1 · Q21(b)3 marks
Differentiate between ‘Marketing Concept’ and ‘Selling Concept’ of marketing management philosophies on the basis of the following:
Meaning
Main Focus
Means
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/4/1
Basis
Marketing Concept
Selling Concept
(i) Meaning
Marketing Concept is based on the belief that profit could be maximised by identifying the needs of the present and prospective buyers and satisfying them in an effective way.
Selling Concept is based on the belief that the profits can be increased through increased sales volume, aggressive selling and promotion techniques.
(ii) Main Focus
Its main focus is on customer needs.
Its main focus is on existing product.
(iii) Means
It uses integrated marketing as a means to achieve the objective.
It uses selling and promotion as a means to achieve the objective.
[1×3 = 3 marks]
Q1036.2025 Main 66/5/1 · Q223 marks
Vani, after completing her course in 'Nutrition and Fitness', wanted to launch millet-based healthy snacks. She researched a lot and started manufacturing a range of healthy, crunchy millet namkeens and named them 'Pure Millets'. The name reflected natural ingredients, appealing to health-conscious consumers. The millet snacks were packaged in eco-friendly, bio-degradable packets with a reasonable feature, ensuring freshness and convenience. The stickers on the packets displayed the name with the tagline 'Power Your Health' and nutritional information and certifications like 'Organic Certified' to establish the product's health benefits. 'Pure Millets' got off to a good start.
In addition to features and quality, various other product-related important decisions are discussed in the above case. Identify and give the meaning of any three such decisions.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/5/1
Product Related Decisions:
Branding: This is a process of giving a name or a sign or a symbol etc., to a product.
Packaging: It refers to the act of designing and producing the container or wrapper of a product.
Labelling: It refers to providing detailed information about the product, its contents, method of use.
[½ mark for identification + ½ mark for meaning; 1×3 = 3 marks]
Q1037.2025 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q233 marks
‘Refresh Zone’ was a popular coffee house chain offering premium coffee and snacks in a cozy environment. However, over time, the company began to face challenges in maintaining its market position. Customers had started complaining about lack of variety failing to cater to evolving consumer preferences. Also the price of coffee in ‘Refresh Zone’ was significantly higher than its competitors. Many consumers felt that the quality of coffee was not justifying its premium pricing.
Identify and explain two components of marketing mix that the management of ‘Refresh Zone’ needs to work on.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
Components of marketing Mix that the management of ‘Refresh Zone’ needs to work on:
(i) Product
Product means goods or services or ‘anything of value’, which is offered to the market for sale.
(ii) Price
Price is the amount of money customers have to pay to obtain the product.
[(1 mark for identifying each component + ½ mark for explanation) x 2 = 3 marks]
Q1038.SQP 2025-26 · Q223 marks
Anabel Creations, an apparel designing company has a huge pile of young men’s and women’s garments to be sold across its branches in various cities. In order to clear the stock, the company has decided to give a heavy discount on its garments, with a view to lure the buyers. It is also visiting various colleges for sponsoring fashion shows in order to push its sales. However, the garments are not liked by the customers as they have not been made as per their needs and preferences.
Identify and state the Marketing Management philosophy being followed by Anabel Creations.
Name and state any two other philosophies of Marketing apart from the one identified in part a.
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2025-26 · Marking Scheme
a) The Marketing Management philosophy followed by Anabel Creation is the Selling concept..
This business philosophy assumes that the customers would not buy, or not buy enough, unless they are adequately convinced and motivated to do so. Therefore, firms must undertake aggressive selling and promotional efforts to make customers buy their products. The use of promotional techniques such as advertising, personal selling and sales promotion are considered essential for selling of products.
b) The Production Concept- The focus of business activities is on production of goods. It is believed that profits can be maximised by producing at large scale, thereby reducing the average cost of production. Consumers would favour those products which are widely available at an affordable price. Thus, availability and affordability of the products are considered to be the key to the success of a firm.
The Product Concept- products. The focus of business activity is on bringing continuous improvement in the quality, incorporating new features etc. Thus, product improvement became the key to profit maximisation of a firm, under the concept of product orientation.
The Marketing Concept- It assumes that in the long run an organisation can achieve its objective of maximisation of profit by identifying the needs of its present and prospective buyers and satisfying them in an effective way. All the decisions in a firm are taken from the point of view of the customers. Customer’s satisfaction becomes the focal point of all decision making in the organisation.
The Societal Marketing Concept- The business orientation should not be short-sighted to serve only consumers’ needs. It should also consider large issues of long-term social welfare. The societal marketing concept holds that the task of any organisation is to identify the needs and wants of the target market and deliver the desired satisfaction in an effective and efficient manner so that the long-term well-being of the consumers and the society is taken care of.
[1 + 2 = 3 marks (any 2)]
Q1039.2026 Main 66/1/1 · Q304 marks
‘Eco Care’, a start-up, plans to launch a reusable water bottle for environmentally conscious millennials and Gen Z. For this, they conducted a market research to identify the needs of the customers so that an informed decision could be taken for successful marketing of the product. They wanted to work carefully on the design to make the bottle attractive to the target customers.
On the basis of consumer views and opinions, they developed a stylish stainless steel bottle with double wall insulation to keep beverages cold for 24 hours, giving it a competitive advantage in the market.
They named the bottle ‘Eco-Sip’ creating a brand identity focused on sustainability and simplicity. It would also help in product differentiation. The packaging was made using hundred percent recyclable cardboard, with details of sustainability, features, price etc. printed on it.
State the four functions of marketing that are carried out by ‘Eco Care’ in the above case.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/1/1
The functions of marketing carried out by ‘Eco Care’ are:
Gathering and analysing market information is necessary to identify the needs of the customers to analyse the available opportunities and threats as well as strengths and weaknesses of an organisation.
Product designing and development contributes to making the product attractive to the target customers, improve performance of a product and also give it a competitive advantage in the market.
Branding involves decision whether to sell the product in its generic name or give it a brand name as brand name helps in creating product differentiation, which in turn, helps in building customer loyalty and in promoting its sale.
Packaging and labelling refers to designing and developing the package for the products and designing and developing the label to be put on the package.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
[1 x 4 = 4 marks]
Q1040.2026 Main 66/2/1 · Q284 marks
Aditya owned a skincare company named ‘Nat-Ayur’. In July, 2025, he decided to launch a new herbal face cream in the market using traditional herbs like turmeric, sandalwood, neem, aloe vera, saffron etc.
The total cost of producing, packaging, distributing and selling the cream came to ₹ 60 per tube. ‘Nat-Ayur’ decided that this would be the minimum price to cover the cost. They wanted to earn a fair margin of profit too. For this ‘Nat-Ayur’ conducted a survey and found that the expected demand would be high. Customers were ready to pay more for herbal and chemical free products. They also found that many face creams with similar features are available in the market priced between ₹ 80 to ₹ 120. To compete effectively, ‘Nat-Ayur’ decided to price the cream at ₹ 99 to attract the customers while offering better benefits.
To add value to the product ‘Nat-Ayur’ invested in eco-friendly packaging, free home delivery and on-line advertisements. This uniqueness gives ‘Nat-Ayur’ a competitive freedom in fixing price of its cream.
Identify and explain any two factors that were taken into consideration by ‘Nat-Ayur’ for determining the price of their herbal face cream.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/2/1
Factors that were taken into consideration by ‘Nat-Ayur’ for determining the price of their herbal face cream: (Any TWO)
(i) Product Cost
Product cost includes the cost of producing, distributing and selling the product. It determines the minimum level or the floor price at which the product may be sold.
Generally, all marketing firms strive to cover all their cost at least in the long run. In addition, they aim at earning a margin of profit over and above the cost.
(ii) The Utility and Demand
The utility provided by the product and the intensity of demand of the buyer set the upper limit of the price. The buyer may be ready to pay up to the point where the utility from the product is at least equal to the sacrifice made in terms of the price paid. However, the seller would, however, try to at least cover the costs.
Consumer usually purchase more units at a low price than at a high price.
(iii) Extent of Competition in the Market
The price will tend to reach the upper limit in case there is lesser degree of competition while under conditions of free competition; the price will tend to be set at the lowest level.
Competitors prices and their anticipated reactions must be considered before fixing the price of a product. Not only the price but the quality and the features of the competitive products must be examined carefully before fixing the price.
(iv) Marketing Methods Used
Price fixation process is affected by other elements of marketing such as distribution system, quality of salesmen employed, quality and amount of advertising, sales promotion efforts, the type of packaging, etc.
Uniqueness of any of the above elements gives the company a competitive freedom in fixing prices of its products.
[(½ mark for the heading + 1½ marks for its explanation) = 2 + 2 = 4 marks]
Q1041.2026 Main 66/2/1 · Q304 marks
‘Priya Motors’, a motorbike manufacturing company, launched a new model of bike in the market named ‘Moto Glide III’. The company planned carefully to make this bike appeal to young riders. The design team focused on making the bike attractive and stylish to the target customers, primarily the youth. They gave it a sleek body, sharp headlights and a digital speedometer. The design made the bike not just look good but also improved its aerodynamics and fuel efficiency. This helped the company stand out from other brands, thereby getting a competitive edge.
The company followed strict quality standards in making each part of the bike which helped in achieving uniformity and consistency in output. ‘Priya Motors’ also offered different versions of bike with different prices based on features like Bluetooth connectivity, colour options etc.
Identify and explain two functions of marketing discussed above.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/2/1
Functions of marketing discussed above are: (Any TWO)
(i) Branding
A very important decision area for marketing is whether to sell the product in its generic name or to sell them in a brand name. Branding is the process of giving a name or a sign or a symbol etc., to a product.
Brand name helps in creating product differentiation, i.e., providing basis for distinguishing the product of a firm with that of the competitor, which in turn, helps in building customer’s loyalty and in promoting its sale.
(i) Product designing and development
The design of the product contributes to making the product attractive to the target customers.
A good design can improve performance of a product and give it a competitive advantage in the market.
(ii) Standardisation and Grading
Standardisation refers to producing goods of predetermined specifications, which helps in achieving uniformity and consistency in the output.
Grading is the process of classification of products into different groups, on the basis of some of its important characteristics such a quality, size, etc.
[(½ mark for identifying the function + 1½ marks for its explanation) = 2+2 = 4 marks]
Q1042.2026 Main 66/3/1 · Q264 marks
Rahul, Priya, Amit and Sneha were friends. They decided to start a business jointly. With rising focus on hydration, fitness and a healthy lifestyle, they saw a steady market for water bottles. Customers often own multiple bottles for different uses. Bottles wear out or go out of style over time, creating repeat sales opportunities. Excited by this idea, they all sat together to brainstorm and decide what kind of water bottle they should make.
Rahul believed that to maximise profits, production should be done on a large scale making goods available and affordable to consumers.
Amit, on the other hand, was of the opinion that the bottles should be of a very good quality with features like time markers, filters or infusers, etc.
Priya agreed with Amit, but felt that they should first identify the needs of the present and prospective buyers, so that they can satisfy them in an effective way. She suggested offering personalised designs, sports bottles, insulated bottles, etc., depending on the customers’ needs.
Sneha believed that the business orientation should not be short-sighted to serve only the consumers’ needs. It should also consider larger issues of long-term social welfare. So, she suggested reusable water bottles made from eco-friendly sustainable materials.
Identify and state the marketing management philosophies discussed by Rahul, Priya, Amit and Sneha.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/3/1
Marketing management philosophies:
1. Rahul – Production Concept
Production Concept believed that profits could be maximised by producing at large scale, thereby reducing the average cost of production.
2. Amit – Product Concept
Product Concept focuses on bringing continuous improvement in the quality, incorporating new features, etc. as the key to profit maximisation of a firm.
3. Priya – Marketing Concept
The Marketing Concept implies that an organisation can achieve its objective of maximisation of profit by identifying the needs of its present and prospective buyers and satisfying them in an effective way.
4. Sneha – Societal Marketing Concept
The Societal Marketing Concept focuses on identification of needs and wants of the target market and deliver the desired satisfaction in an effective and efficient manner so that the long-term well-being of the consumers and the society is taken care of.
[(½ mark for identifying the philosophy + ½ mark for explanation) 1 x 4 = 4 marks]
Q1043.2026 Main 66/4/1 · Q294 marks
Rhea runs an online business selling handmade candles. During the Diwali season, the demand for her handmade scented candles increases a lot. A month before Diwali, she received a big order from a chain of gift stores in and around the city. Rhea immediately checked the order details and processed it. She was aware that it was important to provide for accurate and speedy processing of orders, in the absence of which goods would reach the customers late or in the wrong quantity or specifications. After processing the order, Rhea arranged a vehicle to pick up the cartons from her workshop. She knew that the products can reach the customers only when they are physically moved from the place of production to the place of sale. The vehicle delivered the order at the gift chain’s warehouse well before the festive rush.
Identify the two components of physical distribution that Rhea managed effectively.
Explain the other two components of physical distribution that Rhea needs to work on.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(a) Two components of physical distribution that Rhea managed effectively are:
(i) Order processing
(ii) Transportation
[½ + ½ = 1 mark]
(b) Two other components of physical distribution that Rhea needs to work on are:-
(i) Warehousing [½ mark]
Warehousing refers to the act of storing and assorting products in order to create time utility in them.
The need for warehousing arises because there may be difference between the time a product is produced and the time it is required for consumption. [1 mark]
(ii) Inventory Control [½ mark]
It involves deciding about the level of inventory. Higher the level of inventory, higher will be the level of service to customers but the cost of carrying the inventory will also be high because lot of capital would be tied up in the stock. [1 mark]
It helps in maintaining a balance in respect of the cost and customer satisfaction.
[1 + 3 = 4 marks]
Q1044.2026 Supp. 66/7/1 · Q25(a)4 marks
Explain the following features of marketing:
Needs and wants
Exchange mechanism
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/7/1
Features of marketing
(i) Needs and wants
The process of marketing helps individuals and groups in obtaining what they need and want. Needs are basic to human beings and do not pertain to a particular product, whereas, wants are culturally defined objects that are potential satisfiers of needs.
A marketer’s job in an organisation is to identify needs of the target customers and develop products and services that satisfy such needs.
[2 marks]
(ii) Exchange mechanism
The process of marketing involves exchange of products and services for money or something considered valuable by the people.
Goods are produced at different places and are distributed over a wide geographical area through various middlemen, involving exchanges at different levels of distribution, and, therefore, exchange is referred to as the essence of marketing.
[2 marks; total = 4 marks]
Q1045.2026 Supp. 66/7/1 · Q25(b)4 marks
Explain the following functions of marketing:
Gathering and analysing market information
Customer support services
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/7/1
Functions of marketing
(i) Gathering and analysing market information
Gathering and analysing market information is necessary to identify the needs of the customers and take various decisions for the successful marketing of the products and services.
It is important for making an analysis of the available opportunities and threats as well as strengths and weaknesses of the organisation and help in deciding what opportunities can best be pursued by it.
[2 marks]
(ii) Customer support services
It relates to developing customer support services such as after sales services, handling customer complaints and adjustments, procuring credit services, maintenance services, technical services and consumer information, which aim at providing maximum satisfaction to the customers.
Customer support services are very effective in bringing repeat sales from the customers and developing brand loyalty for a product.
[2 marks; total = 4 marks]
Q1046.2025 Main 66/2/1 · Q294 marks
Going to gym and following a protein diet has become a popular trend these days. However, with the busy work culture, many people, especially the youth struggle to find time for weight loss programmes.
Anika was working in a multi-national company, wanted to join a gym for weight loss but could not find time. There is no good gym near her house. One day, Anika was walking out of the office during lunch time and saw an attractive poster of a gym which was near her house. Anika was curious to enquire about their weight loss programme. Next day, when she went to the gym, she was surprised to know about various schemes offered by the gym. They were not only offering 50% discount on the fee of weight loss programme, but were also providing free coach facility and free protein diet for the customer. But these offers were valid only for 10 days. Attracted by these schemes Anika immediately submitted the fee and joined the gym.
Identify and give the meaning of the element of marketing-mix discussed above.
The element of marketing-mix identified in (i) above includes various tools of communication. Identify and explain the tools highlighted in the above para.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(i) Promotion Mix/ Promotion[½ mark for identifying the element]
Promotion mix refers to combination of promotional tools used by an organisation to achieve its communication objectives. [½ mark for its meaning]
(ii) Tools of communication highlighted in the above para are:
(a) Advertising
It refers to impersonal form of communication which is paid for by an identified sponsor/marketer to promote some goods or services.
It means that there is no face to face contact between the prospect and the advertiser, the identified sponsor has to bear the cost of communication.
(b) Sales promotion
It refers to short term incentives, which are designed to encourage the buyers to make immediate purchase of a product or service.
Sales promotion activities include offering cash discounts, sales contests, free gift offers, and free sample distribution.
[(½ mark for identifying each tool + 1 mark for the explanation) × 2]
[1 + 3 = 4 marks]
Q1047.2025 Main 66/6/1 · Q274 marks
‘BNG Ltd.’ is a reputed company that manufactures consumer durables. It has a large scale manufacturing unit where products like electric kettles, toasters, blenders, electric irons, etc. are manufactured. Since the production is at a large scale, the average cost of production is low. As a result, the products are widely available across areas at affordable prices contributing to its strong profit margins.
On the other hand, ‘KMV Ltd.’, another reputed consumer durables manufacturer in the same business is also earning good profits. However, ‘KMV Ltd.’ focuses on producing the products which are superior in quality, performance and features. It has a dedicated Research and Development team which continually works to bring improvement in the quality of its products.
Identify and explain the marketing management philosophy followed by ‘BNG Ltd.’ and ‘KMV Ltd.’.
Differentiate between the two marketing management philosophies identified in (a) above on the basis of the following:
Main focus
Ends
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/6/1
(a) Marketing management philosophy followed by ‘BNG Ltd.’ is Production philosophy.
It is based on the belief that profits could be maximised by producing at large scale to reduce the average cost of production, thereby making the goods affordable and widely available.
Marketing management philosophy followed by ‘KMV Ltd.’ is Product philosophy.
It is based on the belief that profits could be maximised by bringing continuous improvement in the product quality and adding new features in the product.
[½ mark each for identifying + ½ mark each for explanation; 1×2 = 2 marks]
(b) Difference between Production Philosophy and Product Philosophy:
Basis
Production Philosophy
Product Philosophy
(i) Main focus
Its main focus is on quantity of the product.
Its main focus is on quality of product, performance and features of product.
(ii) Ends
Its objective is to earn profit through volume of production.
Its objective is to earn profit through product quality.
[1×2 = 2 marks] = 4 marks
Q1048.2025 Main 66/7/1 · Q294 marks
'Reliable Appliances' and 'Modern Appliances' are two reputed companies, both manufacturing refrigerators. They have been in this business for many years, have a good reputation and a large customer base. The companies follow different marketing management philosophies and cater to different kinds of customers.
'Reliable Appliances' focuses on producing large quantities of affordable basic refrigerators that meet the essential needs of customers. It follows a belief that customers will prefer products that are widely available and affordable. The company focuses on mass production to keep costs low. As a result, it attracts budget conscious consumers. On the other hand, 'Modern Appliances' operates in the premium segment of the refrigerator market, attracting affluent buyers. It focuses on manufacturing refrigerators with advanced features such as Wi-Fi connectivity, built-in touch screen interface and advanced cooling systems, etc. It believes that customers will prefer products that offer superior quality with innovative features. For this, the company continuously improves its products' features and quality to differentiate itself from its competitors.
Identify the 'Marketing Management Philosophies' of 'Reliable Appliances' and 'Modern Appliances'.
Differentiate between the marketing management philosophies identified in (a) above on the basis of the following:
Main focus
Means
Ends
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/7/1
(a) Reliable Appliances used ‘Production’ marketing management philosophy and Modern Appliances used ‘Product’ marketing management philosophy. [½+½ = 1 mark]
(b)
Bases
Production philosophy
Product philosophy
(i) Main focus
Its main focus is on quantity of product.
Its main focus is on quality, performance and features of product.
(ii) Means
According to this philosophy, products are to be made available at an affordable price.
According to this philosophy, product improvements are key to success.
(iii) Ends
Its objective is to earn profit through volume of production.
Its objective is to earn profit through product quality.
[1×3 = 3 marks] = 4 marks
Q1049.2025 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q30(a)4 marks
Explain the following features of Marketing :
Needs and wants
Creating a market offering
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
Features of Marketing:
(i) Needs and wants[2 marks]
A need is a state of felt deprivation or feeling of being deprived of something and a marketer’s job is to identify needs of the target customers and develop products and services that satisfy such needs.
The focus of the marketing process is on satisfaction of the needs and wants of individuals and organisations.
(ii) Creating a market offering[2 marks]
Market offering refers to a complete offer for a product or service, having given features like size, quality, taste, etc; at a certain price; available at a given outlet or location
A good ‘market offer’ is the one which is developed after analysing the needs and preferences of the potential buyers.
[= 4 marks]
Q1050.2025 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q30(b)4 marks
Explain the following elements of Promotion Mix :
Sales Promotion
Personal Selling
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
Elements of Promotion Mix
(i) Sales Promotion[2 marks]
Sales promotion refers to short-term incentives, which are designed to encourage the buyers to make immediate purchase of a product or service.
Sales promotion activities include offering cash discounts, sales contests, free gift offers, and free sample distribution used by a company to boost its sales.
(ii) Personal Selling[2 marks]
Personal selling involves oral presentation of message in the form of conversation with one or more prospective customers for the purpose of making sales.
Companies appoint salespersons to contact prospective buyers and create awareness about the product and develop product preferences with the aim of making sale.
[= 4 marks]
Q1051.2024 Main 66/2/1 · Q294 marks
Ashwin was a fashion designer. On losing his job, he decided to sell the designer clothes online under the brand name ‘Kogue’. The garments were made of good quality fabric with intricate designs and skilled craftsmanship, making them expensive to produce. Realizing that the online market is very competitive, he decided to charge a reasonable price for the garments. The price would cover the cost of production and sale of garments as well as give him 10% margin over and above the cost.
Identify and explain two factors affecting the price determination discussed in the above case.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/2/1
Following are the two factors affecting the price determination:
(i) Product cost
The cost sets the minimum level or the floor price at which the product may be sold. Generally, all marketing firms strive to cover all their costs, at least in the long run. In addition, they aim at earning a margin of profit over and above the costs.
(ii) Extent of competition in the market
The price will tend to reach the upper limit in case there is lesser degree of competition while under conditions of free competition, the price will tend to be set at the lowest level. Competitors’ prices, their anticipated reactions, quality and features of the competitive products must be considered before fixing the price of a product.
[½ mark for identifying + 1½ marks for explanation; 2 + 2 = 4 marks]
Q1052.2024 Main 66/3/1 · Q25(a)4 marks
Explain the following functions of marketing :
Customer support services
Product designing and development
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(i) Customer support services
Customer support services include after sales services, handling customer complaints and adjustments, procuring credit services, maintenance services, technical services and consumer information.
These services aim at providing maximum satisfaction to the customers and are very effective in bringing repeat sales from the customers and developing brand loyalty for a product.
(ii) Product designing and development
The design of the product contributes to making the product attractive to the target customers.
A good design can improve performance of a product and also give it a competitive advantage in the market.
[2 + 2 = 4 marks]
Q1053.2024 Main 66/3/1 · Q25(b)4 marks
Explain ‘Advertising’ and ‘Personal Selling’ as tools of promotion used by the marketers.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/3/1
Advertising
Advertising is an impersonal form of communication, which is paid for by the marketers (sponsors) to promote some goods or service.
The most common modes of advertising are ‘newspapers’, ‘magazines’, television’, and ‘radio’.
Personal Selling
Personal selling involves oral presentation of message in the form of conversation with one or more prospective customers for the purpose of making sales. It is a personal form of communication.
Companies appoint salespersons to contact prospective buyers and create awareness about the product and develop product preferences with the aim of making sale.
[2 + 2 = 4 marks]
Q1054.2024 Main 66/3/1 · Q304 marks
Arushi successfully runs a bookstore ‘Children’s Delight’ catering to children of the age group of 5 – 15 years. They have the complete range of children’s books like activity books, colouring books, fiction and much more. The books are of good quality and are highly appreciated by schools, parents and children. They have 16 stores all over India, where children can not only purchase the books, but can also come and read, and participate in quiz competitions and experience the joy of reading. They have their own well-managed inventory management, storage, and warehousing to deliver books to locations all over India. The bookstore regularly communicates the availability, features, merits, etc. of the books to target customers and persuades them to buy the books.
Quoting lines in the situation, identify and explain the two elements of marketing mix in addition to ‘Product’ highlighted in the above case.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(i) Place
‘They have 16 stores all over India’.
OR
‘They have their own well-managed inventory management, storage, and warehousing to deliver books to locations all over India’.
Place or Physical Distribution include activities that make firm’s products available to the target customers.
The other decision areas relate to managing inventory, storage and warehousing and transportation of goods from the place it is produced to the place it is required by the buyers.
(ii) Promotion
‘The bookstore regularly communicates the availability, features, merits, etc. of the books to target customers and persuades them to buy the books’.
Promotion of products and services include activities that communicate availability, features, merits, etc., of the products to the target customers and persuade them to buy it.
Most marketing organisations use number of tools such as advertising, personal selling and sales promotion techniques.
[½ mark for quoting + ½ mark for identification + 1 mark for explanation; 2 × 2 = 4 marks]
Q1055.2024 Main 66/5/1 · Q284 marks
Differentiate between ‘Production concept’ and ‘Marketing concept’ of marketing management philosophies on the basis of :
Meaning
Main focus
Means
Ends
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/5/1
Difference between Production Concept and Marketing Concept
Basis
Production concept
Marketing concept
(a) Meaning
It assumes that consumers would favour those products which are widely available at an affordable price.
It assumes that in the long run, an organisation can achieve its objective of maximization of profit by identifying the needs of the present and prospective buyers and satisfying them in an effective way.
(b) Main focus
Its focus is on Quantity produced.
Its focus is on satisfaction of Customer needs
(c) Means
It uses Availability and affordability of product as a means to achieve the objective
It uses Integrated marketing as a means to achieve the objective
(d) Ends
Its objective is to earn Profit through production volume
Its objective is to earn Profit through customer satisfaction
[1 × 4 = 4 marks]
Q1056.2024 Main 66/5/1 · Q30(a)4 marks
Explain the following functions of marketing :
Product Designing and Development.
Standardisation and Grading
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/5/1
Product Designing and Development
The design of the product contributes to making the product attractive to the target customers.
A good design can improve performance of a product and also give it a competitive advantage in the market.
[2 marks]
(iii) Standardisation and Grading
Standardisation refers to producing goods of predetermined specifications, which helps in achieving uniformity and consistency in the output.
Grading is the process of classification of products into different groups, on the basis of some of its important characteristics such as quality, size, etc.
[2 marks]
[= 4 Marks]
Q1057.2024 Main 66/5/1 · Q30(b)4 marks
Explain the four important elements of marketing mix.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/5/1
The four important elements of marketing mix are:
(i) Product (ii) Price (iii) Place and (iv) Promotion
(i) Product
The concept of product includes not only the physical product but also include the extended product or what is offered to the customers by way of after sales services, handling complaints, availability of spare parts etc. The important product decisions include deciding about the features, quality, packaging, labelling and branding of the products.
(ii) Price
To fix a price for the firm’s products, the marketers have not only to decide about the objectives of price setting but to analyse the factors determining the price. Decisions have also to be taken in respect of discounts to customers, traders and credit terms, etc., so that customers perceive the price to be in line with the value of the product.
(iii) Place or Physical Distribution
It includes activities that make firm’s products available to the target customers. Important decision areas in this respect include selection of dealers or intermediaries to reach the customers, providing support to the intermediaries, managing inventory, storage and warehousing and transportation of goods from the place it is produced to the place it is required by the buyers.
(iv) Promotion
Promotion of products and services include activities that communicate availability, features, merits, etc., of the products to the target customers and persuade them to buy it. Organisations undertake various promotional activities through tools such as advertising, personal selling and sales promotion techniques etc.
[½ mark for naming each element + ½ mark for its explanation = 1 × 4 = 4 marks]
Q1058.2023 Main 66/4/1 · Q304 marks
‘Smart Watch Ltd.’ is a watch manufacturing company marketing smart-watches for adults. The company now wants to manufacture smart-watches for children also. For this it gathered and analysed market information, did marketing planning, product designing and development, standardisation and also decided about the packaging, labelling, branding, pricing, warehousing, transportation and distribution of these smart-watches. Even after doing all the above stated activities the company is not picking up the sales.
The Chief Executive Officer of the company asked the Marketing Manager to find out the reason. The Marketing Manager investigated the matter and found out that his marketing team had not performed the two important functions of marketing which may help the company not only in boosting the sales but also in getting repeat sales.
Identify and explain the functions of marketing which were not performed by the marketing team.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/4/1
Functions of Marketing not performed are:
(i) Customer Support services
This is an important function to boost the sales and is related to developing customer support services such as after sale services, handling customer complaints, and adjustments, procuring credit services, technical services and consumer information.
These services aim at providing maximum satisfaction to customers.
(ii) Promotion
This function involves informing the customers about the firm’s product, its features, etc. and persuading them to purchase these products.
It includes advertising, Personal selling, public relations and sales promotion.
(or any other correct explanation)
[1 mark for identifying the function + 1 mark for its explanation = 1 + 1 = 2 marks; = 2 + 2 = 4 marks]
Q1059.SQP 2025-26 · Q25(a)4 marks
Explain the following functions of Marketing:
Customer support services
Packaging and labelling
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2025-26 · Marking Scheme
a) Customer support services- Customer support services such as after sales services, handling customer complaints and adjustments, procuring credit services, maintenance services, technical services and consumer information aim at providing maximum satisfaction to the customers, which is the key to marketing success. They are very effective in bringing repeat sales from the customers and developing brand loyalty for a product.
b) Packaging refers to designing and developing the package for the products. Labelling refers to designing and developing the label to be put on the package. The label may vary from a simple tag to complex graphics. Packaging and labelling have become so important in modern day marketing that these are considered as the pillars of marketing. Packaging is important not only for protection of the products but also serves as a promotional tool.
[2 × 2 = 4 marks]
Q1060.SQP 2025-26 · Q25(b)4 marks
Explain two features of the following:
Personal selling
Advertising
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2025-26 · Marking Scheme
a) Personal selling- Features
(i) Personal Form: In personal selling a direct face-to-face dialogue takes place that involves an interactive relationship between the seller and the buyer.
(ii) Development of Relationship: Personal selling allows a salesperson to develop personal relationships with the prospective customers, which may become important in making sales.
b) Advertising-
Features (any two)
(i) Paid Form: Advertising is a paid form of communication. That is, the sponsor has to bear the cost of communicating with the prospects.
(ii) Impersonality: There is no direct face-to-face contact between the prospect and the advertiser. It is therefore referred to as an impersonal method of promotion. Advertising creates a monologue and not a dialogue.
(iii) Identified Sponsor: Advertising is undertaken by some identified individual or company, who makes the advertising efforts and also bears the cost of it.
[2 × 2 = 4 marks]
Q1061.SQP 2026-27 · Q264 marks
“Important decision areas in this respect include selection of dealers or intermediaries to reach the customers, providing support to the intermediaries (by way of discounts, promotional campaigns, etc.).” Explain any two components of the element of marketing mix discussed above.
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2026-27 · Marking Scheme
Components of physical distribution- the element of marketing mix discussed (Any two):
1. Transportation: Transportation is the means of carrying goods and raw materials from the point of production to the point of sale. It is one of the major elements in the physical distribution of goods. It is important because unless the goods are physically made available, the sale cannot be completed.
2. Warehousing: Warehousing refers to the act of storing and assorting products in order to create time utility in them. The basic purpose of warehousing activities is to arrange placement of goods and provide facilities to store them. The need for warehousing arises because there may be a difference between the time a product is produced and the time it is level of inventory, higher will be the level of service to customers but the cost of carrying the inventory will also be high because a lot of capital would be tied up in the stock. Thus, a balance is to be maintained in respect of the cost and customer satisfaction. required for consumption.
3. Inventory control: Linked to warehousing decisions are the inventory decisions which hold key to success for many manufacturers, especially those where the per unit cost is high. A very important decision in respect of inventory is deciding about the level of inventory.
4. Order processing: In a typical buyer-seller relationship, order placement is the first step. Products flow from manufacturers to customers via channel members while orders flow in the reverse direction, from customers to the manufacturers. A good physical distribution system should provide for an accurate and speedy processing of orders, in the absence of which, goods would reach the customers late or in wrong quantity or specifications. This would result in customer dissatisfaction, with the danger of loss of business and goodwill.
[2 × 2 = 4 marks (½ marks for the heading and 1½ marks for the explanation)]
Q1062.2026 Main 66/1/1 · Q34(a)6 marks
Explain the following elements of Marketing Mix :
Product
Price
Promotion
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(i) Product:[2 marks]
Product means goods or services or anything of value which is offered to the market for sale. It also includes the extended product or what is offered to the customers by way of after sales services, handling complaints, availability of spare parts.
The important product decisions include deciding about the features, quality, packaging, labelling and branding of the products.
(ii) Price:[2 marks]
Price is the amount of money customers have to pay to obtain the product. Generally, the level of price affects the level of demand.
It involves determining objectives of price setting and analysis of factors affecting price to make decisions regarding the basic price of the product, discount to customers, traders, credit terms etc.
(iii) Promotion:[2 marks]
Promotion of products and services include activities that communicate information (availability, features, merits) of the products and services to the target customers and persuading them to buy it.
Most marketing organisations undertake various promotional activities and spend substantial amounts of money on the promotion of their goods by using a number of tools such as advertising, personal selling, public relations and sales promotion techniques.
[= 6 marks]
Q1063.2026 Main 66/1/1 · Q34(b)6 marks
Explain the following components of physical distribution :
Order processing
Warehousing
Inventory control
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(i) Order Processing[2 marks]
Products flow from manufacturers to customers via channel members while orders flow in the reverse direction, from customers to the manufacturers.
A good physical distribution system should provide for an accurate and speedy processing of orders, in the absence of which goods would reach the customers late or in wrong quantity or specifications leading to customer dissatisfaction.
(ii) Warehousing[2 marks]
Warehousing refers to the act of storing and assorting products in order to create time utility in them and its basic purpose is to arrange placement of goods and provide facilities to store them.
The need for warehousing arises because there may be difference between the time a product is produced and the time it is required for consumption.
(iii) Inventory Control[2 marks]
An important decision in relation to inventory is deciding about the level of inventory. Higher the level of inventory, higher will be the level of service to customers but the cost of carrying the inventory will also be high because lot of capital would be tied up in the stock. Thus, a balance is to be maintained in respect of the cost and customer satisfaction.
The decision regarding level of inventory involves prediction about the demand for the product. A correct estimate of the demand helps to hold inventory and cost level down to a minimum.
[= 6 marks]
Q1064.2026 Main 66/5/1 · Q316 marks
‘Novel Stores’ is a chain of grocery stores that has built its reputation on customer satisfaction. It is known for its high-quality products, including a wide variety of bakery, dairy products and ready-to-cook meal kits, etc. catering to diverse customer needs. The store regularly takes feedback from the customers and stocks items accordingly.
The store is popular among the customers for its attractive schemes such as ‘buy one get one free’ offers and weekly discounts, etc. which are advertised on its website.
Once the goods are manufactured, packaged, branded and promoted, ‘Novel Stores’ ensures that they are made available to customers at the right place, in the right quantity and at the right time. Customers can place orders online and choose to get them delivered at their home or pick them up from the store at a selected time. As a result, the revenues of ‘Novel Stores’ are growing every year and profits are increasing.
Identify and explain the elements of marketing mix highlighted in the above case.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/5/1
Elements of marketing mix:
(i) Product
Product means goods or services or ‘anything of value’, which is offered to the market for sale. It also includes the extended product or what is offered to the customers by way of after sales services, handling complaints, availability of spare parts.
The important product decisions include deciding about the features, quality, packaging, labelling and branding of the products.
(ii) Promotion
Promotion of products and services include activities that communicate information (availability, features, merits) of the products to the target customers and persuade them to buy it.
Organisations undertake various promotional activities and spend substantial amounts of money on the promotion of their goods by using a number of tools such as advertising, personal selling, public relations and sales promotion techniques.
(iii) Place
Place or Physical Distribution include activities that make the firm's products available to the target customers.
Important decision areas in this respect include selection of dealers or intermediaries to reach the customers, managing inventory, storage and warehousing and transportation of goods from the place it is produced to the place it is required by the buyers.
[½ mark for identification + 1½ mark for explanation; 2 × 3 = 6 marks]
Q1065.2025 Main 66/1/1 · Q336 marks
DG Ltd, an E-plane car company has developed a revolutionary flying car for passenger mobility. This hybrid flying car can accommodate upto two persons and features innovative wing like doors for comfortable entry. The seats are designed for utmost comfort, crafted from high quality materials.
The distinguishing feature of this flying car is that its production will be in India and it will utilise biofuel alongside electricity, ensuring a sustainable mode of transportation.
DG Ltd. has obtained the first testing approval for its category. Priced at ₹ 2.5 crores, the company has to take decisions in respect of discounts to customers, credit terms etc., so that the customers perceive the price to be in line with the value of the product.
To make the flying car available to the target customers, DG Ltd. is in the process of selecting dealers or intermediaries to reach the customers, providing support to the intermediaries etc.
To communicate the availability, features, merits etc. of the product to the target customers and persuade them to buy the flying car. DG Ltd. decided to go in for digital marketing campaigns, press releases and demos conducted by influencers and journalists.
The above case describes the combination of elements used by DG Ltd. to prepare its market offering.
Quoting lines from the above para, identify and explain the elements.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/1/1
Combination of elements used by DG Ltd. to prepare its market offering are:
(i) Product/ Product Mix
“This hybrid flying car can accommodate upto two persons and features innovative wing like doors for comfortable entry. The seats are designed for utmost comfort, crafted from high quality materials.”
or
“The distinguishing feature of this flying car is that its production will be in India and it will utilise biofuel alongside electricity, ensuring a sustainable mode of transportation.”
Product means goods or services or anything of value which is offered to the market for sale. It relates to decisions regarding planning, designing and developing the right type of products and services for the consumers. It includes branding, labelling and packaging.
(ii) Price/ Price Mix
“Priced at 2.5 crores, the company has to take decisions in respect of discounts to customers, credit terms etc., so that the customers perceive the price to be in line with the value of the product”
Price is the amount of money customers have to pay to obtain the product. It involves decisions regarding the basic price of the product, discount to customers, traders, credit terms etc.
(iii) Place/ Physical distribution
“To make the flying car available to the target customers, DG Ltd. is in the process of selecting dealers or intermediaries to reach the customers, providing support to the intermediaries etc.”
Place/ Physical distribution includes activities that make firm’s products available to the target customers.
It includes decisions like selection of dealers or intermediaries (channels of distribution), providing support to the intermediaries, managing inventory, storage and warehousing and transportation of goods from the place it is produced to the place it is required by the buyers.
(iv) Promotion/ Promotion Mix
“To communicate the availability, features, merits etc. of the product to the target customers and persuade them to buy the flying car. DG Ltd. decided to go in for digital marketing campaigns, press releases and demos conducted by influencers and journalists.”
Promotion refers to communicating availability, features, merits, etc. of the products and services to the target customers and persuading them to buy it.
It uses a combination of promotional tools such as advertising, personal selling and sales promotion techniques.
[(½ mark for naming each element + ½ mark for quoting + ½ mark for correct explanation) = (1½ × 4) = 6 marks]
Q1066.2025 Main 66/2/1 · Q346 marks
Ravi and Megha started ‘Energylights’ a company manufacturing energy-efficient LED lighting after realizing an increasing demand for the same. Manufacturing high-quality LED lights with some unique features required substantial investment in technology and high-grade materials. This pushed up their cost of manufacturing. To determine the price of their LED lights they not only wanted to cover all costs but also wanted to earn a margin of profit over and above the costs. This will set for them the minimum level or the floor price at which the LED lights would be sold. The high demand and the utility provided by these lights will set the upper limit of the price.
Though there was enough competition in LED lights business, even then they kept the price of their lights higher than the competitors because of good quality and its features. They justified the higher price because of the product differentiation and unique methods of advertising and sales promotion etc.
Quoting lines from the above para, identify and explain any three factors which were taken into consideration by Ravi and Megha to determine the price of their LED lights.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/2/1
Factors taken into consideration by Ravi and Megha to determine the price of their LED lights were:
(i) Product cost
Product cost includes the cost of producing, distributing and selling the product. It determines the minimum level or the floor price at which the product may be sold.
‘To determine the price of their LED lights they not only wanted to cover all costs but also wanted to earn a margin of profit over and above the costs’
or
‘This will set for them the minimum level or the floor price at which the LED lights would be sold’
(ii) The utility and demand
Utility and demand set the upper limit of the price which the buyer would be prepared to pay. The buyer may be ready to pay up to the point where the utility from the product is at least equal to the sacrifice made in terms of the price paid. However, the seller would, however, try to at least cover the costs.
‘The high demand and the utility provided by these lights will set the upper limit of the price’
(iii) Extent of competition in the market
In lesser competition, the price will tend to reach the upper limit while in free competition; the price will tend to be set at a lower level. Not only the price but the quality and the features of the competitive products must be examined carefully before fixing the price.
‘Though there was enough competition in LED lights business, even then they kept the price of their lights higher than the competitors because of good quality and its features’
[(½ mark for identifying the factor + ½ mark for quoting + 1 mark for explanation) = 2 × 3 = 6 marks]
Q1067.2025 Main 66/4/1 · Q336 marks
Due to the increasing demand for healthy food products, Megha launched ‘Good Bakers’ after completing a culinary course at a reputed institute. Her main focus was on meeting customers' needs. So, she decided to manufacture healthy biscuits and cakes made from millets, without any artificial preservatives.
To capture a wider market and to offer her products, she not only planned to directly take orders from the customers, but also through retailers who would sell them to end consumers. This would ensure that the products are available at a place where the customers would like to buy them. In addition, Megha decided to offer free samples of her cakes and biscuits at stalls in prominent markets and shopping malls. This would increase visibility and attract potential buyers.
Explain the various components of marketing mix discussed in the above paragraph.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/4/1
Various components of marketing mix discussed in the above paragraph:
Product Product means goods or services or anything of value which is offered to the market for sale. It relates to decisions regarding planning, designing and developing the right type of products and services for the consumers. It includes branding, labelling and packaging.
Place It includes decisions like selection of dealers or intermediaries (channels of distribution), providing support to the intermediaries, managing inventory, storage and warehousing, transportation of goods from the place it is produced to the place it is required by the buyers.
Promotion Promotion refers to communicating availability, features, merits etc. of the product and services to the target customers and persuading them to buy it. It uses the combination of promotion tools such as advertising, personal selling and sales promotion techniques.
[½ mark each for heading and 1½ marks each for explanation; 2×3 = 6 marks]
Q1068.2025 Main 66/5/1 · Q346 marks
'Sound-it' is a startup planning to launch a line of wireless earbuds. Before launching, the company decides to gather feedback from customers through online surveys and interactive websites. From this research, they identify their target market as young, tech-savvy people, who value good sound quality, durability and comfort. The research also shows that customers want earbuds with long battery life, water resistance and the ability to easily connect with other devices.
Using this information, 'Sound-it' designs earbuds that meet these needs of the customer. The earbuds are comfortable with soft eartips, include advanced noise-cancelling technology, a lightweight design and good water-resistance, making them perfect for sports and outdoor activities. The design not only improves sound and comfort, but also gives it a competitive edge in the market.
It decides to charge an amount lower than their competitors to attract customers who want good quality at an affordable price after evaluating various factors like production costs, competitor prices, the product's utility and demand, etc.
To inform the customers about its earbuds, 'Sound-it', runs digital advertisement on social media and offers special discounts and free gift offers on its earbuds.
Identify and explain the four marketing functions discussed in the above case.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/5/1
Functions of Marketing:
1. Gathering and Analysing Market Information:
Marketer collect and analyse market information to identify the needs of the customers and take various decisions for the marketing of the products.
It is important to analyse available opportunities and threats as well as strengths and weaknesses of the organisation.
2. Product Designing and Development:
The design of the product contributes to making the product attractive to the target customers.
A good design can improve performance of a product and give it a competitive advantage in the market.
3. Pricing of Product:
Price is the amount of money customers have to pay to obtain the product.
It involves decisions regarding the basic price of the product, discount to customers, traders, credit terms etc.
4. Promotion:
Promotion refers to communicating availability, features, merits, etc. of the products and services to the target customers and persuading them to buy it.
It uses a combination of promotional tools such as advertising, personal selling and sales promotion techniques.
[½ mark for heading + 1 mark for explanation; 1½×4 = 6 marks]
Q1069.2025 Main 66/6/1 · Q34(a)6 marks
Explain any four major components of physical distribution.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/6/1
The four major components of physical distribution (with explanation):
Order Processing
Transportation
Warehousing
Inventory Control
[½ mark for heading + 1 mark for explanation; 1½×4 = 6 marks]
(If an examinee has not given the headings as above but has given the correct explanation, full credit should be given)
Q1070.2025 Main 66/6/1 · Q34(b)6 marks
Explain any four communication tools used by the marketers to inform and persuade customers about their firm's products.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/6/1
Four communication tools used by the marketers to inform and persuade customers about their firm’s products: (with explanation)
Advertising
Personal Selling
Sales Promotion
Public Relations
[½ mark for heading + 1 mark for explanation; 1½×4 = 6 marks]
(If an examinee has not given the headings as above but has given the correct explanation, full credit should be given)
Q1071.2025 Main 66/7/1 · Q346 marks
Recognising the growing demand for luxury, convenience and personalised experience due to increased disposable income and busy work schedules, 'Ramneek Bros.’ had launched a high end concierge service company two years ago. The company offers customised exclusive services to ultra wealthy clients such as making restaurant reservations, booking private jets, arranging tickets for shows, etc.
Ramneek Bros. charges premium prices for their services reflecting the exclusive and top quality offerings they provide. The company also provides a mobile app allowing their clients to access and request for services from anywhere in the world. To communicate availability and features of their services, Ramneek Bros. advertises in high class magazines and depends upon word of mouth recommendations from existing clients. As a result, the company has successfully established itself as a market leader in their field.
Quoting lines from the above case, identify and explain any three elements of marketing mix.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/7/1
Elements of marketing mix are (Any three):
Product/Product mix:
Quote: “The company offers customized exclusive services to ultra wealthy clients such as making restaurant reservations, booking private jets, arranging tickets for shows, etc.”
Product means goods or services or ‘anything of value’, which is offered to the market for sale. It relates to decisions regarding planning, designing and developing the right type of products and services for the consumers. It includes branding, labelling and packaging.
Price/Price mix:
Quote: “Ramneek Bros. charges premium prices for their services reflecting the exclusive and top quality offerings they provide.”
Price is the amount of money customers have to pay to obtain the product. It involves decisions regarding the basic price of the product, discount to customers, traders, credit terms etc.
Place/Physical Distribution mix:
Quote: “The company also provides a mobile app allowing their clients to access and request for services from anywhere in the world.”
Place or Physical Distribution include activities that make firm’s products available to the target customers.
It includes decisions like selection of dealers or intermediaries (channels of distribution), providing support to the intermediaries, managing inventory, storage and warehousing and transportation of goods from the place it is produced to the place it is required by the buyers.
Promotion/Promotion mix:
Quote: “…Ramneek Bros. advertises in high class magazines and depends upon word of mouth recommendations from existing clients.”
Promotion refers to communicating availability, features, merits, etc. of the products and services to the target customers and persuading them to buy it.
It uses a combination of promotional tools such as advertising, personal selling and sales promotion techniques.
[½ mark for identifying the element + ½ mark for quoting + 1 mark for explanation = 2 marks; 2×3 = 6 marks]
Q1072.2024 Main 66/1/1 · Q336 marks
Ayush and Rhea were passionate about sustainable agriculture and healthy living. They wanted to start a business selling organic produce. They had a small farm in a rural area where they began growing fresh organic produce and herbs.
In the beginning, they faced challenges in marketing their organic products. They realized that their high quality produce needed better presentation and a strong identity to stand out in a competitive market.
They named the business ‘Earthy Store’ which indicated the products’ benefits and qualities and reflected the values of the business — sustainablility and health. They chose a ‘logo’ that incorporated elements of nature and used earthy colours to convey their organic commitment. They designed and developed eco-friendly biodegradable bags and reusable containers to courier their products to the customers. They also added personal touch by including handwritten notes in each bag.
They also designed and developed product stickers with detailed information about organic certification, nutritional benefits, date of manufacture, date of expiry, etc. The stickers so developed were put on the bags and reusable containers for customers convenience.
‘Earthy Store’ created a user-friendly website and established strong media presence to inform potential customers about their products and persuading them to buy the same. Within a couple of months, they had built a loyal customer base which made them earn profits even in a competitive environment. In a year, they were able to secure contracts with local grocery stores and restaurants.
Quoting lines from the above paragraph, identify and explain the three functions of marketing discussed in the above case.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/1/1
Functions of marketing:
(i) Branding:
Branding is the process of giving a name, term, sign, symbol, design or some combination of them, to the product.
“They chose a ‘logo’ that incorporated elements of nature and used earthy colours to convey their organic commitment.”
OR
“They named the business ‘Earthy Store’ which indicated the products’ benefits and qualities and reflected the values of the business - sustainablility and health”.
(ii) Packaging and Labelling:
Packaging refers to the act of designing and producing the container or wrapper of a product.
Labelling refers to designing and developing the label to be put on the package. It may vary from a simple tag to complex graphics.
“They designed and developed eco-friendly biodegradable bags and reusable containers to courier their products to the customers”
OR
“They also designed and developed product stickers with detailed information about organic certification, nutritional benefits, date of manufacture, date of expiry, etc.”
(iii) Promotion:
Promotion refers to informing the customers about the firm’s product, its features, etc. and persuading them to purchase these products.
“‘Earthy Store’ created a user-friendly website and established strong media presence to inform potential customers about their products and persuading them to buy the same.”
[½ mark for identifying + 1 mark for explanation + ½ mark for quoting = 2 marks; 2 × 3 = 6 marks]
Q1073.2024 Main 66/4/1 · Q33(a)6 marks
Explain the following functions of marketing :
Marketing Planning
Branding
Pricing
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/4/1
1. Marketing Planning:
An important area of work of a marketer is to develop appropriate marketing plans so that objectives of the organisation can be achieved.
Appropriate marketing plans includes the plan for increasing the level of production, promotion of the products, etc. and specifying the action programmes to achieve these objectives.
2. Branding:
Branding is the process of giving a name or sign or a symbol to a product which helps in identifying and distinguishing it from the competitor’s products.
The important decision areas in respect of branding include deciding the branding strategy, say whether each product will be given a separate brand name or the same brand name will be extended to all products of the company.
3. Pricing :
Price of product refers to the amount of money customers have to pay to obtain a product.
Generally, lower the price, higher would be demand for the product and vice versa.
[2 + 2 + 2 = 6 marks]
Q1074.2024 Main 66/4/1 · Q33(b)6 marks
Explain ‘Advertising’, ‘Sales Promotion’ and ‘Public Relations’ as elements of promotion mix.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/4/1
Advertising
It is an impersonal form of communication, which is paid for by the marketers (sponsors) to promote some goods or service.
The most common modes of advertising are ‘newspapers’, ‘magazines’, ‘television’, and ‘radio’.
Sales Promotion
Sales promotion refers to short-term incentives, which are designed to encourage the buyers to make immediate purchase of a product or service.
Sales promotion activities include offering cash discounts, sales contests, free gift offers, and free sample distribution.
Public Relations
Public relations involve a variety of programmes designed to promote or protect a company’s image and its individual products in the eyes of the public.
They are especially useful when there is negative publicity about the company or its products.
[2 + 2 + 2 = 6 marks]
Q1075.2024 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q316 marks
BJ Pvt. Ltd. is a company manufacturing organic shampoos with the brand name ‘Pure Shine’. This name will help the company in creating product differentiation. To satisfy the needs of the customers in the target market the company used natural ingredients like curry leaves, neem, rice, etc. The focus of the company is on satisfaction of customers needs. To have higher demand of shampoo it decided to fix a lower price in comparison to the other shampoos available in the market. To inform the customers about the shampoo and its features etc., the company used various promotional tools. For maximum satisfaction of customers, the company provides the contact details of the customer care centre to handle customer complaints.
Identify and explain any three functions of marketing discussed in the above paragraph.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
Functions of marketing (any three):
(i) Branding
Branding is the process of giving a name to a product which helps in distinguishing the product of a firm with that of the competitor.
(ii) Pricing
Pricing refers to determining the price of a product, i.e., the amount of money customers have to pay to obtain a product.
(iii) Promotion
Promotion of products and services involves informing the customers about the firm’s product, its features, etc. and persuading them to purchase these products
(iv) Customer Support Services
Customer support services include providing after-sales services, handling customer complaints and adjustments, procuring credit services, maintenance services, technical services and consumer information to provide maximum satisfaction to the customers.
[½ mark for identification + 1½ marks for explanation = 2 × 3 = 6 marks]
Q1076.2023 Main 66/1/1 · Q346 marks
‘X Ltd.’ is engaged in the manufacturing of cars. The company surveyed the market and found that customers need a car which runs on eco-friendly fuel instead of petrol or diesel. Keeping the needs of customers as well as social, ethical and ecological aspects of marketing in mind, the company launched a new model of car that runs on bio-diesel. The launch event was covered by the top news channels and newspapers. This was done to disseminate information about the car and build goodwill of the business. ‘X Ltd.’ understands that it is imperative to manage public opinion and company’s relations with the public on a regular basis.
Identify and explain the marketing philosophy involved in the above case.
Identify and explain the communication tool that was used by the company.
Explain any two other promotional tools that can be used by ‘X Ltd.’ to achieve its objectives.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(a) Societal Marketing Concept
The societal marketing concept holds that the task of any organisation is to identify the needs and wants of the target market and deliver the desired satisfaction in an effective manner so that the long-term well-being of the consumers and the society is taken care of.
[1 mark for identification + 1 mark for explanation i.e. 1+1 = 2]
(b) Public Relations
Public relations involves a variety of programmes designed to promote or protect a company’s image and its individual products in the eyes of the public. Concrete steps are to be taken to monitor the attitude of the general public and generate positive publicity.
[1 mark for identification + 1 mark for explanation i.e. 1+1 = 2]
(c) Other promotional tools that can be used by X Ltd: (Any two)
Advertising – It refers to impersonal form of communication which is paid for by an identified sponsor/marketer to promote some goods, services, or ideas.
Sales promotion: It refers to short term incentives, which are designed to encourage the buyers to make immediate purchase of a product or service.
Personal Selling: Personal selling involves oral presentation of message in the form of conversation with one or more prospective customers for the purpose of making sales.
[1+1 = 2]
[2 + 2 + 2 = 6 marks]
Q1077.2023 Main 66/2/1 · Q336 marks
‘Maharana’ is a famous take-away food outlet in Meerut. It is quite popular among local people and travellers on the national highway.
It offers a wide variety of ‘paranthas’ and ‘sandwiches’ packed in special containers which are designed and developed by them to keep the food hot and fresh.
Considering the tough competition in the nearby area, the prices have been set reasonably low.
The owner Nirmal Singh spends huge sums of money to put large hoardings and kiosks in the vicinity, to inform the people about the outlet’s location and the special items on its menu.
The firm is performing various marketing functions to achieve its marketing objectives.
On the basis of the information given in the above case identify and explain any three marketing functions.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/2/1
Marketing Functions (any three):
Branding – Branding is the process of giving a name or sign or a symbol to a product which helps in identifying and distinguishing it from the competitor’s products.
Packaging – Packaging refers to designing and developing the package for the products. It is important not only for protection of the products but also serves as a promotional tool.
Pricing of Product – Price of product refers to the amount of money customers have to pay to obtain a product. Generally, lower the price, higher would be demand for the product and vice versa.
Promotion – Promotion of products involves informing the customers about the firm’s product, its features, etc. and persuading them to purchase these products. The methods of promotion include advertising, personal selling, public relations and sales promotion.
[½ mark for identification + 1½ mark for its explanation = 2×3 = 6 marks]
Q1078.2023 Main 66/3/1 · Q32(a)6 marks
‘The physical handling and movement of goods from the place of production to the place of distribution is an important element of marketing mix.’
Name and state the element.
Explain any three main components of this element.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(i) Place / Physical Distribution
Place includes all the activities that make firm’s products available to the target customers.
(ii) Components of Physical Distribution (any three):
Order Processing
Transportation
Warehousing
Inventory Control
[1 mark for naming + ½ mark for statement + ½ mark for naming the component + 1 mark for explanation = 1½ + 4½ = 6 marks]
Q1079.2023 Main 66/3/1 · Q32(b)6 marks
‘It is the single most important element affecting the revenue and profits of a firm.’ Name and state this element of marketing mix. Explain any three factors affecting the determination of this element of marketing mix.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/3/1
Price
Price is the amount of money customers have to pay to obtain the product.
Factors affecting the determination of Price (any three):
Product cost
Utility and Demand
Extent of competition in the market
Government and legal regulations
Pricing objectives.
Marketing methods used
[1 mark for naming + ½ mark for statement + ½ mark for naming the component + 1 mark for explanation = 1½ + 4½ = 6 marks]
Q1080.2023 Main 66/5/1 · Q336 marks
‘Best Electronics’ started manufacturing washing machines under the brand name ‘Amaze’. Once the washing machines were manufactured, packaged, branded, priced and promoted, they had to be made available to the customers at the right place, in the right quantity and at the right time.
‘Best Electronics’ provided for accurate and speedy processing of orders so that the washing machines reach the customers in time, in the right quantity and specifications. They also ensured that the washing machines are physically made available to the customers. Further, ‘Best Electronics’ arranged for facilities to store the washing machines at different locations near the market to minimize the charges on transportation. Explain any three components of physical distribution discussed in the above case.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/5/1
The three components of Physical Distribution discussed in above case are:
(i) Order processing
Products flow from manufacturers to customers via channel members while orders flow in the reverse direction from customers to the manufacturers.
A good physical distribution system should provide for an accurate and speedy processing of orders, in the absence of which goods will reach the customers late or in wrong quantity
(ii) Transportation
It is the means of carrying goods and raw materials from the point of production to the point of sale.
It is an important component because unless the goods are physically made available the sale cannot be completed.
(iii) Warehousing
It refers to the act of storing and assorting products in order to create time utility to them. The basic purpose is to arrange placement of goods and provide facilities to store them.
The need arises because there may be difference between the time a product is produced and the time it is required for consumption.
(If an examinee has given only the heading, ½ mark for each heading should be awarded)
[2 marks for each explanation = 2 × 3 = 6 marks]
Q1081.2023 Supp. 66/C/1 · Q34(a)6 marks
Explain the following as functions of marketing:
Marketing Planning
Product Designing and Development
Standardisation and Grading
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/C/1
(i) Marketing Planning
An important area of work of a marketer is to develop appropriate marketing plans so that objectives of the organisation can be achieved.
Appropriate marketing plans includes the plan for increasing the level of production, promotion of the products, etc. and specifying the action programmes to achieve these objectives. [2 marks]
(ii) Product Designing and Development
The design of the product contributes to making the product attractive to the target customers.
A good design can improve performance of a product and also give it a competitive advantage in the market. [2 marks]
(iii) Standardisation and Grading
Standardisation refers to producing goods of predetermined specifications, which helps in achieving uniformity and consistency in the output.
Grading is the process of classification of products into different groups, on the basis of some of its important characteristics such as quality, size, etc. [2 marks]
[= 6 marks]
Q1082.2023 Supp. 66/C/1 · Q34(b)6 marks
‘The important product related decisions include decisions about the packaging, labelling and branding of products.’ Explain these important decisions.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/C/1
Packaging
Packaging refers to the act of designing and producing the container or wrapper of a product. Packaging is important not only for protection of the products but also serves as a promotional tool. [2 marks]
Labelling
Labelling refers to designing and developing the label to be put on the package to provide useful information about the product, its contents, date of manufacturing, etc. The label may vary from a simple tag to complex graphics. [2 marks]
Branding
Branding is the process of giving a name or a sign or a symbol etc., to a product. It helps in identifying and distinguishing a marketer’s products from competitors’ products. [2 marks]
[= 6 marks]
Q1083.SQP 2026-27 · Q31(a)6 marks
Describe Product cost, Utility and demand and Marketing Methods used as factors determining the price of a product.
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2026-27 · Marking Scheme
Following are the factors determining the price of a product:
1. Product cost: One of the most important factors affecting the price of a product or service is its cost. This includes the cost of producing, distributing and selling the product. The cost sets the minimum level or the floor price at which the product may be sold. Generally, all marketing firms strive to cover all their costs, at least in the long run. In addition, they aim at earning a margin of profit over and above the costs. In certain circumstances, for example, at the time of introducing a new product or while entering a new market, the products may be sold at a price, which does not cover all the costs. But in the long run, a firm cannot survive unless at least all its costs are covered. Semi variable costs are those costs which vary with the level of activity but not in direct proportion with it.
2. Utility and Demand: While the product costs set the lower limits of the price, the utility provided by the product and the intensity of demand of the buyer sets the upper limit of price, which a buyer would be prepared to pay. In fact the price must reflect the interest of both the parties to the transaction—the buyer and the seller. The buyer may be ready to pay up to the point where the utility from the product is at least equal to the sacrifice made in terms of the price paid. The seller would, however, try to at least cover the costs. According to the law of demand, consumers usually purchase more units at a low price than at a high price. the maximum price for its products.
3. Marketing Methods Used: Price fixation process is also affected by other elements of marketing such as distribution system, quality of salesmen employed, quality and promoted, these must be made available to customers at the right amount of advertising, sales promotion efforts, the type of packaging, product differentiation, credit facility and customer services provided. Similarly, the uniqueness of any of the elements mentioned above gives the company a competitive freedom in fixing prices of its products.
[2 × 3 = 6 marks (½ mark for the heading and 1½ marks for the explanation)]
Q1084.SQP 2026-27 · Q31(b)6 marks
Describe the concepts of branding, packaging and labelling as elements of product mix.
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2026-27 · Marking Scheme
The concepts of branding, packaging and labelling as elements of product mix:
Branding: One of the most important decisions that a marketer has to take in the area of ‘product’ is in respect of branding. If products were sold by generic names, it would be very difficult for him to decide whether the firm’s products will be marketed under a brand name or a generic name. Thus, most marketers give a name to their product, which helps in identifying and distinguishing their products from the competitors’ products. This process of giving a name or a sign or a symbol etc., to a product is called branding.
Packaging: Packaging refers to the act of designing and producing the container or wrapper of a product. Packaging plays a very important role in the marketing success or failure of many products, particularly the consumer non-durable products. In fact if one makes an analysis of the reasons for the success of some of the successful products in the recent past, it can be noted that packaging has played its due role.
Labelling: A simple looking but important task in the marketing of goods relates to designing the label to be put on the package. The label may vary from a simple tag attached to the product (such as in case of local unbranded products like sugar, wheat, pulses, etc.) indicating some information about the quality or price, to complex graphics that are part of the package, like the ones on branded products. Labels are useful in providing detailed information about the product, its contents, method of use, etc.
[2 × 3 = 6 marks (½ mark for the heading and 1½ marks for the explanation)]
Part B · Business Finance and Marketing
12. Consumer Protection
Q1085.2026 Main 66/1/1 · Q11 mark
Ritika wanted to buy a new washing machine. She visited ‘Elec Duniya’, a large electronics store. She saw there many different brands and models on display like KM, Neo, Unipool, INH etc.
The salesperson at the store explained the differences in quality, brand reputation and prices of different washing machines. Ritika could now compare fully automatic, semi-automatic, top load and front load washing machines. The salesperson encouraged her to take her time, check different brands and resolve her queries. Ritika also went to another shop nearby to compare prices and features of different washing machines.
After comparing all the available options, Ritika chose a ‘Neo’ front load washing machine because it offered the best features within her budget.
The consumer right exercised by Ritika in the above case is :
Right to be heard
Right to be assured
Right to consumer education
Right to seek redressal
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(B) Right to be assured [1 mark]
Q1086.2026 Main 66/1/1 · Q31 mark
Read the following statements carefully :
Statement – I : Consumers should get together and form themselves into consumer associations for protection and promotion of their interests.
Statement – II : The Consumer Protection Act provides for setting up a two-tier enforcement machinery for the redressal of consumer grievances.
With reference to given statements, choose the correct alternative from the following :
Both the statements are true.
Both the statements are false.
Statement I is true, Statement II is false.
Statement I is false, Statement II is true.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(C) Statement I is true, Statement II is false. [1 mark]
Q1087.2026 Main 66/1/1 · Q51 mark
Read the following statements – Assertion (A) and Reason (R) :
Assertion (A) : Many enlightened business firms have set up their own consumer service and grievance cells.
Reason (R) : The consumer has a right to file a complaint and to be heard in case of dissatisfaction with a good or service.
Choose the correct alternative from the alternatives given below :
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are false.
Assertion (A) is false and Reason (R) is true.
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true, but Reason (R) is not the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(D) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanation of Assertion (A). [1 mark]
Q1088.2026 Main 66/1/1 · Q81 mark
Ravi purchased gold jewellery from a reputed jewellery store. He ensured that the jewellery had a hallmark which confirm its purity and authenticity. To avoid paying goods and services tax (GST) he asked the salesperson to write the gold weight and making charges on a slip of paper and hand over it to him.
Which of the following responsibilities of a consumer was not fulfilled by Ravi while purchasing jewellery ?
Be aware about various goods and services available in the market so that an intelligent and wise choice can be made.
Ask for a cash memo on purchase of goods and services.
Buy only standardized goods as they provide quality assurance.
Assert yourself to ensure that you get a fair deal.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(B) Ask for a cash memo on purchase of goods and services. [1 mark]
Q1089.2026 Main 66/2/1 · Q111 mark
Ramesh wanted to buy a room heater as it had become extremely cold. He went to the nearby market in search of a good room heater. He first visited a few big shops selling branded heaters and checked the design, quality and the price. Walking through the market he saw a road side shop displaying an attractive room heater. He walked into the shop to enquire about the room heater. The shopkeeper demonstrated how the heater worked and simultaneously explained its qualities like its rotating function, auto-cut etc. Ramesh asked about its price and decided to buy it, as in comparison to other room heaters, it was cheaper and had various additional features. However while focusing on the price and features, he did not check the ISI mark or the label which displayed the date of manufacturing, safety features, directions for use etc.
The right exercised by Ramesh in the above case is :
Right to choose/be assured
Right to be heard
Right to consumer education
Right to safety
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(A) Right to choose/be assured [1 mark]
Q1090.2026 Main 66/3/1 · Q71 mark
From the picture given below, identify the responsibility that the consumer is fulfilling while purchasing ‘Ready-to-Eat Pasta’ :
[Picture: a person holding a can and pointing a finger at the “Nutrition Facts” label printed on it.]
Be aware about various goods and services available in the market so that an intelligent and wise choice can be made.
Assert yourself to ensure that you get a fair deal.
Read labels carefully so as to have information about prices, net weight, manufacturing and expiry dates, etc.
Ask for a cash memo on purchase of goods or services.
Note : The following question is for the Visually Impaired Candidates only in lieu of Q. No. 7.
Which of the following consumer rights under Consumer Protection Act, 2019 gives the freedom to consumers to access a variety of products at competitive prices ?
Right to be informed
Right to be assured
Right to consumer education
Right to be heard
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(C) Read labels carefully so as to have information about prices, net weight, manufacturing and expiry dates, etc. [1 mark]
For Visually Impaired Candidates:(B) Right to be assured
Q1091.2026 Main 66/4/1 · Q11 mark
Kabir purchased a luxury car for ₹ 2 crores from a well-known car dealer named ‘Global Motors’. Within a few days, he found serious defects in the car. When he contacted ‘Global Motors’, they refused to repair or replace the car. Kabir then filed a case in the appropriate consumer court. However, he was not satisfied with the orders of this court. Where can Kabir file an appeal now ?
District Commission
State Commission
National Commission
Supreme Court
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(C) National Commission
[1 mark]
Q1092.2025 Main 66/1/1 · Q61 mark
One of the responsibilities of an aware consumer is to buy only standardised goods as they provide quality assurance. Identify the quality certification mark to be seen by a consumer in the picture given below:
[Picture: an electric iron]
ISI Mark
Agmark
Hallmark
FPO/FSSAI Mark
For Visually Impaired Candidates:
Madhu wants to buy Jewellery for her daughter’s marriage. Which of the following quality certification mark should she look for while buying Jewellery:
FPO/FSSAI Mark
ISI Mark
Hallmark
Eco-mark
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(A) ISI Mark [1 mark]
For Visually Impaired Candidates:(C) Hallmark
Q1093.2025 Main 66/2/1 · Q131 mark
As per the Consumer Protection Act, 2019 which of the following statement is correct?
In case the aggrieved party is not satisfied with the order of the District Commission, he can directly appeal before the National Commission.
In case the aggrieved party is not satisfied with the order of the District Commission, he can directly appeal before the Supreme Court.
In case the aggrieved party is not satisfied with the order of the State Commission, he can directly appeal before the Supreme Court.
In case the aggrieved party is not satisfied with the order of the National Commission, he can appeal before the Supreme Court.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(D) In case the aggrieved party is not satisfied with the order of the National Commission, he can appeal before the Supreme Court. [1 mark]
Q1094.2025 Main 66/4/1 · Q31 mark
To promote awareness among consumers, the government is running a campaign 'Jago Grahak Jago'. This campaign is a part of which of the following right?
Right to be informed
Right to safety
Right to consumer education
Right to be heard
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(C) Right to consumer education
Q1095.2025 Main 66/4/1 · Q101 mark
Read the following statements carefully:
Statement I: While buying electrical appliances, a consumer should buy only ISI mark products.
Statement II: It is the responsibility of a consumer to buy only standardised goods as they provide quality assurance.
In the light of the given statements, choose the correct alternative from the following:
Statement I is true and Statement II is false.
Statement I is false and Statement II is true.
Both Statement I and Statement II are true.
Both Statement I and Statement II are false.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(C) Both Statement I and Statement II are true.
Q1096.2025 Main 66/5/1 · Q141 mark
Which of the following statement is incorrect in respect of responsibility of a consumer while purchasing, using and consuming goods and services?
Check ISI mark on food products before buying.
Ask for a cash-memo on purchase of goods and services.
Read labels carefully so as to have information about prices, net weight, manufacturing and expiry dates, etc.
Assert yourself to ensure that you get a fair deal.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(A) Check ISI mark on food products before buying.
Q1097.2025 Main 66/6/1 · Q21 mark
Under_________, the consumer has a right to get relief for replacement of the product, removal of defect in the product, compensation paid for any loss or injury suffered by the consumer in case the product/service falls short of his expectations.
Right to safety
Right to seek redressal
Right to be assured
Right to be heard
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/6/1
(B) Right to seek redressal
Q1098.2025 Main 66/6/1 · Q101 mark
Raghu, on waking up early in the morning, often complained about back pain. When his pain persisted, he consulted a doctor who advised him to purchase a good quality orthopedic mattress. That would ensure correct spinal alignment and reduce the back pain.
Raghu surveyed the market and purchased a good quality orthopedic mattress. As the price of the mattress was very high, he wanted to avoid paying GST. The shopkeeper suggested that he can do so if he does not take a receipt for the purchase of the mattress. Raghu readily agreed for the same.
After few months of using the mattress, his back pain recurred. He realised that the mattress had caved in from the centre. He approached the shopkeeper who refused to entertain Raghu.
Raghu wanted to approach the court for redressal of his grievance. However, one of his friends told him that he would not be able to do so as he had not fulfilled one of his responsibilities.
From the following, identify the responsibility which Raghu failed to fulfill:
Respect the environment. Aovid waste, littering and contributing to pollution.
Ask for a Cash Memo on purchase of goods and services.
Assert yourself to ensure that you get a fair deal.
Learn about the risks associated with products and services, follow manufacturers instructions and use the product safely.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/6/1
(B) Ask for a Cash Memo on purchase of goods and services.
Q1099.2025 Main 66/6/1 · Q181 mark
After moving to Dama from his home town in Rasha, Ramu and his family were staying in a rented accomodation for the last 5 years. Ramu and one of his office colleagues decided to buy a flat each in close proximity to their office. After a lot of research, they settled for a housing project which would cost them ₹1.25 crore each for a three bedroom flat. The housing project developers promised to deliver their flats within 36 months. An amount of ₹20 lakh each was paid to the developers of the housing project at the time of booking the flat. Since the payment schedule was time bound, they paid additional ₹ 80 lakh each over a period of 2 years. The balance of ₹ 25 lakh was to be paid at the time of registration. Despite having taken the major part of the cost of the flats, the housing project developers hadn't started the construction work.
Ramu and his colleague asked the housing project developers to refund the amount paid. On refusal of refund of the amount paid by the housing project developers, Ramu and his colleague decided to approach the consumer court.
The redressal agency which Ramu and his colleague should approach for redressal of their grievance is:
District Commission
State Commission
National Commission
Local Commission
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/6/1
(A) District Commission
Q1100.2025 Main 66/7/1 · Q81 mark
Radhika purchased an attractive new toaster for her house. In the beginning it worked fine and she enjoyed using it every morning. However, one morning as she was using the toaster, it caught fire and her fingers got partially burnt.
Identify the 'Right' under which she can be protected.
Right to be informed
Right to be assured
Right to safety
Right to consumer education
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/7/1
(C) Right to safety
Q1101.2025 Main 66/7/1 · Q121 mark
Identify the incorrect statement with respect to 'importance of consumer protection' from the business point of view.
Enlightened businesses realise that it is in their long-term interest to satisfy their customers.
It is the moral duty of any business to take care of consumer's interest and avoid any form of their exploitation.
Due to widespread ignorance of consumers about their rights and reliefs available to them, it becomes necessary to educate them about the same, so as to achieve consumer awareness.
A business engaging in any form of exploitative trade practices would invite government intervention which can tarnish the image of the company.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/7/1
(C) Due to widespread ignorance of consumers about their rights and reliefs available to them, it becomes necessary to educate them about the same, so as to achieve consumer awareness.
Q1102.2025 Main 66/7/1 · Q151 mark
If any of the parties are not satisfied by the order of the District Commission, they can appeal against such order to the State Commission on the grounds of facts or law within a period of ________ from the date of order.
45 days
30 days
60 days
15 days
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/7/1
(A) 45 days
Q1103.2025 Main 66/7/1 · Q181 mark
Rajni, the Chief Executive Officer of a multinational company, maintained a simple and elegant look. Now she wanted a change, so she decided to colour her hair in a vibrant colour. After reading the label carefully, she purchased a well-known hair colour of good quality. Before applying the colour, she read the instructions carefully.
However, while applying the colour on her hair, she forgot the instructions and without testing it on a patch of her skin, she applied the colour. This led to an allergic reaction with redness and itching on her scalp, ears and neck.
Identify the responsibility that was ignored by Rajni as a consumer while using the hair colour.
Be aware about various goods and services available in the market so that an intelligent and wise choice can be made.
Learn about the risks associated with products and services, follow manufacturer's instructions and use the product safely.
Assert yourself to ensure that you get a fair deal.
Ask for a cash-memo on purchase of goods or services.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/7/1
(B) Learn about the risks associated with products and services, follow manufacturer’s instructions and use the product safely.
Q1104.2024 Main 66/1/1 · Q171 mark
Read the following statements : Assertion (A) and Reason (R). Choose the correct alternative from the options given below :
Assertion (A) : Many enlightened business firms have set up their own consumer service and grievance cells.
Reason (R) : The consumer has a right to file a complaint and to be heard in case of dissatisfaction with a good or service.
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true, but Reason (R) is not the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
Assertion (A) is true, but Reason (R) is false.
Assertion (A) is false, but Reason (R) is true.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(A) Both Assertion (A) and Reason (R) are true and Reason (R) is the correct explanation of Assertion (A).
[1 mark]
Q1105.2024 Main 66/3/1 · Q81 mark
Niyati is working as a teacher in a school in Mansarovar Garden. She always tells the children at the school not to pollute the environment, and not to throw wrappers of chips and chocolates here and there. She always carries a bag with her to collect the wrappers and put them in the dustbin.
By doing this, which responsibility of a consumer is she discharging :
Reading labels carefully
Asserting to get a fair deal
Respecting the environment
Being honest in the dealings
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(C) Respecting the environment.
[1 mark]
Q1106.2024 Main 66/3/1 · Q111 mark
The legal framework in India requires the manufacturers to provide information about ingredients, date of manufacture, quantity, price, directions for use, etc., on the label of the product.
From the following, identify the consumer right that is satisfied by the firm by fulfilling the requirement :
Right to safety
Right to be informed
Right to be assured
Right to be heard
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(B) Right to be informed.
[1 mark]
Q1107.2024 Main 66/4/1 · Q121 mark
Lyka Ltd. launched its new range of herbal shampoos at the beginning of the year. As per legal framework, Lyka Ltd. provided the name and address of the manufacturer, the weight, manufacturing date, expiry date, maximum retail price etc. on the package and label of the herbal shampoo.
The consumer right highlighted above is :
Right to choose
Right to be informed
Right to consumer education
Right to safety
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(B) Right to be informed
[1 mark]
Q1108.2024 Main 66/4/1 · Q161 mark
Payal was working in a Multinational company. Her father gifted her a smart phone worth ₹ 40,500 on her birthday. The mobile phone was purchased by her father from his friend’s shop. After few months, the mobile phone started creating problems. Payal tried to contact the manufacturer many times but he did not respond. Ultimately Payal decided to file a complaint against the manufacturer. The appropriate grievance redressal machinery where Payal can file a complaint is :
District Forum/Commission
State Commission
National Commission
Supreme Court
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(A) District Forum/Commission
[1 mark]
Q1109.2024 Main 66/5/1 · Q81 mark
Navya went to a supermarket for grocery shopping. She bought one kg of bajra flour from the supermarket. On reaching home when she opened the packet she found worms inside it. She was disappointed and told her son about the same. Her son asked her to check the label. When she checked the label of the packet, she found that bajra flour was stale and beyond the expiry date. She approached the sales-person at the supermarket who replaced the bajra flour immediately. When she thanked the sales-person, she was told that it was the policy of the supermarket to satisfy the customers. He further told that satisfied customers not only lead to repeat sales but they also provide good feedback to prospective customers which helps in increasing the customer base of business. Identify the point of importance of consumer protection from the point of view of the supermarket which is helping them to increase the customer base :
Long term interest of the business
Moral justification
Social responsibility
Government intervention
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(A) Long term interest of the business [1 mark]
Q1110.2024 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q61 mark
Statement I : As per the Consumer Protection Act, 2019, the District Commission has a jurisdiction to entertain complaints where value of goods or services paid as consideration does not exceed ₹ 10 crores.
Statement II : If any of the parties is not satisfied by the order of the District Commission, they can appeal against such order to the State Commission on the grounds of facts or law within a period of forty-five days from the date of order.
Choose the correct option from the following :
Statement I is true and Statement II is false.
Statement II is true and Statement I is false.
Both the Statements are true.
Both the Statements are false.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
(B) Statement II is true and Statement I is false. [1 mark]
Q1111.2024 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q151 mark
As per the Consumer Protection Act, 2019, the consumer has a right to file a complaint and to be heard in case of dissatisfaction with a good or a service. The consumer right being referred to here is ___________ :
Right to Safety
Right to be Heard
Right to be Informed
Right to Seek Redressal
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
(B) Right to be Heard [1 mark]
Q1112.2023 Main 66/2/1 · Q181 mark
Which of the following will not be considered as consumers as per Consumer Protection Act, 2019?
A person, who avails any service for a consideration which has been partly paid.
Any user of goods if such use is made with the approval of the buyer.
A person who purchases goods through online means.
A person who obtains goods for resale purposes.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(D) A person who obtains goods for resale purposes.
[1 mark]
Q1113.2023 Main 66/2/1 · Q191 mark
As per Consumer Protection Act, 2019, ‘the consumer has a right to get relief in case the product or service falls short of his expectations.’
Which consumer right is discussed in the above statement?
Right to be heard
Right to be assured
Right to seek redressal
Right to safety
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(C) Right to seek redressal
[1 mark]
Q1114.2023 Main 66/3/1 · Q11 mark
Sarita bought a flat from Sugan Developers for ₹5 crore and was shocked to discover that the quality of construction was bad, roof leaked during the rainy season and plaster was coming off at various places. Which consumer forum should she approach for redressal of her grievance?
District Commission
State Commission
National Commission
Supreme Court
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(B) State Commission
Q1115.2023 Supp. 66/C/1 · Q31 mark
From the following, identify the Incorrect Statement as per Consumer Protection Act, 2019:
National Commission has territorial jurisdiction over the whole country for consumer protection.
District Commission entertains complaints where value of goods or services paid as consideration does not exceed ₹1 crore.
Appeal against District Commission’s order can be filed in National Commission.
District Commission and State Commission are set by the State Governments.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/C/1
(C) Appeal against District commission’s order can be filed in National Commission.
Q1116.2023 Supp. 66/C/1 · Q181 mark
Which of the following consumer rights under Consumer Protection Act, 2019 gives the freedom to consumers to access variety of products at competitive prices?
Right to be informed
Right to be assured/Right to choose
Right to consumer education
Right to be heard
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/C/1
(B) Right to be assured / Right to choose
Q1117.SQP 2026-27 · Q81 mark
Who is a consumer under the Consumer Protection Act, 2019?
It includes any user of such goods or beneficiary of services if such use is made with the disapproval of the buyer.
It applies to online transactions only which are made through electronic means or by teleshopping or direct selling or multilevel marketing.
Any person who obtains goods or avails services for resale or commercial purpose.
A person who buys any goods or avails services for a consideration, which has been paid or promised, or partly paid and partly promised, or under any scheme of deferred payment.
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2026-27 · Marking Scheme
(D) A person who buys any goods or avails services for a consideration, which has been paid or promised, or partly paid and partly promised, or under any scheme of deferred payment.
[1 mark]
Q1118.SQP 2026-27 · Q111 mark
The Consumers Affairs Minister met with the representatives from various E-Commerce firms on the subject of “dark patterns”, warning them that app designs that are intended to deceive and nudge users to spend more or compromise their privacy are considered unfair trade practices. Which authority under the Consumer Protection Act, 2019 would regulate matters relating to violation of rights of consumers, unfair trade practices and take necessary action?
Central Consumer Protection Authority
Non-Governmental Organisations
Supreme Court
Consumer affairs Ministry
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2026-27 · Marking Scheme
(A) Central Consumer Protection Authority
[1 mark]
Q1119.SQP 2026-27 · Q131 mark
A ₹2 lakh fine has been imposed on an online pharmacy Medisimple for automatically renewing a three-month membership subscription of the customers for ₹99 without obtaining explicit user consent. The order passed by the Concerned Authority stated that the promotion design used by the pharmacy amounted to an unfair trade practice called “basket sneaking”, and directed the company to refund consumers who had not consented to the renewal. Where can the appeal be filed in case any of the parties is not satisfied with the order, on the grounds of facts or rules of Consumer Protection Act,2021?
District Commission
State Commission
National Commission
Supreme Court
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2026-27 · Marking Scheme
(B) State Commission
[1 mark]
Q1120.SQP 2026-27 · Q181 mark
Rama purchased a breakfast cereal “Healthme”, which her friend Sapna had recommended. Sapna told her that consuming the cereal for breakfast had helped her in losing 5 kgs in 6 months. Rama had also seen the advertisement for the cereal which suggested weight loss and fitness. Rama did not lose any weight even after one year. She approached the helpline of the company to file a complaint. The employee on the helpline asked her to read the general instructions on the package, which said that the “results may vary”. Rama realised that she had not read the information written on the tag attached to the product before buying it. Which consumer right did Rama exercise and which consumer responsibility had she ignored?
Right to be heard, Read labels carefully so as to have information about prices, net weight, manufacturing and expiry dates, etc.
Right to be assured, Be aware about various goods and services available in the market so that an intelligent and wise choice can be made.
Right to be assured, Buy only standardised goods as they provide quality assurance
Right to be heard, File a complaint in an appropriate consumer forum in case of a shortcoming in the quality of goods purchased or services availed.
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2026-27 · Marking Scheme
(A) Right to be heard, Read labels carefully so as to have information about prices, net weight, manufacturing and expiry dates, etc.
[1 mark]
Q1121.2026 Main 66/3/1 · Q213 marks
Aditi purchased a high speed blender from an online retailer for ₹ 2,000. When she used it to prepare soup, it made a loud noise. It also failed to blend properly and emitted an unusual smell.
She first contacted the online retailer through their toll-free helpline. They told her that they were responsible only for selling the blender and were not responsible for defects. Aditi then collected all relevant proofs such as the invoice and records of her communication etc. Then she contacted the customer service team of the manufacturer. The technical team inspected the blender and confirmed that the motor was defective. Despite this, the manufacturer neither replaced the blender, nor refunded her money. They stopped responding to Aditi’s calls. Aditi was frustrated and filed a complaint against the manufacturer in the appropriate consumer court.
State any three reliefs available to Aditi if the consumer court is satisfied about the defect in the high speed blender.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/3/1
Reliefs available to Consumer (Any THREE)
To remove the defect in goods or deficiency in service.
To replace the defective product with a new one, free from any defect.
To refund the price paid for the product, or the charges paid for the service.
To pay a reasonable amount of compensation for any loss or injury suffered by the consumer due to the negligence of the opposite party.
To pay punitive damages in appropriate circumstances.
To discontinue the unfair/ restrictive trade practice and not to repeat it in the future.
Not to offer hazardous goods for sale.
To withdraw the hazardous goods from sale.
To cease manufacture of hazardous goods and to desist from offering hazardous services.
Compensate for any loss or injury suffered by consumer under product liability action and withdraw hazardous products from being offered for sale etc.
To pay any amount (not less than 5% of the value of the defective goods or deficient services provided), to be credited to the Consumer Welfare Fund or any other organisation/person, to be utilised in the prescribed manner.
To pay adequate costs to the appropriate party.
[1 x 3 = 3 marks]
Q1122.2025 Main 66/2/1 · Q243 marks
Aman, a young graduate was living away from home in another city. He had problems in cooking and heating food. He decided to purchase a microwave oven for the same. He went to the market, visited many shops and compared various microwave oven brands available in the market. He compared features, price, after-sale-service and customer reviews etc. to make an informed choice as per his needs.
After selecting the oven, he checked that it should have an ISI mark. This gave him confidence about the safety, standards and quality of the oven.
After reaching home he followed the manufacturer’s instructions for safe installation and use of microwave oven. This helped him in avoiding any risk associated with the usage of microwave oven.
By doing all this Aman kept in mind various responsibilities while purchasing and using the microwave oven. Still he left some of the responsibilities that were not fulfilled by him.
State any three such responsibilities.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/2/1
Responsibilities that were not fulfilled by Aman: (Any three)
Be honest in your dealings. Choose only from legal goods and services and discourage unscrupulous practices like black-marketing, hoarding, etc.
Ask for a cash memo on purchase of goods or services. This would serve as a proof of the purchase made.
File a complaint in an appropriate consumer forum in case of a shortcoming in the quality of goods purchased or services availed. Do not fail to take an action even when the amount involved is small.
Form consumer societies which would play an active part in educating consumers and safeguarding their interests.
Respect the environment. Avoid waste, littering and contributing to pollution.
(If an examinee has only listed the underlined points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
[1 × 3 = 3 marks]
Q1123.2025 Main 66/4/1 · Q24(a)3 marks
State any three points of importance of consumer protection from the point of view of business.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/4/1
Importance of consumer protection from the point of view of business (any three)
It is in the long-term interest of business to satisfy their customers who not only lead to repeat sales but also help in increasing the customer base, thereby increasing customer satisfaction.
Business uses society’s resources, so it has a responsibility to supply products or services which are in public interest.
The business sells goods and services to the customers and thus has social responsibility towards them including other stake stakeholders which has to be taken care of.
Moral justification implies the moral duty of a business to take care of customer’s interest and avoid their exploitation in any form.
Business engaged in any form of exploitative trade practiced would invite government intervention and it is advisable that business organisations voluntarily resort to such practices where the customer needs and interest are taken care of.
[1×3 = 3 marks]
(If an examinee has given only the headings, ½ mark for each heading should be awarded)
Q1124.2025 Main 66/4/1 · Q24(b)3 marks
‘The consumer grievances are redressed by the three-tier machinery under Consumer Protection Act, 2019’.
Name the three tiers of the enforcement machinery.
Also state jurisdiction of cases that can be filed in each of these tiers of the enforcement machinery.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(i) Three tiers of the enforcement machinery under Consumer Protection Act, 2019
District Commission (District Forum)
State Commission
National Commission
[½×3 = 1½ marks]
(ii) Jurisdiction of cases that can be filed in each of these tiers of the enforcement machinery:
District Commission (District Forum) – District commission has a jurisdiction to entertain complaints where value of goods or services paid as consideration does not exceed one crore rupees.
State Commission – State Commission has a jurisdiction to entertain complaints where value of goods and services paid as consideration exceeds one crore but does not exceed ten crore rupees.
National Commission – National Commission has a jurisdiction to entertain complaints where value of goods or services paid as consideration exceeds ten crores of rupees.
[½×3 = 1½ marks] = 3 marks
Q1125.2026 Main 66/2/1 · Q254 marks
Meera purchased a mixer-grinder of a reputed brand from a well-known electronic store for ₹ 5,000. Within ten days, the mixer-grinder stopped working. Meera visited the shop for repair or replacement showing the cash memo and the warranty card but the shopkeeper refused to help her. Though the product was only for ₹ 5,000, she filed a complaint at the District Consumer Disputes Redressal Forum.
The Forum ordered the store to replace the product within 30 days. They also added ₹ 1,000 as compensation for mental harassment and ₹ 800 for legal costs.
State two responsibilities fulfilled by Meera and two reliefs which Meera got through Consumer Redressal Forum.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/2/1
Responsibilities fulfilled by Meera:
Ask for a cash memo on purchase of goods or services. [1 mark]
File a complaint in an appropriate consumer forum in case of a shortcoming in the quality of goods purchased or services availed. [1 mark]
Reliefs which Meera got through Consumer Redressal Forum:
To replace the defective product with a new one, free from any defect. [1 mark]
To pay a reasonable amount of compensation for any loss or injury suffered by the consumer due to the negligence of the opposite party. [1 mark]
[= 4 marks]
Q1126.2026 Main 66/4/1 · Q264 marks
State any four responsibilities of a consumer under the Consumer Protection Act, 2019.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/4/1
Responsibilities of a consumer under the Consumer Protection Act, 2019 (Any FOUR):
Be aware about various goods and services available in the market so that an intelligent and wise choice can be made.
Buy only standardised goods as they provide quality assurance. Thus, look for ISI mark on electrical goods, FPO mark on food products, Hallmark on jewellery, etc.
Learn about the risks associated with products and services, follow manufacturer’s instructions and use the products safely.
Read labels carefully so as to have information about prices, net weight, manufacturing and expiry dates, etc.
Assert yourself to ensure that you get a fair deal.
Be honest in your dealings. Choose only from legal goods and services and discourage unscrupulous practices like black-marketing, hoarding, etc.
Ask for a cash memo on purchase of goods or services. This would serve as a proof of the purchase made.
File a complaint in an appropriate consumer forum in case of a shortcoming in the quality of goods purchased or services availed. Do not fail to take an action even when the amount involved is small.
Form consumer societies which would play an active part in educating consumers and safeguarding their interests.
Respect the environment. Avoid waste, littering and contributing to pollution.
[1 × 4 = 4 marks]
Q1127.2026 Main 66/4/1 · Q284 marks
‘Sabka Consumer Forum’, a well-known non-governmental organisation (NGO), has been working for the welfare of the consumers. Its main aim is to educate the general public about consumer rights by organising training programmes, seminars and workshops.
Seeing the growing need for awareness, the NGO started publishing periodicals and other publications to impart knowledge about consumer problems, legal reporting, reliefs available and other matters of consumer interest. These publications became very popular and people began approaching the NGO for guidance.
One day, a group of residents from a nearby housing society approached ‘Sabka Consumer Forum’. They had purchased water purifiers from a company, which turned out to be defective. Even after repeated complaints, the company had failed to respond. ‘Sabka Consumer Forum’ studied the case and decided to file a complaint on behalf of the consumers in the appropriate consumer court.
Apart from the functions mentioned in the above case, state any four other functions which may be performed by ‘Sabka Consumer Forum’ for protecting and promoting consumer interests.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/4/1
Apart from the functions mentioned in the above case, four other functions which may be performed by ‘Sabka Consumer Forum’ are:
Carrying out comparative testing of consumer products in accredited laboratories to test relative qualities of competing brands and publishing the test results for the benefit of consumers.
Encouraging consumers to strongly protest and take an action against unscrupulous, exploitative and unfair trade practices of sellers.
Providing legal assistance to consumers by way of providing aid, legal advice etc. in seeking legal remedy.
Taking an initiative in filing cases in consumer courts in the interest of the general public, not for any individual.
[1 × 4 = 4 marks]
Q1128.2026 Main 66/5/1 · Q284 marks
Rishabh purchased a car for ₹ 8,00,000. He insured the car on the same day from Alex Insurance Company. Rishabh’s car was stolen in Kedwan while he was on vacation with his family. He promptly filed a First Information Report (FIR), informed the insurer and submitted all the required documents.
To Rishabh’s shock, the insurance company rejected his claim, alleging he had failed to take due care and had parked the car in an unsafe manner. Determined to challenge this, Rishabh wrote multiple letters to the insurance company, but the insurance company refused to pay the compensation.
Rishabh filed a case with District Commission. The District Commission was satisfied with the genuineness of the complaint and ordered the insurance company to pay a reasonable amount.
Identify and explain two consumer rights which have been exercised by Rishabh.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Main), Set 66/5/1
Consumer Rights which have been exercised by Rishabh:
(i) Right to be heard
In case of dissatisfaction with a good or a service, the consumer has a right to file a complaint and to be heard
It is because of this reason that many enlightened business firms have set up their own consumer service and grievance cells.
(ii) Right to seek redressal
In case the product or service falls short of his expectations, the consumer has a right to get relief.
The Consumer Protection Act provides a number of reliefs to the consumers including replacement of the product, removal of defect, compensation paid for any loss or injury suffered by consumer, etc.
[1 mark for identification + 1 mark for explanation; 2 × 2 = 4 marks]
Q1129.2025 Main 66/1/1 · Q274 marks
Abha had guests at home. She ordered vegetable, biryani from ‘Biryani House’. The biryani came in a beautiful packaging and Abha opened it with lot of excitement. However, when she started serving biryani to the guests, she realised that it was non-vegetarian. She checked the package and noticed that there was no indication whether it was a vegetarian or non-vegetarian biryani. She contacted ‘Biryani House’ for the same. The manager at ‘Biryani House’ apologized and immediately sent a vegetarian biryani along with complimentary sweet dish.
Identify and explain the two consumer rights discussed in the above case.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/1/1
The two consumer rights discussed in the above case are:
(a) Right to be informed
The consumer has a right to have complete information about the product he intends to buy such as, ingredients, date of manufacture, price, quantity etc.
It is because of this reason that the legal framework in India requires the manufacturers to provide such information on the package and label of the product.
[2 marks]
(b) Right to seek redressal
The consumer has a right to get relief in case the product or service falls short of his expectations.
The Consumer Protection Act provides relief to customers such as replacement of product, removal of defect in the product, compensation for any loss or injury suffered by the consumer.
[2 marks]
(If an examinee has explained ‘Right to be Heard’ instead of ‘Right to seek redressal’ with its correct explanation, full credit is to be given)
[2 + 2 = 4 marks]
Q1130.2025 Main 66/5/1 · Q304 marks
Sara decided to purchase vegetables online from 'Desi Store' which is a popular online store. She ordered 1 kg carrots, 1 kg potatoes and 2 kg tomatoes. After receiving the order, Sara realised that the weight of the vegetables was much less than what she had ordered. On checking the website again, she found that on the website, only price of each item is stated, but the weight or quantity of the vegetables against the price is not specified.
She contacted the customer care center for her grievance. The customer care center representative simply told that weight of the vegetables varies, so it is not indicated against the price. Sara asked the representative many times to speak to a supervisor, but every time the representative stated that no one is available. Sara was disappointed and left a review on the website and filed a case in the District Forum.
Identify and explain the two rights of the consumer discussed above.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Main), Set 66/5/1
1. Right to be Informed:
The consumer has a right to have complete information about the product he intends to buy including its ingredients, date of manufacture, price, quantity, directions for use, etc.
It is because of this reason that the legal framework in India requires the manufacturers to provide such information on the package and label of the product.
2. Right to be Heard:
The consumer has a right to file a complaint and to be heard in case of dissatisfaction with a good or a service.
For this many enlightened business firms have set up their own consumer service and grievance cells.
[1 mark for identification + 1 mark for explanation; 2×2 = 4 marks]
Q1131.2025 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q294 marks
Explain any two points of importance of consumer protection from the point of view of business.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2025 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
Importance of consumer protection from the point of view of business ( any two with explanation)
Long-term Interest of Business
Business uses Society’s Resources
Social Responsibility
Moral Justification
Government Intervention
[(½ mark for naming + 1½ mark for explanation) x 2 = 4 marks]
Q1132.2024 Main 66/1/1 · Q304 marks
Anuj, after a lot of research, paid ‘SS Developers’ an advance of ₹ 2 crore to build a lavish house for him. They promised to deliver the property within 18 months. At the end of 18 months, Anuj asked for the delivery of the property many times but the developer did not respond. Anuj realized that ‘SS Developers’ was not in a position to hand over the property to him. Anuj asked for a refund of the money with interest, which ‘SS Developers’ refused. Anuj approached the consumer court with his complaint.
Which grievance redressal agency had Anuj approached ?
State any three reliefs Anuj is likely to get, if the consumer court is satisfied with the complaint.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(i) State Commission[1 mark for identifying]
(ii) Reliefs Anuj is likely to get, if the consumer court is satisfied with the complaint are: (Any three)
a) To refund the price paid for the product, or the charges paid for the service.
b) To pay a reasonable amount of compensation for any loss or injury suffered by the consumer due to the negligence of the opposite party.
c) To pay punitive damages in appropriate circumstances.
d) To discontinue the unfair/ restrictive trade practice and not to repeat it in the future.
e) Compensate for any loss or injury suffered by consumer under product liability action and withdraw hazardous products from being offered for sale etc.
f) To pay any amount(not less than 5% of the value of defective goods or deficient services provided) to be credited to the Consumer Welfare fund or any other organisation/person, to be utilised in the prescribed manner.
g) To pay adequate costs to the appropriate party.
[1 + (1 × 3) = 4 marks]
Q1133.2024 Main 66/3/1 · Q284 marks
State any four functions performed by consumer organizations and non-governmental organizations for protecting and promoting the interest of consumers.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/3/1
Functions performed by consumer organizations and non-governmental organizations for protecting and promoting the interest of consumers (any four)
1. Educating the general public about consumer rights by organising training programmes, seminars and workshops.
2. Publishing periodicals and other publications to impart knowledge about consumer problems, legal reporting, reliefs available and other matters of interest.
3. Carrying out comparative testing of consumer products in accredited laboratories to test relative qualities of competing brands and publishing the test results for the benefit of consumers.
4. Encouraging customers to strongly protest and take an action against unscrupulous, exploitative and unfair trade practices of sellers.
5. Providing legal assistance to consumers by way of providing aid, legal advice etc. in seeking legal remedy.
6. Filing complaint in appropriate consumer courts on behalf of the consumers.
7. Taking an initiative in filing cases in consumer courts in the interest of the general public, not for any individual.
(If an examinee has only listed the underlined points,1/2 mark for each point should be awarded)
[1 × 4 = 4 marks]
Q1134.2024 Main 66/4/1 · Q294 marks
Nishi had gone to a grocery store to make routine purchases. On reaching home, as she took out Binx tomato chips packet from the bag to give it to her son, she felt that it was underweight. She checked its weight on the kitchen weighing scale and found that it weighed 60 grams whereas the label on the chips packet mentioned the weight of the packet as 100 grams. She approached the manufacturer and complained about it. The manufacturer offered her a gift hamper and requested her not to disclose this to anyone. Nishi refused to accept the gift hamper and took the issue to a redressal agency.
State two responsibilities discharged by Nishi, as a consumer, in the above case.
State any two reliefs which can be granted to Nishi, if the consumer court is satisfied with the genuineness of the complaint.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/4/1
a) Responsibilities discharged by Nishi:
(i) Read labels carefully so as to have information about prices, net weight, manufacturing and expiry dates, etc.
(ii) File a complaint in an appropriate consumer forum in case of a shortcoming in the quality of goods purchased or services availed. Do not fail to take an action even when the amount involved is small.
[1 × 2 = 2 marks]
b) Reliefs available (any two):
(i) To replace the defective product with a new one, free from any defect.
(ii) To refund the price paid for the product, or the charges paid for the service.
(iii) To pay a reasonable amount of compensation for any loss or injury suffered by the consumer due to the negligence of the opposite party.
(iv) To pay punitive damages in appropriate circumstances.
(v) To discontinue the unfair/ restrictive trade practice and not to repeat it in the future.
(vi) To pay adequate cost to the appropriate party.
(If an examinee has only listed the underlined points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
[1 × 2 = 2 marks; 2 + 2 = 4 marks]
Q1135.2024 Main 66/5/1 · Q254 marks
Kewalram started a sweets shop ‘Karamati Sweets’ in 1950. The sweets were famous all over India for their good quality and people would come from far and wide to purchase sweets from him. As he grew old, he could no longer run the shop. So, he sold the shop to one of his neighbours ‘Bholaram’. After a few months, to further increase the revenue, ‘Bholaram’ started engaging in unfair trade practices like using adulterated khoya and paneer. He thought that no one would know about it as ‘Karamati Sweets’ had a good image in the eyes of the people.
Slowly, people started falling sick after consuming sweets purchased from ‘Karamati Sweets’ but they did not know where to go and to whom to complain. Raghav, a resident of the village had recently completed his studies. He was also a member of a non-governmental organisation. ‘Meri Voice’. He felt that the villagers should be made aware about the rights and reliefs available to them. He started creating awareness about consumer rights among the villagers to protect their interest through a series of talks and presentations in the village.
Identify and explain the consumer right discussed in the above para.
Also, identify and explain the consumer right violated by ‘Bholaram’ in the above case.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(a) Right to Consumer Education
The consumer has a right to acquire knowledge about his rights and reliefs available to him in case of a product or service is falling short of his expectation and to be a well informed consumer throughout life.
Many consumer organisations and businesses are educating consumers in this respect.
(b) Right to Safety
The consumer has a right to be protected against goods and services which are hazardous to life, health and property.
Consumers are educated that they should use products which are standardised as this would be an assurance of such products meeting quality specifications.
[1 mark for identifying each right + 1 mark for its explanation = 2 marks; 2 + 2 = 4 marks]
Q1136.2024 Supp. 66/S/1 · Q254 marks
Ishaan wanted to buy five litres of mustard oil. Before he went to the market, he surfed the Internet to find out about the various brands of mustard oil available in the market. On visiting the retail shop, he could find five different brands of mustard oil but to his surprise, only one of them had ‘FSSAI’ certification mark, which he decided to buy. He read the label on the oil container to find out the price and weight of the oil. While paying for the oil he ensured that the cashier gave him the cash memo.
Ishaan was a responsible consumer. State any four responsibilities that Ishaan kept in mind while purchasing the mustard oil.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/S/1
Responsibilities that Ishan kept in mind while purchasing mustard oil:
Be aware about various goods and services available in the market so that an intelligent and wise choice can be made.
Buy only standardised goods as they provide quality assurance and look for ISI mark on electrical goods, FPO mark on food products, Hallmark on jewellery etc.
Read labels carefully so as to have information about prices, net weight, manufacturing and expiry dates, etc.
Ask for a cash memo on purchase of goods or services. This would serve as a proof of the purchase made.
(If an examinee has only listed the underlined points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
[1 × 4 = 4 marks]
Q1137.2023 Main 66/1/1 · Q30(a)4 marks
State the role of consumer organisations and non-governmental organisations for the protection and promotion of consumers interests on the basis of any four points.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/1/1
Role of Consumer Organisations and NGOs in protecting consumers interest: (Any four)
Educating the general public about consumer rights by organising training programmes, seminars and workshops.
Publishing periodicals and other publications to impart knowledge about consumer problems, legal reporting, reliefs available and other matters of interest.
Carrying out comparative testing of consumer products in accredited laboratories to test relative qualities of competing brands and publishing the test results for the benefit of consumers.
Encouraging consumers to strongly protest and take action against unscrupulous exploitative and unfair trade practices of sellers.
Providing legal assistance to consumers by way of providing aid, legal advice etc. in seeking legal remedy.
Filing complaints in appropriate consumer courts on behalf of the consumers.
Taking an initiative in filing cases in consumer courts in the interest of the general public, not for any individual.
(If the examinee has listed the points only, ½ mark each to be awarded)
[1×4 = 4 marks]
Q1138.2023 Main 66/1/1 · Q30(b)4 marks
State any four reliefs available to the consumers if the consumer court is satisfied about the genuineness of the complaint.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/1/1
Reliefs available to the consumers (Any four)
To remove the defect in goods or deficiency in service.
To replace the defective product with a new one, free from any defect.
To refund the price paid for the product or the charges paid for the service.
To pay a reasonable amount of compensation for any loss or injury suffered by the consumer due to negligence of the opposite party.
To pay punitive damages in appropriate circumstances.
To discontinue the unfair/restrictive trade practice and not to repeat it in the future.
Not to offer hazardous goods for sale.
To withdraw the hazardous goods from sale.
To cease manufacture of hazardous goods and to desist from offering hazardous services.
Compensate for any loss or injury suffered by consumer under product liability action and withdraw hazardous products from being offered for sale etc.
To pay any amount, not less than 5% of the value of the defective goods or deficient services, to be credited to the Consumer Welfare Fund or any other organisation/person, to be utilised in the prescribed manner.
To issue corrective advertisement to neutralise the effect of a misleading advertisement.
To pay adequate costs to the appropriate party.
[1×4 = 4 marks]
Q1139.2023 Main 66/2/1 · Q304 marks
Rajneesh purchased a 500 ml bottle of fruit juice for ₹ 60 in Ahmedabad from a local store. While consuming it, he found an insect floating in it. He sent a legal notice to the company immediately and decided to approach a Consumer Dispute Redressal Agency for a relief of ₹ 2 lakh.
Which Consumer Dispute Redressal Agency did Rajneesh approach, out of the three-tier machinery set up under Consumer Protection Act, 2019 for redressal?
If Rajneesh is not satisfied by the order of the above Agency, where can he appeal against such order and within how many days?
State any two reliefs that can be granted to Rajneesh in the above case.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(i) Rajneesh can approach District Consumer Disputes Redressal Commission (District Commission). [1]
(ii) If Rajneesh is not satisfied by the order of District Consumer Disputes Redressal Commission (District Commission), he can appeal against such order to the State Consumer Disputes Redressal Commission (State Commission) within 45 days from such order. [½+½]
(iii) Reliefs that can be granted to Rajneesh (any two):
To replace the defective product with a new one.
To refund the price paid for the product.
To pay a reasonable amount of compensation for any loss suffered by the consumer due to the negligence of the opposite party.
To pay punitive damages.
Not to offer such (hazardous) goods for sale.
To withdraw such (hazardous) goods from sale.
To cease to manufacture of such (hazardous) goods.
Compensate for any loss or injury suffered by consumer under product liability action and withdraw hazardous products from being offered for sale etc.
To pay any amount (not less than 5% of the value of such goods) to be credited to Consumer Welfare Fund or any other organisation/person to be utilised in the prescribed manner.
To pay adequate costs to the appropriate party.
[1×2]
[= 1+1+2 = 4 marks]
Q1140.2023 Main 66/3/1 · Q304 marks
‘MVT Ltd.’ is a leading cosmetic manufacturing company. It has its own consumer service and grievance redressal centre to address consumer concerns. The mobile phone number of the consumer service and grievance redressal cell is printed on the labels of all its products as a policy to get feedback or complaints from their consumers. It also runs various programmes to educate the consumers about their rights and reliefs available to them in case a product or service falls short of their expectations.
Explain the two rights of the consumers which are being promoted by the company.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/3/1
Consumer Rights being promoted by the company:
Right to be heard
Right to consumer education
[1 mark for identification + 1 mark for its explanation = 2 × 2 = 4 marks]
Q1141.2023 Main 66/5/1 · Q304 marks
Sameeksha is a Class-XII student having Business Studies as one of her subjects. After studying ‘Consumer Protection’ as one of the chapters in Business Studies, she tried to apply the acquired knowledge while purchasing and using the goods. She is very fond of cooking and always tries new recipies. This time she wants to purchase a ‘Bread Maker’ to prepare homemade bread. She checked online about the various brands of ‘Bread Maker’ available in the market and compared their price, so that an intelligent and wise choice can be made. Then she went to a near by market to buy it. Being an informed consumer she looked for the Standardization Mark, negotiated the price printed on the label, checked the date of manufacturing and asked for guarantee or warranty of the product.
After satisfying with all the concerned information she purchased the Bread Maker and as a responsible consumer asked for the cash-memo. After coming back home she opened the packaging of the ‘Bread Maker’ and found an instruction booklet inside. She carefully read all the instructions and operated the Bread Maker step-by-step and succeeded in making nice ‘Atta Bread’ for her family.
Sameeksha has fulfilled many responsibilities of a consumer while purchasing and using the ‘Bread Maker’.
State any four responsibilities fulfilled by Sameeksha besides asking for a cash-memo.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/5/1
Responsibilities that Sameksha has fulfilled besides asking for a cash memo are: (Any four)
Be aware about various goods and services available in the market so that an intelligent and wise choice can be made.
Buy only standardised goods as they provide quality assurance e.g. standardization mark.
Learn about the risks associated with products and services, follow manufacturer’s instructions and using the products safely.
Read labels carefully so as to have information about prices, net weight, manufacturing and expiry dates, etc.
Assert yourself to get a fair deal.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
[1 × 4 = 4 marks]
Q1142.2023 Supp. 66/C/1 · Q294 marks
Ankush bought a high end microwave on Diwali from a leading electronic store. The microwave had ISI mark and Ankush diligently went through the instruction manual so that he could use it properly. However, due to faulty wiring there was a short-circuit in the microwave. He called up the consumer helpline of the company many times but no solution was provided by the company. Ankush now decided to file a case in the consumer court.
Identify and explain the right which Ankush will exercise.
State two responsibilities which Ankush had fulfilled while purchasing and using the microwave.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/C/1
(a) Right to seek redressal
The consumer has a right to get relief in case the product or a service falls short of his expectations.
(b) Responsibilities which Ankush had fulfilled while purchasing and using the microwave
Buy only standardised goods as they provide quality assurance.
Learn about the risks associated with products and services, follow manufacturer’s instructions and use the products safely.
[1 mark for identification + 1 mark for explanation + 1 mark for each responsibility (1 × 2) = 4 marks]
Q1143.2022 Main 66/1/1 · Q9(a)5 marks
Explain the following consumer rights provided under the Consumer Protection Act, 2019 :
Right to safety
Right to be informed
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/1/1
(i) Right to Safety:[2½ marks]
• The consumer has a right to be protected against goods and services which are hazardous to life, health and property.
• Consumers are educated that they should use products which are standardised as this would be an assurance of such products meeting quality specifications.
(ii) Right to be informed:[2½ marks]
• The consumer has a right to have complete information about the product he intends to buy including its ingredients, date of manufacture, price, quantity, directions for use etc.
• It is a legal requirement to provide such information on the package and label of the product.
[2½ + 2½ = 5 marks]
Q1144.2022 Main 66/1/1 · Q9(b)5 marks
State any five responsibilities that should be kept in mind by a consumer while purchasing and using/consuming goods and services.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/1/1
Responsibilities that should be kept in mind by a consumer while purchasing and using, consuming goods and services (any five):
(i) Be aware about the various goods and services available in the market, so that intelligent and wise choice can be made.
(ii) Buy only standardized goods as they provide quality assurance.
(iii) Learn about the risk associated with products and services, follow manufacturers instructions and use the products safely.
(iv) Read labels carefully to have information about prices, net weight, manufacturing and expiry dates etc.
(v) Assert yourself to ensure that you get a fair deal.
(vi) Be honest in your dealings and choose only from legal goods and services and discourage unscrupulous practices.
(vii) Ask for a cash memo on purchase of goods and services as this would serve as a proof of the purchase made.
(viii) File a complaint in an appropriate consumer forum in case of a shortcoming in the quality of goods purchased or services availed.
(ix) Form consumer societies which would play an active part in educating consumers and safeguarding their interests.
(x) Respect the environment. Avoid waste, littering and contributing to pollution.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded.)
[1 mark for each responsibility = 1×5 = 5 marks]
Q1145.2022 Main 66/2/1 · Q9(a)5 marks
State any five remedies available to a consumer under the provisions of The Consumer Protection Act, 2019.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/2/1
Remedies available to a consumer as per The Consumer Protection Act, 2019. (Any five)
(i) To remove the defect in goods or the deficiency in service.
(ii) To replace the defective product with a new one, free from any defect.
(iii) To refund the price paid for the product.
(iv) To pay a reasonable amount of compensation for any loss or injury suffered by the consumer due to negligence of the opposite party.
(v) To pay punitive damages in appropriate circumstances.
(vi) To discontinue the unfair/ restrictive trade practice and not to repeat the same in future.
(vii) Not to offer hazardous goods for sale.
(viii) To withdraw hazardous goods from sale.
(ix) To cease manufacture of hazardous goods.
(x) Compensate for any loss or injury suffered by consumer under product liability action and withdraw hazardous products from being offered for sale etc.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded)
[1×5 = 5 marks]
Q1146.2022 Main 66/2/1 · Q9(b)5 marks
Explain the following rights of a consumer provided under The Consumer Protection Act, 2019 :
Right to Safety
Right to Seek Redressal
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(i) Right to Safety[2½ marks]
The consumer has the right to be protected against goods and services which are hazardous to life, health and property.
Right to get protection against the risks caused due to the use of substandard products or products that do not conform to the safety norms.
(ii) Right to seek redressal:[2½ marks]
The consumer has a right to get relief in case the product or service falls short of his expectations.
The Consumer Protection Act provides relief to customers such as replacement of product, removal of defect in the product, compensation for any loss or injury suffered by the consumer.
[2½ + 2½ = 5 marks]
Q1147.2022 Main 66/3/1 · Q9(a)5 marks
State any five reliefs available to a consumer if the consumer court is satisfied about the genuineness of the complaint.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/3/1
Reliefs available to a consumer if the consumer court is satisfied about the genuineness of the complaint. (any five):
(i) To remove the defect in goods or deficiency in service.
(ii) To replace the defective product with a new one, free from any defect.
(iii) To refund the price paid for the product, or the charges paid for the service.
(iv) To pay a reasonable amount of compensation for any loss or injury suffered by the consumer due to the negligence of the opposite party.
(v) To pay punitive damages in appropriate circumstances.
(vi) To discontinue the unfair/restrictive trade practice and not to repeat it in future.
(vii) Not to offer hazardous goods for sale.
(viii) To withdraw the hazardous goods from sale.
(ix) To cease manufacture of hazardous goods and to desist from offering hazardous services.
(x) Compensate for any loss or injury suffered by a consumer under product liability action and withdraw hazardous products from being offered for sale.
(xi) To pay any amount (not less than 5% of the value of the defective goods or deficient services provided), to be credited to the Consumer Welfare Fund or any other organisation/ person, to be utilised in the prescribed manner.
(xii) To issue corrective advertisement to neutralise the effect of a misleading advertisement.
(xiii) To pay adequate costs to the appropriate party.
[1 mark for each relief = 1×5 = 5 marks]
Q1148.2022 Main 66/3/1 · Q9(b)5 marks
Explain the following rights of a consumer as per the Consumer Protection Act, 2019 :
Right to safety
Right to consumer education.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/3/1
(a) Right to Safety:[2½ marks]
The consumer has a right to be protected against goods and services which are hazardous to life, health and property.
Consumers are educated that they should use products which are standardised as this would be an assurance of such products meeting quality specifications.
(b) Right to consumer education:[2½ marks]
The consumer has a right to acquire knowledge about his rights and reliefs available to him in case of a product or service is falling short of his expectation and to be a well informed consumer throughout life,.
Many consumer organisations and businesses are educating consumers in this respect.
[2½ + 2½ = 5 marks]
Q1149.2022 Main 66/4/1 · Q10(a)5 marks
Explain the following redressal mechanisms available to a consumer under The Consumer Protection Act, 2019 :
District Commission
National Commission
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(i) District Commission[2½ marks]
District Commission has a jurisdiction to entertain complaints where value of goods or services paid as consideration does not exceed one crore rupees.
Either on the first hearing or at any later stage, it appears to District Commission that there exists elements of settlement which may be acceptable to the parties, it may direct them to give their consent for settlement of disputes through mediation within 5 days in the event of failure of settlement by mediation, the party proceeds with the complaint.
If any of the parties are not satisfied by the order of District Commission can appeal against such order to the State Commission on the grounds of the fact or law within a period of 45 days from the date of order.
(ii) National Commission[2½ marks]
National Commission has a jurisdiction to entertain complaints where the value of goods or services paid as consideration exceeds ₹ 10 crores.
If any of the party is not satisfied by the order of National Commission can appeal against such order to the Supreme Court of India within a period of 30 days of such order.
[2½ + 2½ = 5 marks]
Q1150.2022 Main 66/4/1 · Q10(b)5 marks
Explain the following rights of a consumer as per The Consumer Protection Act, 2019 :
Right to Consumer Education
Right to Safety
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(ii) Right to consumer education.[2½ marks]
The consumer has the right to acquire knowledge and to be a well informed consumer.
He should be aware about his rights and the reliefs available to him in case of a product or service is falling short of his expectations.
(i) Right to Safety[2½ marks]
Right to be protected against goods and services which are hazardous to life and health.
Right to get protection against the risks caused due to the use of substandard products or products that do not conform to the safety norms.
[2½ + 2½ = 5 marks]
Q1151.2022 Main 66/5/1 · Q9(a)5 marks
Explain the following rights of a consumer as per the provisions of Consumer Protection Act, 2019:
Right to Safety
Right to be Informed
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/5/1
(i) Right to Safety:
The consumer has a right to be protected against goods and services which are hazardous to life, health and property.
Consumers are educated that they should use products which are standardised as this would be an assurance of such products meeting quality specifications.
[2½ marks]
(ii) Right to be informed:
The consumer has a right to have complete information about the product he intends to buy including its ingredients, date of manufacture, price, quantity, directions for use etc.
It is a legal requirement to provide such information on the package and label of the product.
[2½ marks]
[= 5 marks]
Q1152.2022 Main 66/5/1 · Q9(b)5 marks
State any five responsibilities of a consumer under Consumer Protection Act, 2019.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Main), Set 66/5/1
Responsibilities of a Consumer under Consumer Protection Act, 2019 (any five):
Be aware about the various goods and services available in the market, so that intelligent and wise choice can be made.
Buy only standardized goods as they provide quality assurance.
Learn about the risk associated with products and services, follow manufacturers instructions and use the products safely.
Read labels carefully to have information about prices, net weight, manufacturing and expiry dates etc.
Assert yourself to ensure that you get a fair deal.
Be honest in your dealings and choose only from legal goods and services and discourage unscrupulous practices.
Ask for a cash memo on purchase of goods and services as this would serve as a proof of the purchase made.
File a complaint in an appropriate consumer forum in case of a shortcoming in the quality of goods purchased or services availed.
Form consumer societies which would play an active part in educating consumers and safeguarding their interests.
Respect the environment. Avoid waste, littering and contributing to pollution.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded.)
[1 mark for stating each responsibility = 1×5 = 5 marks]
Q1153.2022 Supp. 66/6/1 · Q9(a)5 marks
Explain how the ‘District Commission’ helps the consumers in redressing their grievances.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/6/1
District Commission’ helps the consumers in redressing their grievances in the following manner:
District commission has a jurisdiction to entertain complaints where value of goods or services paid as consideration does not exceed one crore rupees. [2 marks]
It may direct the parties to give their consent for settlement of dispute through mediation within five days. In case the parties agree for settlement by mediation and give written consent, the District Commission refers the matter for mediation and the provisions relating to mediation shall apply. In the event of failure of settlement by mediation, it proceeds with the complaint. If the complaint alleges defect in goods which cannot be determined without proper analysis or test of goods, the commission obtains the sample of goods, seal it and refer to the appropriate authority for analysis. In case of services, the dispute is settled on the basis of evidence brought to its notice by the complainant and can ask for any required information document or records from the service provider for settlement. [3 marks]
[= 5 marks]
Alternate answer
District commission redresses complaints where value of goods or services in question, along with the compensation claimed, does not exceed rupees 20 lakhs.
On receiving the complaint, the District Forum shall refer the complaint to the party against whom the complaint is filed. If required, the goods or a sample thereof, shall be sent for testing in a laboratory. The District Forum shall pass an order after considering the test report from the laboratory and hearing to the party against whom the complaint is filed.
Q1154.2022 Supp. 66/6/1 · Q9(b)5 marks
State any five responsibilities of a consumer as per the Consumer Protection Act, 2019.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2022 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/6/1
Responsibilities of a consumer as per the Consumer Protection Act, 2019 (any five):
Be aware about the various goods and services available in the market, so that intelligent and wise choice can be made.
Buy only standardized goods as they provide quality assurance.
Learn about the risk associated with products and services, follow manufacturers’ instructions and use the products safely.
Read labels carefully to have information about prices, net weight, manufacturing and expiry dates etc.
Assert yourself to ensure that you get a fair deal.
Be honest in your dealings and choose only from legal goods and services and discourage unscrupulous practices.
Ask for a cash memo on purchase of goods and services as this would serve as a proof of the purchase made.
File a complaint in an appropriate consumer forum in case of a shortcoming in the quality of goods purchased or services availed.
Form consumer societies which would play an active part in educating consumers and safeguarding their interests.
Respect the environment. Avoid waste, littering and contributing to pollution.
(If an examinee has only listed the points, ½ mark for each point should be awarded.)
[1 mark for each responsibility = 1×5 = 5 marks]
Q1155.2026 Supp. 66/7/1 · Q316 marks
Shubha wanted to buy a refrigerator for her house. She visited a large showroom where refrigerators of different brands, capacities, features and price ranges were displayed. The sales person informed her about the various options available. Shubha compared them on the basis of quality, brand, size and price and then chose the one that best suited her family’s needs and budget. She purchased a refrigerator for ₹ 96,000 with a one year warranty. Within two weeks, the refrigerator stopped cooling properly. Shubha tried to contact the manufacturer several times through e-mails and phone calls but there was no response from their side. Feeling dissatisfied, Shubha decided to file a complaint in an appropriate consumer court. After examining the evidence, the consumer court found the company guilty of supplying a defective product and failing to resolve the complaint within a reasonable time. The court ordered the manufacture to replace the refrigerator with a new one or refund the money along with compensation for the inconvenience caused to Shubha.
Identify and state the three consumer rights discussed in the above case.
Which consumer court did Shubha approach and why?
State any one responsibility that Shubha fulfilled as a consumer.
State any two reliefs granted by the consumer court to Shubha
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2026 (Supplementary/Compartment), Set 66/7/1
(i) Consumer Rights
Right to be assured: Consumers have the freedom to choose from a wide variety of products available at competitive prices, requiring marketers to offer diverse options in terms of quality, brand, price, size, and other features.
Right to be heard: Consumers have the right to file complaints and be heard in case of dissatisfaction with goods or services, encouraging many business firms to set up their own consumer service and grievance cells.
Right to seek redressal: The Consumer Protection Act 2019 provides for redressal to the consumers including replacement of the product, removal of defect in the product, compensation paid for any loss or injury suffered by the consumer, etc., in case the product or service falls short of its expectations.
[½ mark for identification + ½ mark for stating = 1 × 3]
(ii) The consumer court Shubha should approach is District Commission as the value of goods and services in question, along with the compensation claimed, does not exceed ₹1 crore.
[½ + ½]
(iii) Responsibility that Shubha fulfilled as a consumer (Any one):
Be aware about various goods and services available in the market so that an intelligent and wise choice can be made.
File a complaint in an appropriate consumer forum in case of a shortcoming in the quality of goods purchased or services availed. Do not fail to take an action even when the amount involved is small.
[1 mark]
(iv) Reliefs granted by the consumer court to Shubha (Any two):
To replace the defective product with a new one, free from any defect.
To pay reasonable amount of compensation for any loss or injury suffered by the consumer due to the negligence of the opposite party.
To refund the price paid for the product or charges paid for the service.
[½ + ½; 3 + 1 + 1 + 1 = 6 marks]
Q1156.2024 Main 66/2/1 · Q346 marks
Ashish wanted to purchase one LCD TV for his home. He decided to go to various stores selling electronic items to check the available varieties of different brands. One of his friends took him to a manufacturer selling LCD TV at almost half the price. The manufacturer described its various features and insisted that Ashish buys the LCD TV from him. Seeing the features, Ashish decided to buy the TV from him, even when the TV was not having any standardisation mark on it. When Ashish asked for the cash memo, the manufacturer discouraged him, saying that it will attract additional tax. He further told Ashish not to worry and promised that if there would be any problem with the TV, he would replace it immediately. The TV started malfunctioning within a month and Ashish asked for its replacement. The manufacturer refused to replace the LCD TV, telling him that the problem is due to mishandling of the TV. Ashish decided to file a complaint in the Consumer Court against the manufacturer.
Identify and explain two consumer rights discussed in the above case.
State two consumer responsibilities that Ashish did not fulfil while buying the LCD TV.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2024 (Main), Set 66/2/1
(i) Consumer Rights (Any two)
Right to choose/Right to be assured- The consumer has the freedom to access variety of products at competitive prices. This implies that the marketers should offer a wide variety of products in terms of quality, brand, prices, size, etc. and allow the consumer to make a choice from amongst these.
Right to be heard- The consumer has a right to file a complaint and to be heard in case of dissatisfaction with a good or a service. It is because of this reason that many enlightened business firms have set up their own consumer service and grievance cells.
Right to safety- The consumer has a right to be protected against goods and services which are hazardous to life, health and property. Thus, consumers are educated that they should use electrical appliances which are ISI marked as this would be an assurance of such products meeting quality specifications.
[1 mark for identifying + 1 mark for explanation = 2 × 2 = 4 marks]
(ii) Consumer responsibilities not fulfilled by Ashish (Any two)
Buy only standardised goods as they provide quality assurance.
Ask for a cash memo on purchase of goods or services.
Be honest in your dealings.
[1 × 2 = 2 marks; 4 + 2 = 6 marks]
Q1157.2023 Main 66/4/1 · Q346 marks
Kartik is engaged in trading of Smart Televisions. He purchases these televisions from ‘Vivek Electronics’, the manufacturer. All the televisions are certified by ‘Bureau of Indian Standards’. During Deepawali season, ‘Vivek Electronics’ supplied some defective television sets to Kartik. Kartik is getting complaints about the televisions from almost all the customers.
Who amongst the following can exercise his/her ‘Right’ and against whom?
Kartik
Vivek Electronics
Consumers
Define ‘Consumer’ as per the provisions of the Consumer Protection Act, 2019.
State the ‘Right’ which can be exercised to get relief.
Reveal answerHide answer
Official CBSE Marking Scheme · 2023 (Main), Set 66/4/1
(a) (iii) Consumers can exercise their ‘Right’ against Vivek Electronics’. [1 mark]
(b) Under the Consumer Protection Act 2019, a consumer is a person who buys any goods or avails services for a consideration, which has been paid or promised, or partly paid and partly promised, or under any scheme of deferred payment. It includes any user of such goods or beneficiary of services if such use is made with the approval of the buyer. It applies to both offline and online transactions through electronic means by teleshopping or direct selling or multilevel marketing. However, any person who obtains goods or avails services for resale or commercial purpose is not treated as a consumer and is outside the scope of Consumer Protection Act 2019. [3 marks]
(c) The ‘Right’ which can be exercised to get relief is Right to seek redressal which states that the consumer has a right to get relief in case the product or service falls short of his expectations. [2 marks]
(or any other correct explanation)
[= 1 + 3 + 2 = 6 marks]
Q1158.SQP 2025-26 · Q34(a)6 marks
State any six reliefs available to a consumer under Consumer Protection Act, 2019.
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2025-26 · Marking Scheme
Reliefs available to a consumer under Consumer Protection Act, 2019 (any six):
To remove the defect in goods or deficiency in service.
To replace the defective product with a new one, free from any defect.
To refund the price paid for the product, or the charges paid for the service.
To pay a reasonable amount of compensation for any loss or injury suffered by the consumer due to the negligence of the opposite party.
To pay punitive damages in appropriate circumstances.
To discontinue the unfair/ restrictive trade practice and not to repeat it in the future.
Not to offer hazardous goods for sale.
To withdraw the hazardous goods from sale.
To cease manufacture of hazardous goods and to desist from offering hazardous services.
To pay any amount (not less than 5% of the value of the defective goods or deficient services provided), to be credited to the Consumer Welfare Fund or any other organisation/person, to be utilised in the prescribed manner.
To issue corrective advertisement to neutralise the effect of a misleading advertisement.
To pay adequate costs to the appropriate party.
[1 × 6 = 6 marks]
Q1159.SQP 2025-26 · Q34(b)6 marks
State the rights available under Consumer Protection Act, 2019 for the protection and promotion of interest of consumers.
Reveal answerHide answer
CBSE Sample Question Paper 2025-26 · Marking Scheme
1. Right to Safety: The consumer has a right to be protected against goods and services which are hazardous to life and health. For instance, electrical appliances which are manufactured with substandard products or do not conform to the safety norms might cause serious injury. Thus, consumers are educated that they should use electrical appliances which are ISI marked as this would be an assurance of such products meeting quality specifications.
2. Right to be Informed: The consumer has a right to have complete information about the product he intends to buy including its ingredients, date of manufacture, price, quantity, directions for use, etc.
3. Right to Choose: The consumer has the freedom to choose from a variety of products at competitive prices. This implies that the marketers should offer a wide variety of products in terms of quality, brand, prices, size, etc. and allow the consumer to make a choice from amongst these.
4. Right to be Heard: The consumer has a right to file a complaint and to be heard in case of dissatisfaction with a good or a service. It is because of this reason that many enlightened business firms have set up their own consumer service and grievance cells. Many consumer organisations are also working towards this direction and helping consumers in redressal of their grievances.
5. Right to seek Redressal: The consumer has a right to get relief in case the product or service falls short of his expectations. The Consumer Protection Act provides a number of reliefs to the consumers including replacement of the product, removal of defect in the product, compensation paid for any loss or injury suffered by the consumer, etc.
6. Right to Consumer Education: The consumer has a right to acquire knowledge and to be a well informed consumer throughout life. He should be aware about his rights and the reliefs available to him in case of a product or service.